2 Slider types / P1
Slider Type
Slider Type
RCP4
RCP3
RCP2
ERC3
ERC2
RCP4
Coupled Type
Pulse
Motor
Type
Side-Mounted Motor Type Aluminum Base
series
Coupled Type
Aluminum Base
Aluminum Base • Mini Type
Aluminum Base
RCP3
series
Pulse
Motor
Type
Side-Mounted Motor Type Aluminum Base • Mini Type
Aluminum Base
Coupled Type
RCP2
Steel Base
series
High-speed Type
Side-Mounted Motor Type Steel Base
Pulse
Motor
Type
Belt Type
1
High-speed Type
Slider Type
RCA2
RCA
RCS3
RCS2
52mm width
58mm width
73mm width
52mm width
58mm width
73mm width
RCP4-SA5C
RCP4-SA6C
RCP4-SA7C
RCP4-SA5R
RCP4-SA6R
RCP4-SA7R
3
5
7
9
11
13
22mm width
28mm width
32mm width
40mm width
50mm width
60mm width
22mm width
28mm width
32mm width
40mm width
50mm width
60mm width
RCP3-SA2AC
RCP3-SA2BC
RCP3-SA3C
RCP3-SA4C
RCP3-SA5C
RCP3-SA6C
RCP3-SA2AR
RCP3-SA2BR
RCP3-SA3R
RCP3-SA4R
RCP3-SA5R
RCP3-SA6R
15
17
19
21
23
25
27
29
31
33
35
37
60mm width
80mm width
80mm width
60mm width
80mm width
80mm width
58mm width
68mm width
RCP2-SS7C
RCP2-SS8C
RCP2-HS8C
RCP2-SS7R
RCP2-SS8R
RCP2-HS8R
RCP2-BA6/BA6U
RCP2-BA7/BA7U
39
41
43
45
47
49
51
53
Slider Type
Controller-Integrated Type with Pulse Motor
ERC3
Controller-Integrated Type
series
ERC2
Slider Type
50mm width
74mm width
Simple, Dustproof Slider Type 50mm width
73mm width
Straight Motor Type
series
58mm width
68mm width
ERC3-SA5C
ERC3-SA7C
ERC3D-SA5C
ERC3D-SA7C
55
57
59
61
ERC2-SA6C
ERC2-SA7C
63
65
Slider
Type
Mini
Standard
Controllers
Integrated
Rod
Type
Mini
Coupled Type
Mini Type
RCA2-SA2AC
RCA2-SA3C
RCA2-SA4C
RCA2-SA5C
RCA2-SA6C
RCA2-SA2AR
RCA2-SA3R
RCA2-SA4R
RCA2-SA5R
RCA2-SA6R
40mm width
52mm width
58mm width
40mm width
52mm width
58mm width
40mm width
52mm width
58mm width
40mm width
52mm width
58mm width
RCA-SA4C
RCA-SA5C
RCA-SA6C
RCA-SA4D
RCA-SA5D
RCA-SA6D
RCA-SS4D
RCA-SS5D
RCA-SS6D
RCA-SA4R
RCA-SA5R
RCA-SA6R
87
89
91
93
95
97
99
101
103
105
107
109
Aluminum Base
Steel Base
Aluminum Base
Steel Base
80mm width
80mm width
80mm width
80mm width
RCS3-SA8C
RCS3-SS8C
RCS3-SA8R
RCS3-SS8R
111
113
115
117
Aluminum Base
40mm width
52mm width
58mm width
73mm width
60mm width
40mm width
52mm width
58mm width
40mm width
52mm width
58mm width
73mm width
60mm width
RCS2-SA4C
RCS2-SA5C
RCS2-SA6C
RCS2-SA7C
RCS2-SS7C
RCS2-SA4D
RCS2-SA5D
RCS2-SA6D
RCS2-SA4R
RCS2-SA5R
RCS2-SA6R
RCS2-SA7R
RCS2-SS7R
119
121
123
125
127
129
131
133
135
137
139
141
143
RCA2
series
24V
Servo
Motor
Type
RCA
Side-Mounted Motor Type
Mini Type
Coupled Type
Aluminum Base
Built-in Type
Aluminum Base
series
24V
Servo
Motor
Type
Steel Base
Side-Mounted Motor Type
67
69
71
73
75
77
79
81
83
85
20mm width
32mm width
40mm width
50mm width
60mm width
20mm width
32mm width
40mm width
50mm width
60mm width
Aluminum Base
Standard
Controllers
Integrated
Table/
Arm/
Flat Type
Mini
Standard
Gripper/
Rotary
Type
Linear
Servo
Type
Cleanroom
Type
SplashProof
Type
200 servo Motor Type
RCS3
series
Coupled Type
Side-Mounted Motor Type
Coupled Type
RCS2
series
200V
Servo
Motor
Type
Built-in Type
Steel Base
Aluminum Base
Side-Mounted Motor Type
Aluminum Base
Steel Base
Slider Type
2
Pulse
Motor
Servo
Motor
(24V)
Servo
Motor
(200V)
Linear
Servo
Motor
Standard
Controllers
Integrated
Rod
Type
ROBO Cylinder
RCP4-SA5C
Model
Specification
Items
RCP4
Series
SA5C
Type
I
Encoder type
I: Incremental specification
ROBO Cylinder, Slider Type, Motor Unit Coupled, Actuator Width 52mm, 24-V Pulse Motor
42P
Motor type
Lead
Stroke
42P: Pulse motor, 20:20mm
size 42
12:12mm
6: 6mm
3: 3mm
50: 50mm
800: 800mm
Payload (kg)
10 9
6
Lead 12 Lead 20 (when
operated at 0.3G)
Options
See Options
below.
RCP4-SA5C Vertical, PCON-CA connected
14
The values for leads
3/6/12 are based
12
on operation at 0.3G.
10
Lead 3
Vertical
8
6
4
6
Lead 20 (when operated at 0.5 G)
5
Lead 6
2.5
2 1
0
0 200 400
1
Lead 12
Lead 20 (when
operated at 0.5G)
0.5
0.5
0
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600
600 800 1000 1200 1400
Speed (mm/s)
Speed (mm/s)
Operated by the PCON-CA
Standard
RCP4-SA5C Vertical, MSEP connected
RCP4-SA5C Horizontal, MSEP connected
18
12
This graph assumes that the
This graph assumes that the
16
Lead 3 actuator is operated at 0.3 G.
Lead 3
actuator is operated at 0.2 G.
10
14 13
Vertical
Horizontal
Lead 6
12
8
10
6
9
8
Lead 6
5
4.5
6
Lead 12
Lead 12
4
4
2.5
Lead 20
2
2
1 Lead 20
0.5
0
0
0
200 400 600 800 1000 1200
0
200 400 600 800 1000 1200
Speed (mm/s)
Speed (mm/s)
Operated by the MSEP-C
Appendix
Gripper/
Rotary
Type
Payload (kg)
P.5
(1) The maximum payload is the value when operated at 0.3G (0.2G with some models)
acceleration. The upper limit of acceleration is 1 G (*). Note that raising the acceleration
causes the payload to drop.
(*)The specific value varies depending on the connected controller and actuator
lead. For details, refer to “Selection References” on page A-100 and A-102.
(2) Take note that the maximum payload and maximum speed vary depending on
the controller connected to the RCP4. (Refer to the actuator specifications below.)
(3) See page A-71 for details on push motion.
Linear
Servo
Type
Actuator Specifications
„„Leads and Payloads
(*) When operated at 0.2 G
Lead Connected
Model number
(mm)
RCP4-SA5C-I-42P-20- ➀ -P3- ➁ - ➂
20
RCP4-SA5C-I-42P-12- ➀ -P3- ➁ - ➂
12
RCP4-SA5C-I-42P-6- ➀ -P3- ➁ - ➂
6
RCP4-SA5C-I-42P-3- ➀ -P3- ➁ - ➂
3
Maximum payload
controller Horizontal (kg) Vertical (kg)
PCON-CA
6.5
1
MSEP-C
4
0.5 (*)
PCON-CA
9
2.5
MSEP-C
6
2
PCON-CA
18
6
MSEP-C
13
5
PCON-CA
20
12
MSEP-C
16
10
Code explanation ➀ Stroke ➁ Cable length ➂ Options
Stroke (mm)
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
„„Stroke and Maximum Speed
Lead Connected 50~450
Stroke
(mm)
(mm)
20
12
50~800
(every 50mm)
6
*See page A-71 for details on push motion.
Stroke
Linear
Servo
Motor
6.5
5
Mini
Servo
Motor
(200V)
Horizontal
15
Table/
Arm/
Flat Type
Servo
Motor
(24V)
P: 1m
S: 3m
M: 5m
X: Custom length
R: Robot cable
(every 50mm)
RCP4-SA5C Horizontal, PCON-CA connected
25
The values for leads
3/6/12 are based
Lead 3
20
on operation at 0.3G.
Lead 6
18
Controllers
Integrated
Pulse
Motor
N:None
■ Correlation Diagrams of Speed and Payload
Standard
SplashProof
Type
Cable length
P3: PCON-CA
MSEP-C
* See page Pre-47 for details on the model descriptions.
Mini
Cleanroom
Type
P3
Applicable controller
Payload (kg)
Mini
RCP4
Payload (kg)
Slider
Type
3
PCON-CA
550
1440 <1280>
MSEP-C
PCON-CA
PCON-CA
900
795
450
395
MSEP-C
195
150
700
750
800
(mm)
(mm)
(mm)
(mm)
1225
1045
900
785
690
610
900
785
690
610
570
490
425
375
330
570
490
425
375
330
335
285
245
215
185
165
285
245
215
185
165
165
140
120
105
90
80
140
120
105
90
80
665
300
225
650
(mm)
600
MSEP-C
PCON-CA
600
(mm)
960
MSEP-C
The values in < > apply when the actuator is used vertically.
(unit: mm/s)
Cable Length
Standard price
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Stroke (mm)
450
500
550
600
650
700
750
800
Standard price
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Type
Standard type
Special length
Robot cable
Options
Name
Brake
Optional cable exit direction (top)
Optional cable exit direction (right)
Optional cable exit direction (left)
Optional cable exit direction (bottom)
Non-motor end specification
Slider roller specification
3
500
controller (every 50mm) (mm)
RCP4-SA5C
Option code
B
CJT
CJR
CJL
CJB
NM
SR
See page
➝ A-42
➝ A-42
➝ A-42
➝ A-42
➝ A-42
➝ A-52
➝ A-55
Standard price
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Cable symbol
P (1m)
S (3m)
M (5m)
X06 (6m) ~ X10 (10m)
X11 (11m) ~ X15 (15m)
X16 (16m) ~ X20 (20m)
R01 (1m) ~ R03 (3m)
R04 (4m) ~ R05 (5m)
R06 (6m) ~ R10 (10m)
R11 (11m) ~ R15 (15m)
R16 (16m) ~ R20 (20m)
Standard price
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
* See page A-59 for cables for maintenance.
Actuator Specifications
Item
Drive system
Positioning repeatability (*1)
Lost motion
Base
Guide
Allowable dynamic moment (*2)
Allowable overhang
Ambient operating temperature, humidity
(*1) The value at lead 20 is shown in [ ].
(*2) Based on 5,000km of traveling life
Description
Ball screw ø10mm, rolled C10
±0.02mm [±0.03mm]
0.1mm or less
Material: Aluminum, white alumite treated
Linear guide
Ma: 4.9 N·m, Mb: 6.8 N·m, Mc: 11.7 N·m
150mm or less in Ma, Mb and Mc directions
0 to 40oC, 85% RH or less (Non-condensing)
RCP4
ROBO Cylinder
Dimensional Drawings
CAD drawings can be downloaded
from the website.
www.intelligentactuator.com
*1
*2
2D
CAD
Appendix
P.15
Connect the motor-encoder integrated cable here. * See page A-59 for details on cables.
During home return, be careful to avoid interference from peripheral
objects because the slider travels until the mechanical end.
ME: Mechanical end
SE: Stroke end
15.5
9
Controllers
Integrated
4-M4, depth 9
15.5
20
(300)
Reference plane
ø8
Rod
Type
5
4.5
Mini
Standard
Cable joint connector(*1)
2-4øH7, depth 6
Slider
Type
26
(Reamed hole
pitch ±0.02)
3
ø4.5
Detail view of X
(Mounting hole and
reference plane)
Allowable bending radius
of securing cable: R50
19±0.02
Standard
Controllers
Integrated
L
Reference offset position
for Ma/Mc moments
K
18
3
ME SE
6
Stroke
94
19
3
Home ME (*2)
Table/
Arm/
Flat Type
39
57.5
50
40
6
98 (without brake)
138 (with brake )
26
32
20
Option code: CJL
Cable: Left
Option
code: CJR
Cable: Right
32
19
Linear
Servo
Type
62
106 (without brake)
146 (with brake)
G
Option code: CJT
Cable: Top
Option code: CJB
Cable: Bottom
Cleanroom
Type
„„Dimensions and Mass by Stroke
Stroke
Without brake
L
With brake
A
B
C
D
F
G
H
J
K
Weight Without brake
(kg) With brake
50
279
319
73
0
0
4
4
166
0
0
181
1.5
1.7
100
329
369
100
0
0
4
4
216
1
85
231
1.6
1.9
150
379
419
100
0
1
4
6
266
1
85
281
1.8
2.0
200
429
469
200
1
1
6
6
316
1
185
331
1.9
2.1
250
479
519
200
1
2
6
8
366
1
185
381
2.1
2.3
Standard
Gripper/
Rotary
Type
20
A
7
Cable exit 4 directions
(optional)
2.5
(Note 1)
There is no oblong hole at stroke 50.
Use the reamed hole (ø4) .
24
26
C×100P
50
J (reamed hole and oblong hole pitch) (Note 1)
Y
47
F-ø4.5, through
ø8 counterbored, depth 4.5 (from the opposite side)
B× 100P
5
Detail Y
2.5
2-ø4H7, depth 5.5
(from the bottom of the base)
H-oblong hole of the depth 5.5
(from the bottom of the base)
D-M4, depth 7
+0.012
4 0
Mini
Ground tap M3, depth 6
(Same on the opposite side)
22.5
50
52
X
Mini
30
300
529
569
300
2
2
8
8
416
1
285
431
2.2
2.4
350
579
619
300
2
3
8
10
466
1
285
481
2.4
2.6
400
629
669
400
3
3
10
10
516
1
385
531
2.5
2.7
450
679
719
400
3
4
10
12
566
1
385
581
2.6
2.9
500
729
769
500
4
4
12
12
616
1
485
631
2.8
3.0
550
779
819
500
4
5
12
14
666
1
485
681
2.9
3.2
600
829
869
600
5
5
14
14
716
1
585
731
3.1
3.3
650
879
919
600
5
6
14
16
766
1
585
781
3.2
3.5
700 750 800
929 979 1029
969 1019 1069
700 700 800
6
6
7
6
7
7
16
16
18
16
18
18
816 866 916
1
1
1
685 685 785
831 881 931
3.4 3.5 3.7
3.6 3.7 3.9
SplashProof
Type
Pulse
Motor
Applicable Controllers
RCP4 series actuators can be operated with the controllers indicated below. Select the type according to your intended application.
Name
*
External
view
Model number
Features
Equipped with a high-output driver
PIO control supported
Maximum number of
positioning points
Positioner type
High-output specification
PCON-CA-42PI- -2-0
Pulse-train type
High-output specification
with a high-output driver
PCON-CA-42PI-PL--2-0 Equipped
Pulse-train input supported
Field network type
High-output specification
PCON-CA-42PI- -0-0
Equipped with a high-output driver
Field network supported
Solenoid valve multi-axis type
PIO specification
MSEP-C- -~- -2-0
Positioner type based on PIO control, allowing up to 8 axes
to be connected
3 points
Solenoid valve multi-axis type
Network specification
MSEP-C- -~- -0-0
Field network-ready positioner type, allowing up to 8 axes
to be connected
256 points
indicates I/O type (NP/PN). *
indicates number of axes (1 to 8). *
Input
power
Power supply Standard Reference
capacity
price
page
512 points
—
Refer to
P618
—
768 points
DC24V
—
➝ P607
Servo
Motor
(200V)
—
Refer to
P572
—
Servo
Motor
(24V)
➝ P563
indicates field network specification symbol. *  indicates N (NPN specification) or P (PNP specification) symbol.
RCP4-SA5C
4
Linear
Servo
Motor
Standard
Controllers
Integrated
Rod
Type
ROBO Cylinder
RCP4-SA6C
Model
Specification
Items
RCP4
Series
SA6C
Type
I
Encoder type
I: Incremental specification
ROBO Cylinder, Slider Type, Motor Unit Coupled, Actuator Width 58 mm, 24-V Pulse Motor
42P
Motor type
Lead
42P: Pulse motor, 20:20mm
size 42
12:12mm
6: 6mm
3: 3mm
50: 50mm
800: 800mm
Payload (kg)
18
15
10
5
12
9
Lead 12 Lead 20 (when
operated at 0.3G)
RCP4-SA6C Vertical, PCON-CA connected
14
The values for leads
Lead 3
3/6/12 are based
12
on operation at 0.3G.
10
6.5
Lead 20 (when operated at 0.5 G)
Vertical
8
6
4
Lead 6
5
2.5
21
0
0 200 400
1
Lead 12 Lead 20 (when
operated at 0.5G)
0.5
0.5
0
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600
600 800 1000 1200 1400
Speed (mm/s)
Speed (mm/s)
Operated by the PCON-CA
Mini
Standard
RCP4-SA6C Horizontal, MSEP connected
RCP4-SA6C Vertical, MSEP connected
20
12
This graph assumes that the
Lead
3
This
graph
assumes
that
the
18 19
Lead 3
actuator is operated at 0.2 G.
actuator is operated at 0.3 G.
10
16
Vertical
Lead 6
Horizontal
14 15
8
13
12
10 8.5
6
Lead 6
5
8
Lead 12
4.5
4
6
2.5 Lead 12
Lead 20
4
2
2
1
Lead 20
0.5
0
0
0
200 400 600 800 1000 1200
0
200 400 600 800 1000 1200
Speed (mm/s) Operated by the MSEP-C Speed (mm/s)
Appendix
Payload (kg)
P.5
Gripper/
Rotary
Type
(1) The maximum payload is the value when operated at 0.3G (0.2G with some models)
acceleration. The upper limit of acceleration is 1 G (*). Note that raising the acceleration
causes the payload to drop.
(*)The specific value varies depending on the connected controller and actuator
lead. For details, refer to “Selection References” on page A-100 and A-102.
(2) Take note that the maximum payload and maximum speed vary depending on
the controller connected to the RCP4. (Refer to the actuator specifications below.)
(3) See page A-71 for details on push motion.
Linear
Servo
Type
Actuator Specifications
„„Leads and Payloads
(*) When operated at 0.2 G
Lead Connected
Model number
(mm)
RCP4-SA6C-I-42P-20- ➀ -P3- ➁ - ➂
20
RCP4-SA6C-I-42P-12- ➀ -P3- ➁ - ➂
12
RCP4-SA6C-I-42P-6- ➀ -P3- ➁ - ➂
6
RCP4-SA6C-I-42P-3- ➀ -P3- ➁ - ➂
3
Maximum payload
controller Horizontal (kg) Vertical (kg)
PCON-CA
10
1
MSEP-C
6
0.5 (*)
PCON-CA
15
2.5
MSEP-C
8.5
2
PCON-CA
25
6
MSEP-C
15
5
PCON-CA
25
12
MSEP-C
19
10
Code explanation ➀ Stroke ➁ Cable length ➂ Options
„„Stroke and Maximum Speed
Lead Connected 50~450
Stroke
(mm)
(mm)
20
12
50~800
(every 50mm)
6
*See page A-71 for details on push motion.
Stroke
3
500
700
750
800
(mm)
(mm)
(mm)
(mm)
905
785
690
615
905
785
690
615
570
490
430
375
335
570
490
430
375
335
335
285
245
215
185
165
285
245
215
185
165
165
140
120
105
90
80
140
120
105
90
80
960
900
795
670
600
450
MSEP-C
PCON-CA
650
(mm)
1045
MSEP-C
PCON-CA
600
(mm)
1230
MSEP-C
PCON-CA
550
(mm)
1440 <1280>
controller (every 50mm)
PCON-CA
395
300
225
MSEP-C
195
150
The values in < > apply when the actuator is used vertically.
(unit: mm/s)
Cable Length
Stroke (mm)
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
Standard price
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Stroke (mm)
450
500
550
600
650
700
750
800
Standard price
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Servo
Motor
(24V)
Type
Standard type
Special length
Robot cable
Cable symbol
P (1m)
S (3m)
M (5m)
X06 (6m) ~ X10 (10m)
X11 (11m) ~ X15 (15m)
X16 (16m) ~ X20 (20m)
R01 (1m) ~ R03 (3m)
R04 (4m) ~ R05 (5m)
R06 (6m) ~ R10 (10m)
R11 (11m) ~ R15 (15m)
R16 (16m) ~ R20 (20m)
Standard price
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
* See page A-59 for cables for maintenance.
Actuator Specifications
Options
Linear
Servo
Motor
See Options
P: 1 m
below.
S: 3 m
M: 5 m
X: Custom length
R: Robot cable
(every 50mm)
Table/
Arm/
Flat Type
Servo
Motor
(200V)
Options
N:None
RCP4-SA6C Horizontal, PCON-CA connected
30
The values for leads
Lead 3
3/6/12 are based
25
on operation at 0.3G.
Lead 6
Horizontal
20
Controllers
Integrated
Pulse
Motor
Cable length
P3: PCON-CA
MSEP-C
■ Correlation Diagrams of Speed and Payload
Standard
SplashProof
Type
Applicable controller
* See page Pre-47 for details on the model descriptions.
Mini
Cleanroom
Type
P3
Stroke
Payload (kg)
Mini
RCP4
Payload (kg)
Slider
Type
Name
Brake
Optional cable exit direction (top)
Optional cable exit direction (right)
Optional cable exit direction (left)
Optional cable exit direction (bottom)
Non-motor end specification
Slider roller specification
5
RCP4-SA6C
Option code
B
CJT
CJR
CJL
CJB
NM
SR
See page
➝ A-42
➝ A-42
➝ A-42
➝ A-42
➝ A-42
➝ A-52
➝ A-55
Standard price
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Item
Drive system
Positioning repeatability (*1)
Lost motion
Base
Guide
Allowable dynamic moment (*2)
Allowable overhang
Ambient operating temperature, humidity
(*1) The value at lead 20 is shown in [ ].
(*2) Based on 5,000km of traveling life
Description
Ball screw ø10mm, rolled C10
±0.02mm [±0.03mm]
0.1mm or less
Material: Aluminum, white alumite treated
Linear guide
Ma: 8.9 N·m, Mb: 12.7 N·m, Mc: 18.6 N·m
220mm or less in Ma, Mb and Mc directions
0 to 40oC, 85% RH or less (Non-condensing)
RCP4
ROBO Cylinder
Dimensional Drawings
www.intelligentactuator.com
CAD drawings can be downloaded
from the website.
*1
*2
2D
CAD
Appendix
19.5
21
Mini
P.15
Connect the motor-encoder integrated cable here. * See page A-59 for details on cables.
During home return, be careful to avoid interference from peripheral
objects because the slider travels until the mechanical end.
ME: Mechanical end
SE: Stroke end
2-5øH7, depth 6
Slider
Type
Standard
Cable joint connector (*1)
4-M5, depth 9
19.5
20
Controllers
Integrated
(300)
4.5
Reference plane
ø8
5
Rod
Type
Detail view of X
(Mounting hole and
reference plane)
Mini
Standard
18
Stroke
115
3
ME SE
3
Home ME (*2)
59.5
53
43
Table/
Arm/
Flat Type
28
8
Controllers
Integrated
98 (without brake)
138 (with brake)
18.5
K
40
39
23
50
L
Reference offset position
for Ma/Mc moments
8
Allowable bending radius
of securing cable: R50
32±0.02
31
(Reamed hole
pitch ±0.02)
5
ø4.5
Mini
56
58
X
47
5.5
Standard
F-ø4.5, through
ø8 counterbored, depth 4.5 (from the opposite side)
H-oblong hole, depth 5.5
(from the bottom of the base)
E-ø4H7, depth 5.5
(from the bottom of the base)
B×100P
D-M5, depth 9
+0.012
4 0
5.5
Ground tap M3, depth 6
(Same on the opposite side)
22.5
Gripper/
Rotary
Type
31
5
Detail Y
Y
A
Cable exit 4 directions
(optional)
Option
code: CJR
Cable: Right
32
19
G
Option code: CJT
Cable: Top
Option code: CJL
Cable: Left
25
75
7
Linear
Servo
Type
20
CX100
J (reamed hole and oblong hole pitch)
P
Option code: CJB
Cable: Bottom
(Note 1)
There is no oblong hole at stroke 50.
Use the reamed hole (ø4).
106 (without brake)
146 (with brake)
„„Dimensions and Mass by Stroke
Stroke
Without brake
L
With brake
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
J
K
Weight Without brake
(kg) With brake
50
299.5
339.5
0
0
1
4
2
4
186.5
0
0
201.5
2.0
2.2
100
349.5
389.5
100
0
1
6
3
4
236.5
1
85
251.5
2.1
2.3
150
399.5
439.5
100
0
2
6
3
6
286.5
1
85
301.5
2.3
2.5
200
449.5
489.5
200
1
2
8
3
6
336.5
1
185
351.5
2.4
2.6
250
499.5
539.5
200
1
3
8
3
8
386.5
1
185
401.5
2.6
2.8
300
549.5
589.5
300
2
3
10
3
8
436.5
1
285
451.5
2.7
3.0
350
599.5
639.5
300
2
4
10
3
10
486.5
1
285
501.5
2.9
3.1
400
649.5
689.5
400
3
4
12
3
10
536.5
1
385
551.5
3.0
3.3
450
699.5
739.5
400
3
5
12
3
12
586.5
1
385
601.5
3.2
3.4
500
749.5
789.5
500
4
5
14
3
12
636.5
1
485
651.5
3.4
3.6
550
799.5
839.5
500
4
6
14
3
14
686.5
1
485
701.5
3.5
3.7
600
849.5
889.5
600
5
6
16
3
14
736.5
1
585
751.5
3.7
3.9
650
899.5
939.5
600
5
7
16
3
16
786.5
1
585
801.5
3.8
4.1
700
949.5
989.5
700
6
7
18
3
16
836.5
1
685
851.5
4.0
4.2
750
999.5
1039.5
700
6
8
18
3
18
886.5
1
685
901.5
4.1
4.4
800
1049.5
1089.5
800
7
8
20
3
18
936.5
1
785
951.5
4.3
4.5
Cleanroom
Type
SplashProof
Type
Pulse
Motor
Applicable Controllers
RCP4 series actuators can be operated with the controllers indicated below. Select the type according to your intended application.
Name
*
External
view
Model number
Features
Equipped with a high-output driver
PIO control supported
Maximum number of
positioning points
Positioner type
High-output specification
PCON-CA-42PI- -2-0
Pulse-train type
High-output specification
with a high-output driver
PCON-CA-42PI-PL--2-0 Equipped
Pulse-train input supported
Field network type
High-output specification
PCON-CA-42PI- -0-0
Equipped with a high-output driver
Field network supported
Solenoid valve multi-axis type
PIO specification
MSEP-C- -~- -2-0
Positioner type based on PIO control, allowing up to 8 axes
to be connected
3 points
Solenoid valve multi-axis type
Network specification
MSEP-C- -~- -0-0
Field network-ready positioner type, allowing up to 8 axes
to be connected
256 points
indicates I/O type (NP/PN). *
indicates number of axes (1 to 8). *
Input
power
Power supply Standard Reference
capacity
price
page
512 points
—
Refer to
P618
—
768 points
DC24V
—
➝ P607
Servo
Motor
(200V)
—
Refer to
P572
—
Servo
Motor
(24V)
➝ P563
indicates field network specification symbol. *  indicates N (NPN specification) or P (PNP specification) symbol.
RCP4-SA6C
6
Linear
Servo
Motor
Standard
Controllers
Integrated
Rod
Type
ROBO Cylinder
RCP4-SA7C
Model
Specification
Items
RCP4
Series
SA7C
Type
I
Encoder type
I: Incremental specification
ROBO Cylinder, Slider Type, Motor Unit Coupled, Actuator Width 73mm, 24-V Pulse Motor
56P
Motor type
Lead
56P: Pulse motor, 24:24mm
size 56 
16:16mm
8: 8mm
4: 4mm
Mini
Standard
Options
N: None
See Options
P: 1m
below.
S: 3m
M: 5m
X: Custom length
R: Robot cable
(every 50mm)
RCP4-SA7C Horizontal, MSEP connected
RCP4-SA7C Vertical, MSEP connected
45
16
Lead 4
This graph assumes that the
Lead 4
Assuming
that
the
actuator
is
40
14 15
actuator is operated at 0.2 G.
Lead 8 operated at 0.2 G for lead 4
35
and at 0.3 G for other leads.
12
Vertical
30
10
Horizontal
25
Lead 16
8
20 18
Lead 8
6
15
4 5
10
Lead 16
Lead 24
Lead 24
2
7
5
1
1.5
1.5
0.5
0
0
0
200 400 600 800 1000 1200
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900
Speed (mm/s)
Speed (mm/s)
Operated by the MSEP-C
Appendix
Gripper/
Rotary
Type
Payload (kg)
P.5
(1) The maximum payload is the value when operated at 0.3G (0.2G with some models)
acceleration. The upper limit of acceleration is 1 G (*). Note that raising the acceleration
causes the payload to drop.
(*)The specific value varies depending on the connected controller and actuator
lead. For details, refer to “Selection References” on page A-100 and A-102.
(2) Take note that the maximum payload and maximum speed vary depending on
the controller connected to the RCP4. (Refer to the actuator specifications below.)
(3) See page A-71 for details on push motion.
Linear
Servo
Type
Actuator Specifications
„„Leads and Payloads
(*) When operated at 0.2 G
Lead Connected
Model number
(mm)
RCP4-SA7C-I-56P-24- ➀ -P3- ➁ - ➂
24
RCP4-SA7C-I-56P-16- ➀ -P3- ➁ - ➂
16
RCP4-SA7C-I-56P-8- ➀ -P3- ➁ - ➂
8
RCP4-SA7C-I-56P-4- ➀ -P3- ➁ - ➂
4
Maximum payload
controller Horizontal (kg) Vertical (kg)
PCON-CA
20
3
MSEP-C
18
2 (*)
PCON-CA
40
8
MSEP-C
35
5 (*)
PCON-CA
45
16
„„Stroke and Maximum Speed
Lead Connected 50~450
Stroke
(mm)
(mm)
24
16
50~800
(every 50mm)
controller (every 50mm)
25
MSEP-C
MSEP-C
40 (*)
15 (*)
PCON-CA
Stroke
4
600
(mm)
980<840>
865<840>
490
430
MSEP-C
10 (*)
(mm)
The values in < > apply when the actuator is used vertically.
650
700
(mm)
(mm)
1155
1010
1000<800>
750
(mm)
890
790
890<800>
790
515
750
655
580
375
325
290
255
185
160
145
125
515
280
245<210>
MSEP-C
215<210>
800
(mm)
560
PCON-CA
45
500
1200
PCON-CA
40
*See page A-71 for details on push motion.
(mm)
MSEP-C
MSEP-C
8
500
PCON-CA
PCON-CA
Code explanation ➀ Stroke ➁ Cable length ➂ Options
255
125
140
* The values of lead 8 and lead 4 apply when acceleration is at 0.1G.
(unit: mm/s)
Cable Length
Stroke (mm)
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
Standard price
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Stroke (mm)
450
500
550
600
650
700
750
800
Standard price
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Servo
Motor
(24V)
Type
Standard type
Special length
Robot cable
Cable symbol
P (1m)
S (3m)
M (5m)
X06 (6m) ~ X10 (10m)
X11 (11m) ~ X15 (15m)
X16 (16m) ~ X20 (20m)
R01 (1m) ~ R03 (3m)
R04 (4m) ~ R05 (5m)
R06 (6m) ~ R10 (10m)
R11 (11m) ~ R15 (15m)
R16 (16m) ~ R20 (20m)
Standard price
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
* See page A-59 for cables for maintenance.
Actuator Specifications
Options
Linear
Servo
Motor
800: 800mm
Payload (kg)
Table/
Arm/
Flat Type
Servo
Motor
(200V)
Cable length
P3: PCON-CA
MSEP-C
RCP4-SA7C Horizontal, PCON-CA connected
RCP4-SA7C Vertical, PCON-CA connected
50
30
Lead 4
This graph assumes that the
This
graph
assumes
that
the
45
Lead 4
actuator is operated at 0.3 G.
Lead 8 actuator is operated at 0.3 G.
25
40
Vertical
35
Horizontal
20
30
16
Lead 16
25
15
Lead 8
20
10 8 9
15
Lead 24
Lead 16
10
5
8
7
5.5
Lead 24
3
5
2
4
1
1
0
0
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400
Speed (mm/s)
Speed (mm/s)
Operated by the PCON-CA
Controllers
Integrated
Pulse
Motor
50: 50mm
■ Correlation Diagrams of Speed and Payload
Standard
SplashProof
Type
P3
Applicable controller
* See page Pre-47 for details on the model descriptions.
Mini
Cleanroom
Type
Stroke
Payload (kg)
Mini
RCP4
Payload (kg)
Slider
Type
Name
Brake
Optional cable exit direction (top)
Optional cable exit direction (right)
Optional cable exit direction (left)
Optional cable exit direction (bottom)
Non-motor end specification
Slider roller specification
7
RCP4-SA7C
Option code
B
CJT
CJR
CJL
CJB
NM
SR
See page
➝ A-42
➝ A-42
➝ A-42
➝ A-42
➝ A-42
➝ A-52
➝ A-55
Standard price
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Item
Drive system
Positioning repeatability (*1)
Lost motion
Base
Guide
Allowable dynamic moment (*2)
Allowable overhang
Ambient operating temperature, humidity
(*1) The value at lead 24 is shown in [ ].
(*2) Based on 5,000km of traveling life
Description
Ball screw ø12mm, rolled C10
±0.02mm [±0.03mm]
0.1mm or less
Material: Aluminum, white alumite treated
Linear guide
Ma: 13.9 N·m, Mb: 19.9 N·m, Mc: 38.3 N·m
230mm or less in Ma, Mb and Mc directions
0 to 40oC, 85% RH or less (Non-condensing)
RCP4
ROBO Cylinder
Dimensional Drawings
www.intelligentactuator.com
CAD drawings can be downloaded
from the website.
*1
*2
2D
CAD
Appendix
P.15
Connect the motor-encoder integrated cable here. * See page A-59 for details on cables.
During home return, be careful to avoid interference from peripheral
objects because the slider travels until the mechanical end.
ME: Mechanical end
SE: Stroke end
2-5øH7, depth 10
Reference plane
Slider
Type
Mini
Standard
Cable joint connector (*1)
20 20 20 4-M5, depth 10
20
Controllers
Integrated
(300)
5.5
ø9.5
6
Rod
Type
Allowable bending radius
of securing cable: R50
32±0.02
39
(Reamed hole
pitch±0.02)
5.5
ø6
Detail view of X
(Mounting hole and
reference plane)
50
Mini
Standard
Controllers
Integrated
L
Reference offset position
for Ma/Mc moments
48
30
K
21.5
Stroke
126
3
ME SE
9
Home
22
3
ME (*2)
71
73
X
32
H-oblong hole, depth 5.5
(from the bottom of the base)
D-M5, depth 9
5
Mini
Ground tap M3, depth 6
(Same on the opposite side)
6
61
6
F-ø6, through, ø9.5 counterbored,
depth 5.5 (from the opposite side)
E-ø4H7, depth 6
(from the bottom of the base)
B×100P
Detail Y
Y
Linear
Servo
Type
C×100P
J (reamed hole and oblong hole pitch)
A
Option code: CJT
Cable: Top
Option code: CJL
Cable: Left
Option
code: CJR
Cable: Right
32
19
Option code: CJB
Cable: Bottom
30
80
25.5
G
10
Cable exit 4 directions
(optional)
Standard
Gripper/
Rotary
Type
40
+0.012
4 0
Table/
Arm/
Flat Type
21
76
64
50
43
9
133 (without brake)
183 (with brake)
(Note 1)
There is no oblong hole at stroke 50.
Use the reamed hole (ø4) .
143.5 (without brake)
193.5 (with brake)
Cleanroom
Type
„„Dimensions and Mass by Stroke
Stroke
50 100 150 200 250
Without brake 352.5 402.5 452.5 502.5 552.5
L
With brake
402.5 452.5 502.5 552.5 602.5
A
0
100 100 200 200
B
0
0
0
1
1
C
1
1
2
2
3
D
4
6
6
8
8
E
2
3
3
3
3
F
4
4
6
6
8
G
199 249 299 349 399
H
0
1
1
1
1
J
0
85
85 185 185
K
219.5 269.5 319.5 369.5 419.5
Weight Without brake 3.4 3.6 3.8 4.1 4.3
(kg) With brake
3.9 4.1 4.3 4.6 4.8
300
602.5
652.5
300
2
3
10
3
8
449
1
285
469.5
4.6
5.1
350
652.5
702.5
300
2
4
10
3
10
499
1
285
519.5
4.8
5.3
400
702.5
752.5
400
3
4
12
3
10
549
1
385
569.5
5.1
5.6
450
752.5
802.5
400
3
5
12
3
12
599
1
385
619.5
5.3
5.8
500
802.5
852.5
500
4
5
14
3
12
649
1
485
669.5
5.6
6.1
550
852.5
902.5
500
4
6
14
3
14
699
1
485
719.5
5.8
6.3
600 650 700 750
902.5 952.5 1002.5 1052.5
952.5 1002.5 1052.5 1102.5
600 600 700 700
5
5
6
6
6
7
7
8
16
16
18
18
3
3
3
3
14
16
16
18
749 799 849 899
1
1
1
1
585 585 685 685
769.5 819.5 869.5 919.5
6.0
6.3
6.5
6.8
6.5
6.8
7.0
7.3
800
1102.5
1152.5
800
7
8
20
3
18
949
1
785
969.5
7.0
7.5
SplashProof
Type
Pulse
Motor
Applicable Controllers
RCP4 series actuators can be operated with the controllers indicated below. Select the type according to your intended application.
Name
*
External
view
Model number
Features
Equipped with a high-output driver
PIO control supported
Maximum number of
positioning points
Positioner type
High-output specification
PCON-CA-56PI- -2-0
Pulse-train type
High-output specification
with a high-output driver
PCON-CA-56PI-PL--2-0 Equipped
Pulse-train input supported
Field network type
High-output specification
PCON-CA-56PI- -0-0
Equipped with a high-output driver
Field network supported
Solenoid valve multi-axis type
PIO specification
MSEP-C- -~- -2-0
Positioner type based on PIO control, allowing up to 8 axes
to be connected
3 points
Solenoid valve multi-axis type
Network specification
MSEP-C- -~- -0-0
Field network-ready positioner type, allowing up to 8 axes
to be connected
256 points
indicates I/O type (NP/PN). *
indicates number of axes (1 to 8). *
Input
power
Power supply Standard Reference
capacity
price
page
512 points
—
Refer to
P618
—
768 points
DC24V
—
➝ P607
Servo
Motor
(200V)
—
Refer to
P572
—
Servo
Motor
(24V)
➝ P563
indicates field network specification symbol. *  indicates N (NPN specification) or P (PNP specification) symbol.
RCP4-SA7C
8
Linear
Servo
Motor
Standard
Controllers
Integrated
Rod
Type
ROBO Cylinder
RCP4-SA5R
ROBO Cylinder, Slider Type, Side-mounted Motor Type, Actuator Width 52mm, 24-V Pulse Motor
Model
Specification
Items
RCP4
Series
SA5R
Type
I
Encoder type
I: Incremental specification
42P
Motor type
Lead
42P: Pulse motor, 20:20mm
size 42
12:12mm
6: 6mm
3: 3mm
50: 50mm
800: 800mm
(every 50mm)
Payload (kg)
6
Options
Lead 12 Lead 20 (when
operated at 0.3G)
6
RCP4-SA5R Vertical, PCON-CA connected
14
This graph assumes that the
Lead 3
actuator is operated at 0.3 G.
12
Vertical
10
8
6
Lead 6
4
Lead 12 Lead 20 (when
3
2
operated at 0.5G)
1
Lead
20
(when
operated
at
0.5
G)
1
0.5
0
0
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600
0
200 400 600 800 1000 1200
Speed (mm/s)
Speed (mm/s)
Operated by the PCON-CA
5
The “Motor side-mounted to the left (ML)” option
is selected for the actuator shown above.
Standard
RCP4-SA5R Horizontal, MSEP connected
RCP4-SA5R Vertical, MSEP connected
18
12
This graph assumes that the
This graph assumes that the
16
Lead 3 actuator is operated at 0.3 G.
Lead 3
actuator is operated at 0.2 G.
10
14
Vertical
Horizontal
12
8
Lead 6
10
9
6
8
Lead 6
5
6
4
Lead 12
4
Lead 12
Lead 20
2
2
Lead 20
0.5
0
0
0
200 400 600 800 1000 1200
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900
Speed (mm/s)
Speed (mm/s)
Operated by the MSEP-C
Appendix
Gripper/
Rotary
Type
Payload (kg)
P.5
(1) The maximum payload is the value when operated at 0.3G (0.2G with some models)
acceleration. The upper limit of acceleration is 1 G (*). Note that raising the acceleration
causes the payload to drop.
(*)The specific value varies depending on the connected controller and actuator
lead. For details, refer to “Selection References” on page A-104 and A-106.
(2) Take note that the maximum payload and maximum speed vary depending on
the controller connected to the RCP4. (Refer to the actuator specifications below.)
(3) See page A-71 for details on push motion.
Linear
Servo
Type
Actuator Specifications
„„Leads and Payloads
(*) When operated at 0.2 G
Lead Connected
Model number
(mm)
RCP4-SA5R-I-42P-20- ➀ -P3- ➁ - ➂
20
RCP4-SA5R-I-42P-12- ➀ -P3- ➁ - ➂
12
RCP4-SA5R-I-42P-6- ➀ -P3- ➁ - ➂
6
RCP4-SA5R-I-42P-3- ➀ -P3- ➁ - ➂
3
Maximum payload
controller Horizontal (kg) Vertical (kg)
PCON-CA
6.5
1
MSEP-C
4
0.5 (*)
PCON-CA
9
2.5
MSEP-C
6
2
PCON-CA
18
6
MSEP-C
13
5
PCON-CA
20
12
MSEP-C
16
10
Code explanation ➀ Stroke ➁ Cable length ➂ Options
Stroke (mm)
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
(mm)
(mm)
20
12
50~800
(every 50mm)
6
3
controller (every 50mm)
500
(mm)
550
(mm)
600
700
(mm) 650 (mm) (mm)
750
(mm)
800
(mm)
PCON-CA
1440 <1120> 1225<1120> 1045
900
785
690
610
MSEP-C
960<800>
900<800>
785
690
610
570
490
425
375
330
570
490
425
375
330
335
285
245
215
185
165
285
245
215
185
165
165
140
120
105
90
80
140
120
105
90
80
PCON-CA 900<800>
MSEP-C
PCON-CA
665
600
450
395
225
195
MSEP-C
PCON-CA
795
300
MSEP-C
150
The values in < > apply when the actuator is used vertically.
(unit: mm/s)
Cable Length
Standard price
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Stroke (mm)
450
500
550
600
650
700
750
800
Standard price
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Type
Standard type
Special length
Robot cable
Cable symbol
P (1m)
S (3m)
M (5m)
X06 (6m) ~ X10 (10m)
X11 (11m) ~ X15 (15m)
X16 (16m) ~ X20 (20m)
R01 (1m) ~ R03 (3m)
R04 (4m) ~ R05 (5m)
R06 (6m) ~ R10 (10m)
R11 (11m) ~ R15 (15m)
R16 (16m) ~ R20 (20m)
Standard price
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
* See page A-59 for cables for maintenance.
Options
Name
Option code See page Standard price
Brake
B
—
➝ A-42
Optional cable exit direction (top)
CJT
—
➝ A-42
Optional cable exit direction (outside)
CJO
—
➝ A-42
Optional cable exit direction (bottom)
CJB
—
➝ A-42
Motor side-mounted to the left (standard)
ML
—
➝ A-52
Motor side-mounted to the right
MR
—
➝ A-52
Non-motor end specification
NM
—
➝ A-52
Slider roller specification
SR
—
➝ A-55
9
„„Stroke and Maximum Speed
Lead Connected 50~450
Stroke
*See page A-71 for details on push motion.
Stroke
Linear
Servo
Motor
Lead 6
10
Mini
Servo
Motor
(200V)
Horizontal
18
15
Table/
Arm/
Flat Type
Servo
Motor
(24V)
Cable length
N: None
See Options below.
P: 1m
S: 3m
* Be sure to specify
M: 5m
either "ML" or "MR"
X: Custom length as the motor sideR: Robot cable
mounted direction.
RCP4-SA5R Horizontal, PCON-CA connected
25
This graph assumes that the
actuator is operated at 0.3 G.
Lead 3
20
Controllers
Integrated
Pulse
Motor
P3: PCON-CA
MSEP-C
■ Correlation Diagrams of Speed and Payload
Standard
SplashProof
Type
Applicable controller
* See page Pre-47 for details on the model descriptions.
Mini
Cleanroom
Type
P3
Stroke
Payload (kg)
Mini
RCP4
Payload (kg)
Slider
Type
RCP4-SA5R
Actuator Specifications
Item
Drive system
Positioning repeatability (*1)
Lost motion
Base
Guide
Allowable dynamic moment (*2)
Allowable overhang
Ambient operating temperature, humidity
(*1) The value at lead 20 is shown in [ ].
(*2) Based on 5,000km of traveling life.
Description
Ball screw ø10mm, rolled C10
±0.02mm [±0.03mm]
0.1mm or less
Material: Aluminum, white alumite treated
Linear guide
Ma: 4.9 N·m, Mb: 6.8 N·m, Mc: 11.7 N·m
150mm or less in Ma, Mb and Mc directions
0 to 40oC, 85% RH or less (Non-condensing)
RCP4
ROBO Cylinder
Dimensional Drawings
www.intelligentactuator.com
*1
*2
2D
CAD
Appendix
P.15
Connect the motor-encoder integrated cable here. * See page A-59 for details on cables.
During home return, be careful to avoid interference from peripheral
objects because the slider travels until the mechanical end.
ME: Mechanical end
SE: Stroke end
27.5
+0.012
4 0
5
4.5
18
3
ME SE
5
94
30
Stroke
2-ø4H7, depth 6 19±0.02
4-M4, depth 9
15.5
19
3
SE ME
15.5
9
Detail Y
Detail view of X
(Mounting hole and reference plane)
Mini
Standard
(13)
(Note 1)
There is no oblong hole at stroke 50.
Use the reamed hole (ø4).
(28)
Allowable bending radius
of securing cable: R50
Cable joint connector (*1)
Reference offset position
for Ma/Mc moments
6
Controllers
Integrated
20
(300)
116 (without brake)
156 (with brake)
Ground tap M3, depth 6
(Same on the opposite side)
(32.5)
Table/
Arm/
Flat Type
4-M5, depth 15
0.5
6
Rod
Type
(28.5)
3
ø4.5
32
20
Controllers
Integrated
L
K
Reference plane
ø8
Mini
Standard
26
(Reamed hole pitch ±0.02)
CAD drawings can be downloaded
from the website.
Slider
Type
37
26
47
50
40
39
Mini
56.5
(10)
118.5
B×100P
Motor direction: ML
CJT:
Top CJO:
Outside
C×100P
50
J (reamed hole and oblong hole pitch)
Y
32
19
Linear
Servo
Type
20
A
7
CJB:
Bottom
Gripper/
Rotary
Type
24
26
Cable exit 3 directions (optional)
F-ø4.5, through
ø8 counterbored, depth 4.5
(from the opposite side)
ø4H7, depth 5.5
(from the bottom of the base)
H-oblong hole, depth 5.5
(from the bottom of the base)
D-M4, depth 7
Motor direction: MR
CJT:
Top
CJO:
Outside
Standard
37
2.5
50
52
X
62
G
Cleanroom
Type
35.5
CJB:
Bottom
„„Dimensions and Mass by Stroke
Caution
Pay attention to possible contact
with surrounding structures when
a slider mount area projects into
the motor unit top surface.
Stroke
50 100
208.5 258.5
L
A
73 100
B
0
0
C
0
0
D
4
4
F
4
4
G
166 216
H
0
1
J
0
85
K
181 231
Weight Without brake 1.7 1.9
(kg) With brake
2.0 2.1
150
308.5
100
0
1
4
6
266
1
85
281
2.0
2.3
200
358.5
200
1
1
6
6
316
1
185
331
2.2
2.4
250
408.5
200
1
2
6
8
366
1
185
381
2.3
2.5
300
458.5
300
2
2
8
8
416
1
285
431
2.5
2.7
350
508.5
300
2
3
8
10
466
1
285
481
2.6
2.8
400
558.5
400
3
3
10
10
516
1
385
531
2.8
3.0
450
608.5
400
3
4
10
12
566
1
385
581
2.9
3.1
500
658.5
500
4
4
12
12
616
1
485
631
3.0
3.3
550
708.5
500
4
5
12
14
666
1
485
681
3.2
3.4
600
758.5
600
5
5
14
14
716
1
585
731
3.3
3.6
650
808.5
600
5
6
14
16
766
1
585
781
3.5
3.7
700
858.5
700
6
67
16
16
816
1
685
831
3.6
3.9
750
908.5
700
6
7
16
18
866
1
685
881
3.8
4.0
800
958.5
800
7
8
18
18
916
1
785
931
3.9
4.1
SplashProof
Type
Pulse
Motor
Applicable Controllers
RCP4 series actuators can be operated with the controllers indicated below. Select the type according to your intended application.
Name
*
External
view
Model number
Features
Equipped with a high-output driver
PIO control supported
Maximum number of
positioning points
Positioner type
High-output specification
PCON-CA-42PI- -2-0
Pulse-train type
High-output specification
with a high-output driver
PCON-CA-42PI-PL--2-0 Equipped
Pulse-train input supported
Field network type
High-output specification
PCON-CA-42PI- -0-0
Equipped with a high-output driver
Field network supported
Solenoid valve multi-axis type
PIO specification
MSEP-C- -~- -2-0
Positioner type based on PIO control, allowing up to 8 axes
to be connected
3 points
Solenoid valve multi-axis type
Network specification
MSEP-C- -~- -0-0
Field network-ready positioner type, allowing up to 8 axes
to be connected
256 points
indicates I/O type (NP/PN). *
indicates number of axes (1 to 8). *
Input
power
Power supply Standard Reference
capacity
price
page
512 points
—
Refer to
P618
—
768 points
DC24V
—
➝ P607
Servo
Motor
(200V)
—
Refer to
P572
—
indicates field network specification symbol. *  indicates N (NPN specification) or P (PNP specification) symbol.
RCP4-SA5R
Servo
Motor
(24V)
➝ P563
10
Linear
Servo
Motor
Mini
Standard
Controllers
Integrated
Rod
Type
RCP4
ROBO Cylinder
RCP4-SA6R
ROBO Cylinder, Slider Type, Side-mounted Motor Type, Actuator Width 58mm, 24-V Pulse Motor
Model
Specification
Items
RCP4
Series
SA6R
Type
I
Encoder type
I: Incremental specification
42P
Motor type
Lead
42P: Pulse motor, 20:20mm
size 42
12:12mm
6: 6mm
3: 3mm
50: 50mm
800: 800mm
(every 50mm)
Payload (kg)
18
15
12
10
Table/
Arm/
Flat Type
The “Motor side-mounted to the left (ML)” option
is selected for the actuator shown above.
Appendix
(1) The maximum payload is the value when operated at 0.3G (0.2G with some models)
acceleration. The upper limit of acceleration is 1 G (*). Note that raising the acceleration
causes the payload to drop.
(*)The specific value varies depending on the connected controller and actuator
lead. For details, refer to “Selection References” on page A-104 and A-106.
(2) Take note that the maximum payload and maximum speed vary depending on
the controller connected to the RCP4. (Refer to the actuator specifications below.)
(3) See page A-71 for details on push motion.
Linear
Servo
Type
8
6
4
2
Lead 6
3
Lead 12
Lead 20 (when
operated at 0.5G)
1
0
200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400
0
200 400 600 800
Speed (mm/s)
Speed (mm/s)
Operated by the PCON-CA
0.5
1000 1200
Actuator Specifications
„„Leads and Payloads
(*) When operated at 0.2 G
Lead Connected
Model number
(mm)
RCP4-SA6R-I-42P-20- ➀ -P3- ➁ - ➂
20
RCP4-SA6R-I-42P-12- ➀ -P3- ➁ - ➂
12
RCP4-SA6R-I-42P-6- ➀ -P3- ➁ - ➂
6
RCP4-SA6R-I-42P-3- ➀ -P3- ➁ - ➂
3
Maximum payload
controller Horizontal (kg) Vertical (kg)
PCON-CA
10
1
MSEP-C
6
0.5 (*)
PCON-CA
15
2.5
MSEP-C
8.5
2
PCON-CA
25
6
MSEP-C
15
5
PCON-CA
25
12
MSEP-C
19
10
Code explanation ➀ Stroke ➁ Cable length ➂ Options
(mm)
(mm)
20
12
50~800
(every 50mm)
6
3
controller (every 50mm) (mm)
550
(mm)
600
(mm)
PCON-CA 1280 <1120> 1230<1120> 1045
MSEP-C
PCON-CA
900
PCON-CA
450
395
225
195
150
800
(mm)
785
690
615
785
690
615
570
490
430
375
335
570
490
430
375
335
335
285
245
215
185
165
285
245
215
185
165
165
140
120
105
90
80
140
120
105
90
80
670
300
MSEP-C
750
(mm)
905
600
MSEP-C
PCON-CA
795
700
(mm)
905<800>
960 <800>
MSEP-C
650
(mm)
The values in < > apply when the actuator is used vertically.
(unit: mm/s)
Cable Length
Stroke (mm)
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
Standard price
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Stroke (mm)
450
500
550
600
650
700
750
800
Standard price
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Options
Type
Standard type
Special length
Robot cable
Cable symbol
P (1m)
S (3m)
M (5m)
X06 (6m) ~ X10 (10m)
X11 (11m) ~ X15 (15m)
X16 (16m) ~ X20 (20m)
R01 (1m) ~ R03 (3m)
R04 (4m) ~ R05 (5m)
R06 (6m) ~ R10 (10m)
R11 (11m) ~ R15 (15m)
R16 (16m) ~ R20 (20m)
Standard price
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
* See page A-59 for cables for maintenance.
Name
Option code See page Standard price
Brake
B
—
➝ A-42
Optional cable exit direction (top)
CJT
—
➝ A-42
Optional cable exit direction (outside)
CJO
—
➝ A-42
Optional cable exit direction (bottom)
CJB
—
➝ A-42
Motor side-mounted to the left (standard)
ML
—
➝ A-52
Motor side-mounted to the right
MR
—
➝ A-52
Non-motor end specification
NM
—
➝ A-52
Slider roller specification
SR
—
➝ A-55
11
„„Stroke and Maximum Speed
Lead Connected 50~450 500
Stroke
*See page A-71 for details on push motion.
Stroke
Linear
Servo
Motor
4
Vertical
10
6
Payload (kg)
Gripper/
Rotary
Type
0
Lead 20 (when
operated at 0.3G)
RCP4-SA6R Vertical, PCON-CA connected
14
This graph assumes that the
Lead 3
actuator is operated at 0.3 G.
12
RCP4-SA6R Horizontal, MSEP connected
RCP4-SA6R Vertical, MSEP connected
2019
12
This graph assumes that the
This graph assumes that the
Lead 3
18
Lead 3
actuator is operated at 0.3 G.
actuator is operated at 0.2 G.
10
16
15
Vertical
Horizontal
Lead 6
14
8
13
12
6
10
8.5
Lead 6
5
8
Lead 12
4
6
Lead 12
4
Lead 20
2
2
Lead 20
0.5
1.5
0
0
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900
0
200 400 600 800 1000 1200
Speed (mm/s)
Speed (mm/s)
Operated by the MSEP-C
P.5
Servo
Motor
(200V)
Options
Payload (kg)
Standard
Lead 12
Lead 20 (when
5 operated at 0.5G)
0
Mini
Servo
Motor
(24V)
Cable length
N: None
See Options below.
P: 1m
S: 3m
* Be sure to specify
M: 5m
either "ML" or "MR"
X: Cutom length as the motor sideR: Robot cable
mounted direction.
RCP4-SA6R Horizontal, PCON-CA connected
30
This graph assumes that the
Lead 3
actuator is operated at 0.3 G.
25
Horizontal
Lead 6
20
Controllers
Integrated
Pulse
Motor
P3: PCON-CA
MSEP-C
■ Correlation Diagrams of Speed and Payload
Standard
SplashProof
Type
Applicable controller
* See page Pre-47 for details on the model descriptions.
Mini
Cleanroom
Type
P3
Stroke
Payload (kg)
Slider
Type
RCP4-SA6R
Actuator Specifications
Item
Drive system
Positioning repeatability (*1)
Lost motion
Base
Guide
Allowable dynamic moment (*2)
Allowable overhang
Ambient operating temperature, humidity
(*1) The value at lead 20 is shown in [ ].
(*2) Based on 5,000km of traveling life
Description
Ball screw ø10mm, rolled C10
±0.02mm [±0.03mm]
0.1mm or less
Material: Aluminum, white alumite treated
Linear guide
Ma: 8.9 N·m, Mb: 12.7 N·m, Mc: 18.6 N·m
220mm or less in Ma, Mb and Mc directions
0 to 40oC, 85% RH or less (Non-condensing)
RCP4
ROBO Cylinder
Dimensional Drawings
www.intelligentactuator.com
*1
*2
2D
CAD
Appendix
Standard
L
4.5
5
+0.012
40
K
Reference plane
ø8
18
3
ME SE
5
4-M5, depth 9
32 ±0.02
19.5
3
SE ME
21
19.5
5
ø4.5
27.5
18.5
115
50
Stroke
2-5øH7, depth 6
Rod
Type
Mini
Standard
(28)
Cable joint connector (*1)
Allowable bending
radius of securing
cable: R50
Reference offset position
for Ma/Mc moments
Ground tap M3, depth 6
(Same on the opposite side)
116 (without brake) (32.5)
20 156 (with brake)
(300)
4-M5, depth 15
Table/
Arm/
Flat Type
Mini
28
37
47
53
43
40
1.5
8
Controllers
Integrated
(28.5)
(13)
(Note 1)
There is no oblong hole at stroke 50.
Use the reamed hole (ø4).
8
Controllers
Integrated
Detail Y
Detail view of X
(Mounting hole and reference plane)
39
23
Mini
P.15
Connect the motor-encoder integrated cable here. * See page A-59 for details on cables.
During home return, be careful to avoid interference from peripheral
objects because the slider travels until the mechanical end.
ME: Mechanical end
SE: Stroke end
31
(Reamed hole pitch ±0.02)
CAD drawings can be downloaded
from the website.
Slider
Type
Standard
37
4.5
(7)
56.5
56
58
X
121.5
H-oblong hole, depth 5.5
(from the bottom of the base)
D-M5, depth 9
Motor direction: MR
CJT:
Top
CJO:
Outside
B×100P
Linear
Servo
Type
Motor direction: ML
CJT:
Top CJO:
Outside
C×100P
J (reamed hole and oblong hole pitch) (Note 1)
Y
20
A
19
32
7
CJB:
Bottom
Gripper/
Rotary
Type
E-ø4H7, depth 5.5
(from the bottom of the base)
31
Cable exit 3 directions (optional)
F-ø4.5, through
ø8 counterbored, depth 4.5 (from the opposite side)
CJB:
Bottom
Caution
Pay attention to possible contact
with surrounding structures when
a slider mount area projects into
the motor unit top surface.
75
Cleanroom
Type
25
G
35.5
„„Dimensions and Mass by Stroke
Stroke
50 100 150
L
229 279 329
A
0
100 100
B
0
0
0
C
1
1
2
D
4
6
6
E
2
3
3
F
4
4
6
G
186.5 236.5 286.5
H
0
1
1
J
0
85
85
K
201.5 251.5 301.5
Weight Without brake 2.2 2.4 2.5
(kg) With brake
2.4 2.6 2.7
200
379
200
1
2
8
3
6
336.5
1
185
351.5
2.7
2.9
250
429
200
1
3
8
3
8
386.5
1
185
401.5
2.8
3.1
300
479
300
2
3
10
3
8
436.5
1
285
451.5
3.0
3.2
350
529
300
2
4
10
3
10
486.5
1
285
501.5
3.1
3.4
400
579
400
3
4
12
3
10
536.5
1
385
551.5
3.3
3.5
450
629
400
3
5
12
3
12
586.5
1
385
601.5
3.5
3.7
500
679
500
4
5
14
3
12
636.5
1
485
651.5
3.6
3.8
550
729
500
4
6
14
3
14
686.5
1
485
701.5
3.8
4.0
600
779
600
5
6
16
3
14
736.5
1
585
751.5
3.9
4.2
650
829
600
5
7
16
3
16
786.5
1
585
801.5
4.1
4.3
700
879
700
6
7
18
3
16
836.5
1
685
851.5
4.2
4.5
750
929
700
6
8
18
3
18
886.5
1
685
901.5
4.4
4.6
800
979
800
7
8
20
3
18
936.5
1
785
951.5
4.6
4.8
SplashProof
Type
Pulse
Motor
Applicable Controllers
RCP4 series actuators can be operated with the controllers indicated below. Select the type according to your intended application.
Name
*
External
view
Model number
Features
Equipped with a high-output driver
PIO control supported
Maximum number of
positioning points
Positioner type
High-output specification
PCON-CA-42PI- -2-0
Pulse-train type
High-output specification
with a high-output driver
PCON-CA-42PI-PL--2-0 Equipped
Pulse-train input supported
Field network type
High-output specification
PCON-CA-42PI- -0-0
Equipped with a high-output driver
Field network supported
Solenoid valve multi-axis type
PIO specification
MSEP-C- -~- -2-0
Positioner type based on PIO control, allowing up to 8 axes
to be connected
3 points
Solenoid valve multi-axis type
Network specification
MSEP-C- -~- -0-0
Field network-ready positioner type, allowing up to 8 axes
to be connected
256 points
indicates I/O type (NP/PN). *
indicates number of axes (1 to 8). *
Input
power
Power supply Standard Reference
capacity
price
page
512 points
—
Refer to
P618
—
768 points
DC24V
—
➝ P607
Servo
Motor
(200V)
—
Refer to
P572
—
indicates field network specification symbol. *  indicates N (NPN specification) or P (PNP specification) symbol.
RCP4-SA6R
Servo
Motor
(24V)
➝ P563
12
Linear
Servo
Motor
Standard
Controllers
Integrated
Rod
Type
ROBO Cylinder
RCP4-SA7R
ROBO Cylinder, Slider Type, Side-mounted Motor Type, Actuator Width 73mm, 24-V Pulse Motor
Model
Specification
Items
RCP4
Series
SA7R
Type
I
Encoder type
I: Incremental specification
56P
Motor type
Lead
56P: Pulse motor, 24:24mm
size 56 
16:16mm
8: 8mm
4: 4mm
Mini
The “Motor side-mounted to the left (ML)” option
is selected for the actuator shown above.
Standard
Appendix
Payload (kg)
Gripper/
Rotary
Type
(1) The maximum payload is the value when operated at 0.3G (0.2G with some models)
acceleration. The upper limit of acceleration is 1 G (*). Note that raising the acceleration
causes the payload to drop.
(*)The specific value varies depending on the connected controller and actuator
lead. For details, refer to “Selection References” on page A-104 and A-106.
(2) Take note that the maximum payload and maximum speed vary depending on
the controller connected to the RCP4. (Refer to the actuator specifications below.)
(3) See page A-71 for details on push motion.
Linear
Servo
Type
Actuator Specifications
„„Leads and Payloads
(*) When operated at 0.2 G
Lead Connected
Model number
(mm)
RCP4-SA7R-I-56P-24- ➀ -P3- ➁ - ➂
24
RCP4-SA7R-I-56P-16- ➀ -P3- ➁ - ➂
16
RCP4-SA7R-I-56P-8- ➀ -P3- ➁ - ➂
8
RCP4-SA7R-I-56P-4- ➀ -P3- ➁ - ➂
4
Maximum payload
controller Horizontal (kg) Vertical (kg)
PCON-CA
20
3
MSEP-C
18
2 (*)
PCON-CA
40
8
MSEP-C
35
5 (*)
PCON-CA
45
16
MSEP-C
40
10 (*)
PCON-CA
45
25
MSEP-C
40 (*)
15 (*)
Code explanation ➀ Stroke ➁ Cable length ➂ Options
(mm)
(mm
24
16
50~800
(every 50mm)
8
4
controller (every 50mm)
500
The values in < > apply when the actuator is used vertically.
550
(mm)
(mm)
PCON-CA
600
650
(mm)
(mm)
700
(mm)
1000
MSEP-C
750
(mm) 800 (mm)
890
800<600>
PCON-CA
840<700>
MSEP-C
750<700>
655
580
375
325
290
255
185
160
145
125
560
PCON-CA
490
430
MSEP-C
210
515
515
280
PCON-CA
790
790<600>
255
MSEP-C
140
* The values of lead 8 and lead 4 apply when acceleration is at 0.1G.
125
(unit: mm/s)
Cable Length
Stroke (mm)
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
Standard price
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Stroke (mm)
450
500
550
600
650
700
750
800
Standard price
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Type
Standard type
Special length
Robot cable
Cable symbol
P (1m)
S (3m)
M (5m)
X06 (6m) ~ X10 (10m)
X11 (11m) ~ X15 (15m)
X16 (16m) ~ X20 (20m)
R01 (1m) ~ R03 (3m)
R04 (4m) ~ R05 (5m)
R06 (6m) ~ R10 (10m)
R11 (11m) ~ R15 (15m)
R16 (16m) ~ R20 (20m)
Standard price
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
* See page A-59 for cables for maintenance.
Options
Name
Option code See page Standard price
Brake
B
—
➝ A-42
Optional cable exit direction (top)
CJT
—
➝ A-42
Optional cable exit direction (outside)
CJO
—
➝ A-42
Optional cable exit direction (bottom)
CJB
—
➝ A-42
Motor side-mounted to the left (standard)
ML
—
➝ A-52
Motor side-mounted to the right
MR
—
➝ A-52
Non-motor end specification
NM
—
➝ A-52
Slider roller specification
SR
—
➝ A-55
13
„„Stroke and Maximum Speed
Lead Connected 50~450
Stroke
*See page A-71 for details on push motion.
Stroke
Linear
Servo
Motor
(every 50mm)
RCP4-SA7R Vertical, MSEP connected
RCP4-SA7R Horizontal, MSEP connected
45
16 15
This graph assumes that the
Lead 4
Assuming
that
the
actuator
is
40
14
Lead 4 actuator is operated at 0.2 G.
operated at 0.2 G for lead 4
35
and at 0.3 G for other leads.
12
Vertical
Horizontal
30
10
25
Lead 16
8
20 18 22
Lead 8
6 5
15
4
10
Lead 24
Lead 8
3
Lead 16
6
2
5
Lead 24
1.5
4
1
1
0.5
0
0
0
200
400
600
800
1000
0
100 200 300 400 500 600
Speed (mm/s)
Speed (mm/s)
Operated by the MSEP-C
P.5
Servo
Motor
(200V)
800: 800mm
Options
N: None
See Options below.
P: 1m
S: 3m
* Be sure to specify
M: 5m
either "ML" or "MR"
X: Custom lengthh as the motor sideR: Robot cable
mounted direction.
Payload (kg)
Table/
Arm/
Flat Type
Servo
Motor
(24V)
Cable length
P3: PCON-CA
MSEP-C
RCP4-SA7R Horizontal, PCON-CA connected
RCP4-SA7R Vertical, PCON-CA connected
50
30
This graph assumes that the
Lead 4
This graph assumes that the
45
actuator is operated at 0.3 G.
actuator is operated at 0.3 G.
25
40
Vertical
Lead 4
Horizontal
35
20
30
16
Lead 16
15
25
20
Lead 8
10 9
15
Lead
8
Lead
24
Lead 16
10
5
8
7
Lead 24
5
0
0
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400
Speed (mm/s)
Speed (mm/s)
Operated by the PCON-CA
Controllers
Integrated
Pulse
Motor
50: 50mm
■ Correlation Diagrams of Speed and Payload
Standard
SplashProof
Type
P3
Applicable controller
* See page Pre-47 for details on the model descriptions.
Mini
Cleanroom
Type
Stroke
Payload (kg)
Mini
RCP4
Payload (kg)
Slider
Type
RCP4-SA7R
Actuator Specifications
Item
Drive system
Positioning repeatability (*1)
Lost motion
Base
Guide
Allowable dynamic moment (*2)
Allowable overhang
Ambient operating temperature, humidity
(*1) The value at lead 24 is shown in [ ].
(*2) Based on 5,000km of traveling life
Description
Ball screw ø12mm, rolled C10
±0.02mm [±0.03mm]
0.1mm or less
Material: Aluminum, white alumite treated
Linear guide
Ma: 13.9 N·m, Mb: 19.9 N·m, Mc: 38.3 N·m
230mm or less in Ma, Mb and Mc directions
0 to 40oC, 85% RH or less (Non-condensing)
RCP4
ROBO Cylinder
Dimensional Drawings
www.intelligentactuator.com
*1
*2
2D
CAD
21.5
+0.012
0
ø9.5
Standard
126
50
2-5øH7, depth 10 32 ±0.02
20
4-M5, depth 10
4
6
5
33
Stroke
3
ME SE
22
3
SE ME
20
20
Controllers
Integrated
Rod
Type
Mini
Detail Y
Standard
(13)
(Note 1)
There is no oblong hole at stroke 50.
Use the reamed hole (ø4).
(28)
Allowable bending
radius of securing
cable: R50
Controllers
Integrated
(55)
5.5
ø6
Detail view of X
(Mounting hole and reference plane)
Mini
P.15
Connect the motor-encoder integrated cable here. * See page A-59 for details on cables.
During home return, be careful to avoid interference from peripheral
objects because the slider travels until the mechanical end.
ME: Mechanical end
L
SE: Stroke end
K
Reference plane
5.5
Appendix
39
(Reamed hole pitch ±0.02)
CAD drawings can be downloaded
from the website.
Slider
Type
Cable joint connector (*1)
9
9
148.5 (without brake) (37)
20 198.5 (with brake)
(300)
Ground tap M3, depth 6
(Same on the opposite side)
4-M6, depth 14
0.5
48
30
Reference offset position
for Ma/Mc moments
Table/
Arm/
Flat Type
X
48
F-ø6, through
ø9.5 counterbored, depth 5.5 (from the opposite side)
156
Motor direction: ML
CJT:
Top CJO:
Outside
Linear
Servo
Type
40
Motor direction: MR
CJT:
Top
CJO:
Outside
C×100P
J (reamed hole and oblong hole pitch)
19
32
Y
CJB:
Bottom
CJB:
Bottom
Gripper/
Rotary
Type
E-ø4H7, depth 6
(from the bottom of the base)
H-oblong hole, depth 5.5
(from the bottom of the base)
D-M5, depth 9
B×100P
Cable exit 3 directions (optional)
A
10
30
80
Cleanroom
Type
25.5
G
43.5
„„Dimensions and Mass by Stroke
Caution
Pay attention to possible contact
with surrounding structures when
a slider mount area projects into
the motor unit top surface.
Standard
48
2.5
(7.75)
75.25
71
73
33
61
64
50
43
Mini
Stroke
50 100 150 200
L
252.5 302.5 352.5 402.5
A
0
100 100 200
B
0
0
0
1
C
1
1
2
2
D
4
6
6
8
E
2
3
3
3
F
4
4
6
6
G
199 249 299 349
H
0
1
1
1
J
0
85
85 185
K
219.5 269.5 319.5 369.5
Weight Without brake 3.8 4.0 4.3 4.5
(kg) With brake
4.3 4.5 4.8 5.0
250
452.5
200
1
3
8
3
8
399
1
185
419.5
4.8
5.3
300
502.5
300
2
3
10
3
8
449
1
285
469.5
5.0
5.5
350
552.5
300
2
4
10
3
10
499
1
285
519.5
5.3
5.8
400
602.5
400
3
4
12
3
10
549
1
385
569.5
5.5
6.0
450
652.5
400
3
5
12
3
12
599
1
385
619.5
5.7
6.2
500
702.5
500
4
5
14
3
12
649
1
485
669.5
6.0
6.5
550
752.5
500
4
6
14
3
14
699
1
485
719.5
6.2
6.7
600
802.5
600
5
6
16
3
14
749
1
585
769.5
6.5
7.0
650
852.5
600
5
7
16
3
16
799
1
585
819.5
6.7
7.2
700
902.5
700
6
7
18
3
16
849
1
685
869.5
7.0
7.5
750
952.5
700
6
8
18
3
18
899
1
685
919.5
7.2
7.7
800
1002.5
800
7
8
20
3
18
949
1
785
969.5
7.4
8.0
SplashProof
Type
Pulse
Motor
Applicable Controllers
RCP4 series actuators can be operated with the controllers indicated below. Select the type according to your intended application.
Name
*
External
view
Model number
Features
Equipped with a high-output driver
PIO control supported
Maximum number of
positioning points
Positioner type
High-output specification
PCON-CA-56PI- -2-0
Pulse-train type
High-output specification
with a high-output driver
PCON-CA-56PI-PL--2-0 Equipped
Pulse-train input supported
Field network type
High-output specification
PCON-CA-56PI- -0-0
Equipped with a high-output driver
Field network supported
Solenoid valve multi-axis type
PIO specification
MSEP-C- -~- -2-0
Positioner type based on PIO control, allowing up to 8 axes
to be connected
3 points
Solenoid valve multi-axis type
Network specification
MSEP-C- -~- -0-0
Field network-ready positioner type, allowing up to 8 axes
to be connected
256 points
indicates I/O type (NP/PN). *
indicates number of axes (1 to 8). *
Input
power
Power supply Standard Reference
capacity
price
page
512 points
—
Refer to
P618
—
768 points
DC24V
—
➝ P607
Servo
Motor
(200V)
—
Refer to
P572
—
indicates field network specification symbol. *  indicates N (NPN specification) or P (PNP specification) symbol.
RCP4-SA7R
Servo
Motor
(24V)
➝ P563
14
Linear
Servo
Motor
Slider
Type
Mini
Standard
Controllers
Integrated
Rod
Type
RCP3
ROBO Cylinder
RCP3-SA2AC
Model
Specification
Items
RCP3 SA2AC
Series
Type
I
Encoder type
ROBO Cylinder, Mini Slider Type, Coupled Motor, 22mm Width, Pulse Motor, Lead Screw
20P
Motor type
Lead
Stroke
I: Incremental
20P: Pulse motor, 4S : 4mm lead screw 25: 25mm
* T he Simple absolute 20  size
2S : 2mm lead screw
encoder is also
1S : 1mm lead screw 100: 100mm
considered type "I".
(25mm pitch
increments)
* See page Pre-47 for details on the model descriptions.
Applicable controller
Cable length
P1:PCON-PL/PO/SE
PSEL
P3:PCON-CA
PMEC/PSEP
MSEP
N:None
P: 1m
S: 3m
M: 5m
X: Custom
length
„„Speed vs. Load Capacity
Due to the characteristics of the pulse motor, the RCP3 series' load capacity decreases at high speeds. In the table below, check if your desired speed and load capacity are supported.
Mini
Standard
Controllers
Integrated
Load Capacity (kg)
2
Table/
Arm/
Flat Type
Mini
1.75
Horizontal
1.5
1.25
1mm lead
1.0
0.75
2mm lead
0.5
4mm lead
0.25
Appendix
Standard
50
100
150
Speed (mm/s)
200
Actuator Specifications
„„Stroke and Maximum Speed
Feed
screw
Model number
RCP3-SA2AC-I-20P-4S- ➀ -P3- ➁ - ➂ - ➃
RCP3-SA2AC-I-20P-2S- ➀ -P3- ➁ - ➂ - ➃
Lead
screw
Lead
Max. Load Capacity
(mm)
Horizontal (kg)
Vertical (kg)
4
0.25
—
2
0.5
—
1
1
—
Code explanation ➀ Stroke ➁ Applicable Controller ➂ Cable length ➃ Options
Stroke
Positioning
Repeatability
(mm)
Stroke
±0.05
25~100
(mm)
(every 50mm)
Lead
Stroke
4
Lead screw
„„Leads and Payloads
RCP3-SA2AC-I-20P-1S- ➀ -P3- ➁ - ➂ - ➃
25
(mm)
50~100
(mm)
180
200
2
100
1
50
(Unit: mm/s)
*See page A-71 for details on push motion.
Cable Length
Stroke (mm)
Pulse
Motor
0
(1) The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.2G.
This value is the upper limit for the acceleration.
(2) The actuator cannot be used on its side or in a vertical orientation.
(3) If used in a dusty environment, the service life will decrease significantly.
(4) This model uses a lead screw, therefore please ensure that your usage is appropriate for its
characteristics. (See page Pre-52.)
(5) See page A-71 for details on push motion.
Linear
Servo
Type
SplashProof
Type
0
P.5
Gripper/
Rotary
Type
Cleanroom
Type
Options
NM:Non-motor end
25
50
75
100
Standard price
—
—
—
—
Type
Standard
(Robot Cables)
Special length
Cable symbol
P (1m)
S (3m)
M (5m)
X06 (6m) ~ X10 (10m)
X11 (11m) ~ X15 (15m)
X16 (16m) ~ X20 (20m)
Standard price
—
—
—
—
—
—
* The standard cable for the RCP3 is the robot cable.
* See page A-59 for cables for maintenance.
Servo
Motor
(24V)
Servo
Motor
(200V)
Actuator Specifications
 Options
Name
Non-motor end specification
Linear
Servo
Motor
Option code See page Standard price
NM
—
➝ A-52
Item
Drive System
Lost Motion
Base
Guide (*)
Ambient Operating Temp./Humidity
Service Life
* Offset load not supported.
15
RCP3-SA2AC
Description
Lead screw, ø4mm, rolled C10
0.3mm or less (initial value)
Material: Aluminum, white alumite treated
Slide guide
0 to 40°C, 85% RH or less (Non-condensing)
10 million cycles
250
RCP3
ROBO Cylinder
Dimensional Drawings
www.intelligentactuator.com
CAD drawings can be downloaded
from the website.
Appendix
Appendix
P.15
5
*1 Connect the motor-encoder integrated cable here. See page A-59 for details on cables.
*2 During the homing operation, the slider moves to actuator's mechanical end, and then reverses.
Therefore, watch for any interference with its surroundings.
2D
CAD
Slider
Slider
Type
Type
Mini
Mini
Standard
Standard
Controllers
Controllers
Integrated
Integrated
17±0.1
17±0.1
Rod
Rod
Type
Type
17±0.02
4-M3 depth 5.5
(200)
8±0.02
Mini
Mini
Cable joint
connector*1
2-ø2H7 depth 3
3
3
Standard
Standard
L
A
9
28
ST
ME
Home
SE
Controllers
Controllers
Integrated
Integrated
28
2
ME*2
2
5
Table/
Table/
Arm/
Arm/
Flat
Flat Type
Type
12.5
27
26
24.5
5
73.5
1
B
28
10
Mini
Mini
Secure at least 100
15
C
D-M3 depth 4
Z
Standard
Standard
10
3H7 depth 3
(from the bottom of the base)
22
4
Gripper/
Gripper/
Rotary
Rotary
Type
Type
2-ø3H7 depth 3
(from the bottom of the base)
ST: Stroke
ME: Mechanical end
SE: Stroke end
Details of Z
„„Dimensions and Mass by Stroke
Stroke
25
50
75
100
L
169.5 194.5 219.5 244.5
A
96
121 146 171
B
25
50
75
100
C
0
0
0
50
D
4
4
4
6
Weight (kg) 0.25 0.27 0.29
0.3
Linear
Linear
Servo
Servo
Type
Type
CleanCleanroom
room
Type
Type
SplashSplashProof
Proof
Type
Type
Applicable Controllers
RCP3 series actuators can be operated with the controllers indicated below. Select the type according to your intended application.
Name
External
view
Model number
Features
Maximum number of
positioning points
AC100V
AC200V
PMEC-C-20PI- -2-
Easy-to-use controller, even for beginners
PSEP-C-20PI- -2-0
Simple controller operable with the same
signal as a solenoid valve
MSEP-C- -~- -2-0
Positioner type based on PIO control,
allowing up to 8 axes to be connected
MSEP-C- -~- -0-0
Field network-ready positioner type,
allowing up to 8 axes to be connected
256 points
Positioner type
High-output specification
PCON-CA-20PI- -2-0
Equipped with a high-output driver
Positioner type based on PIO control
512 points
Pulse-train type
High-output specification
PCON-CA-20PI-PL-2-0
Equipped with a high-output driver
Pulse-train input type
(—)
Field network type
High-output specification
PCON-CA-20PI- -0-0
Equipped with a high-output driver
Supporting 7 major field networks
768 points
Pulse Train Input Type
(Differential Line Driver)
PCON-PL-20PI- -2-0
Pulse train input type with differential line
driver support
Pulse Train Input Type
(Open Collector)
PCON-PO-20PI- -2-0
Pulse train input type with open collector
support
Serial Communication Type
PCON-SE-20PI-N-0-0
Dedicated Serial Communication
PSEL-CS-1-20PI- -2-0
Programmed operation is possible.
Can operate up to 2 axes
Solenoid Valve Type
Solenoid valve multi-axis type
PIO specification
Solenoid valve multi-axis type
Network specification
Program
Control Type
* This is for the single-axis PSEL.
*
* indicates number of axes (1 to 8). *
Input
power
3 points
Power-supply Standard Reference
capacity
price
page
Refer to
P541
—
➝ P537
Refer to
P555
—
➝ P547
Refer to
P572
—
➝ P563
—
DC24V
Refer to
P618
—
Pulse
Pulse
Motor
Motor
➝ P607
—
Servo
Servo
Motor
Motor
(24V)
(24V)
—
(—)
Refer to
P628
64 points
1,500 points
—
➝ P623
—
Refer to
P671
—
indicates I/O type (NP/PN).
* indicates power supply voltage (1: 100V / 2: 100~240V).
indicates field network specification symbol. *  indicates N (NPN specification) or P (PNP specification) symbol.
RCP3-SA2AC
➝ P665
16
Servo
Servo
Motor
Motor
(200V)
(200V)
Linear
Linear
Servo
Servo
Motor
Motor
Mini
Standard
Controllers
Integrated
Rod
Type
RCP3
ROBO Cylinder
RCP3-SA2BC
Model
Specification
Items
RCP3 SA2BC
Series
I
Type
ROBO Cylinder, Mini Slider Type, Coupled Motor, 28mm Width, Pulse Motor, Lead Screw
20P
Encoder type
Motor type
Lead
Stroke
Applicable controller
I: Incremental
20P: Pulse motor, 6S : 6mm lead screw 25: 25mm
* T he Simple absolute 20  size
4S : 4mm lead screw
encoder is also
2S : 2mm lead screw 150: 150mm
considered type "I".
(25mm pitch
increments)
* See page Pre-47 for details on the model descriptions.
Load Capacity (kg)
1.75
Table/
Arm/
Flat Type
Mini
Horizontal
1.5
1.25
1.0
2mm lead
0.75
4mm lead
6mm lead
0.5
0.25
0
Standard
Appendix
0
100
200
300
Speed (mm/s)
P.5
Gripper/
Rotary
Type
400
500
(1) The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.2G.
This value is the upper limit for the acceleration.
(2) The actuator cannot be used on its side or in a vertical orientation.
(3) If used in a dusty environment, the service life will decrease significantly.
(4) T his model uses a lead screw, therefore please ensure that your usage is appropriate for its
characteristics. (See page Pre-52.)
(5) S ee page A-71 for details on push motion.
Linear
Servo
Type
Actuator Specifications
„„Leads and Payloads
„„Stroke and Maximum Speed
Feed
screw
Model number
RCP3-SA2BC-I-20P-6S- ➀ - ➁ - ➂ - ➃
RCP3-SA2BC-I-20P-4S- ➀ - ➁ - ➂ - ➃
Lead
screw
RCP3-SA2BC-I-20P-2S- ➀ - ➁ - ➂ - ➃
Lead
Max. Load Capacity
(mm)
Horizontal (kg)
Vertical (kg)
6
0.25
—
4
0.5
—
2
1
—
Positioning
Repeatability
(mm)
Stroke
±0.05
25~150
Code explanation ➀ Stroke ➁ Applicable Controller ➂ Cable length ➃ Options
Stroke
(mm)
Lead
(every 25mm)
Stroke
25
(mm)
50
(mm)
6
180
280 280
4
180
2
75~150
(mm)
300
200
100
(Unit: mm/s)
*See page A-71 for details on push motion.
Cable Length
Stroke (mm)
Servo
Motor
(24V)
P: 1m
S: 3m
M: 5m
X:Custom length
2
Controllers
Integrated
Pulse
Motor
Options
NM:Non-motor end
the RCP3 series' load capacity decreases at high speeds. In the table below, check if your desired speed and load capacity are supported.
Standard
SplashProof
Type
N:None
„„Speed vs. Load Capacity
Due to the characteristics of the pulse motor,
Mini
Cleanroom
Type
Cable length
P1: PCON-PL/PO/SE
PSEL
P3:PCON-CA
PMEC/PSEP
MSEP
Lead screw
Slider
Type
25
50
75
100
125
150
Standard price
—
—
—
—
—
—
Type
Standard
(Robot Cables)
Special length
Cable symbol
P (1m)
S (3m)
M (5m)
X06 (6m) ~ X10 (10m)
X11 (11m) ~ X15 (15m)
X16 (16m) ~ X20 (20m)
Standard price
—
—
—
—
—
—
* The standard cable for the RCP3 is the robot cable.
* See page A-59 for cables for maintenance.
Actuator Specifications
 Options
Name
Non-motor end specification
Servo
Motor
(200V)
Option code See page Standard price
NM
—
➝ A-52
Item
Drive System
Lost Motion
Base
Guide (*)
Ambient Operating Temp./Humidity
Service Life
* Offset load not supported.
Linear
Servo
Motor
17
RCP3-SA2BC
Description
Lead screw, ø6mm, rolled C10
0.3mm or less (initial value)
Material: Aluminum, white alumite treated
Slide guide
0 to 40°C, 85% RH or less (Non-condensing)
10 million cycles
RCP3
ROBO Cylinder
Dimensional Drawings
CAD drawings can be downloaded
from the website.
www.intelligentactuator.com
Appendix
P.15
*1 Connect the motor-encoder integrated cable here. See page A-59 for details on cables.
*2 During the homing operation, the slider moves to the actuator's mechanical end, and then reverses.
Therefore, watch for any interference with its surroundings.
2D
CAD
Slider
Type
Mini
Standard
Controllers
Integrated
17±0.1
(200)
17±0.1
8±0.02
4-M3 depth 5.5
3
17±0.02
Rod
Type
Cable joint
connector*1
2-ø2H7 depth 3
Standard
3
L
A
9
22
5
73.5
ST
5
28
28
2
2
SE
Home
Controllers
Integrated
ME*2
Table/
Arm/
Flat Type
28
B
10
Secure at least 100
15
C
28.5
Mini
D-M3 depth 4
Standard
10
3H7 depth 3
(from the bottom of the base)
28
2.5
14
24.5
29.5
28.5
ME
Mini
Gripper/
Rotary
Type
4
Z
2-ø3H7 depth 3
(from the bottom of the base)
ST: Stroke
ME: Mechanical end
SE: Stroke end
Details of Z
„„Dimensions and Mass by Stroke
Stroke
25
50
75
100 125 150
L
169.5 194.5 219.5 244.5 269.5 294.5
A
96
121 146 171 196 221
B
25
50
75
100 125 150
C
0
0
0
50
62.5
75
D
4
4
4
6
6
6
Weight (kg) 0.3
0.32 0.35 0.37
0.4
0.42
Applicable Controllers
Linear
Servo
Type
Cleanroom
Type
SplashProof
Type
RCP3 series actuators can be operated with the controllers indicated below. Select the type according to your intended application.
Name
External
view
Model number
Features
Maximum number of
positioning points
AC100V
AC200V
PMEC-C-20PI- -2-
Easy-to-use controller, even for beginners
PSEP-C-20PI- -2-0
Simple controller operable with the same
signal as a solenoid valve
Solenoid valve multi-axis type
PIO specification
MSEP-C- -~- -2-0
Positioner type based on PIO control,
allowing up to 8 axes to be connected
Solenoid valve multi-axis type
Network specification
MSEP-C- -~- -0-0
Field network-ready positioner type,
allowing up to 8 axes to be connected
256 points
Positioner type
High-output specification
PCON-CA-20PI- -2-0
Equipped with a high-output driver
Positioner type based on PIO control
512 points
Pulse-train type
High-output specification
PCON-CA-20PI-PL-2-0
Equipped with a high-output driver
Pulse-train input type
(—)
768 points
Solenoid Valve Type
Field network type
High-output specification
PCON-CA-20PI- -0-0
Equipped with a high-output driver
Supporting 7 major field networks
Pulse Train Input Type
(Differential Line Driver)
PCON-PL-20PI- -2-0
Pulse train input type with differential line
driver support
Pulse Train Input Type
(Open Collector)
PCON-PO-20PI- -2-0
Pulse train input type with open collector
support
Serial Communication Type
PCON-SE-20PI-N-0-0
Dedicated Serial Communication
PSEL-CS-1-20PI- -2-0
Programmed operation is possible.
Can operate up to 2 axes
Program
Control Type
* This is for the single-axis PSEL.
*
* indicates number of axes (1 to 8). *
Input
power
3 points
Power-supply Standard Reference
capacity
price
page
Refer to
P541
—
➝ P537
Refer to
P555
—
➝ P547
Refer to
P572
—
➝ P563
Pulse
Motor
—
DC24V
Refer to
P618
—
➝ P607
Servo
Motor
(24V)
—
—
(—)
Refer to
P628
64 points
1,500 points
—
➝ P623
—
Refer to
P671
—
indicates I/O type (NP/PN).
* indicates power supply voltage (1: 100V / 2: 100~240V).
indicates field network specification symbol. *  indicates N (NPN specification) or P (PNP specification) symbol.
RCP3-SA2BC
➝ P665
18
Servo
Motor
(200V)
Linear
Servo
Motor
Slider
Type
Mini
Standard
Controllers
Integrated
Rod
Type
RCP3
ROBO Cylinder
RCP3-SA3C
RCP3
Model
Specification
Items
SA3C
Series
Type
ROBO Cylinder, Slider Type, 32mm Width, Pulse Motor, Coupled
I
Encoder type
28P
Motor type
I: Incremental
28P: Pulse motor, * The Simple absolute 28  size
encoder is also
considered type "I".
Lead
Stroke
6 : 6mm
4 : 4mm
2 : 2mm
50: 50mm
Applicable controller
300: 300mm
(50mm pitch
increments)
* See page Pre-47 for details on the model descriptions.
Load capacityLoad
(kg) capacity (kg)
Controllers
Integrated
Table/
Arm/
Flat Type
Mini
(1) Since the RCP3 series use a pulse motor, the load capacity decreases at high speeds. Check in the Speed vs.
Load Capacity graph to see if your desired speed and load capacity are supported.
(2) The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.3G (0.2G for 2mm-lead model, or
when used vertically). These values are the upper limits for the acceleration.
(3) See page A-71 for details on push motion.
Linear
Servo
Type
Actuator Specifications
Max. Load Capacity
Lead
RCP3-SA3C-I-28P-6- ➀ - ➁ - ➂ - ➃
(mm)
Horizontal (kg)
Vertical (kg)
6
1
0.5
RCP3-SA3C-I-28P-4- ➀ - ➁ - ➂ - ➃
4
2
1
RCP3-SA3C-I-28P-2- ➀ - ➁ - ➂ - ➃
2
3
1.5
Stroke
(mm)
50
100
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
150
200
250
300
350
300
350
„„Stroke
and Maximum
100
150
200 Speed
250
300
50
350
1
Stroke
Speed (mm/s)
Vertical
3
2.5
2
2mm lead
3.5
1.5
4mm lead
Vertical
13
6mm lead
2.5
0.5
20
0
1.5
502mm100
lead 150
200
Speed (mm/s)
4mm lead
1
250
6mm lead
0.5
StrokeSpeed (mm/s)50~300
Lead
(every 50mm)
(every 50mm)
6
300
4
200
2
100
(Unit: mm/s)
*See page A-71 for details on push motion.
Cable Length
Stroke (mm)
50
100
150
200
250
300
Type
Standard price
With cover
Without cover
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Cable symbol
P (1m)
S (3m)
M (5m)
X06 (6m) ~ X10 (10m)
X11 (11m) ~ X15 (15m)
X16 (16m) ~ X20 (20m)
Standard
(Robot Cables)
Special length
Standard price
—
—
—
—
—
—
* The standard cable is the motor-encoder integrated robot cable.
* See page A-59 for cables for maintenance.
Actuator Specifications
 Options
Name
Option code See page Standard price
Brake
B
—
➝ A-42
Optional cable exit direction (top)
CJT
—
➝ A-42
Optional cable exit direction (right)
CJR
—
➝ A-42
Optional cable exit direction (left)
CJL
—
➝ A-42
Optional cable exit direction (bottom)
CJB
—
➝ A-42
No cover
NCO
—
➝ A-52
Non-motor end specification
NM
—
➝ A-52
19
Speed (mm/s)
6mm lead
0.5
50~300
Code explanation ➀ Stroke ➁ Applicable Controller ➂ Cable length ➃ Options
6mm lead
Horizontal
4mm lead
20
0
1.5
0
0
„„Leads and Payloads
Model number
Linear
Servo
Motor
Load capacityLoad
(kg) capacity (kg)
P.5
Gripper/
Rotary
Type
Servo
Motor
(200V)
2mm lead
13
2.5
0.5
3.5
Appendix
Servo
Motor
(24V)
P: 1m
S: 3m
M: 5m
X:Custom length
2
3.5
1.5
0
0
Standard
Pulse
Motor
Options
See Options below.
Horizontal
3 RCP3 series' load capacity
the
decreases at high speeds.
In the table below, check if your desired 2.5
speed and load capacity
are supported.
4mm lead
Standard
SplashProof
Type
N:None
„„Speed
vs. Load Capacity
3.5
Due to the2mm
characteristics
of the pulse motor,
lead
Mini
Cleanroom
Type
Cable length
P1: PCON-PL/PO/SE
PSEL
P3:PCON-CA
PMEC/PSEP
MSEP
Item
Description
Drive System
Positioning repeatability
Lost Motion
Base
Allowable static moment
Allowable dynamic moment (*)
Allowable overhang
Ambient operating temperature, humidity
(*) Based on 5,000km of traveling life
Ball screw, ø6mm, rolled C10
±0.02mm
0.1mm or less
Material: Aluminum, special alumite treated
Ma: 5.0 N·m, Mb: 7.1 N·m, Mc: 7.9 N·m
Ma: 1.96 N·m, Mb: 2.84 N·m, Mc: 3.14 N·m
100mm or less
0 to 40oC, 85% RH or less (Non-condensing)
Overhang Load Length
Directions of Allowable Load Moment
Ma
Mb
Mc
Ma
L
Mc
L
RCP3-SA3C
RCP3
ROBO Cylinder
Dimensional Drawings
60
17
11±0.02
www.intelligentactuator.com
2D
CAD
Appendix
P.15
(With Cover)
4-M3 depth 6
17 ±0.02
33
17
11±0.02
Controllers
Integrated
2-Ø2 H7 depth 5
44.5
Rod
Type
(No Cover)
2-Ø2 H7 depth 5
4-M3 depth 6
L
10
st
92
21.4
SE
(
A
40
31.5
29
32
L
A
21.8
3
ME
st
Home
SE
29.5
40
31.5
Table/
Arm/
Flat Type
30.5
21.8
3
ME (*2)
5
29
32
Reference position for
Ma moment offset (*3)
Controllers
Integrated
Motor-encoder cable
connector (*1)
92
21.4
10.5 15
Cx100 (M3 tap)
B
Mini
Change cable outlet direction (optional)
15
(Top: CJT)
Depth 4 from
bottom of base 2H7
32
17
F
3
Standard
32
Secure at least 100
(Common)
Standard
Above motor
cover: 38.5
10
21.4
4.4 4.4
(No Cover)
)
Secure at
least 100
Reference position for
Ma moment offset (*3)
Mini
If equipped with a brake
* The above brake unit
is added to A.
29.5
Home
21.8
30.5
3
ME (*2)
5
(With Cover)
21.8
3
ME
Above motor
cover: 38.5
A
21.4
4.4 4.4
Mini
Standard
30
17±0.02
CAD drawings can be downloaded
from the website.
Slider
Type
M (ø2 hole and oblong hole pitch)
ø2H7 depth 4 from
bottom of base
D-M3 depth 5
25
(Right:
CJR)
B
(Left: CJL)
* When viewed from arrow B.
(Bottom: CJB)
„„Dimensions and Mass by Stroke * Brake-equipped models are heavier by 0.2kg.
Stroke
Without brake
L
With brake
A
B
C
D
M
Weight With cover
(kg)
Without cover
Detail F
(*1) Connect the motor-encoder integrated cable here. See page A-59 for details on cables.
(*2) After homing, the slider moves to the ME, therefore, please watch for any interference with
surrounding objects.
ME : Mechanical end
SE : Stroke end
(*3) Reference position for calculating the Ma moment
Gripper/
Rotary
Type
50
100
150
200
250
300
247.5 297.5 347.5 397.5 447.5 497.5
292
342
392
442
492
542
155.5 205.5 255.5 305.5 355.5 405.5
84
34
84
34
84
34
0
1
1
2
2
3
4
6
6
8
8
10
84
134
184
234
284
334
0.7
0.7
0.8
0.9
0.9
1
0.6
0.7
0.7
0.8
0.8
0.9
Applicable Controllers
Linear
Servo
Type
Cleanroom
Type
SplashProof
Type
RCP3 series actuators can be operated with the controllers indicated below. Select the type according to your intended application.
Name
External
view
Model number
Features
Maximum number of
positioning points
AC100V
AC200V
PMEC-C-28PI- -2-
Easy-to-use controller, even for beginners
PSEP-C-28PI- -2-0
Simple controller operable with the same
signal as a solenoid valve
Solenoid valve multi-axis type
PIO specification
MSEP-C- -~- -2-0
Positioner type based on PIO control,
allowing up to 8 axes to be connected
Solenoid valve multi-axis type
Network specification
MSEP-C- -~- -0-0
Field network-ready positioner type,
allowing up to 8 axes to be connected
256 points
Positioner type
High-output specification
PCON-CA-28PI- -2-0
Equipped with a high-output driver
Positioner type based on PIO control
512 points
Pulse-train type
High-output specification
PCON-CA-28PI-PL-2-0
Equipped with a high-output driver
Pulse-train input type
(—)
768 points
Solenoid Valve Type
Field network type
High-output specification
PCON-CA-28PI- -0-0
Equipped with a high-output driver
Supporting 7 major field networks
Pulse Train Input Type
(Differential Line Driver)
PCON-PL-28PI- -2-0
Pulse train input type with differential line
driver support
Pulse Train Input Type
(Open Collector)
PCON-PO-28PI- -2-0
Pulse train input type with open collector
support
Serial Communication Type
PCON-SE-28PI-N-0-0
Dedicated Serial Communication
PSEL-CS-1-28PI- -2-0
Programmed operation is possible.
Can operate up to 2 axes
Program
Control Type
* This is for the single-axis PSEL.
*
* indicates number of axes (1 to 8). *
Input
power
3 points
Power-supply Standard Reference
capacity
price
page
Refer to
P541
—
➝ P537
Refer to
P555
—
➝ P547
Refer to
P572
—
➝ P563
Pulse
Motor
—
DC24V
Refer to
P618
—
➝ P607
Servo
Motor
(24V)
—
—
(—)
Refer to
P628
64 points
1,500 points
—
➝ P623
—
Refer to
P671
—
indicates I/O type (NP/PN).
* indicates power supply voltage (1: 100V / 2: 100~240V).
indicates field network specification symbol. *  indicates N (NPN specification) or P (PNP specification) symbol.
RCP3-SA3C
➝ P665
20
Servo
Motor
(200V)
Linear
Servo
Motor
Slider
Type
Mini
Standard
Controllers
Integrated
Rod
Type
RCP3
ROBO Cylinder
RCP3-SA4C
Model
Specification
Items
RCP3
SA4C
Series
Type
ROBO Cylinder, Slider Type, 40mm Width, Pulse Motor, Coupled
I
Encoder type
35P
Motor type
I: Incremental
35P: Pulse motor, * The Simple absolute 35 size
encoder is also
considered type "I".
Lead
Stroke
10 : 10mm
5: 5mm
2.5 : 2.5mm
Applicable controller
50: 50mm
500: 500mm
(50mm pitch
increments)
* See page Pre-47 for details on the model descriptions.
Load capacity (kg)Load capacity (kg)
Horizontal
10
the9 RCP3 series' load capacity
decreases at high speeds. In the table
below,
check if your desired 5mm
lead
8 7.5 and load capacity are supported.
speed
Standard
Controllers
Integrated
Table/
Arm/
Flat Type
Linear
Servo
Type
(2) The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.3G (0.2G for 2.5 mm-lead model, or
when used vertically). The maximum acceleration is 0.7G (0.3G when used vertically), however, note
that the load capacity decreases at high accelerations. For more information, see the table of load
capacity by acceleration, on page A-108.
(3) See page A-71 for details on push motion.
Actuator Specifications
Max. Load Capacity
RCP3-SA4C-I-35P-10- ➀ - ➁ - ➂ - ➃
(mm)
Horizontal (kg)
Vertical (kg)
10
~ 7.5
~ 1.5
RCP3-SA4C-I-35P-5- ➀ - ➁ - ➂ - ➃
RCP3-SA4C-I-35P-2.5- ➀ - ➁ - ➂ - ➃
5
~9
~4
2.5
~11
~8
600
200
300
400
Speed (mm/s)
500
600
0.5
500
600
Vertical
6
5mm lead
2.5mm lead
Vertical
2.5
10mm lead
100 5mm
200lead 300
400
Speed (mm/s)
3
2.5
1.5
10mm lead
0.5
„„Stroke
and Maximum
100
200
300
400Speed
500
(mm)
Lead
50~500
(every 50mm)
600
Stroke Speed (mm/s) 50~500
(every 50mm)
10
500
5
250
2.5
125
(Unit: mm/s)
*See page A-71 for details on push motion.
Cable Length
Stroke (mm)
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
Type
Standard price
With cover
Without cover
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
 Options
Name
Option code See page Standard price
Brake
B
—
➝ A-42
Optional cable exit direction (top)
CJT
—
➝ A-42
Optional cable exit direction (right)
CJR
—
➝ A-42
Optional cable exit direction (left)
CJL
—
➝ A-42
Optional cable exit direction (bottom)
CJB
—
➝ A-42
No cover
NCO
—
➝ A-52
Non-motor end specification
NM
—
➝ A-52
21
300
400
500
Speed (mm/s) 10mm lead
2.5mm lead
Stroke
Code explanation ➀ Stroke ➁ Applicable Controller ➂ Cable length ➃ Options
Stroke
100
8
0
0
Lead
7
3
4.5 4
9
8
3
7.5
1.5
6
0
4.504
„„Leads and Payloads
Model number
Linear
Servo
Motor
Load capacity (kg)Load capacity (kg)
(1) Since the RCP3 series use a pulse motor, the load capacity decreases at high speeds. Check in the Speed vs.
Load Capacity graph to see if your desired speed and load capacity are supported.
200
2
9
Gripper/
Rotary
Type
Servo
Motor
(200V)
100
7.5
P.5
3
5mm lead
0
0
Appendix
Servo
Motor
(24V)
2.5mm lead Horizontal 10mm lead
4
Standard
Pulse
Motor
7
6
12
11
4
10
9
2
8 7.5
0
60
Mini
SplashProof
Type
Options
See Options below.
N: None
P: 1m
S: 3m
M: 5m
X:Custom length
„„Speed
vs. Load Capacity
12
11 to the
Due
characteristics
of the pulse motor,
2.5mm
lead
Mini
Cleanroom
Type
Cable length
P1: PCON-PL/PO/SE
PSEL
P3:PCON-CA
PMEC/PSEP
MSEP
Cable symbol
P (1m)
S (3m)
M (5m)
X06 (6m) ~ X10 (10m)
X11 (11m) ~ X15 (15m)
X16 (16m) ~ X20 (20m)
Standard
(Robot Cables)
Special length
Standard price
—
—
—
—
—
—
* See page A-59 for cables for maintenance.
Actuator Specifications
Item
Description
Drive System
Positioning repeatability
Lost Motion
Base
Allowable static moment
Allowable dynamic moment (*)
Allowable overhang
Ambient operating temperature, humidity
(*) Based on 5,000km of traveling life
Ball screw, ø8mm, rolled C10
±0.02mm
0.1mm or less
Material: Aluminum, special alumite treated
Ma: 6.8 N·m, Mb: 9.7 N·m, Mc: 13.3 N·m
Ma: 3.04 N·m, Mb: 4.31 N·m, Mc: 5.00 N·m
120mm or less in Ma, Mb and Mc directions
0 to 40oC, 85% RH or less (Non-condensing)
Overhang Load Length
Directions of Allowable Load Moment
Ma
Mb
Mc
Ma
L
Mc
L
RCP3-SA4C
RCP3
ROBO Cylinder
Dimensional Drawings
www.intelligentactuator.com
2D
CAD
Appendix
65
21
14±0.02
P.15
(With Cover)
20 ±0.02
4-M3 depth 6
Controllers
Integrated
2-ø2.5H7 depth 5
40
21
14±0.02
40.5
Rod
Type
(No Cover)
4-M3 depth 6
23
3
ME
st
26
Home
SE
23
33.5
3
ME (*2)
If equipped with a brake
* The above brake unit
is added to A.
(
A
Secure at
least 100
48
37
37
40
5.2
23
3
ME
st
SE
A
L
26
Home
48
37
Reference position for
Ma moment offset (*3)
Controllers
Integrated
Table/
Arm/
Flat Type
Motor-encoder cable
connector (*1)
93.5
23
33.5
3
ME (*2)
5
(No Cover)
10
36.5
5.2
26
Standard
Above motor
cover: 51
Reference position for
Ma moment offset (*3)
)
Above motor
cover: 51
10
5.2
Mini
93.5
5
(With Cover)
26
2-ø2.5H7 depth 5
L
36.5
5.2
A
37
40
10.5 15
Cx100 (M3 tap)
Mini
Standard
38
20 ±0.02
CAD drawings can be downloaded
from the website.
Slider
Type
B
Mini
Standard
Change cable outlet direction (optional)
15
(Top: CJT)
32
32
21
2.5H7 depth 5 from
bottom of base
F
3.5
(Right:
CJR)
(Left: CJL)
ø2.5H7 depth 5
from bottom of base
D-M3 depth 5
M (ø2.5 hole and oblong hole pitch)
Gripper/
Rotary
Type
B
Secure at
least 100
25
(Bottom: CJB)
* When viewed from arrow B.
„„Dimensions and Mass by Stroke
Detail F
(*1) Connect the motor-encoder integrated cable here. See page A-59 for details on cables.
(*2) After homing, the slider moves to the ME, therefore, please watch for any interference with
surrounding objects.
ME : Mechanical end
SE : Stroke end
(*3) Reference position for calculating the Ma moment
Stroke
50 100 150
Without brake 259 309 359
L
With brake
299.5 349.5 399.5
A
165.5 215.5 265.5
B
91
41
91
C
0
1
1
D
4
6
6
M
91 141 191
0.9
1
1.1
Weight With cover
(kg) Without cover 0.9 0.9
1
200
409
449.5
315.5
41
2
8
241
1.2
1.1
250
459
499.5
365.5
91
2
8
291
1.3
1.2
300
509
549.5
415.5
41
3
10
341
1.4
1.2
350
559
599.5
465.5
91
3
10
391
1.5
1.3
400
609
649.5
515.5
41
4
12
441
1.6
1.4
450
659
699.5
565.5
91
4
12
491
1.7
1.5
500
709
749.5
615.5
41
5
14
541
1.8
1.5
Applicable Controllers
Linear
Servo
Type
Cleanroom
Type
SplashProof
Type
RCP3 series actuators can be operated with the controllers indicated below. Select the type according to your intended application.
Name
External
view
Model number
Features
Maximum number of
positioning points
AC100V
AC200V
PMEC-C-35PI- -2-
Easy-to-use controller, even for beginners
PSEP-C-35PI- -2-0
Simple controller operable with the same
signal as a solenoid valve
Solenoid valve multi-axis type
PIO specification
MSEP-C- -~- -2-0
Positioner type based on PIO control,
allowing up to 8 axes to be connected
Solenoid valve multi-axis type
Network specification
MSEP-C- -~- -0-0
Field network-ready positioner type,
allowing up to 8 axes to be connected
256 points
Positioner type
High-output specification
PCON-CA-35PI- -2-0
Equipped with a high-output driver
Positioner type based on PIO control
512 points
Pulse-train type
High-output specification
PCON-CA-35PI-PL-2-0
Equipped with a high-output driver
Pulse-train input type
(—)
768 points
Solenoid Valve Type
Field network type
High-output specification
PCON-CA-35PI- -0-0
Equipped with a high-output driver
Supporting 7 major field networks
Pulse Train Input Type
(Differential Line Driver)
PCON-PL-35PI- -2-0
Pulse train input type with differential line
driver support
Pulse Train Input Type
(Open Collector)
PCON-PO-35PI- -2-0
Pulse train input type with open collector
support
Serial Communication Type
PCON-SE-35PI-N-0-0
Dedicated Serial Communication
PSEL-CS-1-35PI- -2-0
Programmed operation is possible.
Can operate up to 2 axes
Program
Control Type
* This is for the single-axis PSEL.
*
* indicates number of axes (1 to 8). *
Input
power
3 points
Power-supply Standard Reference
capacity
price
page
Refer to
P541
—
➝ P537
Refer to
P555
—
➝ P547
Refer to
P572
—
➝ P563
Pulse
Motor
—
DC24V
Refer to
P618
—
➝ P607
Servo
Motor
(24V)
—
—
(—)
Refer to
P628
64 points
1,500 points
—
➝ P623
—
Refer to
P671
—
indicates I/O type (NP/PN).
* indicates power supply voltage (1: 100V / 2: 100~240V).
indicates field network specification symbol. *  indicates N (NPN specification) or P (PNP specification) symbol.
RCP3-SA4C
➝ P665
22
Servo
Motor
(200V)
Linear
Servo
Motor
Slider
Type
Mini
Standard
Controllers
Integrated
Rod
Type
RCP3
ROBO Cylinder
RCP3-SA5C
Model
Specification
Items
RCP3
Series
SA5C
Type
I
Encoder type
ROBO Cylinder, Slider Type, 50mm Width, Pulse Motor, Coupled
42P
Motor type
I: Incremental
42P: Pulse motor, * The Simple absolute 42 size
encoder is also
considered type "I".
Lead
Stroke
Applicable controller
20 : 20mm
12 : 12mm
6 : 6mm
3 : 3mm
50: 50mm
P1: PCON-PL/PO/SE
PSEL
P3:PCON-CA
PMEC/PSEP
MSEP
800: 800mm
(50mm pitch
increments)
* See page Pre-47 for details on the model descriptions.
Load capacity (kg)Load capacity (kg)
6
19
5
15 4
0
100
Table/
Arm/
Flat Type
Mini
4
(1) Since the RCP3 series use a pulse motor, the load capacity decreases at high speeds. Check in the Speed vs.
Load Capacity graph to see if your desired speed and load capacity are supported.
(2) The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.3G (0.2G for 3mm lead model and when using
vertically). The maximum acceleration is 0.7G (0.3G when used vertically), however, note that the load capacity decreases at high accelerations. For more information, see the table of load capacity by acceleration, on page A-108.
(3) See page A-71 for details on push motion.
Linear
Servo
Type
Actuator Specifications
„„Leads and Payloads
Model number
Lead
Max. Load Capacity
(mm)
Horizontal (kg)
Vertical (kg)
RCP3-SA5C-I-42P-20- ➀ - ➁ - ➂ - ➃
20
~4
~ 0.5
RCP3-SA5C-I-42P-12- ➀ - ➁ - ➂ - ➃
12
~6
~2
RCP3-SA5C-I-42P-6- ➀ - ➁ - ➂ - ➃
6
~10
~5
RCP3-SA5C-I-42P-3- ➀ - ➁ - ➂ - ➃
3
~19
~ 10
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
20mm lead 2
0.5
100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000
Speed (mm/s)
Stroke
(mm)
Vertical
3mm lead
8
6
12 5
6mm lead
4
10
Vertical
3 lead
12mm
lead
3mm
2
1.5
20mm lead
8
0.5
0
605 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900
6mm leadSpeed (mm/s)
4
3
12mm lead
2
1.5
20mm lead
0 „„Stroke and Maximum Speed0.5
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900
Stroke
Speed (mm/s)
50~550
600 650 700 750
(every 50mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
Lead
50~800
1000
1000
800
(mm)
910 790 690 610
1000
12
600
570 490 425 370 330
6
300
285 245 210 185 165
3
150
140 120 105 90
80
(Unit: mm/s)
*See page A-71 for details on push motion.
Cable Length
Standard price
Standard price
Stroke
(mm)
With cover Without cover
With cover Without cover
—
—
450
—
—
—
—
500
—
—
—
—
550
—
—
—
—
600
—
—
—
—
650
—
—
—
—
700
—
—
—
—
750
—
—
—
—
800
—
—
 Options
Name
Option code See page Standard price
Brake
B
—
➝ A-42
Optional cable exit direction (top)
CJT
—
➝ A-42
Optional cable exit direction (right)
CJR
—
➝ A-42
Optional cable exit direction (left)
CJL
—
➝ A-42
Optional cable exit direction (bottom)
CJB
—
➝ A-42
No cover
NCO
—
➝ A-52
Non-motor end specification
NM
—
➝ A-52
23
12mm lead
(every 50mm)
Stroke
(mm)
20mm lead 2
0.5
12
6mm lead
100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000
Speed (mm/s)
20
Code explanation ➀ Stroke ➁ Applicable Controller ➂ Cable length ➃ Options
Stroke
3mm lead12mm
Horizontal
lead
10
Load capacity (kg)Load capacity (kg)
Gripper/
Rotary
Type
Linear
Servo
Motor
6
12
Appendix
P.5
Servo
Motor
(200V)
5
0
0
Standard
Servo
Motor
(24V)
P: 1m
S: 3m
M: 5m
X:Custom length
10
20
Controllers
Integrated
Pulse
Motor
See Options below.
the
15 RCP3 series' load capacity decreases at high speeds. In the table below, check if your desired speed and 12
load
capacity
6mm
lead are supported.
Standard
SplashProof
Type
N:None
20
„„Speed
vs. Load Capacity
Due19to the3mm
characteristics
of the pulse motor,
lead Horizontal
Mini
Cleanroom
Type
Options
Cable length
Type
Standard
(Robot Cables)
Special length
Cable symbol
P (1m)
S (3m)
M (5m)
X06 (6m) ~ X10 (10m)
X11 (11m) ~ X15 (15m)
X16 (16m) ~ X20 (20m)
Standard price
—
—
—
—
—
—
* See page A-59 for cables for maintenance.
Actuator Specifications
Item
Description
Drive System
Positioning repeatability
Lost Motion
Base
Allowable static moment
Allowable dynamic moment (*)
Allowable overhang
Ambient operating temperature, humidity
(*) Based on 5,000km of traveling life
Ball screw, ø10mm, rolled C10
±0.02mm
0.1mm or less
Material: Aluminum, Special alumite treated
Ma: 10.2 N·m, Mb: 14.6 N·m, Mc: 22.4 N·m
Ma: 3.92 N·m, Mb: 5.58 N·m, Mc: 8.53 N·m
130mm or less
0 to 40oC, 85% RH or less (Non-condensing)
Overhang Load Length
Directions of Allowable Load Moment
Ma
Mb
Mc
Ma
L
Mc
L
RCP3-SA5C
RCP3
ROBO Cylinder
Dimensional Drawings
www.intelligentactuator.com
CAD drawings can be downloaded
from the website.
70
22
Appendix
P.15
14±0.02
45
(With Cover)
(*1) Connect the motor-encoder integrated cable here..
See page A-59 for details on cables.
(*2) After homing, the slider moves to the ME, therefore,
please watch for any interference with surrounding objects.
ME : Mechanical end
SE : Stroke end
(*3) Reference position for calculating the Ma moment
26 ±0.02
2D
CAD
2-ø2.5H7 depth 5
26 ±0.02
4-M4 depth 8
45
22
14±0.02
A
ME
st
28
SE
24.5
3
(
38.5
A
ME (*2)
Secure at
least 100
5
57
45
43.5
Home
L
A
10
33
SE
24.5
3
Home
47
Reference position for
Ma moment offset (*3)
50
Controllers
Integrated
Motor-encoder cable
connector (*1)
10.5
15
ME (*2)
Cx100 (M4 tap)
B
Mini
Standard
Change cable outlet direction (optional)
15
(Top: CJT)
32
(Right:
CJR)
M (ø2.5 hole and oblong hole pitch)
„„Dimensions and Mass by Stroke
25
ø2.5H7 depth 5
from bottom of base
D-M4 depth 7
Gripper/
Rotary
Type
B
32
26
2.5H7 depth 5 from
bottom of base
F
Secure at least 100
(Bottom: CJB)
* When viewed from arrow B.
* Brake-equipped models are heavier by 0.4kg.
Stroke
50
100 150 200
Without brake 272.5 322.5 372.5 422.5
L
With brake
312 362 412 462
A
175.5 225.5 275.5 325.5
B
96
46
96
46
C
0
1
1
2
D
4
6
6
8
M
96
146 196 246
1.4
1.5
1.6
1.8
Weight With cover
(kg) Without cover 1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
Detail F
Table/
Arm/
Flat Type
38.5
(Left: CJL)
3.5
Standard
Above motor
cover: 58
ME
)
97
28
5
57
45
(No Cover)
6.5
st
43.5
6.5
24.5
3
Mini
If equipped with a brake
* The above brake unit
is added to A.
97
Above motor
cover: 58
24.5
3
10
6.5
47
50
Reference position for
Ma moment offset (*3)
Controllers
Integrated
2-ø2.5H7 depth 5
L
(With Cover)
Standard
Rod
Type
4-M4 depth 8
33
Mini
39.5
(No Cover)
6.5
Slider
Type
250
472.5
512
375.5
96
2
8
296
1.9
1.7
300
522.5
562
425.5
46
3
10
346
2
1.8
350
572.5
612
475.5
96
3
10
396
2.2
2
400
622.5
662
525.5
46
4
12
446
2.3
2.1
450
672.5
712
575.5
96
4
12
496
2.5
2.2
500
722.5
762
625.5
46
5
14
546
2.6
2.3
550
722.5
812
675.5
96
5
14
596
2.7
2.4
600
822.5
862
725.5
46
6
16
646
2.9
2.5
650
872.5
912
775.5
96
6
16
696
3.0
2.6
700
922.5
962
825.5
46
7
18
746
3.2
2.8
750
972.5
1012
875.5
96
7
18
796
3.3
2.9
800
1022.5
1062
925.5
46
8
20
846
3.4
3.0
Applicable Controllers
Linear
Servo
Type
Cleanroom
Type
SplashProof
Type
RCP3 series actuators can be operated with the controllers indicated below. Select the type according to your intended application.
Name
External
view
Model number
Features
Maximum number of
positioning points
AC100V
AC200V
PMEC-C-42PI- -2-
Easy-to-use controller, even for beginners
PSEP-C-42PI- -2-0
Simple controller operable with the same
signal as a solenoid valve
Solenoid valve multi-axis type
PIO specification
MSEP-C- -~- -2-0
Positioner type based on PIO control,
allowing up to 8 axes to be connected
Solenoid valve multi-axis type
Network specification
MSEP-C- -~- -0-0
Field network-ready positioner type,
allowing up to 8 axes to be connected
256 points
Positioner type
High-output specification
PCON-CA-42PI- -2-0
Equipped with a high-output driver
Positioner type based on PIO control
512 points
Pulse-train type
High-output specification
PCON-CA-42PI-PL-2-0
Equipped with a high-output driver
Pulse-train input type
(—)
768 points
Solenoid Valve Type
Field network type
High-output specification
PCON-CA-42PI- -0-0
Equipped with a high-output driver
Supporting 7 major field networks
Pulse Train Input Type
(Differential Line Driver)
PCON-PL-42PI- -2-0
Pulse train input type with differential line
driver support
Pulse Train Input Type
(Open Collector)
PCON-PO-42PI- -2-0
Pulse train input type with open collector
support
Serial Communication Type
PCON-SE-42PI-N-0-0
Dedicated Serial Communication
PSEL-CS-1-42PI- -2-0
Programmed operation is possible.
Can operate up to 2 axes
Program
Control Type
* This is for the single-axis PSEL.
*
* indicates number of axes (1 to 8). *
Input
power
3 points
Power-supply Standard Reference
capacity
price
page
Refer to
P541
—
➝ P537
Refer to
P555
—
➝ P547
Refer to
P572
—
➝ P563
Pulse
Motor
—
DC24V
Refer to
P618
—
➝ P607
Servo
Motor
(24V)
—
—
(—)
Refer to
P628
64 points
1,500 points
—
➝ P623
—
Refer to
P671
—
indicates I/O type (NP/PN).
* indicates power supply voltage (1: 100V / 2: 100~240V).
indicates field network specification symbol. *  indicates N (NPN specification) or P (PNP specification) symbol.
RCP3-SA5C
➝ P665
24
Servo
Motor
(200V)
Linear
Servo
Motor
Slider
Type
Mini
Standard
Controllers
Integrated
Rod
Type
RCP3
ROBO Cylinder
RCP3-SA6C
Model
Specification
Items
RCP3
Series
SA6C
Type
I
ROBO Cylinder, Slider Type, 60mm Width, Pulse Motor, Coupled
Encoder type
42P
Motor type
I: Incremental
42P: Pulse motor, * The Simple absolute 42 size
encoder is also
considered type "I".
Lead
Stroke
20 : 20mm
12 : 12mm
6: 6mm
3: 3mm
Applicable controller
50: 50mm
800: 800mm
(50mm pitch
increments)
* See page Pre-47 for details on the model descriptions.
Load capacity (kg) Load capacity (kg)
10
20
Controllers
Integrated
Table/
Arm/
Flat Type
Mini
P.5
Load capacity (kg) Load capacity (kg)
Actuator Specifications
„„Leads and Payloads
Model number
Lead
Max. Load Capacity
(mm)
Horizontal (kg)
Vertical (kg)
RCP3-SA6C-I-42P-20- ➀ - ➁ - ➂ - ➃
20
~4
~ 0.5
RCP3-SA6C-I-42P-12- ➀ - ➁ - ➂ - ➃
12
~6
~2
RCP3-SA6C-I-42P-6- ➀ - ➁ - ➂ - ➃
6
~ 10
~5
RCP3-SA6C-I-42P-3- ➀ - ➁ - ➂ - ➃
3
~19
~ 10
Stroke
(mm)
5
6
4
(mm)
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
20mm lead 2
0.5
100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000
Speed (mm/s)
Vertical
3mm lead
8
6
12 5
6mm lead
4
3
10
Vertical
3mm
lead 12mm lead
2
1.5
20mm lead
8
0.5
0
605 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900
6mm leadSpeed (mm/s)
4
3
12mm lead
2
1.5
20mm lead
0 „„Stroke and Maximum Speed0.5
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900
Stroke
Speed (mm/s)
50~550
600 650 700 750
(every 50mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
Lead
50~800
1000
1000
800
(mm)
910 790 690 610
1000
12
600
570 490 425 370 330
6
300
285 245 210 185 165
3
150
140 120 105 90
80
(Unit: mm/s)
*See page A-71 for details on push motion.
Cable Length
Standard price
Standard price
Stroke
(mm)
With cover Without cover
With cover Without cover
—
—
450
—
—
—
—
500
—
—
—
—
550
—
—
—
—
600
—
—
—
—
650
—
—
—
—
700
—
—
—
—
750
—
—
—
—
800
—
—
 Options
Name
Option code See page Standard price
Brake
B
—
➝ A-42
Optional cable exit direction (top)
CJT
—
➝ A-42
Optional cable exit direction (right)
CJR
—
➝ A-42
Optional cable exit direction (left)
CJL
—
➝ A-42
Optional cable exit direction (bottom)
CJB
—
➝ A-42
No cover
NCO
—
➝ A-52
Non-motor end specification
NM
—
➝ A-52
25
12mm lead
(every 50mm)
Stroke
Stroke
20mm lead 2
0.5
12
100 2006mm
300 lead
400 500 600 700 800 900 1000
Speed (mm/s)
20
Code explanation ➀ Stroke ➁ Applicable Controller ➂ Cable length ➃ Options
Linear
Servo
Motor
P: 1m
S: 3m
M: 5m
X:Custom length
3mm lead 12mm
lead
Horizontal
10
(1) When the stroke increases, the maximum speed will drop to prevent the ball screw from reaching the critical
rotational speed. Use the actuator specification table below to check the maximum speed at the stroke you desire.
(2) Since the RCP3 series use a pulse motor, the load capacity decreases at high speeds.
Check in the Speed vs. Load Capacity graph to see if your desired speed and load capacity are supported.
(3) The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.3G (0.2G for 3mm lead model and when using vertically).
The maximum acceleration is 0.7G (0.3G when used vertically), however, note that the load capacity decreases at
high accelerations. For more information, see the table of load capacity by acceleration, on page A-108.
(4) See page A-71 for details on push motion.
Linear
Servo
Type
Servo
Motor
(200V)
0
100
12
Appendix
Gripper/
Rotary
Type
Servo
Motor
(24V)
6
19
5
15 4
0
0
Standard
Pulse
Motor
Options
See Options below.
the
15 RCP3 series' load capacity decreases at high speeds. In the table below, check if your desired speed and12load
capacity
6mm
lead are supported.
Standard
SplashProof
Type
N:None
20
„„Speed
vs. Load Capacity
3mm
lead
Due19to the
characteristics
of the pulse motor,
Horizontal
Mini
Cleanroom
Type
Cable length
P1: PCON-PL/PO/SE
PSEL
P3:PCON-CA
PMEC/PSEP
MSEP
Type
Standard
(Robot Cables)
Special length
Cable symbol
P (1m)
S (3m)
M (5m)
X06 (6m) ~ X10 (10m)
X11 (11m) ~ X15 (15m)
X16 (16m) ~ X20 (20m)
Standard price
—
—
—
—
—
—
* See page A-59 for cables for maintenance.
Actuator Specifications
Item
Description
Drive System
Positioning repeatability
Lost Motion
Base
Allowable static moment
Allowable dynamic moment (*)
Allowable overhang
Ambient operating temperature, humidity
(*) Based on 5,000km of traveling life
Ball screw, ø10mm, rolled C10
±0.02mm
0.1mm or less (initial value)
Material: Aluminum, special alumite treated
Ma: 17.6 N·m, Mb: 25.2 N·m, Mc: 44.5 N·m
Ma: 4.31 N·m, Mb: 6.17 N·m, Mc: 10.98 N·m
150mm or less
0 to 40oC, 85% RH or less (Non-condensing)
Overhang Load Length
Directions of Allowable Load Moment
Ma
Mb
Mc
Ma
L
Mc
L
RCP3-SA6C
RCP3
ROBO Cylinder
Dimensional Drawings
www.intelligentactuator.com
2D
CAD
Appendix
75
25
15±0.02
P.15
(*1) Connect the motor-encoder integrated cable here.
See page A-59 for details on cables.
(*2) After homing, the slider moves to the ME, therefore,
please watch for any interference with surrounding objects.
ME : Mechanical end
SE : Stroke end
(*3) Reference position for calculating the Ma moment
52
31±0.02
CAD drawings can be downloaded
from the website.
(With Cover)
4-M5 depth 10
2-ø3H7 depth 5
50
25
15±0.02
Slider
Type
Mini
Standard
Controllers
Integrated
39.5
Rod
Type
31±0.02
4-M5 depth 10
2-ø3H7 depth 5
L
A
10
40
ME
25
3
(
Secure at
least 100
A
62.5
49
60
40
25
3
ME
10
SE
32
Home
Motor-encoder cable
connector (*1)
10.5
62.5
49
57
60
3H7 depth 5 from
bottom of base
15
Cx100 (M5 tap)
B
Change cable outlet direction (optional)
Standard
(Top: CJT)
(Right:
CJR)
32
31
(Left: CJL)
F
M (ø3 hole and oblong hole pitch)
„„Dimensions and Mass by Stroke
Gripper/
Rotary
Type
B
25
Secure at least 100
(Bottom: CJB)
* When viewed from arrow B .
ø3H7 depth 5 from
bottom of base
D-M5 depth 8
* Brake-equipped models are heavier by 0.4kg.
Stroke
50
100 150 200
Without brake 277.5 327.5 377.5 427.5
L
With brake
317 367 417 467
A
180.5 230.5 280.5 330.5
B
101
51
101
51
C
0
1
1
2
D
4
6
6
8
M
101 151 201 251
1.6
1.8
2
2.1
Weighrt With cover
(kg) Without cover 1.5
1.7
1.8
2
Detail F
15
Mini
32
(Common)
4
Table/
Arm/
Flat Type
38.5
25
3
ME (*2)
5
Reference position for
Ma moment offset (*3)
Standard
Above motor
cover: 60.5
8.5
st
)
Controllers
Integrated
97
47.0
8.5
(No Cover)
L
57
Reference position for
Ma moment offset (*3)
Mini
A
ME (*2)
Home
SE
38.5
5
(With Cover)
8.5
If equipped with a brake
* The above brake unit
is added to A.
97
32
st
47.0
8.5
25
3
Above motor
cover: 60.5
(No Cover)
250
477.5
517
380.5
101
2
8
301
2.3
2.1
300
527.5
567
430.5
51
3
10
351
2.5
2.3
350
577.5
617
480.5
101
3
10
401
2.7
2.4
400
627.5
667
530.5
51
4
12
451
2.8
2.6
450
677.5
717
580.5
101
4
12
501
3
2.7
500
727.5
767
630.5
51
5
14
551
3.2
2.8
550
777.5
817
680.5
101
5
14
601
3.3
3
600
827.5
867
730.5
51
6
16
651
3.5
3.1
650
877.5
917
780.5
101
6
16
701
3.7
3.3
700
927.5
967
830.5
51
7
18
751
3.9
3.4
750
977.5
1017
880.5
101
7
18
801
4.0
3.6
800
1027.5
1067
930.5
51
8
20
851
4.2
3.7
Applicable Controllers
Linear
Servo
Type
Cleanroom
Type
SplashProof
Type
RCP3 series actuators can be operated with the controllers indicated below. Select the type according to your intended application.
Name
External
view
Model number
Features
Maximum number of
positioning points
AC100V
AC200V
PMEC-C-42PI- -2-
Easy-to-use controller, even for beginners
PSEP-C-42PI- -2-0
Simple controller operable with the same
signal as a solenoid valve
Solenoid valve multi-axis type
PIO specification
MSEP-C- -~- -2-0
Positioner type based on PIO control,
allowing up to 8 axes to be connected
Solenoid valve multi-axis type
Network specification
MSEP-C- -~- -0-0
Field network-ready positioner type,
allowing up to 8 axes to be connected
256 points
Positioner type
High-output specification
PCON-CA-42PI- -2-0
Equipped with a high-output driver
Positioner type based on PIO control
512 points
Pulse-train type
High-output specification
PCON-CA-42PI-PL-2-0
Equipped with a high-output driver
Pulse-train input type
(—)
768 points
Solenoid Valve Type
Field network type
High-output specification
PCON-CA-42PI- -0-0
Equipped with a high-output driver
Supporting 7 major field networks
Pulse Train Input Type
(Differential Line Driver)
PCON-PL-42PI- -2-0
Pulse train input type with differential line
driver support
Pulse Train Input Type
(Open Collector)
PCON-PO-42PI- -2-0
Pulse train input type with open collector
support
Serial Communication Type
PCON-SE-42PI-N-0-0
Dedicated Serial Communication
PSEL-CS-1-42PI- -2-0
Programmed operation is possible.
Can operate up to 2 axes
Program
Control Type
* This is for the single-axis PSEL.
*
* indicates number of axes (1 to 8). *
Input
power
3 points
Power-supply Standard Reference
capacity
price
page
Refer to
P541
—
➝ P537
Refer to
P555
—
➝ P547
Refer to
P572
—
➝ P563
Pulse
Motor
—
DC24V
Refer to
P618
—
➝ P607
Servo
Motor
(24V)
—
—
(—)
Refer to
P628
64 points
1,500 points
—
➝ P623
—
Refer to
P671
—
indicates I/O type (NP/PN).
* indicates power supply voltage (1: 100V / 2: 100~240V).
indicates field network specification symbol. *  indicates N (NPN specification) or P (PNP specification) symbol.
RCP3-SA6C
➝ P665
26
Servo
Motor
(200V)
Linear
Servo
Motor
Mini
Standard
Controllers
Integrated
Rod
Type
RCP3
ROBO Cylinder
RCP3-SA2AR
Model
Specification
Items
RCP3 SA2AR
Series
Type
I
ROBO Cylinder, Mini Slider Type, Side-mounted Motor, 22mm Width, Pulse Motor,
Lead Screw
20P
Encoder type
Motor type
Lead
Stroke
Applicable controller
I: Incremental
20P: Pulse motor, 4S : lead screw 4mm 25: 25mm
* T he Simple absolute 20  size
2S : lead screw 2mm
* See page Pre-47 for details on the model descriptions. encoder is also
1S : lead screw 1mm 100: 100mm
considered type "I".
(25mm pitch
P1:PCON-PL/PO/SE
PSEL
P3:PCON-CA
PMEC/PSEP
MSEP
increments)
* See page Pre-47 for details on the model descriptions.
2
Controllers
Integrated
Load capacity (Kg)
1.75
Table/
Arm/
Flat Type
Photo above shows specification with motor
side-mounted to the left (ML Option).
Mini
1.0
1mm Lead
0.75
2mm Lead
0.5
4mm Lead
0.25
0
50
100
150
Speed (mm/s)
P.5
200
250
(1) The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.2G.
This value is the upper limit for the acceleration.
(2) The actuator cannot be used on its side or in a vertical orientation.
(3) If used in a dusty environment, the service life will decrease significantly.
(4) T his model uses a lead screw, therefore please ensure that your usage is appropriate for its
characteristics. (See page Pre-52.)
(5) S ee page A-71 for details on push motion.
Linear
Servo
Type
Actuator Specifications
„„Leads and Payloads
„„Stroke and Maximum Speed
Feed
screw
Model number
RCP3-SA2AR-I-20P-4S- ➀ - ➁ - ➂ - ➃
RCP3-SA2AR-I-20P-2S- ➀ - ➁ - ➂ - ➃
Lead
screw
RCP3-SA2AR-I-20P-1S- ➀ - ➁ - ➂ - ➃
Lead
Max. Load Capacity
(mm)
Horizontal (kg)
Vertical (kg)
4
0.25
—
2
0.5
—
1
1
—
Positioning
Repeatability
(mm)
Stroke
Stroke
(mm)
Lead
25~100
±0.05
Code explanation ➀ Stroke ➁ Applicable Controller ➂ Cable length ➃ Options
(every 25mm)
Stroke
4
25
(mm)
50~100
(mm)
2180
200
2
100
1
50
(Unit: mm/s)
*See page A-71 for details on push motion.
Cable Length
Stroke (mm)
25
50
75
100
Standard price
—
—
—
—
Pulse
Motor
Servo
Motor
(200V)
1.25
0
Gripper/
Rotary
Type
Servo
Motor
(24V)
Horizontal
1.5
Appendix
Standard
SplashProof
Type
Options
See options below.
*Be sure to specify
which side the motor is to be mounted
(ML/MR)
the RCP3 series' load capacity decreases at high speeds. In the table below, check if your desired speed and load capacity are supported.
Standard
Cleanroom
Type
Cable length
N: None
P: 1m
S: 3m
M: 5m
X: Custom
length
„„Speed vs. Load Capacity
Due to the characteristics of the pulse motor,
Mini
Lead screw
Slider
Type
Type
Standard
(Robot Cables)
Special length
Cable symbol
P (1m)
S (3m)
M (5m)
X06 (6m) ~ X10 (10m)
X11 (11m) ~ X15 (15m)
X16 (16m) ~ X20 (20m)
Standard price
—
—
—
—
—
—
* The standard cable for the RCP3 is the robot cable.
* See page A-59 for cables for maintenance.
Actuator Specifications
 Options
Name
Left-mounted motor (Standard)
Right-mounted motor
Non-motor end specification
Option code See page Standard price
ML
—
➝ A-52
MR
—
➝ A-52
NM
—
➝ A-52
Item
Drive System
Lost Motion
Base
Guide (*)
Ambient Operating Temp./Humidity
Service Life
* Offset load not supported.
Linear
Servo
Motor
27
RCP3-SA2AR
Description
Lead screw, ø4mm, rolled C10
0.3mm or less (initial value)
Material: Aluminum, white alumite treated
Slide guide
0 to 40°C, 85% RH or less (Non-condensing)
10 million cycles
RCP3
ROBO Cylinder
Dimensional Drawings
www.intelligentactuator.com
Appendix
2-ø2H7 Depth 3mm
17±0.1
2D
CAD
17±0.02
CAD drawings can be downloaded
from the website.
P.15
8±0.02
4-M3 Depth 5.5mm
Slider
Type
Mini
Standard
Controllers
Integrated
17±0.1
Rod
Type
Cable joint
connector *1
(200)
Mini
88.5
3
L
A
9
5
5
1.5
2
SE
28
29
2
Controllers
Integrated
ME *2
Home
24
27
26
12.5
ME
Standard
17
ST
22
(5.5)
Secure at least 100mm
2
27
Table/
Arm/
Flat Type
58
3H7 Depth 3mm
(from the bottom of the base)
Mini
Standard
D-M3 Depth 4mm
2-ø3H7 Depth 3mm
(from the bottom of the base)
Gripper/
Rotary
Type
10
4
ST :Stroke
ME:Mechanical end
SE :Stroke end
Z
28
Detail Z
C
10
B
15
„„Dimensions and Mass by Stroke
Stroke
L
A
B
C
D
Weight (kg)
*1 Connect the motor-encoder integrated cable here. See page A-59 for details on cables.
*2 During the homing operation, the slider moves to the actuator's mechanical end, and then reverses.
Therefore, watch for any interference with its surroundings.
* The diagram above shows a left-mounted motor model.
25
113
96
25
0
4
0.28
50
138
121
50
0
4
0.3
75
163
146
75
0
4
0.32
100
188
171
100
50
6
0.33
Linear
Servo
Type
Cleanroom
Type
SplashProof
Type
Applicable Controllers
RCP3 series actuators can be operated with the controllers indicated below. Select the type according to your intended application.
Name
External
view
Model number
Features
Maximum number of
positioning points
AC100V
AC200V
PMEC-C-20PI- -2-
Easy-to-use controller, even for beginners
PSEP-C-20PI- -2-0
Simple controller operable with the same
signal as a solenoid valve
Solenoid valve multi-axis type
PIO specification
MSEP-C- -~- -2-0
Positioner type based on PIO control,
allowing up to 8 axes to be connected
Solenoid valve multi-axis type
Network specification
MSEP-C- -~- -0-0
Field network-ready positioner type,
allowing up to 8 axes to be connected
256 points
Positioner type
High-output specification
PCON-CA-20PI- -2-0
Equipped with a high-output driver
Positioner type based on PIO control
512 points
Pulse-train type
High-output specification
PCON-CA-20PI-PL-2-0
Equipped with a high-output driver
Pulse-train input type
(—)
768 points
Solenoid Valve Type
Field network type
High-output specification
PCON-CA-20PI- -0-0
Equipped with a high-output driver
Supporting 7 major field networks
Pulse Train Input Type
(Differential Line Driver)
PCON-PL-20PI- -2-0
Pulse train input type with differential line
driver support
Pulse Train Input Type
(Open Collector)
PCON-PO-20PI- -2-0
Pulse train input type with open collector
support
Serial Communication Type
PCON-SE-20PI-N-0-0
Dedicated Serial Communication
PSEL-CS-1-20PI- -2-0
Programmed operation is possible.
Can operate up to 2 axes
Program
Control Type
* This is for the single-axis PSEL.
*
* indicates number of axes (1 to 8). *
Input
power
3 points
Power-supply Standard Reference
capacity
price
page
Refer to
P541
—
➝ P537
Refer to
P555
—
➝ P547
Refer to
P572
—
➝ P563
Pulse
Motor
—
DC24V
Refer to
P618
—
➝ P607
Servo
Motor
(24V)
—
—
(—)
Refer to
P628
64 points
1,500 points
—
➝ P623
—
Refer to
P671
—
indicates I/O type (NP/PN).
* indicates power supply voltage (1: 100V / 2: 100~240V).
indicates field network specification symbol. *  indicates N (NPN specification) or P (PNP specification) symbol.
RCP3-SA2AR
➝ P665
28
Servo
Motor
(200V)
Linear
Servo
Motor
Mini
Standard
Controllers
Integrated
Rod
Type
RCP3
ROBO Cylinder
RCP3-SA2BR
Model
Specification
Items
RCP3 SA2BR
Series
Type
I
ROBO Cylinder, Mini Slider Type, Side-mounted Motor, 28mm Width, Pulse Motor,
Lead Screw
20P
Motor type
Encoder type
Lead
Stroke
Applicable controller
I: Incremental
20P: Pulse motor, 6S : lead screw 6mm 25: 25mm
* T he Simple absolute 20  size
4S : lead screw 4mm
* See page Pre-47 for details on the model descriptions. encoder is also
2S : lead screw 2mm 150: 150mm
considered type "I".
(25mm pitch
P1:PCON-PL/PO/SE
PSEL
P3:PCON-CA
PMEC/PSEP
MSEP
increments)
* See page Pre-47 for details on the model descriptions.
2
Controllers
Integrated
Load capacity (Kg)
1.75
1.0
Photo above shows specification with motor
side-mounted to the left (ML Option).
Standard
Appendix
6mm Lead
0
100
200
300
Speed (mm/s)
P.5
400
500
(1) The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.2G.
This value is the upper limit for the acceleration.
(2) The actuator cannot be used on its side or in a vertical orientation.
(3) If used in a dusty environment, the service life will decrease significantly.
(4) This model uses a lead screw, therefore please ensure that your usage is appropriate for its
characteristics. (See page Pre-52.)
(5) See page A-71 for details on push motion.
Gripper/
Rotary
Type
Linear
Servo
Type
Actuator Specifications
„„Leads and Payloads
„„Stroke and Maximum Speed
Feed
screw
Model number
RCP3-SA2BR-I-20P-6S- ➀ - ➁ - ➂ - ➃
RCP3-SA2BR-I-20P-4S- ➀ - ➁ - ➂ - ➃
Lead
screw
RCP3-SA2BR-I-20P-2S- ➀ - ➁ - ➂ - ➃
Lead
Max. Load Capacity
(mm)
Horizontal (kg)
Vertical (kg)
6
0.25
—
4
0.5
—
2
1
—
Positioning
Repeatability
(mm)
Stroke
Stroke
(mm)
Lead
25~150
±0.05
Code explanation ➀ Stroke ➁ Applicable Controller ➂ Cable length ➃ Options
(every 25mm)
Stroke
25
(mm)
50
(mm)
6
180
280 280
4
180
2
75~150
(mm)
300
200
100
(Unit: mm/s)
*See page A-71 for details on push motion.
Cable Length
Stroke (mm)
Servo
Motor
(200V)
4mm Lead
0.5
0.25
0
Servo
Motor
(24V)
2mm Lead
0.75
Mini
Pulse
Motor
Horizontal
1.5
1.25
Table/
Arm/
Flat Type
SplashProof
Type
See options below.
P: 1m
*Be sure to specify
S: 3m
which side the motor
M: 5m
is to be mounted
X: Custom (ML/MR)
length
the RCP3 series' load capacity decreases at high speeds. In the table below, check if your desired speed and load capacity are supported.
Standard
Cleanroom
Type
Options
Cable length
N:None
„„Speed vs. Load Capacity
Due to the characteristics of the pulse motor,
Mini
Lead screw
Slider
Type
25
50
75
100
125
150
Standard price
—
—
—
—
—
—
Type
Standard
(Robot Cables)
Special length
Cable symbol
P (1m)
S (3m)
M (5m)
X06 (6m) ~ X10 (10m)
X11 (11m) ~ X15 (15m)
X16 (16m) ~ X20 (20m)
Standard price
—
—
—
—
—
—
* The standard cable for the RCP3 is the robot cable.
* See page A-59 for cables for maintenance.
Actuator Specifications
 Options
Name
Left-mounted motor (standard)
Right-mounted motor
Non-motor end specification
Option code See page Standard price
ML
—
➝ A-52
MR
—
➝ A-52
NM
—
➝ A-52
Item
Drive System
Lost Motion
Base
Guide (*)
Ambient Operating Temp./Humidity
Service Life
* Offset load not supported.
Linear
Servo
Motor
29
RCP3-SA2BR
Description
Lead screw, ø6mm, rolled C10
0.3mm or less (initial value)
Material: Aluminum, white alumite treated
Slide guide
0 to 40°C, 85% RH or less (Non-condensing)
10 million cycles
RCP3
ROBO Cylinder
Dimensional Drawings
2-ø2H7 Depth 3mm
* The diagram below shows a left-mounted motor model.
(200)
ST
28
Home
SE
29
2
ME *2
17
Controllers
Integrated
Table/
Arm/
Flat Type
24
29.5
28.5
(2.5)
28
27
Rod
Type
Mini
14
0.25
Controllers
Integrated
Standard
A
2
ME
Connect the motor-encoder integrated cable here.
See page A-59 for details on cables.
During the homing operation, the slider
moves to the actuator's mechanical end,
and then reverses.
Therefore, watch for any interference
with its surroundings.
L
9
5
Mini
Standard
88.5
3
22
P.15
17 ±0.1
8 ±0.02
4-M3 Depth 5.5mm
*1
*2
Cable joint
connector *1
5
Appendix
17 ±0.02
2D
CAD
www.intelligentactuator.com
17 ±0.1
CAD drawings can be downloaded
from the website.
Slider
Type
Secure at least 100mm
2
Mini
D-M3 Depth 4mm
2-ø3H7 Depth 3mm
(from the bottom of the base)
4
Z
ST :Stroke
ME:Mechanical end
SE :Stroke end
Gripper/
Rotary
Type
10
3H7 Depth 3mm
(from the bottom of the base)
Standard
10
Detail Z
28
„„Dimensions and Mass by Stroke
C
15
B
Linear
Servo
Type
Stroke
L
A
B
C
D
Weight (kg)
25
113
96
25
0
4
0.32
50
138
121
50
0
4
0.34
75
163
146
75
0
4
0.37
100
188
171
100
50
6
0.39
125
213
196
125
62.5
6
0.42
150
238
221
150
75
6
0.46
Cleanroom
Type
SplashProof
Type
Applicable Controllers
RCP3 series actuators can be operated with the controllers indicated below. Select the type according to your intended application.
Name
External
view
Model number
Features
Maximum number of
positioning points
AC100V
AC200V
PMEC-C-20PI- -2-
Easy-to-use controller, even for beginners
PSEP-C-20PI- -2-0
Simple controller operable with the same
signal as a solenoid valve
Solenoid valve multi-axis type
PIO specification
MSEP-C- -~- -2-0
Positioner type based on PIO control,
allowing up to 8 axes to be connected
Solenoid valve multi-axis type
Network specification
MSEP-C- -~- -0-0
Field network-ready positioner type,
allowing up to 8 axes to be connected
256 points
Positioner type
High-output specification
PCON-CA-20PI- -2-0
Equipped with a high-output driver
Positioner type based on PIO control
512 points
Pulse-train type
High-output specification
PCON-CA-20PI-PL-2-0
Equipped with a high-output driver
Pulse-train input type
(—)
768 points
Solenoid Valve Type
Field network type
High-output specification
PCON-CA-20PI- -0-0
Equipped with a high-output driver
Supporting 7 major field networks
Pulse Train Input Type
(Differential Line Driver)
PCON-PL-20PI- -2-0
Pulse train input type with differential line
driver support
Pulse Train Input Type
(Open Collector)
PCON-PO-20PI- -2-0
Pulse train input type with open collector
support
Serial Communication Type
PCON-SE-20PI-N-0-0
Dedicated Serial Communication
PSEL-CS-1-20PI- -2-0
Programmed operation is possible.
Can operate up to 2 axes
Program
Control Type
* This is for the single-axis PSEL.
*
* indicates number of axes (1 to 8). *
Input
power
3 points
Power-supply Standard Reference
capacity
price
page
Refer to
P541
—
➝ P537
Refer to
P555
—
➝ P547
Refer to
P572
—
➝ P563
Pulse
Motor
—
DC24V
Refer to
P618
—
➝ P607
Servo
Motor
(24V)
—
—
(—)
Refer to
P628
64 points
1,500 points
—
➝ P623
—
Refer to
P671
—
indicates I/O type (NP/PN).
* indicates power supply voltage (1: 100V / 2: 100~240V).
indicates field network specification symbol. *  indicates N (NPN specification) or P (PNP specification) symbol.
RCP3-SA2BR
➝ P665
30
Servo
Motor
(200V)
Linear
Servo
Motor
Slider
Type
Mini
Standard
Controllers
Integrated
Rod
Type
RCP3
ROBO Cylinder
RCP3-SA3R
Model
Specification
Items
RCP3
SA3R
Series
ROBO Cylinder, Slider Type, 32mm Width, Pulse Motor, Side-mounted Motor
I
Type
Encoder type
28P
Motor type
I: Incremental
28P: Pulse motor, * The Simple absolute 28  size
encoder is also
considered type "I".
Lead
Stroke
50: 50mm
6 : 6mm
4 : 4mm
2 : 2mm
300: 300mm
(50mm pitch
increments)
**See
Seepage
pagePre-47
Pre-47for
fordetails
detailson
onthe
themodel
modeldescriptions.
descriptions.
Applicable controller
Cable length
P1:PCON-PL/PO/SE
PSEL
P3:PCON-CA
PMEC/PSEP
MSEP
Options
N:None
See options below.
P: 1m
*Be sure to specify
S: 3m
which side the motor
M: 5m
is to be mounted
X: Custom (ML/MR)
length
3.5
„„Speed
vs. Load Capacity
2mm lead Horizontal
Due
of the pulse motor,
3 to the characteristics
Mini
Load Capacity (kg) Load Capacity (kg)
the RCP3 series' load capacity decreases at high 2.5
speeds.
In the table below, check if your desired 4mm lead
speed
2 and load capacity are supported.
Standard
Controllers
Integrated
Table/
Arm/
Flat Type
3.5
1.5
2mm lead
13
2.5
0.5
6mm lead
Horizontal
4mm lead
20
0
1.5
50
100
150
200
Speed (mm/s)
250
300
350
150
200
Speed (mm/s)
250
300
350
300
350
„„Stroke
and Maximum
Speed
100
150
200
250
300
50
350
6mm lead
1
0.5
Mini
Photo above shows specification with motor
side-mounted to the left (ML Option).
Standard
0
0
Appendix
Cleanroom
Type
SplashProof
Type
(2) The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.3G (0.2G for 2mm-lead model, or
when used vertically). These values are the upper limits for the acceleration.
(3) See page A-71 for details on push motion.
Actuator Specifications
Max. Load Capacity
Lead
Model number
(mm)
Horizontal (kg)
Vertical (kg)
RCP3-SA3R-I-28P-6- ➀ -P3- ➁ - ➂ - ➃
6
1
0.5
RCP3-SA3R-I-28P-4- ➀ -P3- ➁ - ➂ - ➃
4
2
1
RCP3-SA3R-I-28P-2- ➀ -P3- ➁ - ➂ - ➃
2
3
1.5
Stroke
Servo
Motor
(200V)
Linear
Servo
Motor
50
100
150
200
250
300
2mm lead
4mm lead
Vertical
13
6mm lead
2.5
0.5
20
0
1.5
200
502mm100
lead 150
Speed (mm/s)
(mm)
250
4mm lead
1
0
0
Stroke
6mm lead
Stroke Speed (mm/s) 50~300
Lead
50~300
(every 50mm)
(every 50mm)
6
300
4
200
2
100
(Unit: mm/s)
*See page A-71 for details on push motion.
Type
Standard price
With cover
Without cover
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Cable symbol
P (1m)
S (3m)
M (5m)
X06 (6m) ~ X10 (10m)
X11 (11m) ~ X15 (15m)
X16 (16m) ~ X20 (20m)
Standard
(Robot Cables)
Special length
Standard price
—
—
—
—
—
—
* The standard cable is the motor-encoderintegrated robot cable.
* See page A-59 for cables for maintenance.
Actuator Specifications
 Options
Name
Option code See page Standard price
Brake
B
—
➝ A-42
Optional cable exit direction (top)
CJT
—
➝ A-42
Optional cable exit direction (outside)
CJO
—
➝ A-42
Optional cable exit direction (bottom)
CJB
—
➝ A-42
Left-mounted motor (standard)
ML
—
➝ A-52
Right-mounted motor
MR
—
➝ A-52
No cover
NCO
—
➝ A-52
Non-motor end specification
NM
—
➝ A-52
31
2
3.5
1.5
Cable Length
Stroke (mm)
Servo
Motor
(24V)
Vertical
2.5
0.5
„„Leads and Payloads
Code explanation ➀ Stroke ➁ Applicable Controller ➂ Cable length ➃ Options
Pulse
Motor
Load Capacity (kg) Load Capacity (kg)
(1) Since the RCP3 series use a pulse motor, the load capacity decreases at high speeds. Check in the Speed vs.
Load Capacity graph to see if your desired speed and load capacity are supported.
Linear
Servo
Type
100
3
P.5
Gripper/
Rotary
Type
50
3.5
Item
Description
Drive System
Positioning repeatability
Lost Motion
Base
Allowable static moment
Allowable dynamic moment (*)
Allowable overhang
Ambient operating temperature, humidity
(*) Based on 5,000km of traveling life
Ball screw, ø6mm, rolled C10
±0.02mm
0.1mm or less
Material: Aluminum, special alumite treated
Ma: 5.0 N·m, Mb: 7.1 N·m, Mc: 7.9 N·m
Ma: 1.96 N·m, Mb: 2.84 N·m, Mc: 3.14 N·m
100mm or less
0 to 40oC, 85% RH or less (Non-condensing)
Overhang Load Length
Directions of Allowable Load Moment
Ma
Mb
Mc
Ma
L
Mc
L
RCP3-SA3R
RCP3
ROBO Cylinder
Dimensional Drawings
www.intelligentactuator.com
2-ø2H7 depth 5
60
17
17 ±0.02
CAD drawings can be downloaded
from the website.
2D
CAD
Controllers
Integrated
With Brake
126.2 (without brake)
Rod
Type
158.2 (with brake)
(Without Cover)
Mini
L
A
10 21.8
3
ME
21.4
4.4
19
st
21.4
SE
Home
39.8
3
ME (*2)
Standard
37
Controllers
Integrated
5
40
31.5
29.5
3
4.4
(With Cover)
Mini
Standard
(77)
(*1) Connect the motor-encoder integrated cable here.
See page A-59 for details on cables.
(*2) After homing, the slider moves to the ME, therefore,
please watch for any interference with
surrounding objects.
ME : Mechanical end
SE : Stroke end
(*3) Reference position for calculating the Ma moment
P.15
4-M3 depth 6
30
(With Cover)
Appendix
11 ±0.02
Slider
Type
29
32
Ma moment
offset reference position (*3)
(7)
38
Motor-encoder cable
connector (*1)
Table/
Arm/
Flat Type
29.5
77
(Without Cover)
Mini
Ma moment
offset reference position (*3)
Standard
[Cable Exit Direction] (Optional)
(Top: CJT)
25
(Bottom: CJB)
15
C×100
2H7 depth from
bottom of base 4
32
10.5
(Out: CJO)
32
Gripper/
Rotary
Type
17
Secure at least 100
F
B
D-M3 depth 5
15
37.5
ø2H7 depth from bottom of base 4
* Brake-equipped models
„„Dimensions and Mass by Stroke are heavier by 0.2kg.
3
Details of F
Stroke
L
A
B
C
D
Weight With cover
(kg) Without cover
50
162
143
84
0
4
0.8
0.7
100
212
193
34
1
6
0.8
0.8
150
262
243
84
1
6
0.9
0.8
200
312
293
34
2
8
1.0
0.9
250
362
343
84
2
8
1.0
0.9
300
412
393
34
3
10
1.1
1.0
Linear
Servo
Type
Cleanroom
Type
SplashProof
Type
Applicable Controllers
RCP3 series actuators can be operated with the controllers indicated below. Select the type according to your intended application.
Name
External
view
Model number
Features
Maximum number of
positioning points
AC100V
AC200V
PMEC-C-28PI- -2-
Easy-to-use controller, even for beginners
PSEP-C-28PI- -2-0
Simple controller operable with the same
signal as a solenoid valve
Solenoid valve multi-axis type
PIO specification
MSEP-C- -~- -2-0
Positioner type based on PIO control,
allowing up to 8 axes to be connected
Solenoid valve multi-axis type
Network specification
MSEP-C- -~- -0-0
Field network-ready positioner type,
allowing up to 8 axes to be connected
256 points
Positioner type
High-output specification
PCON-CA-28PI- -2-0
Equipped with a high-output driver
Positioner type based on PIO control
512 points
Pulse-train type
High-output specification
PCON-CA-28PI-PL-2-0
Equipped with a high-output driver
Pulse-train input type
(—)
768 points
Solenoid Valve Type
Field network type
High-output specification
PCON-CA-28PI- -0-0
Equipped with a high-output driver
Supporting 7 major field networks
Pulse Train Input Type
(Differential Line Driver)
PCON-PL-28PI- -2-0
Pulse train input type with differential line
driver support
Pulse Train Input Type
(Open Collector)
PCON-PO-28PI- -2-0
Pulse train input type with open collector
support
Serial Communication Type
PCON-SE-28PI-N-0-0
Dedicated Serial Communication
PSEL-CS-1-28PI- -2-0
Programmed operation is possible.
Can operate up to 2 axes
Program
Control Type
* This is for the single-axis PSEL.
*
* indicates number of axes (1 to 8). *
Input
power
3 points
Power-supply Standard Reference
capacity
price
page
Refer to
P541
—
➝ P537
Refer to
P555
—
➝ P547
Refer to
P572
—
➝ P563
Pulse
Motor
—
DC24V
Refer to
P618
—
➝ P607
Servo
Motor
(24V)
—
—
(—)
Refer to
P628
64 points
1,500 points
—
➝ P623
—
Refer to
P671
—
indicates I/O type (NP/PN).
* indicates power supply voltage (1: 100V / 2: 100~240V).
indicates field network specification symbol. *  indicates N (NPN specification) or P (PNP specification) symbol.
RCP3-SA3R
➝ P665
32
Servo
Motor
(200V)
Linear
Servo
Motor
Slider
Type
Mini
Standard
Controllers
Integrated
Rod
Type
RCP3
ROBO Cylinder
RCP3-SA4R
Model
Specification
Items
RCP3
SA4R
Series
Type
ROBO Cylinder, Slider Type, 40mm Width, Pulse Motor, Side-mounted Motor
I
Encoder type
35P
Motor type
Lead
Stroke
I: Incremental
35P: Pulse motor, 10 : 10mm
* The Simple absolute 35 size
5 : 5mm
encoder is also
2.5 : 2.5mm
considered type "I".
Applicable controller
50: 50mm
500: 500mm
(50mm pitch
increments)
* See page Pre-47 for details on the model descriptions.
Options
Cable length
P1:PCON-PL/PO/SE
PSEL
P3:PCON-CA
PMEC/PSEP
MSEP
N:None
See options below.
P: 1m
*Be sure to specify
S: 3m
which side the motor
M: 5m
is to be mounted
X: Custom (ML/MR)
length
7
„„Speed
vs. Load Capacity
2.5mm lead
Due
of the pulse motor,
Horizontal
6 to the characteristics
Mini
Load Capacity (kg) Load Capacity (kg)
the RCP3 series' load capacity decreases at high 5
speeds.
In the table below, check if your desired 5mm lead
speed
4 and load capacity are supported.
Standard
Controllers
Integrated
Table/
Arm/
Flat Type
37
26
2.5mm lead
15
10mm lead
Horizontal
5mm lead
40
0
3
100
200
300
400
Speed (mm/s)
500
600
300
400
Speed (mm/s)
500
600
500
600
„„Stroke
and
Speed500
100
200 Maximum
300
400
600
10mm lead
2
1
Mini
Photo above shows specification with motor
side-mounted to the left (ML Option).
0
0
3.5
Standard
Appendix
3
Gripper/
Rotary
Type
(1) Since the RCP3 series use a pulse motor, the load capacity decreases at high speeds. Check in the Speed
vs. Load Capacity graph to see if your desired speed and load capacity are supported.
(2) The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.3G (0.2G for2.5mm-lead model, or
when used vertically). These values are the upper limits for the acceleration.
(3) See page A-71 for details on push motion.
Linear
Servo
Type
Cleanroom
Type
SplashProof
Type
Actuator Specifications
„„Leads and Payloads
Model number
(mm)
Horizontal (kg)
Vertical (kg)
RCP3-SA4R-I-35P-10- ➀ - ➁ - ➂ - ➃
10
2
~1
RCP3-SA4R-I-35P-5- ➀ - ➁ - ➂ - ➃
5
4
1.5
2.5
6
3
Stroke
Linear
Servo
Motor
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
Stroke
(mm)
2
3.5
1.5
13
5mm lead
2.5mm lead
10mm lead
Vertical
2.5
0.5
20
0
1005mm 200
400
lead 300
Speed (mm/s)
1.5
10mm lead
1
Stroke Speed (mm/s) 50~500
Lead
50~500
(every 50mm)
(every 50mm)
10
500
5
250
2.5
125
(Unit: mm/s)
*See page A-71 for details on push motion.
Type
Standard price
With cover
Without cover
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
 Options
Name
Option code See page Standard price
Brake
B
—
➝ A-42
Optional cable exit direction (top)
CJT
—
➝ A-42
Optional cable exit direction (outside)
CJO
—
➝ A-42
Optional cable exit direction (bottom)
CJB
—
➝ A-42
Left-mounted motor (standard)
ML
—
➝ A-52
Right-mounted motor
MR
—
➝ A-52
No cover
NCO
—
➝ A-52
Non-motor end specification
NM
—
➝ A-52
33
Vertical
Cable Length
Stroke (mm)
Servo
Motor
(200V)
2.5mm lead
2.5
0
0
Max. Load Capacity
Lead
Code explanation ➀ Stroke ➁ Applicable Controller ➂ Cable length ➃ Options
Servo
Motor
(24V)
200
0.5
RCP3-SA4R-I-35P-2.5- ➀ - ➁ - ➂ - ➃
Pulse
Motor
Load Capacity (kg) Load Capacity (kg)
P.5
100
Cable symbol
P (1m)
S (3m)
M (5m)
X06 (6m) ~ X10 (10m)
X11 (11m) ~ X15 (15m)
X16 (16m) ~ X20 (20m)
Standard
(Robot Cables)
Special length
Standard price
—
—
—
—
—
—
* The standard cable is the motor-encoderintegrated robot cable.
* See page A-59 for cables for maintenance.
Actuator Specifications
Item
Description
Drive System
Positioning repeatability
Lost Motion
Base
Allowable static moment
Allowable dynamic moment (*)
Allowable overhang
Ambient operating temperature, humidity
(*) Based on 5,000km of traveling life
Ball screw, ø8mm, rolled C10
±0.02mm
0.1mm or less
Material: Aluminum, special alumite treated
Ma: 6.8 N·m, Mb: 9.7 N·m, Mc: 13.3 N·m
Ma: 3.04 N·m, Mb: 4.31 N·m, Mc: 5.00 N·m
120mm or less in Ma, Mb and Mc directions
0 to 40oC, 85% RH or less (Non-condensing)
Overhang Load Length
Directions of Allowable Load Moment
Ma
Mb
Mc
Ma
L
Mc
L
RCP3-SA4R
RCP3
ROBO Cylinder
Dimensional Drawings
2-ø2.5H7 depth 5
2D
CAD
65
21
20 ±0.02
www.intelligentactuator.com
14
±0.02
Appendix
P.15
4-M3 depth 6
(95.5)
(With Cover)
Mini
Standard
38
CAD drawings can be downloaded
from the website.
Slider
Type
(*1) Connect the motor-encoder integrated cable here.
See page A-59 for details on cables.
(*2) After homing, the slider moves to the ME, therefore, please watch for any interference with surrounding objects.
ME : Mechanical end
SE : Stroke end
(*3) Reference position for calculating the Ma moment
With Brake
135.2 (without brake)
Controllers
Integrated
Rod
Type
159.7 (with brake)
(Without Cover)
Mini
L
A
10
26.5
st
SE
26
Home
Standard
47.5
3
ME (*2)
Controllers
Integrated
42.5
36.5
5.5
5.2
23
3
ME
Table/
Arm/
Flat Type
5
(With Cover)
48
37
5.2
26
37
40
Motor-encoder cable
connector (*1)
(4.5)
51
95.5
Mini
36.5
Ma moment
offset reference position (*3)
(Without Cover)
Ma moment
offset reference position (*3)
Standard
[Cable Exit Direction] (Optional)
(Top: CJT)
Gripper/
Rotary
Type
21
Secure at
least 100
F
10.5
32
32
25
15
C×100
(Bottom: CJB)
B
ø2.5H7 depth from bottom of base 5
D-M3 depth 5
2.5H7 depth
from bottom
of base 5
(Out: CJO)
3.5
Details of F
15
51.5
* Brake-equipped models are heavier by 0.3kg.
„„Dimensions and Mass by Stroke
Stroke
L
A
B
C
D
Weight With cover
(kg) Without cover
50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500
183 233 283 333 383 433 483 533 583 633
156.5 206.5 256.5 306.5 356.5 406.5 456.5 506.5 556.5 606.5
91 41 91 41 91 41 91 41 91 41
0
1
1
2
2
3
3
4
4
5
4
6
6
8
8
10 10 12 12 14
1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9 2.0
1.1 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.7
Applicable Controllers
Linear
Servo
Type
Cleanroom
Type
SplashProof
Type
RCP3 series actuators can be operated with the controllers indicated below. Select the type according to your intended application.
Name
External
view
Model number
Features
Maximum number of
positioning points
AC100V
AC200V
PMEC-C-35PI- -2-
Easy-to-use controller, even for beginners
PSEP-C-35PI- -2-0
Simple controller operable with the same
signal as a solenoid valve
Solenoid valve multi-axis type
PIO specification
MSEP-C- -~- -2-0
Positioner type based on PIO control,
allowing up to 8 axes to be connected
Solenoid valve multi-axis type
Network specification
MSEP-C- -~- -0-0
Field network-ready positioner type,
allowing up to 8 axes to be connected
256 points
Positioner type
High-output specification
PCON-CA-35PI- -2-0
Equipped with a high-output driver
Positioner type based on PIO control
512 points
Pulse-train type
High-output specification
PCON-CA-35PI-PL-2-0
Equipped with a high-output driver
Pulse-train input type
(—)
768 points
Solenoid Valve Type
Field network type
High-output specification
PCON-CA-35PI- -0-0
Equipped with a high-output driver
Supporting 7 major field networks
Pulse Train Input Type
(Differential Line Driver)
PCON-PL-35PI- -2-0
Pulse train input type with differential line
driver support
Pulse Train Input Type
(Open Collector)
PCON-PO-35PI- -2-0
Pulse train input type with open collector
support
Serial Communication Type
PCON-SE-35PI-N-0-0
Dedicated Serial Communication
PSEL-CS-1-35PI- -2-0
Programmed operation is possible.
Can operate up to 2 axes
Program
Control Type
* This is for the single-axis PSEL.
*
* indicates number of axes (1 to 8). *
Input
power
3 points
Power-supply Standard Reference
capacity
price
page
Refer to
P541
—
➝ P537
Refer to
P555
—
➝ P547
Refer to
P572
—
➝ P563
Pulse
Motor
—
DC24V
Refer to
P618
—
➝ P607
Servo
Motor
(24V)
—
—
(—)
Refer to
P628
64 points
1,500 points
—
➝ P623
—
Refer to
P671
—
indicates I/O type (NP/PN).
* indicates power supply voltage (1: 100V / 2: 100~240V).
indicates field network specification symbol. *  indicates N (NPN specification) or P (PNP specification) symbol.
RCP3-SA4R
➝ P665
34
Servo
Motor
(200V)
Linear
Servo
Motor
Slider
Type
Mini
Standard
Controllers
Integrated
Rod
Type
RCP3
ROBO Cylinder
RCP3-SA5R
Model
Specification
Items
RCP3
Series
SA5R
Type
I
Encoder type
ROBO Cylinder, Slider Type, 50mm Width, Pulse Motor, Side-mounted Motor
42P
Motor type
Lead
Stroke
I: Incremental
42P: Pulse motor, 12 :12mm
6: 6mm
* The Simple absolute 42 size
3: 3mm
encoder is also
considered type "I".
Applicable controller
50: 50mm
800: 800mm
(50mm pitch
increments)
* See page Pre-47 for details on the model descriptions.
Options
Cable length
P1:PCON-PL/PO/SE
PSEL
P3:PCON-CA
PMEC/PSEP
MSEP
N:None
See options below.
P: 1m
*Be sure to specify
S: 3m
which side the motor
M: 5m
is to be mounted
X: Custom (ML/MR)
length
12
„„Speed
vs. Load Capacity
lead
Due
to3mm
the characteristics
of the pulse motor,
Horizontal
10
Mini
Load Capacity (kg) Load Capacity (kg)
the RCP3 series' load capacity decreases at high leadbelow, check if your desired speeds.
In 6mm
the table
8
speed and load capacity are supported.
Standard
Controllers
Integrated
Table/
Arm/
Flat Type
6
12
4
10
12mm lead
Horizontal
3mm lead
6mm lead
2
8
0
60
100
200
300
400
500
600
Speed (mm/s)12mm lead
700
100
200
300
400
Speed (mm/s)
700
4
2
Mini
0
0
Photo above shows specification with motor
side-mounted to the left (ML Option).
Standard
Appendix
Gripper/
Rotary
Type
(1) Since the RCP3 series use a pulse motor, the load capacity decreases at high speeds. Check in the Speed
vs. Load Capacity graph to see if your desired speed and load capacity are supported.
(2) The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.3G (0.2G for 3mm-lead model, or
when used vertically). These values are the upper limits for the acceleration.
(3) See page A-71 for details on push motion.
Linear
Servo
Type
Cleanroom
Type
SplashProof
Type
Actuator Specifications
„„Leads and Payloads
Model number
Lead
Max. Load Capacity
(mm)
Horizontal (kg)
Vertical (kg)
RCP3-SA5R-I-42P-12- ➀ - ➁ - ➂ - ➃
12
~6
~1
RCP3-SA5R-I-42P-6- ➀ - ➁ - ➂ - ➃
6
~8
~2
RCP3-SA5R-I-42P-3- ➀ - ➁ - ➂ - ➃
3
10
~4
Servo
Motor
(200V)
Linear
Servo
Motor
Vertical
12mm lead
100
200
300
400
6mm
Speed lead
(mm/s)
500
600
700
12mm lead
„„Stroke
and Maximum
100
200
300
400 Speed
500
600
Stroke
Lead
700
Speed (mm/s)
50~550
600 650 700 750 800
(every 50mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
12
600
570 490 425 370 330
6
300
285 245 210 185 165
3
150
140 120 105 90
80
(Unit: mm/s)
*See page A-71 for details on push motion.
Cable Length
Type
Standard price
Standard price
Stroke
Stroke
(mm)
(mm)
With cover Without cover
With cover Without cover
50
—
—
450
—
—
100
—
—
500
—
—
150
—
—
550
—
—
200
—
—
600
—
—
250
—
—
650
—
—
300
—
—
700
—
—
350
—
—
750
—
—
400
—
—
800
—
—
Standard
(Robot Cables)
Special length
Cable symbol
P (1m)
S (3m)
M (5m)
X06 (6m) ~ X10 (10m)
X11 (11m) ~ X15 (15m)
X16 (16m) ~ X20 (20m)
Standard price
—
—
—
—
—
—
* The standard cable is the motor-encoderintegrated robot cable.
* See page A-59 for cables for maintenance.
Actuator Specifications
 Options
Name
Option code See page Standard price
Brake
B
—
➝ A-42
Optional cable exit direction (top)
CJT
—
➝ A-42
Optional cable exit direction (outside)
CJO
➝ A-42
Optional cable exit direction (bottom)
CJB
—
➝ A-42
Left-mounted motor (standard)
ML
—
➝ A-52
Right-mounted motor
MR
—
➝ A-52
No cover
NCO
—
➝ A-52
Non-motor end specification
NM
—
➝ A-52
35
(mm)
600
6mm lead
3mm lead
50~800
Stroke
Servo
Motor
(24V)
Stroke
500
Vertical
3mm lead
(every 50mm)
Code explanation ➀ Stroke ➁ Applicable Controller ➂ Cable length ➃ Options
Pulse
Motor
Load Capacity (kg) Load Capacity (kg)
P.5
5
4.5
4
3.5
3
2.5
25
4.5
1.5
4
1
3.5
0.5
03
2.50
2
1.5
1
0.5
0
0
Item
Description
Drive System
Positioning repeatability
Lost Motion
Base
Allowable static moment
Allowable dynamic moment (*)
Allowable overhang
Ambient operating temperature, humidity
(*) Based on 5,000km of traveling life
Ball screw, ø10mm, rolled C10
±0.02mm
0.1mm or less
Material: Aluminum, special alumite treated
Ma: 10.2 N·m, Mb: 14.6 N·m, Mc: 22.4 N·m
Ma: 3.92 N·m, Mb: 5.58 N·m, Mc: 8.53 N·m
130mm or less in Ma, Mb and Mc directions
0 to 40oC, 85% RH or less (Non-condensing)
Overhang Load Length
Directions of Allowable Load Moment
Ma
Mb
Mc
Ma
L
Mc
L
RCP3-SA5R
RCP3
ROBO Cylinder
Dimensional Drawings
www.intelligentactuator.com
70
22
26 ±0.02
2D
CAD
2-ø2.5H7 depth 5
Appendix
4-M4 depth 8
P.15
14±0.02
With Brake
(117)
(With Cover)
(*1) Connect the motor-encoder integrated cable here.
See page A-59 for details on cables.
(*2) After homing, the slider moves to the ME, therefore,
please watch for any interference with surrounding objects.
ME : Mechanical end
SE : Stroke end
(*3) Reference position for calculating the Ma moment
Controllers
Integrated
164.2 (with brake)
139.7 (without brake)
Rod
Type
(Without Cover)
Mini
L
26.5
A
24.5
10
33
28
4.5
ME
Home
SE
50.5
3
Standard
ME (*2)
Controllers
Integrated
52.5
43.5
47
50
Ma moment
offset reference position (*3)
(8.5)
58.5
Motor-encoder cable
connector (*1)
Table/
Arm/
Flat Type
117
2.5H7 depth from bottom of base 5
43.5
(Without Cover)
st
3
6.5
5
57
45
6.5
(With Cover)
Ma moment
offset reference position (*3)
[Cable Exit Direction] (Optional)
(Top: CJT)
26
Secure at
least 100
F
32
15
10.5
C×100
B
ø2.5H7 depth from bottom of base 5
D-M4 depth 7
(Out: CJO)
32
Mini
Standard
45
CAD drawings can be downloaded
from the website.
Slider
Type
25
(Bottom: CJB)
15
Mini
Standard
53
Details of F
„„Dimensions and Mass by Stroke
Stroke
L
A
B
C
D
Weight With cover
(kg) Without cover
50
189.5
163
96
0
4
1.7
1.6
100
239.5
213
46
1
6
1.8
1.7
150
289.5
263
96
1
6
1.9
1.8
Gripper/
Rotary
Type
3.5
200
339.5
313
46
2
8
2.1
1.9
* Brake-equipped models are heavier by 0.4kg.
250
389.5
363
96
2
8
2.2
2.0
300
439.5
413
46
3
10
2.3
2.1
350
489.5
463
96
3
10
2.5
2.3
400
539.5
513
46
4
12
2.6
2.4
450
589.5
563
96
4
12
2.8
2.5
500
639.5
613
46
5
14
2.9
2.6
550
689.5
663
96
5
14
3.0
2.7
600
739.5
713
46
6
16
3.2
2.8
650
789.5
763
96
6
16
3.3
2.9
700
839.5
813
46
7
18
3.4
3.1
750
889.5
863
96
7
18
3.6
3.2
800
939.5
913
46
8
20
3.7
3.3
Applicable Controllers
Linear
Servo
Type
Cleanroom
Type
SplashProof
Type
RCP3 series actuators can be operated with the controllers indicated below. Select the type according to your intended application.
Name
External
view
Model number
Features
Maximum number of
positioning points
AC100V
AC200V
PMEC-C-42PI- -2-
Easy-to-use controller, even for beginners
PSEP-C-42PI- -2-0
Simple controller operable with the same
signal as a solenoid valve
Solenoid valve multi-axis type
PIO specification
MSEP-C- -~- -2-0
Positioner type based on PIO control,
allowing up to 8 axes to be connected
Solenoid valve multi-axis type
Network specification
MSEP-C- -~- -0-0
Field network-ready positioner type,
allowing up to 8 axes to be connected
256 points
Positioner type
High-output specification
PCON-CA-42PI- -2-0
Equipped with a high-output driver
Positioner type based on PIO control
512 points
Pulse-train type
High-output specification
PCON-CA-42PI-PL-2-0
Equipped with a high-output driver
Pulse-train input type
(—)
768 points
Solenoid Valve Type
Field network type
High-output specification
PCON-CA-42PI- -0-0
Equipped with a high-output driver
Supporting 7 major field networks
Pulse Train Input Type
(Differential Line Driver)
PCON-PL-42PI- -2-0
Pulse train input type with differential line
driver support
Pulse Train Input Type
(Open Collector)
PCON-PO-42PI- -2-0
Pulse train input type with open collector
support
Serial Communication Type
PCON-SE-42PI-N-0-0
Dedicated Serial Communication
PSEL-CS-1-42PI- -2-0
Programmed operation is possible.
Can operate up to 2 axes
Program
Control Type
* This is for the single-axis PSEL.
*
* indicates number of axes (1 to 8). *
Input
power
3 points
Power-supply Standard Reference
capacity
price
page
Refer to
P541
—
➝ P537
Refer to
P555
—
➝ P547
Refer to
P572
—
➝ P563
Pulse
Motor
—
DC24V
Refer to
P618
—
➝ P607
Servo
Motor
(24V)
—
—
(—)
Refer to
P628
64 points
1,500 points
—
➝ P623
—
Refer to
P671
—
indicates I/O type (NP/PN).
* indicates power supply voltage (1: 100V / 2: 100~240V).
indicates field network specification symbol. *  indicates N (NPN specification) or P (PNP specification) symbol.
RCP3-SA5R
➝ P665
36
Servo
Motor
(200V)
Linear
Servo
Motor
Slider
Type
Mini
Standard
Controllers
Integrated
Rod
Type
RCP3
ROBO Cylinder
RCP3-SA6R
Model
Specification
Items
RCP3
Series
SA6R
Type
I
Encoder type
ROBO Cylinder, Slider Type, 60mm Width, Pulse Motor, Side-mounted Motor
42P
Motor type
I: Incremental
42P: Pulse motor, * The Simple absolute 42 size
encoder is also
considered type "I".
Lead
Stroke
12 : 12mm
6: 6mm
3: 3mm
Applicable controller
50: 50mm
800: 800mm
(50mm pitch
increments)
* See page Pre-47 for details on the model descriptions.
Load Capacity (kg)Load Capacity (kg)
Controllers
Integrated
Table/
Arm/
Flat Type
P.5
Linear
Servo
Type
Actuator Specifications
„„Leads and Payloads
Model number
Lead
Max. Load Capacity
(mm)
Horizontal (kg)
Vertical (kg)
RCP3-SA6R-I-42P-12- ➀ - ➁ - ➂ - ➃
12
~6
~1
RCP3-SA6R-I-42P-6- ➀ - ➁ - ➂ - ➃
6
~8
~2
RCP3-SA6R-I-42P-3- ➀ - ➁ - ➂ - ➃
3
10
~4
Servo
Motor
(200V)
Linear
Servo
Motor
100
200
300
400
500
600
Speed (mm/s)12mm lead
700
100
200
300
400
Speed (mm/s)
700
4
5
4.5
4
3.5
3
2.5
5
2
4.5
1.54
3.51
0.5
3
2.500
2
1.5
1
0.5
0
0
Stroke
(mm)
3mm lead
Vertical
3mm lead
6mm lead
Vertical
500
600
12mm lead
100
200
300
400
6mm
lead
Speed (mm/s)
500
600
700
12mm lead
„„Stroke
Maximum
Speed
100
200and 300
400
500
600
Stroke
Lead
700
Speed (mm/s)
50~550
600 650 700 750 800
(every 50mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
12
600
570 490 425 370 330
6
300
285 245 210 185 165
3
150
140 120 105 90
80
(Unit: mm/s)
*See page A-71 for details on push motion.
Cable Length
Standard price
Standard price
Stroke
Stroke
(mm)
(mm)
With cover Without cover
With cover Without cover
50
—
—
450
—
—
100
—
—
500
—
—
150
—
—
550
—
—
200
—
—
600
—
—
250
—
—
650
—
—
300
—
—
700
—
—
350
—
—
750
—
—
400
—
—
800
—
—
Type
Standard
(Robot Cables)
Special length
Cable symbol
P (1m)
S (3m)
M (5m)
X06 (6m) ~ X10 (10m)
X11 (11m) ~ X15 (15m)
X16 (16m) ~ X20 (20m)
Standard price
—
—
—
—
—
—
* The standard cable for the RCP3 is the robot cable.
* See page A-59 for cables for maintenance.
Actuator Specifications
 Options
Name
Option code See page Standard price
Brake
B
—
➝ A-42
Optional cable exit direction (top)
CJT
—
➝ A-42
Optional cable exit direction (outside)
CJO
➝ A-42
Optional cable exit direction (bottom)
CJB
—
➝ A-42
Left-mounted motor (standard)
ML
—
➝ A-52
Right-mounted motor
MR
—
➝ A-52
No cover
NCO
—
➝ A-52
Non-motor end specification
NM
—
➝ A-52
37
6mm lead
28
0
60
50~800
Stroke
12mm lead
Horizontal
3mm lead
(every 50mm)
Code explanation ➀ Stroke ➁ Applicable Controller ➂ Cable length ➃ Options
Servo
Motor
(24V)
Load Capacity (kg)Load Capacity (kg)
(1) When the stroke increases, the maximum speed will drop to prevent the ball screw from reaching the
critical rotational speed. Use the actuator specification table below to check the maximum speed at the
stroke you desire.
(2) Since the RCP3 series use a pulse motor, the load capacity decreases at high speeds.
Check in the Speed vs. Load Capacity graph to see if your desired speed and load capacity are supported.
(3) The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.3G (0.2G for the 3mm-lead model, or when
used vertically).
These values are the upper limits for the acceleration.
(4) See page A-71 for details on push motion.
Gripper/
Rotary
Type
104
0
0
Appendix
Standard
126
2
Photo above shows specification with motor
side-mounted to the left (ML Option).
Mini
Pulse
Motor
See options below.
P: 1m
*Be sure to specify
S: 3m
which side the motor
M: 5m
is to be mounted
X: Custom (ML/MR)
length
10 RCP3 series' load capacity decreases at high the
leadbelow, check if your desired speeds.
In 6mm
the table
8
speed and load capacity are supported.
Standard
SplashProof
Type
Options
N:None
12
„„Speed
vs. Load Capacity
lead
Due to3mm
the characteristics
of the pulse motor,
Horizontal
Mini
Cleanroom
Type
Cable length
P1:PCON-PL/PO/SE
PSEL
P3:PCON-CA
PMEC/PSEP
MSEP
Item
Description
Drive System
Positioning repeatability
Lost Motion
Base
Allowable static moment
Allowable dynamic moment (*)
Allowable overhang
Ambient operating temperature, humidity
(*) Based on 5,000km of traveling life
Ball screw, ø10mm, rolled C10
±0.02mm
0.1mm or less
Material: Aluminum, special alumite treated
Ma: 17.6 N·m, Mb: 25.2 N·m, Mc: 44.5 N·m
Ma: 4.31 N·m, Mb: 6.17 N·m, Mc: 10.98 N·m
150mm or less in Ma, Mb and Mc directions
0 to 40oC, 85% RH or less (Non-condensing)
Overhang Load Length
Directions of Allowable Load Moment
Ma
Mb
Mc
Ma
L
Mc
L
RCP3-SA6R
RCP3
ROBO Cylinder
Dimensional Drawings
75
25
31 ±0.02
Appendix
4-M5 depth 10
15 ±0.02
P.15
(*1) Connect the motor-encoder integrated cable here.
See page A-59 for details on cables.
(*2) After homing, the slider moves to the ME, therefore,
please watch for any interference with surrounding objects.
ME : Mechanical end
SE : Stroke end
(*3) Reference position for calculating the Ma moment
With Brake
139.7 (without brake)
Controllers
Integrated
164.2 (with brake)
Rod
Type
(Without Cover)
Mini
L
26.5
A
10
40
st
32
51
Home
SE (*2)
Standard
3
SE
Controllers
Integrated
55
47
ME
(3.5)
58.5
57
60
Motor-encoder cable
connector (*1)
Table/
Arm/
Flat Type
122
47
Ma moment
offset reference position (*3)
25
3
7.5
8.5
49
5
(With Cover)
62.5
8.5
Mini
(Without Cover)
Ma moment
offset reference position (*3)
Standard
[Cable Exit Direction] (Optional)
D-M5 depth 8
F
(Out: CJO)
25
(Bottom: CJB)
Gripper/
Rotary
Type
31
3H7 depth from bottom of base 5
32
Secure at
least 100
(Top: CJT)
32
Mini
Standard
117
(With Cover)
(122)
2D
CAD
2-ø3H7 depth 5
5
www.intelligentactuator.com
52
CAD drawings can be downloaded
from the website.
Slider
Type
10.5
15
C×100
B
ø3H7 depth from bottom of base 5
15
53
„„Dimensions and Mass by Stroke
4
Details of F
Stroke
L
A
B
C
D
Weight With cover
(kg) Without cover
50 100
194.5 244.5
168 218
101 51
0
1
4
6
1.9 2.1
1.8 2.0
150
294.5
268
101
1
6
2.3
2.1
200
344.5
318
51
2
8
2.4
2.3
250
394.5
368
101
2
8
2.6
2.4
300
444.5
418
51
3
10
2.8
2.6
* Brake-equipped models are heavier by 0.4kg.
350
494.5
468
101
3
10
3.0
2.7
400
544.5
518
51
4
12
3.1
2.9
450
594.5
568
101
4
12
3.3
3.0
500
644.5
618
51
5
14
3.5
3.1
550
694.5
668
101
5
14
3.6
3.3
600
744.5
718
51
6
16
3.8
3.4
650
794.5
768
101
6
16
4.0
3.6
700
844.5
818
51
7
18
4.2
3.7
750 800
894.5 944.5
868 918
101 51
7
8
18 20
4.3 4.5
3.9 4.0
Linear
Servo
Type
Cleanroom
Type
SplashProof
Type
Applicable Controllers
RCP3 series actuators can be operated with the controllers indicated below. Select the type according to your intended application.
Name
External
view
Model number
Features
Maximum number of
positioning points
AC100V
AC200V
PMEC-C-42PI- -2-
Easy-to-use controller, even for beginners
PSEP-C-42PI- -2-0
Simple controller operable with the same
signal as a solenoid valve
Solenoid valve multi-axis type
PIO specification
MSEP-C- -~- -2-0
Positioner type based on PIO control,
allowing up to 8 axes to be connected
Solenoid valve multi-axis type
Network specification
MSEP-C- -~- -0-0
Field network-ready positioner type,
allowing up to 8 axes to be connected
256 points
Positioner type
High-output specification
PCON-CA-42PI- -2-0
Equipped with a high-output driver
Positioner type based on PIO control
512 points
Pulse-train type
High-output specification
PCON-CA-42PI-PL-2-0
Equipped with a high-output driver
Pulse-train input type
(—)
768 points
Solenoid Valve Type
Field network type
High-output specification
PCON-CA-42PI- -0-0
Equipped with a high-output driver
Supporting 7 major field networks
Pulse Train Input Type
(Differential Line Driver)
PCON-PL-42PI- -2-0
Pulse train input type with differential line
driver support
Pulse Train Input Type
(Open Collector)
PCON-PO-42PI- -2-0
Pulse train input type with open collector
support
Serial Communication Type
PCON-SE-42PI-N-0-0
Dedicated Serial Communication
PSEL-CS-1-42PI- -2-0
Programmed operation is possible.
Can operate up to 2 axes
Program
Control Type
* This is for the single-axis PSEL.
*
* indicates number of axes (1 to 8). *
Input
power
3 points
Power-supply Standard Reference
capacity
price
page
Refer to
P541
—
➝ P537
Refer to
P555
—
➝ P547
Refer to
P572
—
➝ P563
Pulse
Motor
—
DC24V
Refer to
P618
—
➝ P607
Servo
Motor
(24V)
—
—
(—)
Refer to
P628
64 points
1,500 points
—
➝ P623
—
Refer to
P671
—
indicates I/O type (NP/PN).
* indicates power supply voltage (1: 100V / 2: 100~240V).
indicates field network specification symbol. *  indicates N (NPN specification) or P (PNP specification) symbol.
RCP3-SA6R
➝ P665
38
Servo
Motor
(200V)
Linear
Servo
Motor
Slider
Type
Mini
Standard
Controllers
Integrated
Rod
Type
RCP2
ROBO Cylinder
RCP2-SS7C
Model
Specification
Items
RCP2
Series
SS7C
I
Type
Encoder type
ROBO Cylinder, Slider Type, 60mm Width, Pulse Motor, Straight Type, Steel Base, Coupled
42P
Motor type
Lead
Stroke
I: Incremental
42P: Pulse motor, 12 : 12mm
6: 6mm
* The Simple absolute 42 size
3: 3mm
encoder is also
considered type "I".
Applicable controller
50: 50mm
600: 600mm
(50mm pitch
increments)
* See page Pre-47 for details on the model descriptions.
Cable length
P1:PCON-PL/PO/SE
PSEL
P3:PCON-CA
PMEC/PSEP
MSEP
N:None
Options
P: 1m
S: 3m
M: 5m
X: Custom length
R: Robot cable
B :Brake
NM: Non-motor end
SR :Slider Roller
35
„„Speed
vs. Load Capacity
3mm lead
Due
of the pulse motor,
Horizontal
30 to the characteristics
Load Capacity (kg)
Load Capacity (kg)
Mini
the RCP2 series' load capacity decreases at high 25
speeds.
In the table below,
check
6mm
leadif your desired speed
20 and load capacity are supported.
Standard
Controllers
Integrated
Table/
Arm/
Flat Type
15
35
10
30
12mm lead
Horizontal
3mm lead
6
255
6mm lead
200
0
15
100
200
300
400
Speed (mm/s)
10
500
600
6
5
0
0
Mini
Appendix
Load Capacity (kg)
Load Capacity (kg)
(1) When the stroke increases, the maximum speed will drop to prevent the ball screw from reaching the critical
rotational speed. Use the actuator specification table below to check the maximum speed at the stroke you
desire.
(2) Since the RCP2 series use a pulse motor, the load capacity decreases at high speeds.
Check in the Speed vs. Load Capacity graph to see if your desired speed and load capacity are supported.
(3) The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.3G (0.2G for the 3mm-lead model, or when
used vertically). These values are the upper limits for the acceleration.
(4) See page A-71 for details on push motion.
Gripper/
Rotary
Type
Linear
Servo
Type
Actuator Specifications
Cleanroom
Type
„„Leads and Payloads
Lead
Model number
RCP2-SS7C-I-42P-12- ➀ - ➁ - ➂ - ➃
SplashProof
Type
(mm)
Horizontal (kg)
Vertical (kg)
12
~30
~4
RCP2-SS7C-I-42P-6- ➀ - ➁ - ➂ - ➃
6
~30
~8
RCP2-SS7C-I-42P-3- ➀ - ➁ - ➂ - ➃
3
~30
~12
500
600
Stroke
(mm)
Standard price
50/100
150/200
250/300
350/400
450/500
550/600
—
—
—
—
—
—
Vertical
6mm lead
124
Vertical
3mm lead
102
08
0
6
100
200
300
400
6mm lead
Speed (mm/s)
4
(mm)
12mm lead
500
1
600
700
12mm lead
2
Stroke
1
„„Stroke
and 300
Maximum
Speed
100
200
400
500
600
Stroke
Lead
(every 50mm)
12
600
470
6
300
230
3
150
115
Speed (mm/s)
50~500
~600
700
(mm)
(Unit: mm/s)
*See page A-71 for details on push motion.
Type
Standard
Special length
Robot Cable
Cable symbol
P (1m)
S (3m)
M (5m)
X06 (6m) ~ X10 (10m)
X11 (11m) ~ X15 (15m)
X16 (16m) ~ X20 (20m)
R01 (1m) ~ R03 (3m)
R04 (4m) ~ R05 (5m)
R06 (6m) ~ R10 (10m)
R11 (11m) ~ R15 (15m)
R16 (16m) ~ R20 (20m)
Standard Price
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
* See page A-59 for cables for maintenance.
Actuator Specifications
 Options
Name
Option code
B
Brake
Non-motor end specification
NM
Slider roller specification
SR
Linear
Servo
Motor
39
700
Cable Length
Pulse
Motor
Servo
Motor
(200V)
300
400
Speed (mm/s)
8
146
(every 50mm)
Stroke
200
3mm lead
10
50~600
Code explanation ➀ Stroke ➁ Applicable Controller ➂ Cable length ➃ Options
Servo
Motor
(24V)
12
(Note 1) Please note that the maximum load capacity decreases as the speed increases.0
0
Max. Load Capacity (Note 1)
100
14
P.5
Standard
700
12mm lead
See page Standard price
—
➝ A-42
—
➝ A-52
—
➝ A-55
Item
Description
Drive System
Positioning repeatability
Lost Motion
Base
Allowable static moment
Allowable dynamic moment (*)
Allowable overhang
Ambient operating temperature, humidity
(*) Based on 10,000km of traveling life
Ball screw, ø10mm, rolled C10
±0.02mm
0.1mm or less
Material: Special alloy steel
Ma: 79.4 N·m, Mb: 79.4 N·m, Mc: 172.9 N·m
Ma: 14.7 N·m, Mb: 14.7 N·m, Mc: 33.3 N·m
300mm or less in Ma, Mb and Mc directions
0 to 40oC, 85% RH or less (Non-condensing)
Overhang Load Length
Directions of Allowable Load Moment
Ma
Mb
Mc
Ma
L
Mc
L
RCP2-SS7C
RCP2
ROBO Cylinder
Dimensional Drawings
www.intelligentactuator.com
2-ø5H7 depth 10
21
19.5
12
19.5
Standard
Rod
Type
S (Stroke)
(126)
S.E.
5
Home
5
25 15
M.E. *2
113
90
Mini
36
Standard
16
60
55
41.5
27
1
4.5
A
Details of A
Cable joint
connector *1
Controllers
Integrated
(A)
25
M.E.
57
55
60
(240)
4-M5 depth 10
(L)
Ma moment offset
reference point *3
Reference
surface
5
9
32
(*3) Reference position for calculating the Ma moment
5
9
Mini
P.15
126
60
50
32 ±0.02
(Reamer hole
tolerance ±0.02)
2D
CAD
40.6
* For the Non-motor end model, the dimensions (distance to home) on the motor-side and that on the opposite side are flipped.
Appendix
23.4
CAD drawings can be downloaded
from the website.
Slider
Type
55
60
Secure at
least 100
D-M5 depth 8
55
30
*1:Connect the motor and encoder cables here.
See page A-59 for details on cables.
*2:When homing, the slider moves to the ME;
therefore, please watch for any interference with the surrounding objects.
50 (reamer hole and
oblong hole pitch)
ME: Mechanical end
SE: Stroke end
The dimensions enclosed in "( )" are
reference dimensions.
4-ø4H7 depth from
bottom of base 6
(For 50ST, 3-ø4H7 depth
from bottom of base 6)
Oblong hole depth
from bottom of base 6
18
100 (reamer hole pitch)
(90 for 50ST)
N×100
P
Table/
Arm/
Flat Type
100
(reamer hole pitch)
B (reamer hole pitch)
C
M×100
18
P
Controllers
Integrated
Mini
+0.012
0
5
4
Standard
Details for Oblong Hole
Gripper/
Rotary
Type
52
* Brake cable is passed through the actuator body
and connected to the motor cable.
36.5
1
Dimensions of the
brake section
* A dding a brake will increase the
actuator's overall length by
24.5mm, and its weight by 0.3kg.
„„Dimensions and Mass by Stroke
27
55
53
Stroke
L
A
B
C
D
M
N
Weight (kg)
60
50
351
226
0
90
6
1
0
3.1
100
401
276
40
40
8
1
1
3.4
150
451
326
90
90
8
1
1
3.7
200
501
376
140
140
8
1
1
4.0
250
551
426
190
190
8
1
1
4.3
300
601
476
240
40
12
2
2
4.7
350
651
526
290
90
12
2
2
5.0
400
701
576
340
140
12
2
2
5.4
450
751
626
390
190
12
2
2
5.7
500
801
676
440
40
16
3
3
6.1
550
851
726
490
90
16
3
3
6.4
600
901
776
540
140
16
3
3
6.7
Linear
Servo
Type
Cleanroom
Type
SplashProof
Type
Applicable Controllers
RCP2 series actuators can be operated with the controllers indicated below. Select the type according to your intended application.
Name
External
view
Model number
Features
Maximum number of
positioning points
AC100V
AC200V
PMEC-C-42PI- -2-
Easy-to-use controller, even for beginners
PSEP-C-42PI- -2-0
Simple controller operable with the same
signal as a solenoid valve
Solenoid valve multi-axis type
PIO specification
MSEP-C- -~- -2-0
Positioner type based on PIO control,
allowing up to 8 axes to be connected
Solenoid valve multi-axis type
Network specification
MSEP-C- -~- -0-0
Field network-ready positioner type,
allowing up to 8 axes to be connected
256 points
Positioner type
High-output specification
PCON-CA-42PI- -2-0
Equipped with a high-output driver
Positioner type based on PIO control
512 points
Pulse-train type
High-output specification
PCON-CA-42PI-PL-2-0
Equipped with a high-output driver
Pulse-train input type
(—)
768 points
Solenoid Valve Type
Field network type
High-output specification
PCON-CA-42PI- -0-0
Equipped with a high-output driver
Supporting 7 major field networks
Pulse Train Input Type
(Differential Line Driver)
PCON-PL-42PI- -2-0
Pulse train input type with differential line
driver support
Pulse Train Input Type
(Open Collector)
PCON-PO-42PI- -2-0
Pulse train input type with open collector
support
Serial Communication Type
PCON-SE-42PI-N-0-0
Dedicated Serial Communication
PSEL-CS-1-42PI- -2-0
Programmed operation is possible.
Can operate up to 2 axes
Program
Control Type
* This is for the single-axis PSEL.
*
* indicates number of axes (1 to 8). *
Input
power
3 points
Power-supply Standard Reference
capacity
price
page
Refer to
P541
—
➝ P537
Refer to
P555
—
➝ P547
Refer to
P572
—
➝ P563
Pulse
Motor
—
DC24V
Refer to
P618
—
➝ P607
Servo
Motor
(24V)
—
—
(—)
Refer to
P628
64 points
1,500 points
—
➝ P623
—
Refer to
P671
—
indicates I/O type (NP/PN).
* indicates power supply voltage (1: 100V / 2: 100~240V).
indicates field network specification symbol. *  indicates N (NPN specification) or P (PNP specification) symbol.
RCP2-SS7C
➝ P665
40
Servo
Motor
(200V)
Linear
Servo
Motor
Slider
Type
Mini
Standard
Controllers
Integrated
Rod
Type
RCP2
ROBO Cylinder
RCP2-SS8C
Model
Specification
Items
RCP2
Series
SS8C
I
Type
Encoder type
ROBO Cylinder, Slider Type, 80mm Width, Pulse Motor, Straight Type, Steel Base, Coupled
56P
Motor type
I: Incremental
56P: Pulse motor, * T he Simple absolute 56 size
encoder is also
considered type "I".
Lead
Stroke
20 : 20mm
10 : 10mm
5: 5mm
Applicable controller
50: 50mm
P1:PCON-PL/PO/SE
PSEL
P3:PCON-CA
PMEC/PSEP
MSEP
1000: 1000mm
(50mm pitch
increments)
* See page Pre-47 for details on the model descriptions.
Cable length
Options
N:None
B :Brake
NM: Non-motor end
SR :Slider Roller
P: 1m
S: 3m
M: 5m
X: Custom length
R: Robot cable
70
„„Speed vs. Load Capacity
Horizontal
60 55
lead
Due
to5mm
the characteristics
of the pulse motor,
Load Capacity (kg)
Load Capacity (kg)
Mini
the
load
capacity decreases at high 50 RCP2 series'
10mm
lead
speeds. In the table below, check if your desired 40
speed and load capacity are supported.
Standard
Controllers
Integrated
Table/
Arm/
Flat Type
0
0
Appendix
P.5
(1) When the stroke increases, the maximum speed will drop to prevent the ball screw from reaching the critical
rotational speed. Use the actuator specification table below to check the maximum speed at the stroke you
desire.
(2) Since the RCP2 series use a pulse motor, the load capacity decreases at high speeds.
Check in the Speed vs. Load Capacity graph to see if your desired speed and load capacity are supported.
(3) The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.3G (0.2G for the 5mm-lead model, or when
used vertically). These values are the upper limits for the acceleration.
(4) See page A-71 for details on push motion.
Gripper/
Rotary
Type
Linear
Servo
Type
Actuator Specifications
„„Leads and Payloads
Lead
Max. Load Capacity (Note 1)
(mm)
Horizontal (kg)
Vertical (kg)
RCP2-SS8C-I-56P-20- ➀ - ➁ - ➂ - ➃
20
~40
~5
RCP2-SS8C-I-56P-10- ➀ - ➁ - ➂ - ➃
10
~50
~12
RCP2-SS8C-I-56P-5- ➀ - ➁ - ➂ - ➃
5
~55
~20
Stroke
(mm)
Standard price
50/100
150/200
250/300
350/400
450/500
550/600
650/700
750/800
850/900
950/1000
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
10mm leadVertical
5mm lead0.5
200
0
15 12
100
10
Stroke
(mm)
20mm lead
500
0.5
600
700
10mm lead
0.5
20mm lead
2
0.5
„„100
Stroke
Maximum
Speed600
200and300
400
500
Stroke
Lead
50~1000
10
(every 50mm)
5
*See page A-71 for details on push motion.
2
300
400
Speed (mm/s)
200
Speed (mm/s)~900
50~800
(every 50mm)
(mm)
666
<600>
333
<300>
165
<150>
700
~1000
(mm)
625
<600>
310
<300>
155
<150>
515
255
125
(Unit: mm/s)
*The values enclosed in < > apply to
vertical settings.
Option code
B
Brake
Non-motor end specification
NM
Slider roller specification
SR
Linear
Servo
Motor
Type
Standard
Special length
Robot Cable
Cable symbol
P (1m)
S (3m)
M (5m)
X06 (6m) ~ X10 (10m)
X11 (11m) ~ X15 (15m)
X16 (16m) ~ X20 (20m)
R01 (1m) ~ R03 (3m)
R04 (4m) ~ R05 (5m)
R06 (6m) ~ R10 (10m)
R11 (11m) ~ R15 (15m)
R16 (16m) ~ R20 (20m)
Standard Price
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
* See page A-59 for cables for maintenance.
Actuator Specifications
 Options
41
700
5mm lead
35
15 12
30
10
255
600
Cable Length
Name
Servo
Motor
(200V)
20
500
700
Vertical
20
Stroke
Servo
Motor
(24V)
25
(Note 1) Please note that the maximum load capacity decreases as the speed increases.00
Model number
4
300
400
Speed (mm/s)
200
30
5
Code explanation ➀ Stroke ➁ Applicable Controller ➂ Cable length ➃ Options
Pulse
Motor
100
35
Load Capacity (kg)
Load Capacity (kg)
Standard
SplashProof
Type
20mm lead
Horizontal
20
60 55 5mm lead
10
50
10mm lead
4
400
0
100
200
300
400
500
600
30
Speed (mm/s)
20mm lead
20
10
Mini
Cleanroom
Type
30
70
See page Standard price
—
➝ A-42
—
➝ A-52
—
➝ A-55
Item
Description
Drive System
Positioning repeatability
Lost Motion
Base
Allowable static moment
Allowable dynamic moment (*)
Allowable overhang
Ambient operating temperature, humidity
(*) Based on 10,000km of traveling life
Ball screw, ø16mm, rolled C10
±0.02mm
0.1mm or less (initial value)
Material: Special alloy steel
Ma: 198.9 N·m, Mb: 198.9 N·m, Mc: 416.7 N·m
Ma: 36.3 N·m, Mb: 36.3 N·m, Mc: 77.4 N·m
450mm or less in Ma, Mb and Mc directions
0 to 40oC, 85% RH or less (Non-condensing)
Overhang Load Length
Directions of Allowable Load Moment
Ma
Mb
Mc
Ma
L
Mc
L
RCP2-SS8C
RCP2
ROBO Cylinder
Dimensional Drawings
www.intelligentactuator.com
Appendix
* For the Non-motor end model, the dimensions (distance to home) on the motor-side and that on the opposite side are flipped.
4-M8 depth 10
7.5
(240)
45
15 45 ±0.02 15
34
7.5
56
(*3) Reference position for calculating the Ma moment
35 20 35
17
Standard
2-ø8H7 depth 10
Rod
Type
(170)
S (Stroke)
Home
5
S.E.
5
30 14
M.E. *2
138
116
Mini
48
77
70
55
34
Standard
74
80
15
*1: Connect the motor and encoder cables here.
See page A-59 for details on cables.
*2: When homing, the slider moves to the ME; therefore,
please watch for any interference with the surrounding
objects.
ME: Mechanical end
SE: Stroke end
The dimensions enclosed in "( )" are reference dimensions.
N×100 P
F
100 (reamer hole pitch)
B (reamer hole pitch)
50 (reamer and oblong hole pitch)
N×100
P
100 (reamer hole pitch)
15
4-ø5H7
depth from
bottom of base 6
Secure at
least100
68
Controllers
Integrated
Table/
Arm/
Flat Type
45
1
5
A
Details of A
Cable
joint
connector*1
Controllers
Integrated
(A)
30
M.E.
73
74
80
Mini
(L)
Ma moment
offset reference point*3
Reference
surface
P.15
14
2D
CAD
170
90
75
(Reamer hole
tolerance ±0.02)
CAD drawings can be downloaded
from the website.
Slider
Type
Oblong hole depth from bottom of base 6
Mini
50
5
+0.012
0
Dimensions of the
brake section
D-M8 depth 10
6
* Adding a brake will increase the
actuator's overall length by 26mm,
and its weight by 0.5kg.
Standard
Details for Oblong Hole
0.5
43
70
59
34
Gripper/
Rotary
Type
* Brake cable is passed through the actuator body and connected to the motor cable.
80
„„Dimensions and Mass by Stroke
Stroke
L
A
B
D
F
N
Weight (kg)
50
435
280
50
8
50
1
6.6
100
485
330
100
8
100
1
7.1
150
535
380
150
8
150
1
7.6
200
585
430
200
10
0
2
8.1
250
635
480
250
12
50
2
8.6
300
685
530
300
12
100
2
9.2
350
735
580
350
12
150
2
9.7
400
785
630
400
14
0
3
10.2
450
835
680
450
16
50
3
10.7
500
885
730
500
16
100
3
11.3
550
935
780
550
16
150
3
11.7
600 650 700 750 800 850 900 950 1000
985 1035 1085 1135 1185 1235 1285 1335 1385
830 930 813 980 1030 1080 1130 1180 1230
600 700
46
750 800 850 900 950 1000
18
20
7
20
22
24
24
24
26
0
100
18
150
0
50
100 150
0
4
4
18
4
5
5
5
5
6
12.3 13.4 3.4 13.9 14.5 15.0 15.5 16.1 16.6
Linear
Servo
Type
Cleanroom
Type
SplashProof
Type
Applicable Controllers
RCP2 series actuators can be operated with the controllers indicated below. Select the type according to your intended application.
Name
External
view
Model number
Features
Maximum number of
positioning points
AC100V
AC200V
PMEC-C-56PI- -2-
Easy-to-use controller, even for beginners
PSEP-C-56PI- -2-0
Simple controller operable with the same
signal as a solenoid valve
Solenoid valve multi-axis type
PIO specification
MSEP-C- -~- -2-0
Positioner type based on PIO control,
allowing up to 8 axes to be connected
Solenoid valve multi-axis type
Network specification
MSEP-C- -~- -0-0
Field network-ready positioner type,
allowing up to 8 axes to be connected
256 points
Positioner type
High-output specification
PCON-CA-56PI- -2-0
Equipped with a high-output driver
Positioner type based on PIO control
512 points
Pulse-train type
High-output specification
PCON-CA-56PI-PL-2-0
Equipped with a high-output driver
Pulse-train input type
(—)
768 points
Solenoid Valve Type
Field network type
High-output specification
PCON-CA-56PI- -0-0
Equipped with a high-output driver
Supporting 7 major field networks
Pulse Train Input Type
(Differential Line Driver)
PCON-PL-56PI- -2-0
Pulse train input type with differential line
driver support
Pulse Train Input Type
(Open Collector)
PCON-PO-56PI- -2-0
Pulse train input type with open collector
support
Serial Communication Type
PCON-SE-56PI-N-0-0
Dedicated Serial Communication
PSEL-CS-1-56PI- -2-0
Programmed operation is possible.
Can operate up to 2 axes
Program
Control Type
* This is for the single-axis PSEL.
*
* indicates number of axes (1 to 8). *
Input
power
3 points
Power-supply Standard Reference
capacity
price
page
Refer to
P541
—
➝ P537
Refer to
P555
—
➝ P547
Refer to
P572
—
➝ P563
Pulse
Motor
—
DC24V
Refer to
P618
—
➝ P607
Servo
Motor
(24V)
—
—
(—)
Refer to
P628
64 points
1,500 points
—
➝ P623
—
Refer to
P671
—
indicates I/O type (NP/PN).
* indicates power supply voltage (1: 100V / 2: 100~240V).
indicates field network specification symbol. *  indicates N (NPN specification) or P (PNP specification) symbol.
RCP2-SS8C
➝ P665
42
Servo
Motor
(200V)
Linear
Servo
Motor
Slider
Type
Mini
Standard
Controllers
Integrated
Rod
Type
RCP2
ROBO Cylinder
RCP2-HS8C
Model
Specification
Items
RCP2
Series
HS8C
ROBO Cylinder, High-Speed Slider Type, 80mm Width, Pulse Motor, Straight Type,
Steel Base, Coupled
I
Type
86P
Encoder type
I: Incremental
Motor type
86P: Pulse motor,
56 size
high-output
30
P4
Lead
Stroke
Applicable controller
30:30mm
50: 50mm
P4:PCON-CFA
1000: 1000mm
(50mm pitch
increments)
* See page Pre-47 for details on the model descriptions.
Load Capacity (kg)
Load Capacity (kg)
the RCP2 series' load capacity decreases at high 25
speeds.
In the table below, check if your desired speed
20 and load capacity are supported.
Standard
Controllers
Integrated
(1) Due to the large head of the ball screw in high-speed actuators, operating at low speeds may cause
vibration and/or noise. Therefore, use the actuator at speeds over 100mm/s.
(2) When the stroke increases, the maximum speed will drop to prevent the ball screw from reaching the
critical rotational speed. Use the actuator specification table below to check the maximum speed at
the stroke you desire.
(3) Since the RCP2 series use a pulse motor, the load capacity decreases at high speeds.
Check in the Speed vs. Load Capacity graph to see if your desired speed and load capacity are supported.
(4) The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.3G (0.2G when used vertically).
The upper limit for the acceleration is 0.5G for horizontal use and 0.2G for vertical use.
(5) See page A-71 for details on push motion.
Linear
Servo
Type
1000
2
1
1200
1400
1400
Vertical
5
4
73
62
Acceleration 0.2G
Vertical
51
40
Acceleration
0
100 200 300
400 500 0.2G
600
3
Speed (mm/s)
(*Minimum Speed: 100mm/s)
2
Actuator Specifications
700
800
1
0
„„Lead and Payloads
„„Stroke
Maximum
100 200and300
400 500Speed
600 700 800
Speed (mm/s)
(*Minimum Speed:
100mm/s)50~800
Stroke
~900
~1000
(every 50mm)
(mm)
(mm)
Lead
(Note 1) Please note that the maximum load capacity decreases as the speed increases. 0
Max. Load Capacity (Note 1)
Lead
Model number
RCP2-HS8C-I-86P-30- ➀ -P4- ➁ - ➂
(mm)
Horizontal (kg)
Vertical (kg)
30
~20
~3
Code explanation ➀ Stroke ➁ Cable length ➂ Options
Stroke
(mm)
50~1000
30
(every 50mm)
1200
<750>
1000
<750>
*The values enclosed in < > apply to
vertical settings.
*See page A-71 for details on push motion.
Stroke
800
<750>
(Unit: mm/s)
Cable Length
Stroke
(mm)
Standard price
50/100
150/200
250/300
350/400
450/500
550/600
650/700
750/800
850/900
950/1000
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Name
Option code
B
Brake
Non-motor end specification
NM
Slider roller specification
SR
Linear
Servo
Motor
Type
Standard
Special length
Robot Cable
Cable symbol
P (1m)
S (3m)
M (5m)
X06 (6m) ~ X10 (10m)
X11 (11m) ~ X15 (15m)
X16 (16m) ~ X20 (20m)
R01 (1m) ~ R03 (3m)
R04 (4m) ~ R05 (5m)
R06 (6m) ~ R10 (10m)
R11 (11m) ~ R15 (15m)
R16 (16m) ~ R20 (20m)
Standard Price
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
* See page A-59 for cables for maintenance.
Actuator Specifications
 Options
43
600
800
Speed (mm/s)
6
Load Capacity (kg)
Load Capacity (kg)
Gripper/
Rotary
Type
Servo
Motor
(200V)
0
0
200
400
(*Minimum Speed: 100mm/s)
7
P.5
Standard
Servo
Motor
(24V)
5
Appendix
Mini
Pulse
Motor
Acceleration 0.3G
35
15
12 Acceleration 0.5G
Horizontal
30
10
255
2
200
1
0
200
400
600 Acceleration
800
1000 0.3G
1200
15
Acceleration
12 Speed:
(*Minimum
100mm/s) 0.5G
Speed (mm/s)
10
Table/
Arm/
Flat Type
SplashProof
Type
Options
35
„„Speed
vs. Load Capacity
Due
of the pulse motor,
Horizontal
30 to the characteristics
Mini
Cleanroom
Type
Cable length
N: None
B :Brake
P: 1m
NM: Non-motor end
S: 3m
SR :Slider Roller
M: 5m
X: Custom length
R: Robot cable
See page Standard price
—
➝ A-42
—
➝ A-52
—
➝ A-55
Item
Description
Drive System
Positioning repeatability
Lost Motion
Base
Allowable static moment
Allowable dynamic moment (*)
Allowable overhang
Ambient operating temperature, humidity
(*) Based on 10,000km of traveling life
Ball screw, ø16mm, rolled C10
±0.02mm
0.1mm or less
Material: Special alloy steel
Ma: 198.9 N·m, Mb: 198.9 N·m, Mc: 416.7 N·m
Ma: 36.3 N·m, Mb: 36.3 N·m, Mc: 77.4 N·m
450mm or less in Ma, Mb and Mc directions
0 to 40oC, 85% RH or less (Non-condensing)
Overhang Load Length
Directions of Allowable Load Moment
Ma
Mb
Mc
Ma
L
Mc
L
RCP2-HS8C
RCP2
ROBO Cylinder
Dimensional Drawings
CAD drawings can be downloaded
from the website.
www.intelligentactuator.com
Appendix
P.15
* For the Non-motor end model, the dimensions (distance to home) on the motor-side and that on the opposite side are flipped.
45
17
Home
5
30 14
M.E. *2
138
116
Mini
15
N×100 P
100 (reamer hole pitch)
50 (reamer and oblong hole pitch)
15
N×100 P
100 (reamer hole pitch)
F
B (reamer hole pitch)
4-ø5H7
depth from bottom
of base 6
Secure at
least 100
68
Controllers
Integrated
45
Table/
Arm/
Flat Type
D-M8 depth 10
Oblong hole depth from bottom of base 6
5 +0.012
0
50
Mini
6
Standard
Details for
Oblong Hole
43
70
59
34
0.5
* A dding a brake will increase the
actuator's overall length by 26mm,
and its weight by 0.5kg.
Controllers
Integrated
Standard
74
80
*1: Connect the motor and encoder cables here.
See page A-59 for details on cables.
*2: When homing, the slider moves to the ME; therefore,
please watch for any interference with the surrounding
objects.
ME: Mechanical end
SE: Stroke end
The dimensions enclosed in "( )" are reference dimensions.
Dimensions of
the brake section
Standard
14
77
70
55
34
A
Details of A
(170)
S (Stroke)
S.E.
5
48
5
1
74
80
Mini
Rod
Type
(L)
(A)
30
M.E.
73
Cable
joint
connector*1
(240)
2-ø8H7 depth 10
35 20 35
Ma moment
offset reference point*3
Reference surface
4-M8 depth 10
56
34
(*3) Reference position for calculating the Ma moment
7.5
(Reamer hole
tolerance ±0.02)
2D
CAD
170
90
75
7.5
15 45±0.02 15
Slider
Type
Gripper/
Rotary
Type
* Brake cable is passed through the actuator body and connected to the motor cable.
80
„„Dimensions and Mass by Stroke
Stroke
L
A
B
D
F
N
Weight (kg)
50
435
280
50
8
50
1
6.6
100
485
330
100
8
100
1
7.1
150
535
380
150
8
150
1
7.6
200
585
430
200
10
0
2
8.1
250
635
480
250
12
50
2
8.6
300
685
530
300
12
100
2
9.2
350
735
580
350
12
150
2
9.7
400
785
630
400
14
0
3
10.2
450
835
680
450
16
50
3
10.7
500
885
730
500
16
100
3
11.3
550
935
780
550
16
150
3
11.7
600 650 700 750 800 850 900 950 1000
985 1035 1085 1135 1185 1235 1285 1335 1385
830 880 930 980 1030 1080 1130 1180 1230
600 650 700 750 800 850 900 950 1000
18
20
20
20
22
24
24
24
26
0
50
100 150
0
50
100 150
0
4
4
4
4
5
5
5
5
6
12.3 12.8 13.4 13.9 14.5 15.0 15.5 16.1 16.6
Linear
Servo
Type
Cleanroom
Type
SplashProof
Type
Applicable Controllers
The controller for the RCP2-HS8C type is a dedicated controller.
Name
Positioner
Type
*
External view
Model number
PCON-CFA-86PI-
-2-0
Features
Maximum number of
positioning points
Input power
Power supply
capacity
Standard price
Reference
page
Positioning is possible
for up to 512 points
512 points
DC24V
6A max.
—
➝ P607
indicates I/O type.
Note: • Please note that the encoder cable is a dedicated CFA-type cable. (See page A-59.)
• Note that a simple absolute unit cannot be used.
Pulse
Motor
Servo
Motor
(24V)
Servo
Motor
(200V)
Linear
Servo
Motor
RCP2-HS8C
44
Slider
Type
Mini
Standard
Controllers
Integrated
Rod
Type
RCP2
ROBO Cylinder
RCP2-SS7R
Model
Specification
Items
RCP2
Series
SS7R
I
Type
Encoder type
ROBO Cylinder, Slider Type, 60mm Width, Pulse Motor, Side-mounted Motor, Steel Base
42P
Motor type
Lead
Stroke
I: Incremental
42P: Pulse motor, 12 : 12mm
6: 6mm
* The Simple absolute 42 size
3: 3mm
encoder is also
considered type "I".
Applicable controller
50: 50mm
600: 600mm
(50mm pitch
increments)
* See page Pre-47 for details on the model descriptions.
Load Capacity (kg)
Load Capacity (kg)
Controllers
Integrated
Table/
Arm/
Flat Type
Photo above shows specification with motor
side-mounted to the left (ML Option).
Mini
Load Capacity (kg)
Load Capacity (kg)
Linear
Servo
Type
Actuator Specifications
„„Leads and Payloads
200
0
15
Lead
Model number
Max. Load Capacity (Note 1)
(mm)
Horizontal (kg)
Vertical (kg)
RCP2-SS7R-I-42P-12- ➀ - ➁ - ➂ - ➃
12
~20
~4
RCP2-SS7R-I-42P-6- ➀ - ➁ - ➂ - ➃
6
~20
~5
RCP2-SS7R-I-42P-3- ➀ - ➁ - ➂ - ➃
3
~30
~10
100
2.5
300
400
Speed (mm/s)
600
6mm lead
5
10
500
5.5
100
5.5
2.5
300
400
Speed (mm/s)
200
500
600
700
600
700
Vertical
3mm lead
8
146 5
124
102
6mm lead
Vertical
12mm lead
3mm lead
1.5
08
0
6 5
100
0.5
0.5
300
400
500
6mm leadSpeed (mm/s)
200
4
2
Stroke
0
(mm)
12mm lead
1.5
„„Stroke
and0.5Maximum0.5
Speed
100
300
400
50~500
Speed
(mm/s)
500
600
~600
700
(mm)
(every 50mm)
Lead
50~600
*See page A-71 for details on push motion.
200
Stroke
12
600 <440>
470 <440>
6
250
230
3
105
105
*The values enclosed in < > apply to vertical settings. (Unit: mm/s)
Cable Length
Stroke
(mm)
Standard price
50/100
150/200
250/300
350/400
450/500
550/600
—
—
—
—
—
—
Type
Standard
Special length
Pulse
Motor
Robot Cable
Cable symbol
P (1m)
S (3m)
M (5m)
X06 (6m) ~ X10 (10m)
X11 (11m) ~ X15 (15m)
X16 (16m) ~ X20 (20m)
R01 (1m) ~ R03 (3m)
R04 (4m) ~ R05 (5m)
R06 (6m) ~ R10 (10m)
R11 (11m) ~ R15 (15m)
R16 (16m) ~ R20 (20m)
Standard Price
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
* See page A-59 for cables for maintenance.
Actuator Specifications
 Options
Name
Brake
Non-motor end specification
Left-mounted motor (standard)
Right-mounted motor
Slider roller specification
Linear
Servo
Motor
45
700
12mm lead
(every 50mm)
Stroke
12mm lead
Horizontal
6mm lead
200
10
(Note 1) Please note that the maximum load capacity decreases as the speed increases.
0
Code explanation ➀ Stroke ➁ Applicable Controller ➂ Cable length ➃ Options
Servo
Motor
(200V)
255
12
(1) When the stroke increases, the maximum speed will drop to prevent the ball screw from reaching the
critical rotational speed. Use the actuator specification table below to check the maximum speed at the
stroke you desire.
(2) Since the RCP2 series use a pulse motor, the load capacity decreases at high speeds.
Check in the Speed vs. Load Capacity graph to see if your desired speed and load capacity are supported.
(3) The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.3G (0.2G for the 3mm-lead model, or when
used vertically). These values are the upper limits for the acceleration.
(4) See page A-71 for details on push motion.
Gripper/
Rotary
Type
3mm lead
10
30
14
P.5
Standard
15
35
0
0
Appendix
Servo
Motor
(24V)
See Options below.
P: 1m
* Be sure to specify
S: 3m
which side the
M: 5m
motor is to be
X: Custom length mounted (ML/MR).
R: Robot cable
the
25 RCP2 series' load capacity decreases at high speeds. In the table below, check if your desired 20
speed
and load capacity are supported.
Standard
SplashProof
Type
Options
N:None
35
„„Speed
vs. Load
3mm
lead Capacity
Horizontal
30 to the characteristics
Due
of the pulse motor,
Mini
Cleanroom
Type
Cable length
P1:PCON-PL/PO/SE
PSEL
P3:PCON-CA
PMEC/PSEP
MSEP
Option code See page Standard price
B
—
➝ A-42
NM
—
➝ A-52
ML
—
➝ A-52
MR
—
➝ A-52
SR
—
➝ A-55
Item
Description
Drive System
Positioning repeatability
Lost Motion
Base
Allowable static moment
Allowable dynamic moment (*)
Allowable overhang
Ambient operating temperature, humidity
(*) Based on 10,000km of traveling life
Ball screw, ø10mm, rolled C10
±0.02mm
0.1mm or less
Material: Special alloy steel
Ma: 79.4 N·m, Mb: 79.4 N·m, Mc: 172.9 N·m
Ma: 14.7 N·m, Mb: 14.7 N·m, Mc: 33.3 N·m
300mm or less in Ma, Mb and Mc directions
0 to 40oC, 85% RH or less (Non-condensing)
Overhang Load Length
Directions of Allowable Load Moment
Ma
Mb
Mc
Ma
L
Mc
L
RCP2-SS7R
RCP2
ROBO Cylinder
Dimensional Drawings
www.intelligentactuator.com
Appendix
P.15
* For the Non-motor end model, the dimensions (distance to home) on the motor-side and that on the opposite side are flipped.
Standard
(A)
S (Stroke)
2-ø5H7, depth 10
(3)
5
9
5
9
21
Home
4-M5
depth 10
32
19.5
(67)
25 10 (57)
(126)
126
60
50
32 ±0.02
23.4
57
40.6
0.5
1
58
Controllers
Integrated
M.E. *2
5
Rod
Type
19.5
Cable joint
connector *1
Mini
(36)
(6.3)
(2.7)
55
41.5
27
S.E.
5
(32.7)
25
M.E.
(61.3)
130
12
*The reference surface is the same
as the SS7C type. (See P40)
*The offset reference position for
the Ma moment is the same as the
SS7C type. (See P40)
Mini
(L)
60
2D
CAD
(Reamer hole
tolerance
±0.02)
CAD drawings can be downloaded
from the website.
Slider
Type
(240)
27.5
Standard
54
94
50
Controllers
Integrated
*1: Connect the motor and encoder cables here.
See page A-59 for details on cables.
*2: When homing, the slider moves to the ME; therefore, please
watch for any interference with the surrounding objects.
ME: Mechanical end
SE: Stroke end
The dimensions enclosed in "( )" are reference dimensions.
4-ø4H7, depth from bottom of base 6
(For 50ST, 3-ø4H7 depth from bottom of base 6)
oblong hole, depth from
bottom of base 6
D-M5 depth 8
Table/
Arm/
Flat Type
30
*The bend radius R of the cable
is the same as other models.
Dimensions of
the brake section
* A dding a brake will increase the
actuator's overall length by
24.5mm, and its weight by 0.3kg.
Mini
50 (reamer hole
and oblong hole pitch)
100
(reamer hole pitch)
18
(90 for 50ST)
N×100 P
B (reamer hole pitch)
C
M×100 P
Standard
18
+0.012
0
5
100
(reamer hole pitch)
4
Gripper/
Rotary
Type
Details for Oblong Hole
55
53
27
60
1
51.3
36.5
* Brake cable is passed through the actuator body and connected to the motor cable.
„„Dimensions and Mass by Stroke
Stroke
L
A
B
C
D
M
N
Weight (kg)
50
305
226
0
90
6
1
0
3.8
100
355
276
40
40
8
1
1
4.1
150
405
326
90
90
8
1
1
4.4
200
455
376
140
140
8
1
1
4.7
250
505
426
190
190
8
1
1
5.1
300
555
476
240
40
12
2
2
5.4
350
605
526
290
90
12
2
2
5.8
400
655
576
340
140
12
2
2
6.1
450
705
626
390
190
12
2
2
6.4
500
755
676
440
40
16
3
3
6.7
550
805
726
490
90
16
3
3
7.1
600
855
776
540
140
16
3
3
7.4
Linear
Servo
Type
Cleanroom
Type
SplashProof
Type
Applicable Controllers
RCP2 series actuators can be operated with the controllers indicated below. Select the type according to your intended application.
Name
External
view
Model number
Features
Maximum number of
positioning points
AC100V
AC200V
PMEC-C-42PI- -2-
Easy-to-use controller, even for beginners
PSEP-C-42PI- -2-0
Simple controller operable with the same
signal as a solenoid valve
Solenoid valve multi-axis type
PIO specification
MSEP-C- -~- -2-0
Positioner type based on PIO control,
allowing up to 8 axes to be connected
Solenoid valve multi-axis type
Network specification
MSEP-C- -~- -0-0
Field network-ready positioner type,
allowing up to 8 axes to be connected
256 points
Positioner type
High-output specification
PCON-CA-42PI- -2-0
Equipped with a high-output driver
Positioner type based on PIO control
512 points
Pulse-train type
High-output specification
PCON-CA-42PI-PL-2-0
Equipped with a high-output driver
Pulse-train input type
(—)
768 points
Solenoid Valve Type
Field network type
High-output specification
PCON-CA-42PI- -0-0
Equipped with a high-output driver
Supporting 7 major field networks
Pulse Train Input Type
(Differential Line Driver)
PCON-PL-42PI- -2-0
Pulse train input type with differential line
driver support
Pulse Train Input Type
(Open Collector)
PCON-PO-42PI- -2-0
Pulse train input type with open collector
support
Serial Communication Type
PCON-SE-42PI-N-0-0
Dedicated Serial Communication
PSEL-CS-1-42PI- -2-0
Programmed operation is possible.
Can operate up to 2 axes
Program
Control Type
* This is for the single-axis PSEL.
*
* indicates number of axes (1 to 8). *
Input
power
3 points
Power-supply Standard Reference
capacity
price
page
Refer to
P541
—
➝ P537
Refer to
P555
—
➝ P547
Refer to
P572
—
➝ P563
Pulse
Motor
—
DC24V
Refer to
P618
—
➝ P607
Servo
Motor
(24V)
—
—
(—)
Refer to
P628
64 points
1,500 points
—
➝ P623
—
Refer to
P671
—
indicates I/O type (NP/PN).
* indicates power supply voltage (1: 100V / 2: 100~240V).
indicates field network specification symbol. *  indicates N (NPN specification) or P (PNP specification) symbol.
RCP2-SS7R
➝ P665
46
Servo
Motor
(200V)
Linear
Servo
Motor
Slider
Type
Mini
Standard
Controllers
Integrated
Rod
Type
RCP2
ROBO Cylinder
RCP2-SS8R
Model
Specification
Items
RCP2
Series
SS8R
I
Type
Encoder type
ROBO Cylinder, Slider Type, 80mm Width, Pulse Motor, Side-mounted Motor, Steel Base
56P
Motor type
Lead
Stroke
I: Incremental
56P: Pulse motor, 20 : 20mm
10 : 10mm
* The Simple absolute 56  size
5: 5mm
encoder is also
considered type "I".
Applicable controller
50: 50mm
P1:PCON-PL/PO/SE
PSEL
P3:PCON-CA
PMEC/PSEP
MSEP
1000: 1000mm
(50mm pitch
increments)
* See page Pre-47 for details on the model descriptions.
Options
Cable length
N:None
See Options below.
P: 1m
* Be sure to specify
S: 3m
which side the
M: 5m
motor is to be
X: Custom length mounted (ML/MR).
R: Robot cable
70
Load Capacity (kg)
Load Capacity (kg)
„„Speed vs. Load Capacity
Horizontal
60 55
5mm
lead
Due
to the
characteristics
of the pulse motor,
Mini
the
50 RCP2 series' load capacity decreases at high speeds.
In the table below, check if your desired 40
lead are supported.
speed and 10mm
load capacity
Standard
Controllers
Integrated
Table/
Arm/
Flat Type
Photo above shows specification with motor
side-mounted to the left (ML Option).
Appendix
Cleanroom
Type
SplashProof
Type
„„Leads and Payloads
Model number
RCP2-SS8R-I-56P-20- ➀ - ➁ - ➂ - ➃
20
~23
~3
Servo
Motor
(200V)
20mm lead
1.5
200
4
300
400
Speed (mm/s)
25
20
500
1
600
RCP2-SS8R-I-56P-10- ➀ - ➁ - ➂ - ➃
10
~28
~9
RCP2-SS8R-I-56P-5- ➀ - ➁ - ➂ - ➃
5
~55
~20
5mm lead
15
35
10 9
30
255 3
5mm lead
2000
50
100
15
10 9
Vertical
10mm lead
0.5
150
200
Speed (mm/s)
20mm
20mm
lead
lead
0.5
250
300
0.5
350
10mm lead
50~1000
10
(every 50mm)
5
*See page A-71 for details on push motion.
600
<333>
300
<250>
160
<140>
600
<333>
300
<250>
155
<140>
515
<333>
255
<250>
125
<140>
*The values enclosed in < > apply to vertical settings. (Unit: mm/s)
Cable Length
Stroke
(mm)
Standard price
50/100
150/200
250/300
350/400
450/500
550/600
650/700
750/800
850/900
950/1000
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Type
Standard
Special length
Robot Cable
Cable symbol
P (1m)
S (3m)
M (5m)
X06 (6m) ~ X10 (10m)
X11 (11m) ~ X15 (15m)
X16 (16m) ~ X20 (20m)
R01 (1m) ~ R03 (3m)
R04 (4m) ~ R05 (5m)
R06 (6m) ~ R10 (10m)
R11 (11m) ~ R15 (15m)
R16 (16m) ~ R20 (20m)
Standard Price
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
* See page A-59 for cables for maintenance.
Actuator Specifications
Item
 Options
Name
Brake
Non-motor end specification
Left-mounted motor (standard)
Right-mounted motor specification
Slider roller specification
Linear
Servo
Motor
47
700
Vertical
30
20
Stroke
Servo
Motor
(24V)
100
700
53
20mm
lead
20mm
lead
0.5
0.5
Speed
(Note 1) Please note that the maximum load capacity decreases as the speed increases.
0 „„Stroke and Maximum
0
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
Stroke
Max.
Load
Capacity
(Note
1)
0.5
50~800
~1000
Stroke
Lead
Speed (mm/s)~900
(every 50mm)
(mm)
(mm)
(mm)
(mm)
Lead
Horizontal (kg)
Vertical (kg)
Code explanation ➀ Stroke ➁ Applicable Controller ➂ Cable length ➃ Options
Pulse
Motor
Load Capacity (kg)
Load Capacity (kg)
(1) When the stroke increases, the maximum speed will drop to prevent the ball screw from reaching the critical
rotational speed. Use the actuator specification table below to check the maximum speed at the stroke you
desire.
(2) Since the RCP2 series use a pulse motor, the load capacity decreases at high speeds.
Check in the Speed vs. Load Capacity graph to see if your desired speed and load capacity are supported.
(3) The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.3G (0.2G for 5mm lead model and when using
vertically). These values are the upper limits for the acceleration.
(4) See page A-71 for details on push motion.
Actuator Specifications
20 23
10
35
P.5
Standard
Linear
Servo
Type
Horizontal
20
60 23
55 5mm lead
10
20mm lead
50
1
1.5
4
400
0
10010mm
200 lead300
400
500
600
30 28
Speed (mm/s)
0
0
Mini
Gripper/
Rotary
Type
28
30
70
Option code See page Standard price
B
—
➝ A-42
NM
—
➝ A-52
ML
—
➝ A-52
MR
—
➝ A-52
SR
—
➝ A-55
Description
Drive System
Positioning repeatability
Lost Motion
Base
Allowable static moment
Allowable dynamic moment (*)
Allowable overhang
Ambient operating temperature, humidity
(*) Based on 10,000km of traveling life
Ball screw, ø16mm, rolled C10
±0.02mm
0.1mm or less
Material: Special alloy steel
Ma: 198.9 N·m, Mb: 198.9 N·m, Mc: 416.7 N·m
Ma: 36.3 N·m, Mb: 36.3 N·m, Mc: 77.4 N·m
450mm or less in Ma, Mb and Mc directions
0 to 40oC, 85% RH or less (Non-condensing)
Overhang Load Length
Directions of Allowable Load Moment
Ma
Mb
Mc
Ma
L
Mc
L
RCP2-SS8R
RCP2
ROBO Cylinder
Dimensional Drawings
www.intelligentactuator.com
Appendix
P.15
* For the Non-motor end model, the dimensions (distance to home) on the motor-side and that 17
on the opposite side are flipped.
30
70
55
34
M.E.
1
0.5
S.E.
5
2-ø8H7
depth 10
(170)
170
90
7.5
75
7.5
15
45 ±0.02
15
30 10 (57)
Controllers
Integrated
M.E. *2
Home
5
4-M8
depth 10
(6)
75
(42)
35 20 35
Mini
(45)
Cable joint
connector *1
(2)
(240)
138
Standard
35
68
Controllers
Integrated
*1: Connect the motor and encoder cables here.
See page A-59 for details on cables.
*2: When homing, the slider moves to the ME; therefore, please
watch for any interference with the surrounding objects.
ME: Mechanical end
SE: Stroke end
The dimensions enclosed in "( )" are reference dimensions.
Table/
Arm/
Flat Type
45
Oblong hole depth
from bottom of base 6
6
+0.012
0
Dimensions of
the brake section
* A dding a brake will increase the
actuator's overall length by 26mm,
and its weight by 0.5kg.
Rod
Type
(78)
165
45
34
80
(2)
*The reference surface is the same
as the SS8C type. (See P42)
*The offset reference position for
the Ma moment is the same as the
SS8C type. (See P42)
Standard
(67)
(A)
S (Stroke)
73
56
2D
CAD
5
50 (reamer and
oblong hole pitch)
Details for Oblong Hole
Mini
100 (reamer
hole pitch)
B (reamer
hole pitch)
F
100
(reamer hole pitch)
15
N×100 P
N×100 P
15
4-ø5H7 depth from
bottom of base 6
D-M8 depth 10
Standard
70
59
34
Gripper/
Rotary
Type
43
* Brake cable is passed through the actuator body and connected to the motor cable.
50
80
0.5
„„Dimensions and Mass by Stroke
Stroke
L
A
B
D
F
N
Weight (kg)
Mini
(L)
(Reamer hole
tolerance
±0.02)
CAD drawings can be downloaded
from the website.
Slider
Type
50
364
280
50
8
50
1
7.4
100
414
330
100
8
100
1
7.9
150
464
380
150
8
150
1
8.5
200
514
430
200
10
0
2
9.0
250
564
480
250
12
50
2
8.6
300
614
530
300
12
100
2
10
350
664
580
350
12
150
2
10.5
400
714
630
400
14
0
3
11.1
450
764
680
450
16
50
3
11.6
500
814
730
500
16
100
3
12.1
550
864
780
550
16
150
3
12.7
600
914
830
600
18
0
4
13.2
650 700 750 800 850 900 950 1000
964 1014 1064 1114 1164 1214 1264 1314
880 930 980 1030 1080 1130 1180 1230
650 700 750 800 850 900 950 1000
20
20
20
22
24
24
24
26
50
100 150
0
50
100 150
0
4
4
4
5
5
5
5
6
13.7 14.3 14.8 15.3 15.8 16.4 16.9 17.4
Linear
Servo
Type
Cleanroom
Type
SplashProof
Type
Applicable Controllers
RCP2 series actuators can be operated with the controllers indicated below. Select the type according to your intended application.
Name
External
view
Model number
Features
Maximum number of
positioning points
AC100V
AC200V
PMEC-C-56PI- -2-
Easy-to-use controller, even for beginners
PSEP-C-56PI- -2-0
Simple controller operable with the same
signal as a solenoid valve
Solenoid valve multi-axis type
PIO specification
MSEP-C- -~- -2-0
Positioner type based on PIO control,
allowing up to 8 axes to be connected
Solenoid valve multi-axis type
Network specification
MSEP-C- -~- -0-0
Field network-ready positioner type,
allowing up to 8 axes to be connected
256 points
Positioner type
High-output specification
PCON-CA-56PI- -2-0
Equipped with a high-output driver
Positioner type based on PIO control
512 points
Pulse-train type
High-output specification
PCON-CA-56PI-PL-2-0
Equipped with a high-output driver
Pulse-train input type
(—)
768 points
Solenoid Valve Type
Field network type
High-output specification
PCON-CA-56PI- -0-0
Equipped with a high-output driver
Supporting 7 major field networks
Pulse Train Input Type
(Differential Line Driver)
PCON-PL-56PI- -2-0
Pulse train input type with differential line
driver support
Pulse Train Input Type
(Open Collector)
PCON-PO-56PI- -2-0
Pulse train input type with open collector
support
Serial Communication Type
PCON-SE-56PI-N-0-0
Dedicated Serial Communication
PSEL-CS-1-56PI- -2-0
Programmed operation is possible.
Can operate up to 2 axes
Program
Control Type
* This is for the single-axis PSEL.
*
* indicates number of axes (1 to 8). *
Input
power
3 points
Power-supply Standard Reference
capacity
price
page
Refer to
P541
—
➝ P537
Refer to
P555
—
➝ P547
Refer to
P572
—
➝ P563
Pulse
Motor
—
DC24V
Refer to
P618
—
➝ P607
Servo
Motor
(24V)
—
—
(—)
Refer to
P628
64 points
1,500 points
—
➝ P623
—
Refer to
P671
—
indicates I/O type (NP/PN).
* indicates power supply voltage (1: 100V / 2: 100~240V).
indicates field network specification symbol. *  indicates N (NPN specification) or P (PNP specification) symbol.
RCP2-SS8R
➝ P665
48
Servo
Motor
(200V)
Linear
Servo
Motor
Slider
Type
Mini
Standard
Controllers
Integrated
Rod
Type
RCP2
ROBO Cylinder
RCP2-HS8R
Model
Specification
Items
RCP2
Series
HS8R
I
Type
ROBO Cylinder, High-Speed Slider Type, 80mm Width, Pulse Motor, Side-mounted Motor, Steel Base
Encoder type
I: Incremental
86P
Motor type
30
Lead
P4
Stroke
86P: Pulse motor, 30 : 30mm
56  size
high-output
* See page Pre-47 for details on the model descriptions.
Applicable controller
50: 50mm
P4:PCON-CFA
1000: 1000mm
(50mm pitch
increments)
Load Capacity (kg)
Load Capacity (kg)
the RCP2 series' load capacity decreases at high 25
speeds.
In the table below, check if your desired speed
and load capacity are supported.
20
Standard
Acceleration 0.3G
35
15 Acceleration 0.5G
Horizontal
30
10
25
5
1
20
0
Acceleration 0.3G
200
400
600
800
1000 1200
150 Acceleration
0.5G
(*Minimum Speed: 100mm/s)
Speed (mm/s)
10
Controllers
Integrated
Table/
Arm/
Flat Type
Photo above shows specification with motor
side-mounted to the left (ML Option).
Actuator Specifications
„„Lead and Payloads
Model number
Lead
RCP2-HS8R-I-86P-30- ➀ -P4- ➁ - ➂
Max. Load Capacity (Note 1)
(mm)
Horizontal (kg)
Vertical (kg)
30
~20
~3
1400
5
4
Acceleration 0.2G
7
3
Vertical
6
2
5
1
4
0
Acceleration
100 200 300
400 500 0.2G
600
30
Speed (mm/s)
(*Minimum Speed: 100mm/s)
2
700
800
1
Stroke
(mm)
Lead
50~1000
30
(every 50mm)
800
50~800
~900
~1000
1200
<750>
1000
<750>
800
<750>
(mm)
(every 50mm)
(mm)
*The values enclosed in < > apply to vertical settings. (Unit: mm/s)
*See page A-71 for details on push motion.
Stroke
Cable Length
Stroke
(mm)
Standard price
50/100
150/200
250/300
350/400
450/500
550/600
650/700
750/800
850/900
950/1000
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Type
Standard
Special length
Robot Cable
Cable symbol
P (1m)
S (3m)
M (5m)
X06 (6m) ~ X10 (10m)
X11 (11m) ~ X15 (15m)
X16 (16m) ~ X20 (20m)
R01 (1m) ~ R03 (3m)
R04 (4m) ~ R05 (5m)
R06 (6m) ~ R10 (10m)
R11 (11m) ~ R15 (15m)
R16 (16m) ~ R20 (20m)
Standard Price
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
* See page A-59 for cables for maintenance.
Actuator Specifications
 Options
Name
Brake
Non-motor end specification
Left-mounted motor (standard)
Right-mounted motor
Slider roller specification
Linear
Servo
Motor
49
1
1200
0
200 and
300Maximum
400 500 Speed
600 700
„Stroke
(Note 1) Please note that the maximum load capacity decreases as the speed increases.0 „100
Speed (mm/s)
(*Minimum Speed:
100mm/s)
Stroke
Code explanation ➀ Stroke ➁ Cable length ➂ Options
Servo
Motor
(200V)
1000
Vertical
6
Load Capacity (kg)
Load Capacity (kg)
Linear
Servo
Type
600
800
Speed (mm/s)
1400
7
(1) Due to the large head of the ball screw in high-speed actuators, operating at low speeds may cause
vibration and/or noise. Therefore, use the actuator at speeds over 100mm/s.
(2) When the stroke increases, the maximum speed will drop to prevent the ball screw from reaching the
critical rotational speed. Use the actuator specification table below to check the maximum speed at
the stroke you desire.
(3) Since the RCP2 series use a pulse motor, the load capacity decreases at high speeds.
Check in the Speed vs. Load Capacity graph to see if your desired speed and load capacity are supported.
(4)The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.3G (0.2G when used vertically).
The upper limit for the acceleration is 0.5G for horizontal use and 0.2G for vertical use.
(5) See page A-71 for details on push motion.
Gripper/
Rotary
Type
Servo
Motor
(24V)
0
0
200
400
(*Minimum Speed: 100mm/s)
P.5
Standard
Pulse
Motor
5
Appendix
Mini
SplashProof
Type
Options
B :Brake
NM: Non-motor end
P: 1m
ML : Left-mounted motor
S: 3m
(Standard)
M: 5m
X: Custom length MR: Right-mounted motor
R: Robot cable SR : Slider roller
35
„„Speed
vs. Load Capacity
Due
of the pulse motor,
Horizontal
30 to the characteristics
Mini
Cleanroom
Type
Cable length
N:None
Option code See page Standard price
B
—
➝ A-42
NM
—
➝ A-52
ML
—
➝ A-52
MR
—
➝ A-52
SR
—
➝ A-55
Item
Description
Drive System
Positioning repeatability
Lost Motion
Base
Allowable static moment
Allowable dynamic moment (*)
Allowable overhang
Ambient operating temperature, humidity
(*) Based on 10,000km of traveling life
Ball screw, ø16mm, rolled C10
±0.02mm
0.1mm or less
Material: Special alloy steel
Ma: 198.9 N·m, Mb: 198.9 N·m, Mc: 416.7 N·m
Ma: 36.3 N·m, Mb: 36.3 N·m, Mc: 77.4 N·m
450mm or less in Ma, Mb and Mc directions
0 to 40oC, 85% RH or less (Non-condensing)
Overhang Load Length
Directions of Allowable Load Moment
Ma
Mb
Mc
Ma
L
Mc
L
RCP2-HS8R
RCP2
ROBO Cylinder
Dimensional Drawings
www.intelligentactuator.com
70
55
34
17
(A)
30
M.E.
1
0.5
S.E. 2-ø8H7
depth 10
5
S (Stroke)
170
90
7.5
75
15 45 ±0.02
(170)
7.5
15
4-M8
depth 10
Home
5
(67)
30 10 (57)
Standard
M.E. *2
Controllers
Integrated
(42)
Rod
Type
(78)
165
45
Mini
(45)
(240)
35
68
Standard
138
Controllers
Integrated
Table/
Arm/
Flat Type
Oblong hole depth from
bottom of base 6
45
6
Mini
50 (reamer and
oblong hole pitch)
5
+0.012
0
Dimensions of
the brake section
* Adding a brake will increase the
actuator's overall length by 26mm,
and its weight by 0.5kg.
(Reamer hole
tolerance ±0.02)
73
56
80
(2)
(6)
75
35 20 35
Cable joint
connector *1
*1: Connect the motor and encoder cables here.
See page A-59 for details on cables.
*2: When homing, the slider moves to the ME; therefore, please
watch for any interference with the surrounding objects.
ME: Mechanical end
SE: Stroke end
The dimensions enclosed in "( )" are reference dimensions.
Details for Oblong Hole
15
100
(reamer hole pitch)
N×100 P
B
(reamer hole pitch)
F
100
(reamer hole pitch)
15
N×100 P
4-ø5H7 depth
from bottom of base 6
D-M8 depth 10
70
59
34
* Brake cable is passed through the actuator body and connected to the motor cable.
50
80
0.5
„„Dimensions and Mass by Stroke
50
364
280
50
8
50
1
7.4
100
414
330
100
8
100
1
7.9
150
464
380
150
8
150
1
8.5
200
514
430
200
10
0
2
9.0
250
564
480
250
12
50
2
9.5
Standard
Gripper/
Rotary
Type
43
Stroke
L
A
B
D
F
N
Weight (kg)
Mini
(2)
*The reference surface is the same
as the HS8C type. (See P44)
*The offset reference position for
the Ma moment is the same as the
HS8C type. (See P44)
P.15
(L)
* For the Non-motor end model, the dimensions (distance to home) on the motor-side and that on the opposite side are flipped.
2D
CAD
Appendix
34
CAD drawings can be downloaded
from the website.
Slider
Type
300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 850 900 950 1000
614 664 714 764 814 864 914 964 1014 1064 1114 1164 1214 1264 1314
530 580 630 680 730 780 830 880 930 980 1030 1080 1130 1180 1230
cable is400
passed through
actuator
body and
connected
motor cable.
300* Brake
350
450 the
500
550
600
650to the700
750 800 850 900 950 1000
12
12
14
16
16
16
18
20
20
20
22
24
24
24
26
100 150
0
50
100 150
0
50
100 150
0
50
100 150
0
2
2
3
3
3
3
4
4
4
4
5
5
5
5
6
10 10.5 11.1 11.6 12.1 12.7 13.2 13.7 14.3 14.8 15.3 15.8 16.4 16.9 17.4
Applicable Controllers
Linear
Servo
Type
Cleanroom
Type
SplashProof
Type
The controller for the RCP2-HS8R type is a dedicated controller.
Name
Positioner
Type
*
External view
Model number
PCON-CFA-86PI-
-2-0
Features
Maximum number of
positioning points
Input power
Power supply
capacity
Standard price
Reference
page
Positioning is possible
for up to 512 points
512 points
DC24V
6A max.
—
➝ P607
indicates I/O type.
Note: • Please note that the encoder cable is a dedicated CFA-type cable. (See page A-59.)
• Note that a simple absolute unit cannot be used.
Pulse
Motor
Servo
Motor
(24V)
Servo
Motor
(200V)
Linear
Servo
Motor
RCP2-HS8R
50
Slider
Type
Mini
Standard
Controllers
Integrated
Rod
Type
RCP2
ROBO Cylinder
RCP2-BA6/BA6U
Model
Specification
Items
RCP2
Series
I
Type
Encoder type
42P
54
Motor type
BA6 : Belt type
I: Incremental
42P: Pulse motor, Top-mounted motor * The Simple absolute 42 size
encoder
is
also
BA6U: Belt type
Bottom-mounted motor considered type "I".
ROBO Cylinder, Belt Type, 58mm Width, Pulse Motor,
Top-mounted Motor/Bottom-mounted Motor
Lead
Stroke
Applicable controller
54 : 54mm
equivalent
500: 500mm
P1:PCON-PL/PO/SE
PSEL
P3:PCON-CA
PMEC/PSEP
MSEP
1000: 1000mm
(50mm pitch
increments)
* See page Pre-47 for details on the model descriptions.
Options
Cable length
N:None
NM: Non-motor end
P: 1m
S: 3m
M: 5m
X: Custom length
R: Robot cable
„„Speed vs. Load Capacity
Due to the characteristics of the pulse motor,
Mini
the RCP2 series' load capacity decreases at high speeds. In the table below, check if your desired speed and load capacity are supported.
Standard
7
Controllers
Integrated
Load Capacity (kg)
Table/
Arm/
Flat Type
Appendix
Mini
Linear
Servo
Type
SplashProof
Type
3
2
1
1.5
2(settling time of 0.2s)
1250
1500
1750
Actuator Specifications
„„Lead and Payload
(Note 1) Please note that the maximum load capacity decreases as the speed increases.
Motor Mounting
Direction
Model number
RCP2-BA6-I-42P-54- ➀ - ➁ - ➂ - ➃
RCP2-BA6U-I-42P-54- ➀ - ➁ - ➂ - ➃
Lead
Max. Load Capacity (Note 1)
(mm)
Horizontal (kg)
Vertical (kg)
54 equivalent
~4
Not Allowed
Top
Bottom
„„Stroke and Maximum Speed
Stroke
Stroke
(mm)
(every 50mm)
54
equivalent
500~1000
(every 50mm)
1000
(Unit: mm/s)
Cable Length
Stroke
(mm)
Standard price
500
550
600
650
700
750
800
850
900
950
1000
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Name
Non-motor end specification
Servo
Motor
(200V)
Linear
Servo
Motor
Type
Standard
Special length
Robot Cable
Cable symbol
P (1m)
S (3m)
M (5m)
X06 (6m) ~ X10 (10m)
X11 (11m) ~ X15 (15m)
X16 (16m) ~ X20 (20m)
R01 (1m) ~ R03 (3m)
R04 (4m) ~ R05 (5m)
R06 (6m) ~ R10 (10m)
R11 (11m) ~ R15 (15m)
R16 (16m) ~ R20 (20m)
Standard Price
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
* See page A-59 for cables for maintenance.
Actuator Specifications
 Options
Option code See page Standard price
NM
—
➝ A-52
Item
Description
Drive System
Positioning repeatability
Lost Motion
Dynamic allowable moment (*)
Allowable overhang
Ambient operating temperature, humidity
(*) Based on 5,000km of traveling life
Timing Belt
±0.1mm
0.1mm or less
Ma: 8.9 N·m, Mb: 12.7 N·m, Mc: 18.6 N·m
150mm or less in Ma, Mb and Mc directions
0 to 40oC, 85% RH or less (Non-condensing)
Overhang Load Length
Directions of Allowable Load Moment
Ma
51
500~1000
Lead
*See page A-71 for details on push motion.
Stroke
Servo
Motor
(24V)
1(settling time of 0.5s)
(Vertical operation is not possible.)
Code explanation ➀ Stroke ➁ Applicable Controller ➂ Cable length ➃ Options
Pulse
Motor
4
Note:
Graph is for standard specifications, with settling
time of 0.5s for calculating the positioning time.
Graph reflects some changes in the controller
settings. The load capacity is lower, however the
settling time is decreased to 0.2s.
If the load capacity is lower than graph, and you
want to shorten the positioning time, change the
controller settings. (See the manual for details.)
(1) Operating the belt type actuator at low speeds may cause vibration and/or resonance. Therefore,
please set the speed at 100mm/s or faster.
(2) Since the RCP2 series use a pulse motor, the load capacity decreases at high speeds. Check in the
Speed vs. Load Capacity graph to see if your desired speed and load capacity are supported.
(3) The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.5G.
0.5G is the upper limit for the acceleration.
(4) BA6/BA6U only supports horizontal-flat installation, and horizontal-ceiling- mounted installation.
See page A-7 for details.
(5) See page A-71 for details on push motion.
Gripper/
Rotary
Type
5
0
0
250
500
750
1000
(*Minimum Speed: 100mm/s) Speed (mm/s)
P.5
Standard
Cleanroom
Type
Horizontal
6
Mb
Mc
Ma
L
Mc
L
RCP2-BA6/BA6U
RCP2
ROBO Cylinder
Dimensional Drawings
CAD drawings can be downloaded
from the website.
2D
CAD
www.intelligentactuator.com
Appendix
P.15
*1: Connect the motor and encoder cables here. See page A-59 for details on cables.
*2: When homing, the slider moves to the ME; therefore, please watch for any interference
with the surrounding objects.
ME: Mechanical end
5
SE: Stroke end
60
50
9 32 ±0.02 9
5
4-M5 depth 10
5
Reference offset
position for Ma
moment *3
Mini
Standard
Controllers
Integrated
(240)
31±0.02
2-ø5H7 reamer depth 10
*3:Reference offset position used when
calculating the Ma moment.
Slider
Type
Rod
Type
Cable joint
connector*1
48
5
39
8 23 8
71.5
Stroke
23
60
65
Mini
(Motor on bottom: BA6U) 10
(Motor on top: BA6)
L
10
10.5
63.5
SE
Home ME*2
4.7
4.7
Secure at
least 100
73
55
53
41
118.5
53
Standard
ME
55
58
A
Oblong hole, depth from the
bottom of the base 5.5
2-ø4H7 reamer depth
from the bottom of the base 5.5
Controllers
Integrated
Table/
Arm/
Flat Type
75.5
S-4.5 drilled, ø8 deep
counterbore, depth 4.5
(from the opposite side)
S-4.5 drilled, ø8 deep
counterbore, depth 4.5 (from the opposite side)
Mini
30
Standard
55
N×100 P
P (reamer and oblong hole pitch)
A
B
Gripper/
Rotary
Type
80
80
4
4.5
Details for Oblong Hole
4.5
7.5
ø4.5
1.5
„„Dimensions and Mass by Stroke
Stroke
L
A
B
N
P
S
Weight (kg)
4
Reference
surface
+0.012
0
5
ø8
Details of A (mounting
hole and reference surface)
500
740
720
85
5
570
14
2.8
550
790
770
35
6
620
16
2.9
600
840
820
85
6
670
16
3.0
650
890
870
35
7
720
18
3.2
700
940
920
85
7
770
18
3.3
750
990
970
35
8
820
20
3.4
800 850 900 950
1040 1090 1140 1190
1020 1070 1120 1170
85
35
85
35
8
9
9
10
870 920 970 1020
20
22
22
24
3.5
3.7
3.8
3.9
1000
1240
1220
85
10
1070
24
4.1
Applicable Controllers
Linear
Servo
Type
Cleanroom
Type
SplashProof
Type
RCP2 series actuators can be operated with the controllers indicated below. Select the type according to your intended application.
Name
External
view
Model number
Features
Maximum number of
positioning points
AC100V
AC200V
PMEC-C-42PI- -2-
Easy-to-use controller, even for beginners
PSEP-C-42PI- -2-0
Simple controller operable with the same
signal as a solenoid valve
Solenoid valve multi-axis type
PIO specification
MSEP-C- -~- -2-0
Positioner type based on PIO control,
allowing up to 8 axes to be connected
Solenoid valve multi-axis type
Network specification
MSEP-C- -~- -0-0
Field network-ready positioner type,
allowing up to 8 axes to be connected
256 points
Positioner type
High-output specification
PCON-CA-42PI- -2-0
Equipped with a high-output driver
Positioner type based on PIO control
512 points
Pulse-train type
High-output specification
PCON-CA-42PI-PL-2-0
Equipped with a high-output driver
Pulse-train input type
(—)
768 points
Solenoid Valve Type
Field network type
High-output specification
PCON-CA-42PI- -0-0
Equipped with a high-output driver
Supporting 7 major field networks
Pulse Train Input Type
(Differential Line Driver)
PCON-PL-42PI- -2-0
Pulse train input type with differential line
driver support
Pulse Train Input Type
(Open Collector)
PCON-PO-42PI- -2-0
Pulse train input type with open collector
support
Serial Communication Type
PCON-SE-42PI-N-0-0
Dedicated Serial Communication
PSEL-CS-1-42PI- -2-0
Programmed operation is possible.
Can operate up to 2 axes
Program
Control Type
* This is for the single-axis PSEL.
*
* indicates number of axes (1 to 8). *
Input
power
3 points
Power-supply Standard Reference
capacity
price
page
Refer to
P541
—
➝ P537
Refer to
P555
—
➝ P547
Refer to
P572
—
➝ P563
Pulse
Motor
—
DC24V
Refer to
P618
—
➝ P607
Servo
Motor
(24V)
—
—
(—)
Refer to
P628
64 points
1,500 points
—
➝ P623
—
Refer to
P671
—
indicates I/O type (NP/PN).
* indicates power supply voltage (1: 100V / 2: 100~240V).
indicates field network specification symbol. *  indicates N (NPN specification) or P (PNP specification) symbol.
RCP2-BA6/BA6U
➝ P665
52
Servo
Motor
(200V)
Linear
Servo
Motor
Slider
Type
Mini
Standard
Controllers
Integrated
Rod
Type
RCP2
ROBO Cylinder
RCP2-BA7/BA7U
Model
Specification
Items
RCP2
Series
I
Type
Encoder type
42P
ROBO Cylinder, Belt Type, 68mm Width, Pulse Motor,
Top-mounted Motor/Bottom-mounted Motor
54
Motor type
Lead
Stroke
Applicable controller
BA7 : Belt type
I: Incremental
42P: Pulse motor, 54 :54mm
600: 600mm
equivalent
Top-mounted motor * The Simple absolute 42 size
encoder
is
also
1200: 1200mm
BA7U: Belt type
(50mm pitch
Bottom-mounted motor considered type "I".
increments)
* See page Pre-47 for details on the model descriptions.
Load Capacity (kg)
10
Appendix
Mini
1(settling time of 0.5s)
8
6
4
2(setting time of 0.2s)
2
1
0
0
P.5
250
500
750
(*Minimum Speed: 100mm/s)
Standard
Linear
Servo
Type
1000
Speed (mm/s)
1250
1500
1750
Note:
Graph is for standard specifications, with settling
time of 0.5s for calculating the positioning time.
Graph reflects some changes in the controller
settings. The load capacity is lower, however the
settling time is decreased to 0.2s.
If the load capacity is lower than graph, and you
want to shorten the positioning time, change the
controller settings. (See the manual for details.)
(1) Operating the belt type actuator at low speeds may cause vibration and/or resonance. Therefore,
please set the speed at 100mm/s or faster.
(2) Since the RCP2 series use a pulse motor, the load capacity decreases at high speeds. Check in the
Speed vs. Load Capacity graph to see if your desired speed and load capacity are supported.
(3) SThe load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.5G.
0.5G is the upper limit for the acceleration.
(4) BA7/BA7U only supports horizontal-flat installation, and horizontal-ceiling- mounted installation.
See page A-7 for details.
(5) See page A-71 for details on push motion.
Gripper/
Rotary
Type
(Vertical operation is not possible.)
Actuator Specifications
„„Lead and Payload
(Note 1) Please note that the maximum load capacity decreases as the speed increases.
Motor Mounting
Direction
Model number
RCP2-BA7-I-42P-54- ➀ - ➁ - ➂ - ➃
Lead
Max. Load Capacity (Note 1)
(mm)
Horizontal (kg)
Vertical (kg)
54 equivalent
~8
Not Allowed
Top
RCP2-BA7U-I-42P-54- ➀ - ➁ - ➂ - ➃
Bottom
Code explanation ➀ Stroke ➁ Applicable Controller ➂ Cable length ➃ Options
(mm)
600~1200
(every 50mm)
Lead
54
equivalent
600~1200
(every 50mm)
1500
(Unit: mm/s)
Cable Length
Stroke
(mm)
Standard price
600
650
700
750
800
850
900
950
1000
1050
1100
1150
1200
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Name
Non-motor end specification
Linear
Servo
Motor
Type
Standard
Special length
Robot Cable
Cable symbol
P (1m)
S (3m)
M (5m)
X06 (6m) ~ X10 (10m)
X11 (11m) ~ X15 (15m)
X16 (16m) ~ X20 (20m)
R01 (1m) ~ R03 (3m)
R04 (4m) ~ R05 (5m)
R06 (6m) ~ R10 (10m)
R11 (11m) ~ R15 (15m)
R16 (16m) ~ R20 (20m)
Standard Price
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
* See page A-59 for cables for maintenance.
Actuator Specifications
 Options
53
„„Stroke and Maximum Speed
Stroke
Stroke
*See page A-71 for details on push motion.
Stroke
Servo
Motor
(200V)
Horizontal
12
Table/
Arm/
Flat Type
Servo
Motor
(24V)
P: 1m
S: 3m
M: 5m
X: Custom length
R: Robot cable
14
Controllers
Integrated
Pulse
Motor
NM: Non-motor end
the RCP2 series' load capacity decreases at high speeds. In the table below, check if your desired speed and load capacity are supported.
Standard
SplashProof
Type
N:None
„„Speed vs. Load Capacity
Due to the characteristics of the pulse motor,
Mini
Cleanroom
Type
Options
Cable length
P1:PCON-PL/PO/SE
PSEL
P3:PCON-CA
PMEC/PSEP
MSEP
Option code See page Standard price
NM
—
➝ A-52
Item
Description
Drive System
Positioning repeatability
Lost Motion
Dynamic allowable moment (*)
Allowable overhang
Ambient operating temperature, humidity
(*) Based on 5,000km of traveling life
Timing Belt
±0.1mm
0.1mm or less
Ma: 13.8 N·m, Mb: 19.7 N·m, Mc: 29.0 N·m
150mm or less in Ma, Mb and Mc directions
0 to 40oC, 85% RH or less (Non-condensing)
Overhang Load Length
Directions of Allowable Load Moment
Ma
Mb
Mc
Ma
L
Mc
L
RCP2-BA7/BA7U
RCP2
ROBO Cylinder
Dimensional Drawings
www.intelligentactuator.com
CAD drawings can be downloaded
from the website.
2D
CAD
Appendix
P.15
*3:Reference offset position used when
calculating the Ma moment.
75
65
47 ±0.02
5
9 4-M5×10
Mini
Standard
Controllers
Integrated
(240)
40 ±0.02
*1: Connect the motor and encoder cables here. See page A-59 for details on cables.
*2: When homing, the slider moves to the ME; therefore, please watch for any interference
with the surrounding objects.
ME: Mechanical end
5
SE: Stroke end
2-ø5H7 reamer depth 10 9
Slider
Type
Rod
Type
Cable joint
connector*1
48
10
32
8 23 8
(Top mounted motor: BA7)
L
10
71.5
(Stroke)
68.5
ME
75
23
65
(Bottom mounted motor: BA7U) 10
Home ME*2
SE
4.7
Controllers
Integrated
83
46
60
58
63
68
A
Standard
Secure at
least 100
128.5
4.7
Mini
10.5
58
10
Reference offset
position for Ma
moment *3
Oblong hole, depth from
the bottom of the base 5.5
2-ø4H7 reamer depth
from the bottom of the base 5.5
S-4.5 drilled, ø8 deep
counterbore, depth 4.5
(from the opposite side)
Table/
Arm/
Flat Type
75.5
S-4.5 drilled, ø8 deep
counterbore, depth 4.5 (from opposite side)
Mini
40
Standard
55
N×100 P
P (reamer and oblong hole pitch)
A
B
4
4.5
+0.012
0
5
ø8
4
Details for Oblong Hole
Reference
surface
4
6.5
ø4.5
2.5
Gripper/
Rotary
Type
80
80
Details of A (mounting
hole and reference surface)
„„Dimensions and Mass by Stroke
Stroke
L
A
B
N
P
S
Weight (kg)
600
855
835
100
6
685
16
3.6
650
905
885
50
7
735
18
3.7
700 750 800 850
955 1005 1055 1105
935 985 1035 1085
100 50 100 50
7
8
8
9
785 835 885 935
18
20
20
22
3.9
4.0
4.2
4.3
900
1155
1135
100
9
985
22
4.4
950
1205
1185
50
10
1035
24
4.6
1000
1255
1235
100
10
1085
24
4.7
1050
1305
1285
50
11
1135
26
4.9
1100
1355
1335
100
11
1185
26
5.0
1150
1405
1385
50
12
1235
28
5.2
1200
1455
1435
100
12
1285
28
5.3
Linear
Servo
Type
Cleanroom
Type
SplashProof
Type
Applicable Controllers
RCP2 series actuators can be operated with the controllers indicated below. Select the type according to your intended application.
Name
External
view
Model number
Features
Maximum number of
positioning points
AC100V
AC200V
PMEC-C-42PI- -2-
Easy-to-use controller, even for beginners
PSEP-C-42PI- -2-0
Simple controller operable with the same
signal as a solenoid valve
Solenoid valve multi-axis type
PIO specification
MSEP-C- -~- -2-0
Positioner type based on PIO control,
allowing up to 8 axes to be connected
Solenoid valve multi-axis type
Network specification
MSEP-C- -~- -0-0
Field network-ready positioner type,
allowing up to 8 axes to be connected
256 points
Positioner type
High-output specification
PCON-CA-42PI- -2-0
Equipped with a high-output driver
Positioner type based on PIO control
512 points
Pulse-train type
High-output specification
PCON-CA-42PI-PL-2-0
Equipped with a high-output driver
Pulse-train input type
(−)
768 points
Solenoid Valve Type
Field network type
High-output specification
PCON-CA-42PI- -0-0
Equipped with a high-output driver
Supporting 7 major field networks
Pulse Train Input Type
(Differential Line Driver)
PCON-PL-42PI- -2-0
Pulse train input type with differential line
driver support
Pulse Train Input Type
(Open Collector)
PCON-PO-42PI- -2-0
Pulse train input type with open collector
support
Serial Communication Type
PCON-SE-42PI-N-0-0
Dedicated Serial Communication
PSEL-CS-1-42PI- -2-0
Programmed operation is possible.
Can operate up to 2 axes
Program
Control Type
* This is for the single-axis PSEL.
*
* indicates number of axes (1 to 8). *
Input
power
3 points
Power-supply Standard Reference
capacity
price
page
Refer to
P541
—
➝ P537
Refer to
P555
—
➝ P547
Refer to
P572
—
➝ P563
Pulse
Motor
—
DC24V
Refer to
P618
—
➝ P607
Servo
Motor
(24V)
—
—
(−)
Refer to
P628
64 points
1,500 points
—
➝ P623
—
Refer to
P671
—
indicates I/O type (NP/PN).
* indicates power supply voltage (1: 100V / 2: 100~240V).
indicates field network specification symbol. *  indicates N (NPN specification) or P (PNP specification) symbol.
RCP2-BA7/BA7U
➝ P665
54
Servo
Motor
(200V)
Linear
Servo
Motor
Mini
Standard
Controllers
Integrated
Rod
Type
ERC3
ROBO Cylinder
ERC3-SA5C
Model
Specification
Items
ERC3 SA5C
Series
I
Type
Encoder type
I:Incremental
Controller-Integrated, Slider Type, Actuator Width 50mm, Pulse Motor, Straight Type
42P
Motor type
Lead
Stroke
42Pulse motor 20 :20mm
12 :12mm
6: 6mm
3: 3mm
* See page Pre-47 for details on the model descriptions.
50:50mm
800:800mm
(50mm pitch
increments)
I/O type
Cable length
the ERC3 series' load capacity decreases at high speeds. In the table below, check if your desired speed and load capacity are supported.
Standard
25
Controllers
Integrated
Payload (kg)
20
Table/
Arm/
Flat Type
25
Gripper/
Rotary
Type
18
10 9
Lead
12
(1) If the high-output setting is enabled (factory default), the6.5duty must be limited.
(Refer to page
7
Lead 20
A-95.) If the high-output setting is disabled, the payload
5 and maximum speed become lower, but
the actuator can be used at a duty of 100%. Refer to the operation manual for information5 on how5.5
to change the high-output setting.
0
0
200
400 high-output
600
800setting
1000
(2) Refer to page A-99 for the payload at each speed/acceleration
when the
is
Speed (mm/s)
enabled.
Linear
Servo
Type
(Note 1) Take caution that the maximum payload decreases as the speed increases.
Lead
(mm)
Max. Load Capacity (Note 1)
Horizontal (kg)
Vertical (kg)
ERC3-SA5C-I-42P-20- ➀ - ➁ - ➂ - ➃
20
6.5
1
ERC3-SA5C-I-42P-12- ➀ - ➁ - ➂ - ➃
12
9
2.5
ERC3-SA5C-I-42P-6- ➀ - ➁ - ➂ - ➃
6
18
6
ERC3-SA5C-I-42P-3- ➀ - ➁ - ➂ - ➃
3
20
12
Code explanation ➀ Stroke ➁ I/O type ➂ Cable length ➃ Options
Stroke
5.5
5
400
600
800
1000 1200 1400
Speed (mm/s)
The values below are based on operation at 0.3 G.
Lead 3
Vertical
10
8
6
Lead 6
4
2.5
2 1
0
0
200
1400
Lead 12
400
0.5
600
800
Speed (mm/s)
0.5
Lead 20
1000
0.5
1200
1400
High-output setting enabled (Factory default)
Stroke
(mm)
Standard price
Stroke
(mm)
Standard price
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
450
500
550
600
650
700
750
800
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Name
Brake
Non-motor end specification
Simple absolute specification
Option code
B
NM
ABU
See page
➝ A-42
➝ A-52
➝ A-42
Standard price
—
—
— (*)
(*1)If the simple absolute specification is selected, SE (SIO type) I/O type and the separately sold
PIO converter with simple absolute specification (with battery) are required.
55
Stroke
(mm)
„„Stroke and Maximum Speed
Stroke 50~450
(every 50mm)
Lead
20
50~800
500
(mm)
1120
550
600
(Unit: mm/s)
650
700
750
800
(mm)
(mm)
(mm)
(mm)
(mm)
(mm)
1115
935
795
680
585
510
12
900
805
665
560
475
405
350
300
6
450
400
330
280
235
200
175
150
3
225
200
165
140
115
200
85
75
(every 50mm)
* The values of lead 3 apply when acceleration is at 0.1G.
*See page A-71 for details on push motion.
Cable Length
 Options
Linear
Servo
Motor
1200
Lead 20
Actuator Specifications (High-output Setting Enabled)
„„Leads and Payloads
Model number
Servo
Motor
(200V)
P.5
Lead 6
15
Lead 12
7
200
12
Appendix
12
Lead 6
10 9
6.5
5
14
Horizontal
Lead 3
Payload (kg)
Payload (kg)
20
Servo
Motor
(24V)
18
14
Horizontal
Lead 3
0
0
Standard
Pulse
Motor
The values below are based on operation at 0.3 G.
15
Mini
SplashProof
Type
Options
B :Brake
NM:Non-motor end
specification
ABU:Simple absolute
specification
„„Speed vs. Load Capacity
Due to the characteristics of the pulse motor, Mini
Cleanroom
Type
Controller type
NP: PIO (NPN) type
CN: CON type
N: None P: 1m
PN: PIO (PNP) type
MC: MEC type
S: 3 m M: 5m
SE: SIO type
X: Custom length
PLN: Pulse-train (NPN) type
PLP: Pulse-train (PNP) type
Payload (kg)
Slider
Type
Type
Cable symbol
P (1m)
S (3m)
M (5m)
X06 (6m) ~ X10 (10m)
Standard
(Robot Cables)
Special length
Standard price
—
—
—
—
* See page 586 for cables for maintenance.
Actuator Specifications
Item
Description
Drive System
Positioning repeatability (*1)
Lost Motion
Allowable static moment
Allowable dynamic moment (*2)
Allowable overhang
Ambient operating temperature, humidity
Ball screw, ø10mm, rolled C10
±0.02mm [±0.03mm]
0.1mm or less
Ma: 29.4 N·m, Mb: 42.0 N·m, Mc: 60.5 N·m
Ma: 7.1 N·m, Mb: 10.2 N·m, Mc: 14.7 N·m
150mm or less in Ma, Mb and Mc directions
0 to 40oC, 85% RH or less (Non-condensing)
(*1) The specification in [ ] applies when the lead is 20mm.
(*2) Based on 5,000km of traveling life.
Overhang Load Length
Directions of Allowable Load Moment
Ma
Mb
Mc
Ma
L
Mc
L
ERC3-SA5C
Lead 3
V
10
8
6
4
2.5
2 1
0
0
200
Lead 6
400
0.5
60
Sp
ERC3
ROBO Cylinder
Dimensional Drawings
CAD drawings can be downloaded
from the website.
www.intelligentactuator.com
Appendix
P.15
2D
CAD
*1 Connect the power & I/O cable.
Refer to page 586 for details on this cable
SE: Stroke End
ME: Mechanical End
*2 The slider moves to the ME during
home return, so pay attention to
possible contact with surrounding
structures.
5
4.5
reference plane
ø8
50
(Pitch of reamed
holes( ±0.02)
3
ø4.5
Detail view of X
(Mounting hole and
the reference plane)
Offset reference position
for Ma/Mc moments *3
26
3
ME SE
Stroke
51
15
3
HOME
105.7
ME (*2)
47
50
55.3
Standard
Cable joint
connector *1
Controllers
Integrated
48.1
27.2
J-Oblong hole, depth 5.5
G-M4 depth 7 (from the bottom of the base)
50
C×100P
B (reamed hole and oblong hole pitch)
A
20
Mini
The overall length of the brake specification is 42.5 mm longer
than the standard specification and is 0.4 kg heavier.
185
42.5
105.7
24
26
Y
Table/
Arm/
Flat Type
External view of the brake specification
2-ø4, H7 depth 5.5
(from the bottom of the base)
D×100P
5
Detail Y
Mini
Teaching port
142.5
36.5
68.7
50
57
F
Standard
H-ø4.5, through ø8 counterbored,
depth 4.5 (from the opposite side)
143
44
Gripper/
Rotary
Type
„„Dimensions and Mass by Stroke
Stroke
50 100
L
284.5 334.5
A
73 100
B
0
85
C
0
0
D
0
0
F
142 192
G
4
4
H
4
4
J
0
1
Weight (kg) 1.4 1.5
150
384.5
100
85
1
0
242
4
6
1
1.6
200
434.5
200
185
1
1
292
6
6
1
1.7
250
484.5
200
185
2
1
342
6
8
1
1.9
300
534.5
300
285
2
2
392
8
8
1
2.0
350
584.5
300
285
3
2
442
8
10
1
2.1
(300)
Controllers
Integrated
Rod
Type
*3 Reference position is used when
calculating the Ma and Mc moments.
L
4+0.012
0
Mini
Standard
5
41
5
2-ø4, H7 depth 6 20.5 20.5 4-M4 depth 8
X
Slider
Type
400
634.5
400
385
3
3
492
10
10
1
2.2
450
684.5
400
385
4
3
542
10
12
1
2.3
500
734.5
500
485
4
4
592
12
12
1
2.4
550
784.5
500
485
5
4
642
12
14
1
2.5
600
834.5
600
585
5
5
692
14
14
1
2.7
650
884.5
600
585
6
5
742
14
16
1
2.8
700
934.5
700
685
6
6
792
16
16
1
2.9
750
984.5
700
685
7
6
842
16
18
1
3.0
800
1034.5
800
785
7
7
892
18
18
1
3.1
Linear
Servo
Type
Cleanroom
Type
SplashProof
Type
Controllers (Built into the Actuator)
②I/O type
With the ERC3 series, one of the following five types of built-in controllers can be selected depending on the external input/output (I/O) type. Select the type that meets your purpose.
Name
External view
Model number
Features
Maximum
number of
positioning points
PIO type (NPN
specification)
ERC3-SA5C-I-42P---NP--
Simple control type
accommodating up to
16 positioning points
16
PIO type (PNP
specification)
ERC3-SA5C-I-42P---PN--
I/O type supporting
inputs/outputs of the
PNP specification often
used overseas
16
SIO type
ERC3-SA5C-I-42P---SE--
High-function type
accommodating up to
512 positioning points
(PIO converter is used)
512
Pulse-train
type (NPN
specification)
ERC3-SA5C-I-42P---PLN--
Pulse-train input type
supporting the NPN
specification
—
Pulse-train
type (PNP
specification)
ERC3-SA5C-I-42P---PLP--
Pulse-train input type
supporting the PNP
specification
—
Input
power
Power supply Standard Reference
capacity
price
page
Pulse
Motor
DC24V
High-output
setting
enabled:
3.5A rated
4.2A max.
—
➝ P577
High-output
setting
disabled:
2.2A
Servo
Motor
(24V)
Servo
Motor
(200V)
Linear
Servo
Motor
ERC3-SA5C
56
Mini
Standard
Controllers
Integrated
Rod
Type
ERC3
ROBO Cylinder
ERC3-SA7C
Model
Specification
Items
ERC3 SA7C
Series
I
Type
Encoder type
I:Incremental
Controller-Integrated, Slider Type, Actuator Width 74mm, Pulse Motor, Straight Type
56P
Motor type
Lead
Stroke
56Pulse motor 24 :24mm
16 :16mm
8: 8mm
4: 4mm
* See page Pre-47 for details on the model descriptions.
50:50mm
800:800mm
(50mm pitch
increments)
I/O type
Cable length
the ERC3 series' load capacity decreases at high speeds. In the table below, check if your desired speed and load capacity are supported.
Standard
The values below are based on operation at 0.3 G.
50
Horizontal
45 Lead 4
40
Lead
8
35
30
25
Lead 16
20 17 18
15
10
Lead 24
5
4
2
4
0
0
200
400
600
800
1000 1200 1400
Speed (mm/s)
The values below are based on operation at 0.3 G.
25
22
Vertical
Lead 4
20
Payload (kg)
Controllers
Integrated
Table/
Arm/
Flat Type
50
Horizontal
45 Lead 4
40
Appendix
Lead
8
35
P.5
30
25
Lead
16
18 must be limited. (Refer to page A-95.)
17duty
(1) If the high-output setting is enabled (factory default),20the
If the high-output setting is disabled, the payload and15maximum speed become lower, but the
10
actuator can be used at a duty of 100%. Refer to the operation
manual for information on how to Lead 24
5
4
2
4
change the high-output setting.
0
0
200
400 high-output
600
800setting
1000
(2) Refer to page A-99 for the payload at each speed/acceleration when the
is 1200 1400
Speed (mm/s)
enabled.
Payload (kg)
Standard
Gripper/
Rotary
Type
Linear
Servo
Type
(Note 1) Take caution that the maximum payload decreases as the speed increases.
Lead
(mm)
ERC3-SA7C-I-56P-24- ➀ - ➁ - ➂ - ➃
Max. Load Capacity (Note 1)
Horizontal (kg)
Vertical (kg)
17
3
24
ERC3-SA7C-I-56P-16- ➀ - ➁ - ➂ - ➃
16
35
6
ERC3-SA7C-I-56P-8- ➀ - ➁ - ➂ - ➃
8
40
14
ERC3-SA7C-I-56P-4- ➀ - ➁ - ➂ - ➃
4
45
22
Code explanation ➀ Stroke ➁ I/O type ➂ Cable length ➃ Options
Stroke
Servo
Motor
(24V)
Linear
Servo
Motor
6
5
3
0
0
4.5
3.5
200
Lead 16
400
600
800
Speed (mm/s)
1
Lead 24
1
1200
1000
Stroke
(mm)
Standard price
Stroke
(mm)
Standard price
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
450
500
550
600
650
700
750
800
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Name
Brake
Non-motor end specification
Simple absolute specification
Option code
B
NM
ABU
See page
➝ A-42
➝ A-52
➝ A-42
Standard price
—
—
— (*)
(*1)If the simple absolute specification is selected, SE (SIO type) I/O type and the separately sold
PIO converter with simple absolute specification (with battery) are required.
57
Stroke
1400
High-output setting enabled (Factory default)
(mm)
„„Stroke and Maximum Speed
Stroke
Lead
50~550
(mm)
(every 50mm)
650
(Unit: mm/s)
700
750
800
(mm)
(mm)
(mm)
(mm)
1130
975
850
745
16
980
<840>
880
<840>
750
645
565
495
8
490
440
375
320
280
245
185
160
140
120
24
50~800
600
(every 50mm)
1200
4
210
*The values enclosed in < > apply to vertical settings.
* The values of lead 8 and lead 4 apply when acceleration is at 0.1G.
*See page A-71 for details on push motion.
Type
Cable symbol
P (1m)
S (3m)
M (5m)
X06 (6m) ~ X10 (10m)
Standard
(Robot Cables)
Special length
Standard price
—
—
—
—
* See page 586 for cables for maintenance.
Actuator Specifications
Item
Description
Drive System
Positioning repeatability (*1)
Lost Motion
Allowable static moment
Allowable dynamic moment (*2)
Allowable overhang
Ambient operating temperature, humidity
Ball screw, ø12mm, rolled C10
±0.02mm [±0.03mm]
0.1mm or less
Ma: 70.0 N·m, Mb: 100.0 N·m, Mc: 159.5 N·m
Ma: 15.0 N·m, Mb: 21.4 N·m, Mc: 34.1 N·m
150mm or less in Ma, Mb and Mc directions
0 to 40oC, 85% RH or less (Non-condensing)
(*1) The specification in [ ] applies when the lead is 24mm.
(*2) Based on 5,000km of traveling life.
Overhang Load Length
Directions of Allowable Load Moment
Ma
Mb
Mc
Ma
L
Mc
L
ERC3-SA7C
22
20
Lead 8
14
10
Cable Length
 Options
Servo
Motor
(200V)
15
25
Actuator Specifications (High-output Setting Enabled)
„„Leads and Payloads
Model number
Pulse
Motor
Payload (kg)
Mini
SplashProof
Type
Options
B :Brake
NM:Non-motor end
specification
ABU:Simple absolute
specification
„„Speed vs. Load Capacity
Due to the characteristics of the pulse motor, Mini
Cleanroom
Type
Controller type
NP: PIO (NPN) type
CN: CON type
N: None P: 1m
PN: PIO (PNP) type
MC: MEC type
S: 3 m M: 5m
SE: SIO type
X: Custom length
PLN: Pulse-train (NPN) type
PLP: Pulse-train (PNP) type
Payload (kg)
Slider
Type
15
10
5
V
Lead 4
Lead 8
14
6
3
0
0
4.5
3.5
200
Lead
400
60
Sp
ERC3
ROBO Cylinder
Dimensional Drawings
CAD drawings can be downloaded
from the website.
www.intelligentactuator.com
Appendix
P.15
2D
CAD
2-ø5, H7 depth 10
32
64
*1 Connect the power & I/O cable.
Refer to page 586 for details on this cable
SE: Stroke End
ME: Mechanical End
6
4-M5 depth 10
32
*2 The slider moves to the ME during
home return, so pay attention to
possible contact with surrounding
structures.
5
5.5
Reference plane
ø9.5
6
6
ø5.5
72
(Pitch of reamed
holes ±0.02)
Detail view of X
(Mounting hole and
the reference plane)
Offset reference position
for Ma/Mc moments (*3)
82
Stroke
Teaching port
L
76
3
Home
173
134.5
20 ME(*2)
Cable joint
connector (*1)
65.8
44.9
85
64
46.5
28.5
3
SE ME
F
*3 Reference position is used when
calculating the Ma and Mc moments.
71
74
X
G-M5 depth 9
J-Oblong hole, depth 6
(from the bottom of the base)
D×100P
The overall length of the brake specification is 51 mm longer
than the standard specification and is 0.5 kg heavier.
5
51
Standard
Controllers
Integrated
Rod
Type
Mini
Standard
Controllers
Integrated
224
Mini
Standard
134.5
4
40
+0.012
0
Mini
Table/
Arm/
Flat Type
External view of the brake specification
H-ø5.5, throug
ø9.5 counterbored,
depth 5.5 (from the opposite side)
Slider
Type
Y
Detail Y
C×100P
B (reamed hole and oblong hole pitch)
A
30
80
8.5
Gripper/
Rotary
Type
K-ø4, H7 depth 6
(from the bottom of the base)
173.5
„„Dimensions and Mass by Stroke
Stroke
50 100 150 200
L
347.5 397.5 447.5 497.5
A
0
100 100 200
B
0
85
85 185
C
1
1
2
2
D
0
0
0
1
F
174.5 224.5 274.5 324.5
G
4
6
6
8
H
4
4
6
6
J
0
1
1
1
K
2
3
3
3
Weight (kg) 3.2 3.4 3.6 3.8
250
547.5
200
185
3
1
374.5
8
8
1
3
4.0
300
597.5
300
285
3
2
424.5
10
8
1
3
4.3
350
647.5
300
285
4
2
474.5
10
10
1
3
4.5
400
697.5
400
385
4
3
524.5
12
10
1
3
4.7
450
747.5
400
385
5
3
574.5
12
12
1
3
4.9
500
797.5
500
485
5
4
624.5
14
12
1
3
5.1
550
847.5
500
485
6
4
674.5
14
14
1
3
5.4
600
897.5
600
585
6
5
724.5
16
14
1
3
5.6
650
947.5
600
585
7
5
774.5
16
16
1
3
5.8
700
997.5
700
685
7
6
824.5
18
16
1
3
6.0
750 800
1047.5 1097.5
700 800
685 785
8
8
6
7
874.5 924.5
18
20
18
18
1
1
3
3
6.2 6.5
Linear
Servo
Type
Cleanroom
Type
SplashProof
Type
Controllers (Built into the Actuator)
②I/O type
With the ERC3 series, one of the following five types of built-in controllers can be selected depending on the external input/output (I/O) type. Select the type that meets your purpose.
Name
External view
Model number
Features
Maximum
number of
positioning points
PIO type (NPN
specification)
ERC3-SA7C-I-56P---NP--
Simple control type
accommodating up to
16 positioning points
16
PIO type (PNP
specification)
ERC3-SA7C-I-56P---PN--
I/O type supporting
inputs/outputs of the
PNP specification often
used overseas
16
SIO type
ERC3-SA7C-I-56P---SE--
High-function type
accommodating up to
512 positioning points
(PIO converter is used)
512
Pulse-train
type (NPN
specification)
ERC3-SA7C-I-56P---PLN--
Pulse-train input type
supporting the NPN
specification
—
Pulse-train
type (PNP
specification)
ERC3-SA7C-I-56P---PLP--
Pulse-train input type
supporting the PNP
specification
—
Input
power
Power supply Standard Reference
capacity
price
page
Pulse
Motor
DC24V
High-output
setting
enabled:
3.5A rated
4.2A max.
—
➝ P577
High-output
setting
disabled:
2.2A
Servo
Motor
(24V)
Servo
Motor
(200V)
Linear
Servo
Motor
ERC3-SA7C
58
Mini
Standard
Controllers
Integrated
Rod
Type
ERC3D
ROBO Cylinder
ERC3D-SA5C Model
Specification
Items
ERC3D SA5C
Series
Type
I
Encoder type
I:Incremental
Controller-Integrated, Simple-dustproof Slider Type, Actuator Width 50mm,
Pulse Motor, Straight Type
42P
Motor type
Lead
Stroke
42Pulse motor 20 :20mm
12 :12mm
6: 6mm
3: 3mm
* See page Pre-47 for details on the model descriptions.
50:50mm
800:800mm
(50mm pitch
increments)
I/O type
Cable length
the ERC3 series' load capacity decreases at high speeds. In the table below, check if your desired speed and load capacity are supported.
Standard
Payload (kg)
20
Table/
Arm/
Flat Type
25
Gripper/
Rotary
Type
18
9
(1) If the high-output setting is enabled (factory default),10the duty must be limited.Lead
(Refer12
to page A-95.)
7
6.5
If the high-output setting is disabled, the payload and 5maximum speed become lower, butLead
the 20
actuator can be used at a duty of 100%. Refer to the operation manual for information on5how to 5.5
change the high-output setting.
0
0
200
400 high-output
600
800
1000
(2) Refer to page A-99 for the payload at each speed/acceleration
when the
setting
is
Speed (mm/s)
enabled.
Linear
Servo
Type
(Note 1) Take caution that the maximum payload decreases as the speed increases.
Lead
(mm)
Max. Load Capacity (Note 1)
Horizontal (kg)
Vertical (kg)
ERC3D-SA5C-I-42P-20- ➀ - ➁ - ➂ - ➃
20
6.5
1
ERC3D-SA5C-I-42P-12- ➀ - ➁ - ➂ - ➃
12
9
2.5
ERC3D-SA5C-I-42P-6- ➀ - ➁ - ➂ - ➃
6
18
6
ERC3D-SA5C-I-42P-3- ➀ - ➁ - ➂ - ➃
3
20
12
Code explanation ➀ Stroke ➁ I/O type ➂ Cable length ➃ Options
Stroke
400
Lead 3
8
6
Lead 6
4
2.5
2 1
0
0
200
1400
Vertical
10
Lead 12
400
0.5
600
800
Speed (mm/s)
0.5
Lead 20
1000
0.5
1200
1400
High-output setting enabled (Factory default)
Stroke
(mm)
Standard price
Stroke
(mm)
Standard price
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
450
500
550
600
650
700
750
800
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Name
Brake
Non-motor end specification
Simple absolute specification
Option code
B
NM
ABU
See page
➝ A-42
➝ A-52
➝ A-42
Standard price
—
—
— (*)
(*1)If the simple absolute specification is selected, SE (SIO type) I/O type and the separately sold
PIO converter with simple absolute specification (with battery) are required.
59
Stroke
(mm)
„„Stroke and Maximum Speed
Stroke 50~450
(every 50mm)
Lead
20
50~800
500
(mm)
550
(mm)
1120
600
(Unit: mm/s)
650
700
750
800
(mm)
(mm)
(mm)
(mm)
(mm)
1045
900
785
690
610
12
900
795
665
570
490
425
375
330
6
450
395
335
285
245
215
185
165
3
225
195
165
140
120
105
90
80
(every 50mm)
* The values of lead 3 apply when acceleration is at 0.1G.
*See page A-71 for details on push motion.
Cable Length
 Options
Linear
Servo
Motor
1200
5.5
5
Actuator Specifications (High-output Setting Enabled)
„„Leads and Payloads
Model number
Servo
Motor
(200V)
P.5
Lead 6
15
Lead 20
600
800
1000 1200 1400
Speed (mm/s)
The values below are based on operation at 0.3 G.
12
Appendix
Payload (kg)
Payload (kg)
20
Lead 12
7
200
14
Horizontal
Lead 3
12
Lead 6
10 9
6.5
5
0
0
Standard
Servo
Motor
(24V)
18
14
Horizontal
Lead 3
15
Mini
Pulse
Motor
The values below are based on operation at 0.3 G.
25
Controllers
Integrated
SplashProof
Type
Options
B :Brake
NM:Non-motor end
specification
ABU:Simple absolute
specification
„„Speed vs. Load Capacity
Due to the characteristics of the pulse motor, Mini
Cleanroom
Type
Controller type
NP: PIO (NPN) type
CN: CON type
N: None P: 1m
PN: PIO (PNP) type
MC: MEC type
S: 3 m M: 5m
SE: SIO type
X: Custom length
PLN: Pulse-train (NPN) type
PLP: Pulse-train (PNP) type
Payload (kg)
Slider
Type
Type
Cable symbol
P (1m)
S (3m)
M (5m)
X06 (6m) ~ X10 (10m)
Standard
(Robot Cables)
Special length
Standard price
—
—
—
—
* See page 586 for cables for maintenance.
Actuator Specifications
Item
Description
Drive System
Positioning repeatability (*1)
Lost Motion
Allowable static moment
Allowable dynamic moment (*2)
Allowable overhang
Ambient operating temperature, humidity
Ball screw, ø10mm, rolled C10
±0.02mm [±0.03mm]
0.1mm or less
Ma: 18.6 N·m, Mb: 26.6 N·m, Mc: 47.5 N·m
Ma: 4.9 N·m, Mb: 6.8 N·m, Mc: 11.7 N·m
150mm or less in Ma, Mb and Mc directions
0 to 40oC, 85% RH or less (Non-condensing)
(*1) The specification in [ ] applies when the lead is 20mm.
(*2) Based on 5,000km of traveling life.
Overhang Load Length
Directions of Allowable Load Moment
Ma
Mb
Mc
Ma
L
Mc
L
ERC3D-SA5C
Lead 3
V
10
8
6
4
2.5
2 1
0
0
200
Lead 6
400
0.5
60
Sp
ERC3D
ROBO Cylinder
Dimensional Drawings
CAD drawings can be downloaded
from the website.
www.intelligentactuator.com
Appendix
P.15
2D
CAD
Mini
Standard
2-ø4, H7 depth 6 15.5
26
(ø4H7 pitch ±0.02)
Offset reference
position for
moments (*3) 6
32
20
6
Stroke
15.5
*2 The slider moves to the ME during
home return, so pay attention to
possible contact with surrounding
structures.
19 ±0.02
43
30
94
105.7
32.2
Mini
Teaching port
ME (*2)
3
Home
Controllers
Integrated
Rod
Type
*3 Reference position is used when
calculating the Ma and Mc moments.
L
SE
*1 Connect the power & I/O cable.
Refer to page 586 for details on this cable
SE: Stroke End
ME: Mechanical End
4-M4 depth 9
Standard
Cable joint
connector (*1)
Controllers
Integrated
21
18
3
K
9
27.2
39
68.7
53.5
43.5
ME
50
55.3
5
H - Oblong hole penetrating through one wall
(Maximum insertion depth 7 from the bottom of the base)
2 - ø4H7 penetrating through one wall
(Maximum insertion depth 7
from the bottom of the base)
B×100P
D-M4
depth 9
5
ø4.5
Detail view of
mounting hole
Table/
Arm/
Flat Type
External view of the
brake specification
The overall length of the brake specification is
42.5 mm longer than the standard specification
and is 0.4 kg heavier.
148.2
42.5
105.7
Mini
Standard
4.5
ø8
24
26
Detail Y
6.5
4 +0.012
0
Slider
Type
7
Y
C×100P
50
J (Pitch between ø4H7 and oblong hole)
A
G
20
F-ø4.5, through ø8 counterbored,
depth 5.5 (from the opposite side)
62
Gripper/
Rotary
Type
126.9
„„Dimensions and Mass by Stroke
Stroke
50 100 150 200
299.9 349.9 399.9 449.9
L
A
73 100 100 200
B
0
0
0
1
C
0
0
1
1
D
4
4
4
6
F
4
4
6
6
G
166 216 266 316
H
0
1
1
1
J
0
85
85 185
K
194.2 244.2 294.2 344.2
Weight (kg) 1.6 1.8 2.0 2.1
250
499.9
200
1
2
6
8
366
1
185
394.2
2.3
300
549.9
300
2
2
8
8
416
1
285
444.2
2.5
350
599.9
300
2
3
8
10
466
1
285
494.2
2.6
400
649.9
400
3
3
10
10
516
1
385
544.2
2.8
450
699.9
400
3
4
10
12
566
1
385
594.2
3.0
500
749.9
500
4
4
12
12
616
1
485
644.2
3.1
550
799.9
500
4
5
12
14
666
1
485
694.2
3.3
600
849.9
600
5
5
14
14
716
1
585
744.2
3.5
650
899.9
600
5
6
14
16
766
1
585
794.2
3.6
700
949.9
700
6
6
16
16
816
1
685
844.2
3.8
750
999.9
700
6
7
16
18
866
1
685
894.2
4.0
800
1049.9
800
7
7
18
18
916
1
785
944.2
4.1
Linear
Servo
Type
Cleanroom
Type
SplashProof
Type
Controllers (Built into the Actuator)
②I/O type
With the ERC3 series, one of the following five types of built-in controllers can be selected depending on the external input/output (I/O) type. Select the type that meets your purpose.
Name
External view
Model number
Features
Maximum
number of
positioning points
PIO type (NPN
specification)
ERC3D-SA5C-I-42P---NP--
Simple control type
accommodating up to
16 positioning points
16
PIO type (PNP
specification)
ERC3D-SA5C-I-42P---PN--
I/O type supporting
inputs/outputs of the
PNP specification often
used overseas
16
SIO type
ERC3D-SA5C-I-42P---SE--
High-function type
accommodating up to
512 positioning points
(PIO converter is used)
512
Pulse-train
type (NPN
specification)
ERC3D-SA5C-I-42P---PLN--
Pulse-train input type
supporting the NPN
specification
—
Pulse-train
type (PNP
specification)
ERC3D-SA5C-I-42P---PLP--
Pulse-train input type
supporting the PNP
specification
—
Input
power
Power supply Standard Reference
capacity
price
page
Pulse
Motor
DC24V
High-output
setting
enabled:
3.5A rated
4.2A max.
—
➝ P577
High-output
setting
disabled:
2.2A
Servo
Motor
(24V)
Servo
Motor
(200V)
Linear
Servo
Motor
ERC3D-SA5C
60
Mini
Standard
Controllers
Integrated
Rod
Type
ERC3D
ROBO Cylinder
ERC3D-SA7C
Model
Specification
Items
ERC3D SA7C
Series
Type
I
Encoder type
I:Incremental
Controller-Integrated, Simple-dustproof Slider Type, Actuator Width 73mm,
Pulse Motor, Straight Type
56P
Motor type
Lead
Stroke
42Pulse motor 24 :24mm
16 :16mm
8: 8mm
4: 4mm
* See page Pre-47 for details on the model descriptions.
50:50mm
800:800mm
(50mm pitch
increments)
I/O type
Cable length
the ERC3 series' load capacity decreases at high speeds. In the table below, check if your desired speed and load capacity are supported.
Standard
Payload (kg)
Controllers
Integrated
Table/
Arm/
Flat Type
50
Horizontal
45 Lead 4
40
Lead 8
Appendix
35
P.5
30
25
Lead
16
20 17 18
(1) If the high-output setting is enabled (factory default),15the duty must be limited. (Refer to page A-95.)
If the high-output setting is disabled, the payload and10maximum speed become lower, but the
actuator can be used at a duty of 100%. Refer to the operation
manual for information on how to Lead 24
5
4
2
4
change the high-output setting.
0
0
200
400
600
800
1000 1200 1400
(2) Refer to page A-99 for the payload at each speed/acceleration when the high-output setting is
Speed (mm/s)
Payload (kg)
Standard
Gripper/
Rotary
Type
Linear
Servo
Type
(Note 1) Take caution that the maximum payload decreases as the speed increases.
Lead
(mm)
ERC3D-SA7C-I-56P-24- ➀ - ➁ - ➂ - ➃
Max. Load Capacity (Note 1)
Horizontal (kg)
Vertical (kg)
17
3
24
ERC3D-SA7C-I-56P-16- ➀ - ➁ - ➂ - ➃
16
35
6
ERC3D-SA7C-I-56P-8- ➀ - ➁ - ➂ - ➃
8
40
14
ERC3D-SA7C-I-56P-4- ➀ - ➁ - ➂ - ➃
4
45
22
6
5
3
0
0
4.5
3.5
200
Lead 16
400
600
800
Speed (mm/s)
1
Lead 24
1000
1
1200
1400
Stroke
(mm)
Standard price
Stroke
(mm)
Standard price
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
450
500
550
600
650
700
750
800
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Name
Brake
Non-motor end specification
Simple absolute specification
Option code
B
NM
ABU
See page
➝ A-42
➝ A-52
➝ A-42
Standard price
—
—
— (*)
(*1)If the simple absolute specification is selected, SE (SIO type) I/O type and the separately sold
PIO converter with simple absolute specification (with battery) are required.
61
Stroke
(mm)
„„Stroke and Maximum Speed
Stroke
Lead
50~550
(mm)
(every 50mm)
650
(Unit: mm/s)
700
750
800
(mm)
(mm)
(mm)
(mm)
1155
1010
890
790
16
980
<840>
865
<840>
750
655
580
515
8
490
430
375
325
290
255
185
160
145
125
24
50~800
600
(every 50mm)
1200
4
210
*The values enclosed in < > apply to vertical settings.
* The values of lead 8 and lead 4 apply when acceleration is at 0.1G.
*See page A-71 for details on push motion.
Cable Length
 Options
Linear
Servo
Motor
Lead 8
14
10
Type
Cable symbol
P (1m)
S (3m)
M (5m)
X06 (6m) ~ X10 (10m)
Standard
(Robot Cables)
Special length
Standard price
—
—
—
—
* See page 586 for cables for maintenance.
Actuator Specifications
Item
Description
Drive System
Positioning repeatability (*1)
Lost Motion
Allowable static moment
Allowable dynamic moment (*2)
Allowable overhang
Ambient operating temperature, humidity
Ball screw, ø12mm, rolled C10
±0.02mm [±0.03mm]
0.1mm or less
Ma: 50.4 N·m, Mb: 71.9 N·m, Mc: 138.0 N·m
Ma: 13.9 N·m, Mb: 19.9 N·m, Mc: 38.3 N·m
230mm or less in Ma, Mb and Mc directions
0 to 40oC, 85% RH or less (Non-condensing)
(*1) The specification in [ ] applies when the lead is 24mm.
(*2) Based on 5,000km of traveling life.
Overhang Load Length
Directions of Allowable Load Moment
Ma
Mb
Mc
Ma
L
Mc
L
ERC3D-SA7C
22
20
Actuator Specifications (High-output Setting Enabled)
„„Leads and Payloads
Stroke
Servo
Motor
(200V)
15
25
High-output setting enabled (Factory default)
Code explanation ➀ Stroke ➁ I/O type ➂ Cable length ➃ Options
Servo
Motor
(24V)
The values below are based on operation at 0.3 G.
50
Horizontal
45 Lead 4
40
Lead 8
35
30
25
Lead 16
20 17 18
15
10
Lead 24
5
4
2
4
0
0
200
400
600
800
1000 1200 1400
Speed (mm/s)
The values below are based on operation at 0.3 G.
25
22
Vertical
Lead 4
20
enabled.
Model number
Pulse
Motor
Payload (kg)
Mini
SplashProof
Type
Options
B :Brake
NM:Non-motor end
specification
ABU:Simple absolute
specification
„„Speed vs. Load Capacity
Due to the characteristics of the pulse motor, Mini
Cleanroom
Type
Controller type
NP: PIO (NPN) type
CN: CON type
N: None P: 1m
PN: PIO (PNP) type
MC: MEC type
S: 3 m M: 5m
SE: SIO type
X: Custom length
PLN: Pulse-train (NPN) type
PLP: Pulse-train (PNP) type
Payload (kg)
Slider
Type
15
10
5
V
Lead 4
Lead 8
14
6
3
0
0
4.5
3.5
200
Lead
400
60
Sp
ERC3D
ROBO Cylinder
Dimensional Drawings
CAD drawings can be downloaded
from the website.
www.intelligentactuator.com
2D
CAD
Appendix
P.15
2-ø5, H7 depth 10
39
(ø5H7 pitch ±0.02)
Offset reference
position for
moments 9
48
30
9
21.5
*2 The slider moves to the ME during
home return, so pay attention to
possible contact with surrounding
structures.
32±0.02
49.5
*3 Reference position is used when
calculating the Ma and Mc moments.
126
SE
SE
134.5
40.2
3
ME
Teaching port
Cable joint
connector (*1)
43
44.9
85
71
57
4+0.012
0
H - Oblong hole penetrating through one wall
(Maximum insertion depth 12 from the bottom of the base)
B×100P
D-M5 depth 11
ø9.5
6
12.5
5.5
Detail Y
F-ø6, through ø9.5 counterbored,
depth 11 (from the opposite side)
E - ø4H7 penetrating through one wall (Maximum
insertion depth 12 from the bottom of the base)
ø6
Detail view of
mounting hole
10
C×100P
Y
J (Pitch between ø4H7 and oblong hole)
A
G
External view of the
brake specification
The overall length of the brake specification is
51 mm longer than the standard specification
and is 0.5 kg heavier.
185.5
51
134.5
30
80
25.5
Standard
Controllers
Integrated
Rod
Type
Mini
Controllers
Integrated
71
73
5
Mini
Standard
21
ME
3
50
*1 Connect the power & I/O cable.
Refer to page 586 for details on this cable
SE: Stroke End
ME: Mechanical End
L
K
Stroke
4-M5 depth 10
20 20 20
Slider
Type
Table/
Arm/
Flat Type
Mini
Standard
Gripper/
Rotary
Type
163.2
„„Dimensions and Mass by Stroke
50 100 150 200
Stroke
372.2 422.2 472.2 522.2
L
A
0
100 100 200
B
0
0
0
1
C
1
1
2
2
D
4
6
6
8
E
2
3
3
3
F
4
4
6
6
G
199 249 299 349
H
0
1
1
1
J
0
85
85 185
K
237.7 287.7 337.7 387.7
Weight (kg) 3.6 3.9 4.1 4.4
250
572.2
200
1
3
8
3
8
399
1
185
437.7
4.7
300
622.2
300
2
3
10
3
8
449
1
285
487.7
4.9
350
672.2
300
2
4
10
3
10
499
1
285
537.7
5.2
400
722.2
400
3
4
12
3
10
549
1
385
587.7
5.5
450
772.2
400
3
5
12
3
12
599
1
385
637.7
5.7
500
822.2
500
4
5
14
3
12
649
1
485
687.7
6.0
550
872.2
500
4
6
14
3
14
699
1
485
737.7
6.3
600
922.2
600
5
6
16
3
14
749
1
585
787.7
6.5
650 700 750 800
972.2 1022.21072.2 1122.2
600 700 700 800
5
6
6
7
7
7
8
8
16
18
18
20
3
3
3
3
16
16
18
18
799 849 899 949
1
1
1
1
585 685 685 785
837.7 887.7 937.7 987.7
6.8 7.1 7.3 7.6
Linear
Servo
Type
Cleanroom
Type
SplashProof
Type
Controllers (Built into the Actuator)
②I/O type
With the ERC3 series, one of the following five types of built-in controllers can be selected depending on the external input/output (I/O) type. Select the type that meets your purpose.
Name
External view
Model number
Features
Maximum
number of
positioning points
PIO type (NPN
specification)
ERC3D-SA7C-I-56P---NP--
Simple control type
accommodating up to
16 positioning points
16
PIO type (PNP
specification)
ERC3D-SA7C-I-56P---PN--
I/O type supporting
inputs/outputs of the
PNP specification often
used overseas
16
SIO type
ERC3D-SA7C-I-56P---SE--
High-function type
accommodating up to
512 positioning points
(PIO converter is used)
512
Pulse-train
type (NPN
specification)
ERC3D-SA7C-I-56P---PLN--
Pulse-train input type
supporting the NPN
specification
—
Pulse-train
type (PNP
specification)
ERC3D-SA7C-I-56P---PLP--
Pulse-train input type
supporting the PNP
specification
—
Input
power
Power supply Standard Reference
capacity
price
page
Pulse
Motor
DC24V
High-output
setting
enabled:
3.5A rated
4.2A max.
—
➝ P577
High-output
setting
disabled:
2.2A
Servo
Motor
(24V)
Servo
Motor
(200V)
Linear
Servo
Motor
ERC3D-SA7C
62
Slider
Type
Mini
Standard
Controllers
Integrated
Rod
Type
ERC2
ROBO Cylinder
ERC2-SA6C
Model
Specification
Items
ERC2
Series
SA6C
I
Type
Controller-Integrated, Slider Type, Actuator Width 58mm, Pulse Motor, Straight Type
PM
Encoder type
Motor type
Lead
Stroke
I/O Type
I: Incremental
PM: Pulse motor
12 : 12mm
6: 6mm
3: 3mm
50: 50mm
NP:PIO
(NPN) Type
PN:PIO
(PNP) Type
SE: SIO Type
600: 600mm
(50mm pitch
increments)
Cable length
* See page Pre-47 for details on the model descriptions.
Options
N : None P:1m
B : Brake
S : 3m M:5m
NM: Non-motor end
X: Custom length
W: Cable with connectors on both ends
R: Robot cable
RW: Robot cable with connectors on both ends
„„Speed vs. Load Capacity
35 to the characteristics of the pulse motor, Due
Mini
Load Capacity Load
(kg) Capacity (kg)
the
capacity decreases at high 30 ERC2 series' load Horizontal
speeds.
In the table below, check if your desired 25
speed and load capacity are supported.
Controllers
Integrated
Table/
Arm/
Flat Type
20
35
15 3mm lead 6mm lead
Horizontal
12
30
10
12mm lead
25 6
5
20
0
100
500
15 0 3mm
lead2006mm300
lead 400
Speed
12 (mm/s)
10
12mm lead
6
5
0
0
Mini
100
200
Appendix
P.5
Standard
Actuator Specifications
Cleanroom
Type
Lead
Model number
ERC2-SA6C-I-PM-12- ➀ - ➁ - ➂ - ➃
SplashProof
Type
Max. Load Capacity (Note 1)
(mm)
Horizontal (kg)
Vertical (kg)
12
~6
~1.5
ERC2-SA6C-I-PM-6- ➀ - ➁ - ➂ - ➃
6
12
ERC2-SA6C-I-PM-3- ➀ - ➁ - ➂ - ➃
3
12
Code explanation ➀ Stroke ➁ I/O type ➂ Cable length ➃ Options
Servo
Motor
(24V)
Stroke
(mm)
Standard price
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
550
600
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
 Options
Servo
Motor
(200V)
Load Capacity Load
(kg) Capacity (kg)
8
3mm lead
14
6
Vertical
12
4 3
6mm lead
10
2.5
2 1.5 12mm lead
8
0
3mm
100 lead
200
300
400
60
Speed (mm/s)
4 3
6mm lead
2.5
2 1.5 12mm lead
500
1
600
700
(mm)
100
200
300
400
500
1
600
700
„„Stroke and
Maximum
Speed
Speed
(mm/s)
Stroke
Lead
(every 50mm)
(mm)
12
600
515
6
300
255
3
150
125
50~600
(every 50mm)
~6
50~550
600
(Unit: mm/s)
*See page A-71 for details on push motion.
Type
Standard
Special Lenghts
Connectors on
Both Ends
Robot Cable
Connectors onBoth
Ends Robot Cable
Cable symbol
P (1m)
S (3m)
M (5m)
X06 (6m)~ X10(10m)
W01 (1m)~ W03(3m)
W04 (4m)~ W05(5m)
W06 (6m)~ W10(10m)
R01 (1m)~ R03(3m)
R04 (4m)~ R05(5m)
R06 (6m)~ R10(10m)
RW01(1m)~ RW03(3m)
RW04(4m)~ RW05(5m)
RW06(6m)~ RW10(10m)
Brake
Non-motor end specification
Linear
Servo
Motor
Option code See page Standard price
B
—
➝ A-42
NM
—
➝ A-52
Standard Price
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
* < >values are applicable to the SE type. * See page 606 for cables for maintenance.
Actuator Specifications
Item
Name
63
700
Cable Length
Stroke
Pulse
Motor
Stroke
~3
2
600
10
0
0
(Note 1) Please note that the maximum load capacity decreases as the speed increases.
„„Leads and Payloads
500
Vertical
12
Linear
Servo
Type
700
14
(1) When the stroke increases, the maximum speed will drop to prevent the ball screw from reaching the
critical rotational speed. Use the actuator specification table below to check the maximum speed at the
stroke you desire.
(2) Since the ERC2 series use a pulse motor, the load capacity decreases at high speeds.
Check in the Speed vs. Load Capacity graph to see if your desired speed and load capacity are supported.
(3) The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.3G (0.2G for 3mm-lead model and when
used vertically). These values are the upper limits for the acceleration.
(4) See page A-71 for details on push motion.
Gripper/
Rotary
Type
300
400
Speed (mm/s)
2
600
Description
Drive System
Positioning repeatability
Lost Motion
Allowable static moment
Allowable dynamic moment (*)
Allowable overhang
Ambient operating temperature, humidity
(*) Based on 5,000km of traveling life
Ball screw, ø10mm, rolled C10
±0.02mm
0.1mm or less
Ma: 38.3 N·m, Mb: 54.7 N·m, Mc: 81.0 N·m
Ma: 8.9 N·m, Mb: 12.7 N·m, Mc: 18.6 N·m
150mm or less in Ma, Mb and Mc directions
0 to 40oC, 85% RH or less (Non-condensing)
Overhang Load Length
Directions of Allowable Load Moment
Ma
Mb
Mc
Ma
L
Mc
L
ERC2-SA6C
ERC2
ROBO Cylinder
Dimensional Drawings
CAD drawings can be downloaded
from the website.
www.intelligentactuator.com
Appendix
P.15
* For the Non-motor end model, the dimensions
(distance from ME to home) on the motor-side and that
on the opposite side are flipped.
5
4-M5 depth 10
(Reamer hole
tolerance
±0.02)
Ma moment offset
reference position*3
Cable joint
connector*1
*1
Connect the power
and I/O cables.
See page 606
for details on cables.
SE: Stroke end
ME: Mechanical end
49.1
2.3
M.E.
Stroke
2-ø5H7 reamer depth 10
L
60
Home
S.E.
50.9 13.5
2.5
M. E.* 2
(6)
25
25
36
Secure at
least 100
Controllers
Integrated
PIO Type
SIO Type
* The SIO type
does not have a
teaching port.
Brake Specifications Diagram
* Compared to the standard model, the brake-equipped
model is longer by 43.5mm and heavier by 0.5kg.
4.5
4.5
ø8
50
N×100P
B
50
13.5
43.5
118.5
Table/
Arm/
Flat Type
Mini
Standard
A
4
Reference
surface
1.5
Mini
Standard
30
58
Rod
Type
Teaching port
118.5
S-4.5 drilled, ø8 deep
counterbore, depth 4.5
55
Section A
*2
When homing, the slider
moves to the ME; therefore,
please watch for any
interference with the
surrounding objects.
37.5
10
59
50
48.5
32
80.6
*3
Reference position
for calculating the
Ma moment
Controllers
Integrated
(300)
22
31
37.4
5
Mini
Standard
60
50
9 32±0.02 9
(6)
2D
CAD
Slider
Type
ø4.5
Gripper/
Rotary
Type
Details of A
(mounting hole and reference surface)
Brake unit
„„Dimensions and Mass by Stroke
Stroke
L
A
B
N
S
Weight (kg)
50
352
210
10
1
6
1.9
100
402
260
60
1
6
2.0
150
452
310
10
2
8
2.1
200
502
360
60
82
8
2.3
250
552
410
10
3
10
2.4
300
602
460
60
3
10
2.6
350
652
510
10
4
12
2.7
400
702
560
60
4
12
2.8
450
752
610
10
5
14
3.0
500
802
660
60
5
14
3.1
550
852
710
10
6
16
3.3
600
902
760
60
6
16
3.4
Linear
Servo
Type
Cleanroom
Type
SplashProof
Type
I/O type (Controller built into the Actuator)
②I/O type
With the ERC2 series, one of the following three types of built-in controllers can be selected depending on the external input/output (I/O) type. Select the type that meets your purpose.
Name
PIO
Type
(NPN
Specification)
External view
Model number
Features
Maximum number of
positioning points
ERC2-SA6C-I-PM---NP--
Simple control type
with up to 16-point
positioning
16
Input
power
Power supply
capacity
Standard
price
Reference
page
Pulse
Motor
PIO
Type
(PNP
Specification)
SIO
Type
ERC2-SA6C-I-PM---PN--
ERC2-SA6C-I-PM---SE--
Supports the PNP
I/O commonly used
overseas.
Field Network
Connection Serial
(Gateway unit used)
16
DC24V
2A max.
—
➝ P597
Servo
Motor
(24V)
Servo
Motor
(200V)
64
Linear
Servo
Motor
ERC2-SA6C
64
Slider
Type
Mini
Standard
Controllers
Integrated
Rod
Type
ERC2
ROBO Cylinder
ERC2-SA7C
Model
Specification
Items
ERC2
Series
SA7C
I
Type
Controller-Integrated, Slider Type, Actuator Width 68mm, Pulse Motor, Straight Type
PM
Encoder type
Motor type
Lead
Stroke
I/O Type
I: Incremental
PM: Pulse motor
16 : 16mm
8: 8mm
4: 4mm
50: 50mm
NP:PIO
(NPN) Type
PN:PIO
(PNP) Type
SE: SIO Type
600: 600mm
(50mm pitch
increments)
Cable length
* See page Pre-47 for details on the model descriptions.
„„Speed vs. Load Capacity
Due
35 to the characteristics of the pulse motor, Mini
Load Capacity Load
(kg) Capacity (kg)
the
capacity decreases at high 30 ERC2 series' loadHorizontal
speeds. In the table below, check if your desired 25
speed
andlead
load capacity are supported.
4mm
Standard
Controllers
Integrated
Table/
Arm/
Flat Type
20
8mm lead
35
15
Horizontal
30 16mm lead
10
25
5 4mm lead
2
3.5
20
0
8mm lead
100
200
300
400
500
150
Speed (mm/s)
16mm lead
10
5
Mini
0
0
100
200
Appendix
P.5
Standard
Linear
Servo
Type
„„Leads and Payloads
Model number
ERC2-SA7C-I-PM-16- ➀ - ➁ - ➂ - ➃
ERC2-SA7C-I-PM-8- ➀ - ➁ - ➂ - ➃
16
8
ERC2-SA7C-I-PM-4- ➀ - ➁ - ➂ - ➃
4
~10
~20
20
Code explanation ➀ Stroke ➁ I/O type ➂ Cable length ➃ Options
Servo
Motor
(24V)
Stroke
(mm)
Standard price
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
550
600
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
700
10
4mm lead
Vertical
~2.5
50~600
~5
(every 50mm)
~10
16
450 <400>
8
250
4
125
*The values enclosed in < > apply to vertical settings.
*See page A-71 for details on push motion.
Type
Standard
Special Lenghts
Connectors on
Both Ends
Robot Cable
Connectors onBoth
Ends Robot Cable
Cable symbol
P (1m)
S (3m)
M (5m)
X06 (6m)~ X10(10m)
W01 (1m)~ W03(3m)
W04 (4m)~ W05(5m)
W06 (6m)~ W10(10m)
R01 (1m)~ R03(3m)
R04 (4m)~ R05(5m)
R06 (6m)~ R10(10m)
RW01(1m)~ RW03(3m)
RW04(4m)~ RW05(5m)
RW06(6m)~ RW10(10m)
Standard Price
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
* < >values are applicable to the SE type. * See page 606 for cables for maintenance.
Actuator Specifications
 Options
Servo
Motor
(200V)
600
2
3.5
300
400
500
Speed (mm/s)
Cable Length
Stroke
Pulse
Motor
700
8
14
6 5
8mm lead
Vertical
12
4
4mm
lead 16mm lead
10 2.5
2
8
0.5
0.5
0
200
400
500
600
700
60 5 100 8mm
lead300
Speed (mm/s)
4
16mm lead
2.5
2
0.5
0.5
0
200
400
500
600
700
„Stroke
and300Maximum
Speed
(Note 1) Please note that the maximum load capacity decreases as the speed increases.0 „100
(Unit: mm/s)
Speed (mm/s)
Stroke
Max. Load Capacity (Note 1)
50~600
Stroke
Lead
(every 50mm)
(mm)
(mm)
Lead
Horizontal (kg)
Vertical (kg)
Actuator Specifications
SplashProof
Type
Load Capacity Load
(kg) Capacity (kg)
(1) When the stroke increases, the maximum speed will drop to prevent the ball screw from reaching the
critical rotational speed. Use the actuator specification table below to check the maximum speed at
the stroke you desire.
(2) Since the ERC2 series use a pulse motor, the load capacity decreases at high speeds.
Check in the Speed vs. Load Capacity graph to see if your desired speed and load capacity are supported.
(3) The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.3G (0.2G for 4mm-lead model and when
used vertically). These values are the upper limits for the acceleration.
(4) See page A-71 for details on push motion.
Gripper/
Rotary
Type
600
14
12
Cleanroom
Type
Options
N : None P:1m
B : Brake
S : 3m M:5m
NM: Non-motor end
X: Custom length
W: Cable with connectors on both ends
R: Robot cable
RW: Robot cable with connectors on both ends
Item
Name
Brake
Non-motor end specification
Linear
Servo
Motor
65
Option code See page Standard price
B
—
➝ A-42
NM
—
➝ A-52
Description
Drive System
Positioning repeatability
Lost Motion
Allowable static moment
Allowable dynamic moment (*)
Allowable overhang
Ambient operating temperature, humidity
(*) Based on 5,000km of traveling life
Ball screw, ø12mm, rolled C10
±0.02mm
0.1mm or less
Ma: 63.0 N·m, Mb: 90.0 N·m, Mc: 132.5 N·m
Ma: 13.8 N·m, Mb: 19.7 N·m, Mc: 29.0 N·m
150mm or less in Ma, Mb and Mc directions
0 to 40oC, 85% RH or less (Non-condensing)
Overhang Load Length
Directions of Allowable Load Moment
Ma
Mb
Mc
Ma
L
Mc
L
ERC2-SA7C
ERC2
ROBO Cylinder
Dimensional Drawings
CAD drawings can be downloaded
from the website.
www.intelligentactuator.com
Appendix
P.15
* For the Non-motor end model, the dimensions
(distance from ME to home) on the motor-side and that
on the opposite side are flipped.
5
5
4-M5 depth 10
Controllers
Integrated
(300)
Cable joint
connector*1
*1
Connect the power
and I/O cables.
See page 606
for details on cables.
SE: Stroke end
ME: Mechanical end
(Reamer hole
tolerance
±0.02)
32
40
47.4
9 47 ±0.02 9
Ma moment offset
reference position*3
10
49.8
Stroke
2-ø5H7 reamer depth 10
L
75
3
Home
Teaching port
118.5
Controllers
Integrated
22.5
68
Secure at
least 100
(3.5)
S-4.5 drilled, ø8 deep
counterbore, depth 4.5
PIO Type
40
4.5
4
Table/
Arm/
Flat Type
Mini
Brake Specifications Diagram
* Compared to the standard model, the brake-equipped
model is longer by 49mm and heavier by 0.5kg.
4
ø4.5
SIO Type
* The SIO type
does not have a
teaching port.
ø8
Reference
surface
2.5
Standard
M. E.* 2
63
Section A
Rod
Type
Mini
51.5
S. E.
16
46
92.1
66.5
60
58.5
34.5
M. E.
55.2
2.5
*2
When homing, the slider moves
to the ME; therefore, please
watch for any interference with
the surrounding objects.
22.5
*3
Reference position
for calculating the
Ma moment
Mini
Standard
75
65
(3.5)
2D
CAD
Slider
Type
50
N×100P
B
16
50
Standard
118.5
49
A
Details of A
(mounting hole and reference surface)
Gripper/
Rotary
Type
Brake unit
„„Dimensions and Mass by Stroke
Stroke
L
A
B
N
S
Weight (kg)
50
100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600
374.5 424.5 474.5 524.5 574.5 624.5 674.5 724.5 774.5 824.5 874.5 924.5
230 280 330 380 430 480 530 580 630 680 730 780
30
80
30
80
30
80
30
80
30
80
30
80
1
1
2
2
3
3
4
4
5
5
6
6
6
6
8
8
10
10
12
12
14
14
16
16
3.1
3.2
3.4
3.6
3.7
3.9
4.0
4.2
4.3
4.5
4.6
4.8
Linear
Servo
Type
Cleanroom
Type
SplashProof
Type
I/O type (Controller built into the Actuator)
②I/O type
With the ERC2 series, one of the following three types of built-in controllers can be selected depending on the external input/output (I/O) type. Select the type that meets your purpose.
Name
PIO
Type
(NPN
Specification)
External view
Model number
Features
Maximum number of
positioning points
ERC2-SA7C-I-PM---NP--
Simple control type
with up to 16-point
positioning
16
Input
power
Power supply
capacity
Standard
price
Reference
page
Pulse
Motor
PIO
Type
(PNP
Specification)
SIO
Type
ERC2-SA7C-I-PM---PN--
ERC2-SA7C-I-PM---SE--
Supports the PNP
I/O commonly used
overseas.
Field Network
Connection Serial
(Gateway unit used)
16
DC24V
2A max.
—
➝ P597
Servo
Motor
(24V)
Servo
Motor
(200V)
64
Linear
Servo
Motor
ERC2-SA7C
66
Slider
Type
Mini
Standard
Controllers
Integrated
Rod
Type
RCA2
ROBO Cylinder
RCA2-SA2AC
Model
Specification
Items
RCA2 SA2AC
Series
Type
I
ROBO Cylinder, Mini Slider Type, Motor Unit Coupled, Actuator Width 20mm,
24V Servo Motor, Ball Screw Specification
5
Encoder type
Motor type
5:Servo motor
I: Incremental
* The Simple absolute SW
encoder is also
considered type "I".
A3
Lead
Stroke
Applicable controller
4 : 4mm
2 : 2mm
1 : 1mm
25: 25mm
A3:ASEP
MSEP
100: 100mm
(25mm pitch
increments)
* See page Pre-47 for details on the model descriptions.
Cable length
N:None
Options
See Options below.
P: 1m
S: 3m
M: 5m
X: Custom length
Mini
Standard
Controllers
Integrated
Table/
Arm/
Flat Type
Mini
Standard
Appendix
P.5
Gripper/
Rotary
Type
(1)The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.3G.
These values are the upper limits for the acceleration.
(2)Take note that, since there is no brake, the slider may come down
when the power is turned off if the actuator is used vertically.
(3)See page A-71 for details on push motion.
Linear
Servo
Type
SplashProof
Type
Actuator Specifications
„„Leads and Payloads
„„Stroke and Maximum Speed
Motor
Feed
output (W) screw
Model number
RCA2-SA2AC-I-5-4- ➀ -A3- ➁ - ➂
RCA2-SA2AC-I-5-2- ➀ -A3- ➁ - ➂
5
RCA2-SA2AC-I-5-1- ➀ -A3- ➁ - ➂
Ball
screw
Max. Load Capacity
Lead
Rated
(mm) Horizontal (kg) Vertical (kg) thrust (N)
4
0.5
0.25
21.4
2
1
0.5
42.3
1
2
1
85.5
Code explanation ➀ Stroke ➁ Cable length ➂ Options
25~100
(every 25mm)
Lead
Stroke
4
25
(mm)
50~100
(mm)
180
200
2
100
1
50
(Unit: mm/s)
Cable Length
Stroke
Servo
Motor
(24V)
±0.02
Stroke
(mm)
*See page A-71 for details on push motion.
Stroke
Pulse
Motor
Positioning
Repeatability
(mm)
Ball screw
Cleanroom
Type
(mm)
Standard price
25
50
75
100
—
—
—
—
Type
Standard
(Robot Cables)
Special length
Cable symbol
P (1m)
S (3m)
M (5m)
X06 (6m) ~ X10 (10m)
X11 (11m) ~ X15 (15m)
X16 (16m) ~ X20 (20m)
Standard price
—
—
—
—
—
—
* The standard cable for the RCA2 is the robot cable.
* See page A-59 for cables for maintenance.
Actuator Specifications
Options
Name
Non-motor end specification
Servo
Motor
(200V)
Linear
Servo
Motor
Option code See page Standard price
NM
—
➝ A-52
Item
Drive System
Lost Motion
Base
Guide
Allowable dynamic moment (*)
Allowable overhang
Ambient Operating Temp./Humidity
Service Life
(*) Based on 5,000km travel life.
67
RCA2-SA2AC
Description
Ball screw, ø4mm, rolled C10
0.1mm or less (initial value)
Material: Aluminum, white alumite treated
Linear guide
Ma: 0.22 N·m, Mb: 0.31 N·m, Mc: 0.28 N·m
40mm or less in Ma, Mb and Mc directions
0 to 40°C, 85% RH or less (Non-condensing)
5,000km
RCA2
ROBO Cylinder
Dimensional Drawings
CAD drawings can be downloaded
from the website.
www.intelligentactuator.com
Appendix
P.15
*1 Connect the motor-encoder integrated cable here. See page A-59 for details on cables.
*2 During the homing operation, the slider moves to actuator's mechanical end, and then reverses.
Therefore, watch for any interference with its surroundings.
2D
CAD
Slider
Type
Mini
Standard
Controllers
Integrated
15 (tolerance for reamed
hole pitch ±0.02 mm)
10
12
3
3
(200)
Rod
Type
7.5
Cable joint
connector *1
3
2-ø2 H7 Depth 2mm
7.5
5
Mini
4-M2 Depth 4mm
Standard
L1
L2
14.5
HOME
22.5
2
ME
Table/
Arm/
Flat Type
18.9
Oblong Hole
Depth 2mm
.5
R1
Standard
ø3H7 Depth 2mm
SE :Stroke end
ME :Mechanical end
Gripper/
Rotary
Type
16
1
Secure at least 100mm
20
Mini
4.4
27.2
22.7
15.2
Reference
position for
Moment offset
3 H7
30
23.5
ME
R1
.5
st
2
SE
Controllers
Integrated
82
B-M2
Depth 4mm
Detailed view
of oblong hole
(25)
30
A×25
15
Linear
Servo
Type
„„Dimensions and Mass by Stroke
Stroke
L1
L2
A
B
Weight (kg)
25
174
92
1
4
0.2
50
199
117
2
6
0.22
75
224
142
3
8
0.23
100
249
167
4
10
0.25
Cleanroom
Type
SplashProof
Type
Applicable Controllers
RCA2 series actuators can be operated with the controllers indicated below. Select the type according to your intended application.
External
view
Name
Solenoid valve type
Model number
ASEP-C-5SI- -2-0
Features
Maximum number of
positioning points
Input
power
Power supply
capacity
Simple controller operable with the
same signal as a solenoid valve
Standard Reference
price
page
—
➝ P547
—
➝ P563
3 points
Solenoid valve multi-axis type
PIO specification
Solenoid valve multi-axis type
Network specification
*
indicates I/O type (NP/PN). *
MSEP-C- -~- -2-0
Positioner type based on PIO control,
allowing up to 8 axes to be connected
MSEP-C- -~- -0-0
Field network-ready positioner type,
allowing up to 8 axes to be connected
indicates number of axes (1 to 8). *
DC24V
1A rated
2A max.
Pulse
Motor
256 points
indicates field network specification symbol.
Servo
Motor
(24V)
Servo
Motor
(200V)
Linear
Servo
Motor
RCA2-SA2AC
68
Slider
Type
Mini
Standard
Controllers
Integrated
Rod
Type
RCA2
ROBO Cylinder
RCA2-SA3C
RCA2
Model
Specification
Items
Series
SA3C
Type
ROBO Cylinder, Slider Type, Actuator Width 32mm, Servo Motor, Coupled
I
10
Encoder type
Motor type
10P:10W Servo
I: Incremental
* The Simple absolute motor
encoder is also
considered type "I".
Lead
Stroke
Applicable controller
6 : 6mm
4 : 4mm
2 : 2mm
50: 50mm
A1:ACON
ASEL
A3:AMEC
ASEP
MSEP
300: 300mm
(50mm pitch
increments)
* See page Pre-47 for details on the model descriptions.
Cable length
Options
N: None
See Options below.
P: 1m
S: 3m
M: 5m
X:Custom length
Mini
Standard
Controllers
Integrated
Table/
Arm/
Flat Type
Mini
Standard
Appendix
P.5
Gripper/
Rotary
Type
(1) The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.3G
(0.2G for 2mm-lead model and when using vertically).
These values are the upper limits for the acceleration.
(2) See page A-71 for details on push motion.
Linear
Servo
Type
Cleanroom
Type
SplashProof
Type
Actuator Specifications
„„Leads and Payloads
„„Stroke and Maximum Speed
Motor
output (W)
Model number
Horizontal (kg)
Vertical (kg)
Rated
thrust (N)
6
1
0.5
28
4
2
1
43
2
3
1.5
85
RCA2-SA3C-I-10-6- ➀ - ➁ - ➂ - ➃
RCA2-SA3C-I-10-4- ➀ - ➁ - ➂ - ➃
Max. Load Capacity
Lead
(mm)
10
RCA2-SA3C-I-10-2- ➀ - ➁ - ➂ - ➃
Code explanation ➀ Stroke ➁ Applicable Controller ➂ Cable length ➃ Options
Stroke
Servo
Motor
(24V)
Servo
Motor
(200V)
Stroke
Lead
50~300
(every 50mm)
6
300
4
200
2
100
(Unit: mm/s)
*See page A-71 for details on push motion.
Type
Standard price
With cover (standard)
Without cover (option)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
50
100
150
200
250
300
Cable symbol
P (1m)
S (3m)
M (5m)
X06 (6m) ~ X10 (10m)
X11 (11m) ~ X15 (15m)
X16 (16m) ~ X20 (20m)
Standard
(Robot Cables)
Special length
Standard price
—
—
—
—
—
—
* The standard cable for the RCA2 is the robot cable.
* See page A-59 for cables for maintenance.
Actuator Specifications
 Options
Name
Option code See page Standard price
Brake
B
—
➝ A-42
Optional cable exit direction (top)
CJT
—
➝ A-42
Optional cable exit direction (right)
CJR
—
➝ A-42
Optional cable exit direction (left)
CJL
—
➝ A-42
Optional cable exit direction (bottom)
CJB
—
➝ A-42
Power-saving
LA
—
➝ A-52
No cover
NCO
—
➝ A-52
Non-motor end specification
NM
—
➝ A-52
Linear
Servo
Motor
Item
Description
Drive System
Positioning repeatability
Lost Motion
Base
Allowable static moment
Allowable dynamic moment (*)
Allowable overhang
Ambient operating temperature, humidity
(*) Based on 5,000km of traveling life
Ball screw, ø6mm, rolled C10
±0.02mm
0.1mm or less
Material: Aluminum, special alumite treated
Ma: 5.0 N·m, Mb: 7.1 N·m, Mc: 7.9 N·m
Ma: 1.96 N·m, Mb: 2.84 N·m, Mc: 3.14 N·m
100mm or less in Ma, Mb and Mc directions
0 to 40oC, 85% RH or less (Non-condensing)
Overhang Load Length
Directions of Allowable Load Moment
69
50~300
(every 50mm)
Cable Length
Stroke (mm)
Pulse
Motor
Stroke
(mm)
Ma
Mb
Mc
Ma
L
Mc
L
RCA2-SA3C
RCA2
ROBO Cylinder
Dimensional Drawings
www.intelligentactuator.com
2D
CAD
Appendix
60
17
P.15
11±0.02
(With Cover)
17 ±0.02
4-M3 depth 6
Controllers
Integrated
2-ø2 H7 depth 5
33
17
11±0.02
44.5
Rod
Type
(Without Cover)
2-ø2 H7 depth 5
4-M3 depth 6
Mini
L
A
92
st
21.4
Home
SE
21.8
30.5
3
ME (*2)
(
40
31.5
5
29
32
L
A
10
21.4
4.4 4.4
Home
SE
depth from bottom of base 4
2H7
31.5
Cx100 (M3 tapped)
B
Mini
Standard
(Top: CJT)
Change cable outlet direction (optional)
15
Secure at least 100
(Right:
CJR)
B
17
(Common)
(*1)
(*2)
(*3)
10.5 15
32
Table/
Arm/
Flat Type
21.8
30.5
3
ME (*2)
5
29
Ma moment
offset reference position (*3)
Controllers
Integrated
Above motor
cover: 38.5
ME
Standard
Motor-encoder cable
connector (*1)
92
21.4
st
29.5
(Without Cover)
21.8
3
)
A
Secure at
least 100
Ma moment
offset reference position (*3)
40
If equipped with a brake
* The above brake unit is
added to section A .
29.5
(With Cover)
21.8
3
ME
Above motor
cover: 38.5
10
21.4
4.4 4.4
Mini
Standard
30
17 ±0.02
CAD drawings can be downloaded
from the website.
Slider
Type
Gripper/
Rotary
Type
(Left: CJL)
F
3
M (ø2 hole and oblong hole pitch)
25
ø2H7 depth 4 from
bottom of base
* As viewed from arrow B .
D-M3 depth 5
(Bottom: CJB)
„„Dimensions and Mass by Stroke *Brake-equipped models are heavier by 0.2kg.
Details of F
Connect the motor-encoder integrated cable here. See page A-59 for details on cables.
After homing, the slider moves to the ME, therefore, please watch for any interference with surrounding objects.
ME : Mechanical end
SE : Stroke end
Reference position for calculating the Ma moment
Stroke
Without brake
L
With brake
A
B
C
D
M
Weight With cover
(kg) Without cover
50
247.5
292
155.5
84
0
4
84
0.6
0.5
100
297.5
342
205.5
34
1
6
134
0.6
0.6
150
347.5
392
255.5
84
1
6
184
0.7
0.6
200
397.5
442
305.5
34
2
8
234
0.8
0.7
250
447.5
492
355.5
84
2
8
284
0.8
0.7
300
497.5
542
405.5
34
3
10
334
0.9
0.8
Applicable Controllers
Linear
Servo
Type
Cleanroom
Type
SplashProof
Type
RCA2 series actuators can be operated with the controllers indicated below. Select the type according to your intended application.
Name
External
view
Model number
AMEC-C-10I
Features
- -2-1
Solenoid Valve Type
ASEP-C-10I
Maximum number of
positioning points
Easy-to-use controller, even for
beginners
-
-2-0
Simple controller operable with the
same signal as a solenoid valve
AC100V
MSEP-C-
-~-
-2-0
Positioner type based on PIO control,
allowing up to 8 axes to be connected
Solenoid valve multi-axis type
Network specification
MSEP-C-
-~- -0-0
Field network-ready positioner type,
allowing up to 8 axes to be connected
256 points
Positioning is possible for up to 512
points
512 points
Safety-Compliant
Positioner Type
ACON-C-10I
- -2-0
ACON-CG-10I -
-2-0
Pulse Train Input Type
(Differential Line Driver)
ACON-PL-10I
Pulse Train Input Type
(Open Collector)
ACON-PO-10I
-
Serial Communication Type
ACON-SE-10I
-N-0-0
Program
Control Type
ASEL-CS-1-10I
-
-2-0
-
-2-0
-2-0
DC24V
Pulse train input type with
differential line driver support
2.4A rated
(Standard)
1.3A rated
4.4A max.
(Power-saving)
1.3A rated
2.5A max.
—
➝ P537
—
➝ P547
—
➝ P563
Pulse
Motor
—
—
—
➝ P631
Servo
Motor
(24V)
(—)
Pulse train input type with open
collector support
—
Dedicated Serial Communication
Programmed operation is possible.
Can operate up to 2 axes
Power-supply Standard Reference
capacity
price
page
3 points
Solenoid valve multi-axis type
PIO specification
Positioner type
Input
power
64 points
—
1,500 points
—
* This is for the single-axis ASEL.
* Enter the code "LA" in when the power-saving specification is specified.
* indicates number of axes (1 to 8). * indicates field network specification symbol.
*
Servo
Motor
(200V)
➝ P675
Linear
Servo
Motor
indicates I/O type (NP/PN).
RCA2-SA3C
70
Slider
Type
Mini
Standard
Controllers
Integrated
Rod
Type
RCA2
ROBO Cylinder
RCA2-SA4C
RCA2
Model
Specification
Items
Series
SA4C
Type
ROBO Cylinder, Slider Type, Actuator Width 40mm, Servo Motor, Coupled
I
20
Encoder type
Motor type
20P:20W Servo
I: Incremental
* The Simple absolute motor
encoder is also
considered type "I".
Lead
Stroke
Applicable controller
10 : 10mm
5: 5mm
2.5:2.5mm
50: 50mm
A1:ACON
ASEL
A3:AMEC
ASEP
MSEP
500: 500mm
(50mm pitch
increments)
* See page Pre-47 for details on the model descriptions.
Cable length
Options
N: None
See Options below.
P: 1m
S: 3m
M: 5m
X:Custom length
Mini
Standard
Controllers
Integrated
Table/
Arm/
Flat Type
Mini
Standard
Appendix
P.5
Gripper/
Rotary
Type
(1) The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.3G
(0.2G for 2.5mm-lead model and when using vertically). These values
are the upper limits for the acceleration.
(2) See page A-71 for details on push motion.
Linear
Servo
Type
Cleanroom
Type
SplashProof
Type
Actuator Specifications
„„Leads and Payloads
„„Stroke and Maximum Speed
Motor
output (W)
Model number
RCA2-SA4C-I-20-10- ➀ - ➁ - ➂ - ➃
RCA2-SA4C-I-20-5- ➀ - ➁ - ➂ - ➃
Horizontal (kg)
Vertical (kg)
Rated
thrust (N)
10
2
1
34
5
4
1.5
68
2.5
6
3
136
20
RCA2-SA4C-I-20-2.5- ➀ - ➁ - ➂ - ➃
Max. Load Capacity
Lead
(mm)
Code explanation ➀ Stroke ➁ Applicable Controller ➂ Cable length ➃ Options
Stroke
Servo
Motor
(24V)
Servo
Motor
(200V)
Linear
Servo
Motor
Standard price
With cover (standard)
Without cover (option)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
 Options
Name
Option code See page Standard price
Brake
B
—
➝ A-42
Optional cable exit direction (top)
CJT
—
➝ A-42
Optional cable exit direction (right)
CJR
—
➝ A-42
Optional cable exit direction (left)
CJL
—
➝ A-42
Optional cable exit direction (bottom)
CJB
—
➝ A-42
Power-saving
LA
—
➝ A-52
No cover
NCO
—
➝ A-52
Non-motor end specification
NM
—
➝ A-52
71
Stroke
Lead
50~500
(every 50mm)
10
500
5
250
2.5
125
50~500
(every 50mm)
(Unit: mm/s)
*See page A-71 for details on push motion.
Cable Length
Stroke (mm)
Pulse
Motor
Stroke
(mm)
Type
Cable symbol
P (1m)
S (3m)
M (5m)
X06 (6m) ~ X10 (10m)
X11 (11m) ~ X15 (15m)
X16 (16m) ~ X20 (20m)
Standard
(Robot Cables)
Special length
Standard price
—
—
—
—
—
—
* The standard cable for the RCA2 is the robot cable.
* See page A-59 for cables for maintenance.
Actuator Specifications
Item
Description
Drive System
Positioning repeatability
Lost Motion
Base
Allowable static moment
Allowable dynamic moment (*)
Allowable overhang
Ambient operating temperature, humidity
(*) Based on 5,000km of traveling life
Ball screw, ø8mm, rolled C10
±0.02mm
0.1mm or less
Material: Aluminum, special alumite treated
Ma: 6.8 N·m, Mb: 9.7 N·m, Mc: 13.3 N·m
Ma: 3.04 N·m, Mb: 4.31 N·m, Mc: 5.00 N·m
120mm or less in Ma, Mb and Mc directions
0 to 40oC, 85% RH or less (Non-condensing)
Overhang Load Length
Directions of Allowable Load Moment
Ma
Mb
Mc
Ma
L
Mc
L
RCA2-SA4C
RCA2
ROBO Cylinder
Dimensional Drawings
www.intelligentactuator.com
2D
CAD
Appendix
65
21
14±0.02
P.15
38
20 ±0.02
CAD drawings can be downloaded
from the website.
(With Cover)
20 ±0.02
Controllers
Integrated
2-ø2.5H7 depth 5
40
21
14±0.02
40.5
Rod
Type
(Without Cover)
4-M3 depth 6
A
st
26
Home
SE
23
33.5
3
ME (*2)
108.5
(
A
Secure at
least 100
48
37
37
40
26
A
st
SE
L
26
Home
48
37
37
40
Ma moment offset
reference position (*3)
)
Standard
Controllers
Integrated
Motor-encoder cable
connector (*1)
108.5
23
33.5
3
ME (*2)
5
(Without Cover)
5.2
23
3
ME
36.5
5.2
10
Mini
Table/
Arm/
Flat Type
Above motor
cover: 51
Ma moment offset
reference position (*3)
If equipped with a brake
* The above brake unit is
added to section A .
Above motor
cover: 51
5.2
23
3
ME
5
(With Cover)
10
2-ø2.5H7 depth 5
L
36.5
5.2
Mini
Standard
4-M3 depth 6
26
Slider
Type
10.5 15
Cx100 (M3 tapped)
B
Mini
Change cable outlet direction (optional)
15
Standard
(Top: CJT)
32
F
3.5
M (ø2.5 hole and oblong hole pitch)
ø2.5H7 depth from the
bottom of the base 5
D-M3 depth 5
Details of F
Connect the motor-encoder integrated cable here.
See page A-59 for details on cables.
After homing, the slider moves to the ME, therefore, please watch for any interference with surrounding objects.
ME : Mechanical end
SE : Stroke end
Reference position for calculating the Ma moment
Gripper/
Rotary
Type
B
25
Secure at least 100
(Bottom: CJB)
* As viewed from arrow B .
„„Dimensions and Mass by Stroke
(*1)
(*2)
(*3)
(Right:
CJR)
(Left: CJL)
21
2.5H7 depth from the bottom of the base 5
32
*Brake-equipped models are heavier by 0.3kg.
Stroke
50
100 150 200
Without brake 274 324 374 424
L
With brake
314.5 364.5 414.5 464.5
A
165.5 215.5 265.5 315.5
B
91
41
91
41
C
0
1
1
2
D
4
6
6
8
M
91
141 191 241
0.9
1
1.1
1.1
Weight With cover
(kg) Without cover 0.8
0.9
1
1
250
474
514.5
365.5
91
2
8
291
1.2
1.1
300
524
564.5
415.5
41
3
10
341
1.3
1.2
350
574
614.5
465.5
91
3
10
391
1.4
1.3
400
624
664.5
515.5
41
4
12
441
1.5
1.3
450
674
714.5
565.5
91
4
12
491
1.5
1.4
500
724
764.5
615.5
41
5
14
541
1.6
1.5
Applicable Controllers
Linear
Servo
Type
Cleanroom
Type
SplashProof
Type
RCA2 series actuators can be operated with the controllers indicated below. Select the type according to your intended application.
Name
External
view
Model number
AMEC-C-20SI
Features
- -2-1
Solenoid Valve Type
ASEP-C-20SI
-
-2-0
Easy-to-use controller, even for
beginners
MSEP-C-
-~-
-2-0
Positioner type based on PIO control,
allowing up to 8 axes to be connected
Solenoid valve multi-axis type
Network specification
MSEP-C-
-~- -0-0
Field network-ready positioner type,
allowing up to 8 axes to be connected
Safety-Compliant
Positioner Type
ACON-C-20SI
ACON-CG-20SI
- -2-0
-
-2-0
Pulse Train Input Type
(Differential Line Driver)
ACON-PL-20SI
Pulse Train Input Type
(Open Collector)
ACON-PO-20SI
-
Serial Communication Type
ACON-SE-20SI
-N-0-0
Program
Control Type
ASEL-CS-1-20SI
-
-2-0
-
-2-0
-2-0
Positioning is possible for up to 512
points
Power-supply Standard Reference
capacity
price
page
2.4A rated
3 points
—
➝ P537
—
➝ P547
—
➝ P563
256 points
512 points
DC24V
Pulse train input type with
differential line driver support
(Standard)
1.7A rated
5.1A max.
(Power-saving)
1.7A rated
3.4A max.
Pulse
Motor
—
—
—
➝ P631
Servo
Motor
(24V)
(—)
Pulse train input type with open
collector support
—
Dedicated Serial Communication
Programmed operation is possible.
Can operate up to 2 axes
Input
power
AC100V
Simple controller operable with the
same signal as a solenoid valve
Solenoid valve multi-axis type
PIO specification
Positioner type
Maximum number of
positioning points
64 points
—
1,500 points
—
* This is for the single-axis ASEL.
* Enter the code "LA" in when the power-saving specification is specified.
* indicates number of axes (1 to 8). * indicates field network specification symbol.
*
Servo
Motor
(200V)
➝ P675
Linear
Servo
Motor
indicates I/O type (NP/PN).
RCA2-SA4C
72
Slider
Type
Mini
Standard
Controllers
Integrated
Rod
Type
RCA2
ROBO Cylinder
RCA2-SA5C
RCA2
Model
Specification
Items
Series
SA5C
Type
ROBO Cylinder, Slider Type, Actuator Width 50mm, Servo Motor, Coupled
I
20
Encoder type
Motor type
20P: 20W Servo
I: Incremental
* The Simple absolute motor
encoder is also
considered type "I".
Lead
Stroke
Applicable controller
20:20mm
12:12mm
6: 6mm
3: 3mm
50: 50mm
A1:ACON
ASEL
A3:AMEC
ASEP
MSEP
800: 800mm
(50mm pitch
increments)
* See page Pre-47 for details on the model descriptions.
Cable length
Options
N: None
See Options below.
P: 1m
S: 3m
M: 5m
X:Custom length
Mini
Standard
Controllers
Integrated
Table/
Arm/
Flat Type
Mini
Appendix
P.5
Standard
(1) The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.3G
(0.2G for 3mm-lead model and when using vertically). These values
are the upper limits for the acceleration.
(2) See page A-71 for details on push motion.
Gripper/
Rotary
Type
Linear
Servo
Type
Actuator Specifications
„„Stroke and Maximum Speed
„„Leads and Payloads
Motor
output (W)
Model number
Cleanroom
Type
RCA2-SA5C-I-20-20- ➀ - ➁ - ➂ - ➃
RCA2-SA5C-I-20-12- ➀ - ➁ - ➂ - ➃
RCA2-SA5C-I-20-6- ➀ - ➁ - ➂ - ➃
SplashProof
Type
20
Max. Load Capacity
Lead
(mm)
Horizontal (kg)
Vertical (kg)
Rated
thrust (N)
20
2
0.5
10.1
12
3
1
17
6
6
1.5
34
3
9
3
68
RCA2-SA5C-I-20-3- ➀ - ➁ - ➂ - ➃
Code explanation ➀ Stroke ➁ Applicable Controller ➂ Cable length ➃ Options
Stroke
Servo
Motor
(24V)
Servo
Motor
(200V)
Linear
Servo
Motor
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
550
600
650
700
750
800
Standard price
20
50~800
(every 50mm)
600 650 700 750 800
1000
910 790 690 610
12
600
570 490 425 370 330
6
300
285 245 210 185 165
3
150
140 120 105 90
Without cover (option)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Name
Option code See page Standard price
Brake
B
—
➝ A-42
Optional cable exit direction (top)
CJT
—
➝ A-42
Optional cable exit direction (right)
CJR
—
➝ A-42
Optional cable exit direction (left)
CJL
—
➝ A-42
Optional cable exit direction (bottom)
CJB
—
➝ A-42
Power-saving
LA
—
➝ A-52
No cover
NCO
—
➝ A-52
Non-motor end specification
NM
—
➝ A-52
RCA2-SA5C
Cable symbol
P (1m)
S (3m)
M (5m)
X06 (6m) ~ X10 (10m)
X11 (11m) ~ X15 (15m)
X16 (16m) ~ X20 (20m)
Standard
(Robot Cables)
Special length
Standard price
—
—
—
—
—
—
* The standard cable for the RCA2 is the robot cable.
* See page A-59 for cables for maintenance.
Actuator Specifications
Item
Description
Drive System
Positioning repeatability
Lost Motion
Base
Allowable static moment
Allowable dynamic moment (*)
Allowable overhang
Ambient operating temperature, humidity
(*) Based on 5,000km of traveling life
Ball screw, ø10mm, rolled C10
±0.02mm
0.1mm or less
Material: Aluminum, special alumite treated
Ma: 10.2 N·m, Mb: 14.6 N·m, Mc: 22.4 N·m
Ma: 3.92 N·m, Mb: 5.58 N·m, Mc: 8.53 N·m
130mm or less in Ma, Mb and Mc directions
0 to 40oC, 85% RH or less (Non-condensing)
Overhang Load Length
Directions of Allowable Load Moment
Ma
Mb
Mc
80
(Unit: mm/s)
*See page A-71 for details on push motion.
Type
With cover (standard)
 Options
73
50~550
(every 50mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
Cable Length
Stroke (mm)
Pulse
Motor
Stroke
Lead
Stroke
(mm)
Ma
L
Mc
L
RCA2
ROBO Cylinder
Dimensional Drawings
www.intelligentactuator.com
CAD drawings can be downloaded
from the website.
70
22
Appendix
P.15
14±0.02
45
(With Cover)
(*1)
(*2)
(*3)
26±0.02
2D
CAD
2-ø2.5H7 depth 5
4-M4 depth 8
26±0.02
45
22
14±0.02
Connect the motor-encoder integrated cable here.
See page A-59 for details on cables.
After homing, the slider moves to the ME, therefore,
please watch for any interference with surrounding objects.
ME : Mechanical end
SE : Stroke end
Reference position for calculating the Ma moment
A
97
ME
28
24.5
3
(
A
ME (*2)
Home
43.5
SE
38.5
Secure at
least 100
47
Mini
A
10
33
28
24.5
38.5
3
SE
Home
43.5
15
Cx100 (M4 tapped)
B
Mini
Standard
Change cable outlet direction (optional)
15
(Top: CJT)
32
(Right:
CJR)
(Left: CJL)
F
3.5
M (ø2.5 hole and oblong hole pitch)
25
ø2.5H7 depth from the
bottom of the base 5
Secure at least 100
(Bottom: CJB)
* As viewed from arrow B .
D-M4 depth 7
„„Dimensions and Mass by Stroke
* Brake-equipped models are heavier by 0.4kg.
Stroke
50
100 150 200
Without brake 272.5 322.5 372.5 422.5
L
With brake
312 362 412 462
A
175.5 225.5 275.5 325.5
B
96
46
96
46
C
0
1
1
2
D
4
6
6
8
M
96
146 196 246
1.2
1.4
1.5
1.6
Weight With cover
(kg) Without cover 1.1
1.3
1.4
1.5
Details of F
Gripper/
Rotary
Type
B
32
26
2.5H7 depth from the bottom of the base 5
10.5
50
Table/
Arm/
Flat Type
ME (*2)
Above motor
cover: 58
ME
5
45
47
Ma moment
offset reference position (*3)
Standard
Motor-encoder cable
connector (*1)
97
st
3
6.5
(Without Cover)
57
24.5
)
Controllers
Integrated
L
50
6.5
If equipped with a brake
* The above brake unit is
added to section A .
Above motor
cover: 58
st
5
45
57
24.5
3
10
6.5
Ma moment
offset reference position (*3)
Controllers
Integrated
2-ø2.5H7 depth 5
L
(With Cover)
Standard
Rod
Type
4-M4 depth 8
33
Mini
39.5
(Without Cover)
6.5
Slider
Type
250
472.5
512
375.5
96
2
8
296
1.8
1.6
300
522.5
562
425.5
46
3
10
346
1.9
1.7
350
572.5
612
475.5
96
3
10
396
2
1.8
400
622.5
662
525.5
46
4
12
446
2.2
1.9
450
672.5
712
575.5
96
4
12
496
2.3
2
500
722.5
762
625.5
46
5
14
546
2.4
2.1
550
772.5
812
675.5
96
5
14
596
2.6
2.2
600
822.5
862
725.5
46
6
16
646
2.7
2.3
650
872.5
912
775.5
96
6
16
696
2.8
2.4
700
922.5
962
825.5
46
7
18
746
3.0
2.5
750 800
972.5 1022.5
1012 1062
875.5 925.5
96
46
7
8
18
20
796 846
3.1
3.2
2.6
2.7
Applicable Controllers
Linear
Servo
Type
Cleanroom
Type
SplashProof
Type
RCA2 series actuators can be operated with the controllers indicated below. Select the type according to your intended application.
Name
External
view
Model number
AMEC-C-20I
Features
- -2-1
Solenoid Valve Type
ASEP-C-20I
Maximum number of
positioning points
Easy-to-use controller, even for
beginners
-
-2-0
Simple controller operable with the
same signal as a solenoid valve
AC100V
MSEP-C-
-~-
-2-0
Positioner type based on PIO control,
allowing up to 8 axes to be connected
Solenoid valve multi-axis type
Network specification
MSEP-C-
-~- -0-0
Field network-ready positioner type,
allowing up to 8 axes to be connected
256 points
Positioning is possible for up to 512
points
512 points
Safety-Compliant
Positioner Type
ACON-C-20I
- -2-0
ACON-CG-20I -
-2-0
Pulse Train Input Type
(Differential Line Driver)
ACON-PL-20I
Pulse Train Input Type
(Open Collector)
ACON-PO-20I
-
Serial Communication Type
ACON-SE-20I
-N-0-0
Program
Control Type
ASEL-CS-1-20I
-
-2-0
-
-2-0
-2-0
DC24V
Pulse train input type with
differential line driver support
2.4A rated
(Standard)
1.3A rated
4.4A max.
(Power-saving)
1.3A rated
2.5A max.
—
➝ P537
—
➝ P547
—
➝ P563
Pulse
Motor
—
—
—
➝ P631
Servo
Motor
(24V)
(—)
Pulse train input type with open
collector support
—
Dedicated Serial Communication
Programmed operation is possible.
Can operate up to 2 axes
Power-supply Standard Reference
capacity
price
page
3 points
Solenoid valve multi-axis type
PIO specification
Positioner type
Input
power
64 points
—
1,500 points
—
* This is for the single-axis ASEL.
* Enter the code "LA" in when the power-saving specification is specified.
* indicates number of axes (1 to 8). * indicates field network specification symbol.
*
Servo
Motor
(200V)
➝ P675
Linear
Servo
Motor
indicates I/O type (NP/PN).
RCA2-SA5C
74
Slider
Type
Mini
Standard
Controllers
Integrated
Rod
Type
RCA2
ROBO Cylinder
RCA2-SA6C
RCA2
Model
Specification
Items
Series
SA6C
Type
ROBO Cylinder, Slider Type, Actuator Width 60mm, Servo Motor, Coupled
I
30
Encoder type
Motor type
30P: 30W Servo
I: Incremental
* The Simple absolute motor
encoder is also
considered type "I".
Lead
Stroke
Applicable controller
20 : 20mm
12 : 12mm
6: 6mm
3: 3mm
50: 50mm
A1:ACON
ASEL
A3:AMEC
ASEP
MSEP
800: 800mm
(50mm pitch
increments)
* See page Pre-47 for details on the model descriptions.
Cable length
Options
N: None
See Options below.
P: 1m
S: 3m
M: 5m
X:Custom length
Mini
Standard
Controllers
Integrated
Table/
Arm/
Flat Type
Appendix
Mini
P.5
Standard
(1) When the stroke increases, the maximum will drop to prevent the ball screw from reaching the critical rotational
speed. Use the actuator specification table below to check the maximum speed at the stroke you desire.
(2) The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.3G (0.2G for 3mm-lead model and when using
vertically). These values are the upper limits for the acceleration.
(3) See page A-71 for details on push motion.
Gripper/
Rotary
Type
Linear
Servo
Type
Cleanroom
Type
Actuator Specifications
„„Stroke and Maximum Speed
„„Leads and Payloads
Motor
output (W)
Model number
RCA2-SA6C-I-30-20- ➀ - ➁ - ➂ - ➃
RCA2-SA6C-I-30-12- ➀ - ➁ - ➂ - ➃
RCA2-SA6C-I-30-6- ➀ - ➁ - ➂ - ➃
SplashProof
Type
30
Max. Load Capacity
Lead
(mm)
Horizontal (kg)
Vertical (kg)
Rated
thrust (N)
20
3
0.5
16
12
4
1.5
26
RCA2-SA6C-I-30-3- ➀ - ➁ - ➂ - ➃
6
7
2
53
3
10
4
105
Code explanation ➀ Stroke ➁ Applicable Controller ➂ Cable length ➃ Options
Stroke
Servo
Motor
(24V)
Servo
Motor
(200V)
Linear
Servo
Motor
Standard price
50~800
(every 50mm)
600 650 700 750 800
1000
910 790 690 610
12
600
570 490 425 370 330
6
300
285 245 210 185 165
3
150
140 120 105 90
Without cover (option)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
 Options
Name
Option code See page Standard price
Brake
B
—
➝ A-42
Optional cable exit direction (top)
CJT
—
➝ A-42
Optional cable exit direction (right)
CJR
—
➝ A-42
Optional cable exit direction (left)
CJL
—
➝ A-42
Optional cable exit direction (bottom)
CJB
—
➝ A-42
Power-saving
LA
—
➝ A-52
No cover
NCO
—
➝ A-52
Non-motor end specification
NM
—
➝ A-52
RCA2-SA6C
Cable symbol
P (1m)
S (3m)
M (5m)
X06 (6m) ~ X10 (10m)
X11 (11m) ~ X15 (15m)
X16 (16m) ~ X20 (20m)
Standard
(Robot Cables)
Special length
Standard price
—
—
—
—
—
—
* The standard cable for the RCA2 is the robot cable.
* See page A-59 for cables for maintenance.
Actuator Specifications
Item
Description
Drive System
Positioning repeatability
Lost Motion
Base
Allowable static moment
Allowable dynamic moment (*)
Allowable overhang
Ambient operating temperature, humidity
(*) Based on 5,000km of traveling life
Ball screw, ø10mm, rolled C10
±0.02mm
0.1mm or less
Material: Aluminum, special alumite treated
Ma: 17.6 N·m, Mb: 25.2 N·m, Mc: 44.5 N·m
Ma: 4.31 N·m, Mb: 6.17 N·m, Mc: 10.98 N·m
150mm or less in Ma, Mb and Mc directions
0 to 40oC, 85% RH or less (Non-condensing)
Overhang Load Length
Directions of Allowable Load Moment
Ma
Mb
Mc
80
(Unit: mm/s)
*See page A-71 for details on push motion.
Type
With cover (standard)
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
550
600
650
700
750
800
75
20
50~550
(every 50mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
Cable Length
Stroke (mm)
Pulse
Motor
Stroke
Lead
Stroke
(mm)
Ma
L
Mc
L
RCA2
ROBO Cylinder
Dimensional Drawings
www.intelligentactuator.com
2D
CAD
52
(With Cover)
Appendix
75
25
P.15
15±0.02
(*1)
(*2)
(*3)
31±0.02
CAD drawings can be downloaded
from the website.
4-M5 depth 10
2-ø3H7 depth 5
50
25
15±0.02
Connect the motor-encoder integrated cable here.
See page A-59 for details on cables.
After homing, the slider moves to the ME, therefore,
please watch for any interference with surrounding objects.
ME : Mechanical end
SE : Stroke end
Reference position for calculating the Ma moment
Slider
Type
Mini
Standard
Controllers
Integrated
39.5
Rod
Type
31±0.02
(Without Cover)
4-M5 depth 10
2-ø3H7 depth 5
Mini
L
A
32
st
ME
25
3
47.0
62.5
49
Secure at
least 100
A
60
40
25
3
ME
10
8.5
st
32
Home
SE
25
3
Motor-encoder cable
connector (*1)
38.5
15
10.5
62.5
49
57
60
Cx100 (M5 tapped)
B
15
Mini
Standard
Change cable outlet direction (optional)
(Top: CJT)
32
(Right:
CJR)
(Left: CJL)
F
4
25
ø3H7 depth from the
bottom of the base 5
M (ø3 hole and oblong hole pitch)
50
292.5
332
180.5
101
0
4
101
1.6
1.5
100
342.5
382
230.5
51
1
6
151
1.7
1.6
150
392.5
432
280.5
101
1
6
201
1.9
1.8
Secure at least 100
(Bottom: CJB)
* As viewed from arrow B .
D-M5 depth 8
„„Dimensions and Mass by Stroke
Stroke
Without brake
L
With brake
A
B
C
D
M
Weight With cover
(kg) Without cover
Gripper/
Rotary
Type
B
32
31
(Common)
Details of F
Table/
Arm/
Flat Type
ME (*2)
5
3H7 depth from the bottom of the bass 5
Ma moment
offset reference position (*3)
Controllers
Integrated
112
47.0
8.5
(Without Cover)
L
57
Standard
Above motor
cover: 60.5
Ma moment
offset reference position (*3)
)
A
ME (*2)
Home
SE
(
38.5
5
(With Cover)
25
3
8.5
If equipped with a brake
* The above brake unit is
added to section A .
Above motor
cover: 60.5
10
40
8.5
112
* Brake-equipped models are heavier by 0.4kg.
200
442.5
482
330.5
51
2
8
251
2.1
1.9
250
492.5
532
380.5
101
2
8
301
2.3
2.1
300
542.5
582
430.5
51
3
10
351
2.4
2.2
350
592.5
632
480.5
101
3
10
401
2.6
2.3
400
642.5
682
530.5
51
4
12
451
2.8
2.5
450
692.5
732
580.5
101
4
12
501
2.9
2.6
500
742.5
782
630.5
51
5
14
551
3.1
2.8
550
792.5
832
680.5
101
5
14
601
3.3
2.9
600
842.5
882
730.5
51
6
16
651
3.5
3.1
650
892.5
932
780.5
101
6
16
701
3.6
3.2
700
942.5
982
830.5
51
7
18
751
3.8
3.4
750 800
992.5 1042.5
1032 1082
880.5 930.5
101
51
7
8
18
20
801 851
4.0
4.1
3.5
3.7
Applicable Controllers
Linear
Servo
Type
Cleanroom
Type
SplashProof
Type
RCA2 series actuators can be operated with the controllers indicated below. Select the type according to your intended application.
Name
External
view
Model number
AMEC-C-30I
Features
- -2-1
Solenoid Valve Type
ASEP-C-30I
Easy-to-use controller, even for
beginners
-
-2-0
Simple controller operable with the
same signal as a solenoid valve
Solenoid valve multi-axis type
PIO specification
MSEP-C-
-~-
-2-0
Positioner type based on PIO control,
allowing up to 8 axes to be connected
Solenoid valve multi-axis type
Network specification
MSEP-C-
-~- -0-0
Field network-ready positioner type,
allowing up to 8 axes to be connected
Positioner type
Safety-Compliant
Positioner Type
ACON-C-30I
- -2-0
ACON-CG-30I -
-2-0
Pulse Train Input Type
(Differential Line Driver)
ACON-PL-30I
Pulse Train Input Type
(Open Collector)
ACON-PO-30I
-
Serial Communication Type
ACON-SE-30I
-N-0-0
Program
Control Type
ASEL-CS-1-30I
-
-2-0
-
-2-0
-2-0
Maximum number of
positioning points
Positioning is possible for up to 512
points
AC100V
Power-supply Standard Reference
capacity
price
page
2.4A rated
3 points
—
➝ P537
—
➝ P547
—
➝ P563
256 points
512 points
DC24V
Pulse train input type with
differential line driver support
(Standard)
1.3A rated
4.4A max.
(Power-saving)
1.3A rated
2.2A max.
Pulse
Motor
—
—
—
➝ P631
Servo
Motor
(24V)
(—)
Pulse train input type with open
collector support
—
Dedicated Serial Communication
Programmed operation is possible.
Can operate up to 2 axes
Input
power
64 points
—
1,500 points
—
* This is for the single-axis ASEL.
* Enter the code "LA" in when the power-saving specification is specified.
* indicates number of axes (1 to 8). * indicates field network specification symbol.
*
Servo
Motor
(200V)
➝ P675
Linear
Servo
Motor
indicates I/O type (NP/PN).
RCA2-SA6C
76
Slider
Type
Mini
Standard
Controllers
Integrated
Rod
Type
RCA2
ROBO Cylinder
RCA2-SA2AR
Model
Specification
Items
RCA2 SA2AR
Series
Type
I
ROBO Cylinder, Mini Slider Type, Side-mounted Motor Type, Actuator Width
20mm, 24V Servo Motor, Ball Screw Specification
5
Encoder type
Motor type
5:Servo motor
I: Incremental
* The Simple absolute 5W
encoder is also
considered type "I".
A3
Lead
Stroke
Applicable controller
4 : 4mm
2 : 2mm
1 : 1mm
25: 25mm
A3:ASEP
MSEP
100: 100mm
Cable length
Options
N:None
P: 1m
S: 3m
M: 5m
X:Custom length
(25mm pitch
increments)
See Options below.
*Be sure to specify
which side the
motor is to be
mounted (ML/MR).
* See page Pre-47 for details on the model descriptions.
Mini
Standard
Controllers
Integrated
Table/
Arm/
Flat Type
Mini
Photo above shows specification with motor side-mounted to the left (ML Option).
Standard
Appendix
P.5
Gripper/
Rotary
Type
(1) The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of
0.3G. This value is the upper limit for the acceleration.
(2) Take note that, since there is no brake, the slider may come down
when the power is turned off if the actuator is used vertically.
(3) See page A-71 for details on push motion.
Linear
Servo
Type
SplashProof
Type
Actuator Specifications
„„Leads and Payloads
„„Stroke and Maximum Speed
Motor
Feed
output (W) screw
Model number
RCA2-SA2AR-I-5-4- ➀ -A3- ➁ - ➂
RCA2-SA2AR-I-5-2- ➀ -A3- ➁ - ➂
5
RCA2-SA2AR-I-5-1- ➀ -A3- ➁ - ➂
Ball
screw
Max. Load Capacity
Lead
Rated
(mm) Horizontal (kg) Vertical (kg) thrust (N)
4
0.5
0.25
21.4
2
1
0.5
42.3
1
2
1
85.5
Code explanation ➀ Stroke ➁ Cable length ➂ Options
Servo
Motor
(200V)
25~100
(every 25mm)
Lead
Stroke
4
25
(mm)
50~100
(mm)
180
200
2
100
1
50
(Unit: mm/s)
Cable Length
Stroke
Servo
Motor
(24V)
±0.02
Stroke
(mm)
*See page A-71 for details on push motion.
Stroke
Pulse
Motor
Positioning
Repeatability
(mm)
Ball screw
Cleanroom
Type
(mm)
Standard price
25
50
75
100
—
—
—
—
Type
Standard
(Robot Cables)
Special length
Cable symbol
P (1m)
S (3m)
M (5m)
X06 (6m) ~ X10 (10m)
X11 (11m) ~ X15 (15m)
X16 (16m) ~ X20 (20m)
Standard price
—
—
—
—
—
—
* The standard cable for the RCA2 is the robot cable.
* See page A-59 for cables for maintenance.
Actuator Specifications
Options
Name
Non-motor end specification
Right-mounted motor
Left-mounted motor (standard)
Linear
Servo
Motor
Option code See page Standard price
NM
—
➝ A-52
MR
—
➝ A-52
ML
—
➝ A-52
Item
Drive System
Lost Motion
Base
Guide
Allowable dynamic moment (*)
Allowable overhang
Ambient Operating Temp./Humidity
Service Life
(*) Based on 5,000km travel life.
77
RCA2-SA2AR
Description
Ball screw, ø4mm, rolled C10
0.1mm or less
Material: Aluminum, white alumite treated
Linear guide
Ma: 0.22 N·m, Mb: 0.31 N·m, Mc: 0.28 N·m
40mm or less in Ma, Mb and Mc directions
0 to 40°C, 85% RH or less (Non-condensing)
5,000km
RCA2
ROBO Cylinder
Dimensional Drawings
www.intelligentactuator.com
CAD drawings can be downloaded
from the website.
Appendix
P.15
(*1) Connect the motor-encoder integrated cable here. See page A-59 for details on cables.
(*2) During home return, be careful to avoid interference from peripheral objects because the slider travels
until the mechanical end.
*The drawing below shows the specification of the motor side-mounted to the left.
2D
CAD
Mini
Standard
Controllers
Integrated
L1
L2
32.5
3
4-M2
Depth 4mm
12
10
Rod
Type
3
2-ø2H7
Depth 2mm
Slider
Type
3
Mini
15 (tolerance for reamed
hole pitch ±0.02 mm)
Standard
Secure at least 100mm
14.5
2
ME
st
30
HOME
SE
2
ME
55
Table/
Arm/
Flat Type
27.2
22.7
15.2
23.9
23.5
Motor-encoder cable
connector (*1)
Controllers
Integrated
89
Mini
(1.9)
20
16.2
Reference
position for
Moment offset
41
Oblong Hole
Depth 2mm
1
Gripper/
Rotary
Type
SE :Stroke end
ME :Mechanical end
.5
.5
R1
16
R1
3 H7
Standard
2.9
Detailed view
of oblong hole
B-M2
Depth 4mm
30
Linear
Servo
Type
ø3H7 Depth 2mm
(25)
A×25
15
„„Dimensions and Mass by Stroke
Stroke
L1
L2
A
B
Weight (kg)
25
50
75
124.5 149.5 174.5
92
117 142
1
2
3
4
6
8
0.23 0.25 0.26
100
199.5
167
4
10
0.28
Applicable Controllers
Cleanroom
Type
SplashProof
Type
RCA2 series actuators can be operated with the controllers indicated below. Select the type according to your intended application.
External
view
Name
Solenoid valve type
Model number
ASEP-C-5SI- -2-0
Features
Maximum number of
positioning points
Input
power
Power supply
capacity
Simple controller operable with the
same signal as a solenoid valve
Standard Reference
price
page
—
➝ P547
—
➝ P563
3 points
*
Solenoid valve multi-axis type
PIO specification
MSEP-C- -~- -2-0
Positioner type based on PIO control,
allowing up to 8 axes to be connected
Solenoid valve multi-axis type
Network specification
MSEP-C- -~- -0-0
Field network-ready positioner type,
allowing up to 8 axes to be connected
indicates I/O type (NP/PN). *
indicates number of axes (1 to 8). *
DC24V
1A rated
2A max.
256 points
Pulse
Motor
indicates field network specification symbol.
Servo
Motor
(24V)
Servo
Motor
(200V)
Linear
Servo
Motor
RCA2-SA2AR
78
Slider
Type
Mini
Standard
Controllers
Integrated
Rod
Type
RCA2
ROBO Cylinder
RCA2-SA3R
Model
Specification
Items
RCA2
Series
SA3R
Type
ROBO Cylinder, Slider Type, Actuator Width 32mm, Servo Motor, Side-mounted Motor
I
10
Encoder type
Motor type
10: 10W motor
I: Incremental
* The Simple absolute motor
encoder is also
considered type "I".
Lead
Stroke
6 : 6mm
4 : 4mm
2 : 2mm
50: 50mm
Applicable controller
A1:ACON
ASEL
A3:AMEC
ASEP
MSEP
300: 300mm
(50mm pitch
increments)
* See page Pre-47 for details on the model descriptions.
Cable length
Options
N:None
See Options below.
P: 1m
*Be sure to specify
S: 3m
which side the
M: 5m
motor is to be
X:Custom length mounted (ML/MR).
Mini
Standard
Controllers
Integrated
Table/
Arm/
Flat Type
Mini
Photo above shows specification with motor side-mounted to the left (ML Option).
Standard
Appendix
P.5
Gripper/
Rotary
Type
(1) The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.3G
(0.2G for 2mm-lead model and when using vertically).
These values are the upper limits for the acceleration.
(2) See page A-71 for details on push motion.
Linear
Servo
Type
Cleanroom
Type
SplashProof
Type
Actuator Specifications
„„Leads and Payloads
„„Stroke and Maximum Speed
Motor
output (W)
Model number
Max. Load Capacity
Lead
(mm) Horizontal (kg) Vertical (kg)
RCA2-SA3R-I-10-6- ➀ - ➁ - ➂ - ➃
RCA2-SA3R-I-10-4- ➀ - ➁ - ➂ - ➃
10
RCA2-SA3R-I-10-2- ➀ - ➁ - ➂ - ➃
Rated
thrust (N)
6
1
0.5
28
4
2
1
43
2
3
1.5
85
Code explanation ➀ Stroke ➁ Applicable Controller ➂ Cable length ➃ Options
Stroke
Servo
Motor
(24V)
Servo
Motor
(200V)
Linear
Servo
Motor
Stroke
Lead
50~300
(every 50mm)
6
300
4
200
2
100
(Unit: mm/s)
*See page A-71 for details on push motion.
Type
Standard price
With cover (standard)
Without cover (option)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
50
100
150
200
250
300
Cable symbol
P (1m)
S (3m)
M (5m)
X06 (6m) ~ X10 (10m)
X11 (11m) ~ X15 (15m)
X16 (16m) ~ X20 (20m)
Standard
(Robot Cables)
Special length
Standard price
—
—
—
—
—
—
* The standard cable is the motor-encoder integrated robot cable.
* See page A-59 for cables for maintenance.
Actuator Specifications
 Options
Name
Option code See page Standard price
Brake
B
—
➝ A-42
Optional cable exit direction (top)
CJT
—
➝ A-42
Optional cable exit direction (outside)
CJO
—
➝ A-42
Optional cable exit direction (bottom)
CJB
—
➝ A-42
Power-saving
LA
—
➝ A-52
Left-mounted motor (standard)
ML
—
➝ A-52
Right-mounted motor
MR
—
➝ A-52
No cover
NCO
—
➝ A-52
Non-motor end specification
NM
—
➝ A-52
Item
Description
Drive System
Positioning repeatability
Lost Motion
Base
Allowable static moment
Allowable dynamic moment (*)
Allowable overhang
Ambient operating temperature, humidity
(*) Based on 5,000km of traveling life
Ball screw, ø6mm, rolled C10
±0.02mm
0.1mm or less
Material: Aluminum, special alumite treated
Ma: 5.0 N·m, Mb: 7.1 N·m, Mc: 7.9 N·m
Ma: 1.96 N·m, Mb: 2.84 N·m, Mc: 3.14 N·m
100mm or less in Ma, Mb and Mc directions
0 to 40oC, 85% RH or less (Non-condensing)
Overhang Load Length
Directions of Allowable Load Moment
79
50~300
(every 50mm)
Cable Length
Stroke (mm)
Pulse
Motor
Stroke
(mm)
Ma
Mb
Mc
Ma
L
Mc
L
RCA2-SA3R
RCA2
ROBO Cylinder
Dimensional Drawings
0.02
www.intelligentactuator.com
2D
CAD
2-ø2H7 depth 5
60
17 ±0.02
CAD drawings can be downloaded
from the website.
Slider
Type
17
Appendix
4-M3 depth 6
P.15
Mini
Standard
(77)
30
(With Cover)
11±
With Brake
Controllers
Integrated
126.2 (without brake)
158.2 (with brake)
Rod
Type
(Without Cover)
L
A
10
21.4
4.4
ME
21.4
39.8
3
SE
Home
Standard
ME (*2)
Controllers
Integrated
37
40
31.5
Mini
19
st
5
(With Cover)
29.5
3
4.4
21.8
3
29
32
Ma moment
offset reference position (*3)
(7)
Motor-encoder cable
connector (*1)
38
77
29.5
Table/
Arm/
Flat Type
(Without Cover)
Ma moment
offset reference position (*3)
Mini
[Cable Exit Direction] (Optional)
(Top: CJT)
Standard
17
Secure at least 100
F
10.5
15
B
2H depth 4 from
bottom of base
32
25
3
(Bottom: CJB)
(*1)
(*2)
(*3)
15
Connect the motor-encoder integrated cable here. See page A-59 for details on cables.
After homing, the slider moves to the ME, therefore, please watch for any interference with
surrounding objects.
ME : Mechanical end
SE : Stroke end
Reference position for calculating the Ma moment
Details of F
Gripper/
Rotary
Type
37.5
D-M3 depth 5
(Out: CJO)
32
C×100
ø2H7 depth 4 from the bottom of the base
„„Dimensions and Mass by Stroke
Stroke
L
A
B
C
D
Weight With cover
(kg) Without cover
50
162
143
84
0
4
0.7
0.6
100
212
193
34
1
6
0.7
0.7
150
262
243
84
1
6
0.8
0.7
* Brake-equipped models
are heavier by 0.2kg.
200
312
293
34
2
8
0.9
0.8
250
362
343
84
2
8
0.9
0.8
300
412
393
34
3
10
1.0
0.9
Linear
Servo
Type
Cleanroom
Type
SplashProof
Type
Applicable Controllers
RCA2 series actuators can be operated with the controllers indicated below. Select the type according to your intended application.
Name
External
view
Model number
AMEC-C-10I
Features
- -2-1
Solenoid Valve Type
ASEP-C-10I
Easy-to-use controller, even for
beginners
-
-2-0
Simple controller operable with the
same signal as a solenoid valve
Solenoid valve multi-axis type
PIO specification
MSEP-C-
-~-
-2-0
Positioner type based on PIO control,
allowing up to 8 axes to be connected
Solenoid valve multi-axis type
Network specification
MSEP-C-
-~- -0-0
Field network-ready positioner type,
allowing up to 8 axes to be connected
Positioner type
Safety-Compliant
Positioner Type
ACON-C-10I
- -2-0
Positioning is possible for up to 512
points
ACON-CG-10I -
-2-0
Pulse Train Input Type
(Differential Line Driver)
ACON-PL-10I
-
-2-0
Pulse train input type with
differential line driver support
Pulse Train Input Type
(Open Collector)
ACON-PO-10I
-
-2-0
Pulse train input type with open
collector support
Serial Communication Type
ACON-SE-10I
-N-0-0
Program
Control Type
ASEL-CS-1-10I
-
-2-0
Maximum number of
positioning points
Dedicated Serial Communication
Programmed operation is possible.
Can operate up to 2 axes
Input
power
AC100V
Power-supply Standard Reference
capacity
price
page
2.4A rated
3 points
—
➝ P537
—
➝ P547
—
➝ P563
256 points
512 points
DC24V
(Standard)
1.3A rated
4.4A max.
(Power-saving)
1.3A rated
2.5A max.
Pulse
Motor
—
—
—
➝ P631
(—)
Servo
Motor
(24V)
—
64 points
—
1,500 points
—
* This is for the single-axis ASEL.
* Enter the code "LA" in when the power-saving specification is specified.
* indicates number of axes (1 to 8). * indicates field network specification symbol.
*
Servo
Motor
(200V)
➝ P675
Linear
Servo
Motor
indicates I/O type (NP/PN).
RCA2-SA3R
80
RCA2
Slider
Type
Mini
Standard
ROBO Cylinder
RCA2-SA4R
Model
Specification
Items
RCA2
Series
SA4R
Type
ROBO Cylinder, Slider Type, Actuator Width 40mm, Servo Motor, Side-mounted Motor
I
20
Motor type
Encoder type
20: 20W Servo
I: Incremental
* The Simple absolute motor
encoder is also
considered type "I".
Controllers
Integrated
Lead
Stroke
0 : 10mm
1
5: 5mm
2.5: 2.5mm
50: 50mm
Applicable controller
A1:ACON
ASEL
A3:AMEC
ASEP
MSEP
500: 500mm
(50mm pitch
increments)
* See page Pre-47 for details on the model descriptions.
Options
Cable length
N:None
See Options below.
P: 1m
*Be sure to specify
S: 3m
which side the
M: 5m
motor is to be
X:Custom length mounted (ML/MR).
Rod
Type
Mini
Standard
Controllers
Integrated
Table/
Arm/
Flat Type
Mini
Photo above shows specification with motor side-mounted to the left (ML Option).
Standard
Appendix
P.5
Gripper/
Rotary
Type
(1) The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.3G
(0.2G for 2.5mm-lead model and when using vertically). These
values are the upper limits for the acceleration.
(2) See page A-71 for details on push motion.
Linear
Servo
Type
Cleanroom
Type
SplashProof
Type
Actuator Specifications
„„Leads and Payloads
Model number
„„Stroke and Maximum Speed
Motor
output (W)
RCA2-SA4R-I-20-10- ➀ - ➁ - ➂ - ➃
RCA2-SA4R-I-20-5- ➀ - ➁ - ➂ - ➃
RCA2-SA4R-I-20-2.5- ➀ - ➁ - ➂ - ➃
Max. Load Capacity
Lead
(mm) Horizontal (kg) Vertical (kg)
10
20
2
1
Rated
thrust (N)
5
4
1.5
68
2.5
6
3
136
Stroke
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
Standard price
With cover (standard)
Without cover (option)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Linear
Servo
Motor
(every 50mm)
10
500
5
250
2.5
125
(Unit: mm/s)
*See page A-71 for details on push motion.
Type
Standard
(Robot Cables)
Special length
Cable symbol
P (1m)
S (3m)
M (5m)
X06 (6m) ~ X10 (10m)
X11 (11m) ~ X15 (15m)
X16 (16m) ~ X20 (20m)
* The standard cable is the motor-encoder integrated robot cable.
* See page A-59 for cables for maintenance.
Name
Option code See page Standard price
Brake
B
—
➝ A-42
Optional cable exit direction (top)
CJT
—
➝ A-42
Optional cable exit direction (outside)
CJO
—
➝ A-42
Optional cable exit direction (bottom)
CJB
—
➝ A-42
Power-saving
LA
—
➝ A-52
Left-mounted motor (standard)
ML
—
➝ A-52
Right-mounted motor
MR
—
➝ A-52
No cover
NCO
—
➝ A-52
Non-motor end specification
NM
—
➝ A-52
Item
Description
Drive System
Positioning repeatability
Lost Motion
Base
Allowable static moment
Allowable dynamic moment (*)
Allowable overhang
Ambient operating temperature, humidity
Ball screw, ø8mm, rolled C10
±0.02mm
0.1mm or less
Material: Aluminum, special alumite treated
Ma: 6.8 N·m, Mb: 9.7 N·m, Mc: 13.3 N·m
Ma: 3.04 N·m, Mb: 4.31 N·m, Mc: 5.00 N·m
120mm or less in Ma, Mb and Mc directions
0 to 40oC, 85% RH or less (Non-condensing)
(*) Based on 5,000km of traveling life
Overhang Load Length
Directions of Allowable Load Moment
81
Standard price
—
—
—
—
—
—
Actuator Specifications
 Options
Servo
Motor
(200V)
50~500
50~500
(every 50mm)
Cable Length
Stroke (mm)
Servo
Motor
(24V)
Stroke
Lead
34
Code explanation ➀ Stroke ➁ Applicable Controller ➂ Cable length ➃ Options
Pulse
Motor
Stroke
(mm)
Ma
Mb
Mc
Ma
L
Mc
L
RCA2-SA4R
RCA2
ROBO Cylinder
Dimensional Drawings
2-ø2.5H7 depth 5
www.intelligentactuator.com
2D
CAD
Appendix
0.02
65
21
20±0.02
CAD drawings can be downloaded
from the website.
14±
P.15
4-M3 depth 6
Mini
38
(With Cover)
With Brake
Standard
(95.5)
(*1)
(*2)
(*3)
Slider
Type
Connect the motor-encoder integrated cable here.
See page A-59 for details on cables.
After homing, the slider moves to the ME, therefore,
please watch for any interference with
surrounding objects.
ME : Mechanical end
SE : Stroke end
Reference position for calculating the Ma moment
Controllers
Integrated
150.2 (without brake)
174.7 (with brake)
Rod
Type
(Without Cover)
L
A
26
Mini
26.5
st
26
SE
Home
47.5
3
ME (*2)
Standard
Controllers
Integrated
42.5
36.5
5.5
5.2
23
3
ME
5
48
37
5.2
(With Cover)
10
37
40
Ma moment
offset reference position (*3)
Motor-encoder cable
connector (*1)
(4.5)
51
Table/
Arm/
Flat Type
36.5
95.5
(Without Cover)
Mini
Ma moment
offset reference position (*3)
Standard
[Cable Exit Direction] (Optional)
(Top: CJT)
Gripper/
Rotary
Type
21
Secure at
least 100
F
15
C×100
B
ø2.5H7 depth from the bottom of the base 5
32
10.5
32
Linear
Servo
Type
51.5
D-M3 depth 5
25
2.5H7 depth from the
bottom of the base 5
(Out: CJO)
15
(Bottom: CJB)
„„Dimensions and Mass by Stroke
3.5
Details of F
* Brake-equipped models are heavier by 0.3kg.
Stroke
50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500
183 233 283 333 383 433 483 533 583 633
L
A
156.5 206.5 256.5 306.5 356.5 406.5 456.5 506.5 556.5 606.5
B
91
41
91
41
91
41
91
41
91
41
C
0
1
1
2
2
3
3
4
4
5
D
4
6
6
8
8
10
10
12
12
14
1.1 1.2 1.3 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 1.7 1.8 1.9
Weight With cover
(kg) Without cover 1.0 1.1 1.2 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.5 1.6 1.7
Cleanroom
Type
SplashProof
Type
Applicable Controllers
RCA2 series actuators can be operated with the controllers indicated below. Select the type according to your intended application.
Name
External
view
Model number
AMEC-C-20SI
Features
- -2-1
Solenoid Valve Type
ASEP-C-20SI
Solenoid valve multi-axis type
PIO specification
Solenoid valve multi-axis type
Network specification
Positioner type
Safety-Compliant
Positioner Type
Pulse Train Input Type
(Differential Line Driver)
MSEP-CMSEP-C-
-
-2-0
Easy-to-use controller, even for
beginners
Simple controller operable with the
same signal as a solenoid valve
-~- -0-0
Field network-ready positioner type,
allowing up to 8 axes to be connected
256 points
Positioning is possible for up to 512
points
512 points
- -2-0
ACON-CG-20SI -
-2-0
ACON-PL-20SI
-2-0
-
Serial Communication Type
ACON-SE-20SI
-N-0-0
ASEL-CS-1-20SI
-
DC24V
Pulse train input type with
differential line driver support
Dedicated Serial Communication
Programmed operation is possible.
-2-0
Can operate up to 2 axes
2.4A rated
(Standard)
1.7A rated
5.1A max.
(Power-saving)
1.7A rated
3.4A max.
—
➝ P537
—
➝ P547
—
➝ P563
—
—
—
➝ P631
—
64 points
—
1,500 points
—
* This is for the single-axis ASEL.
* Enter the code "LA" in when the power-saving specification is specified.
* indicates number of axes (1 to 8). * indicates field network specification symbol.
*
➝ P675
indicates I/O type (NP/PN).
RCA2-SA4R
Pulse
Motor
Servo
Motor
(24V)
(—)
Pulse train input type with open
-2-0
collector support
ACON-PO-20SI
Power-supply Standard Reference
capacity
price
page
3 points
Positioner type based on PIO control,
allowing up to 8 axes to be connected
ACON-C-20SI
Input
power
AC100V
-2-0
-~-
Pulse Train Input Type
(Open Collector)
Program
Control Type
Maximum number of
positioning points
82
Servo
Motor
(200V)
Linear
Servo
Motor
RCA2
Slider
Type
Mini
Standard
ROBO Cylinder
RCA2-SA5R
Model
Specification
Items
RCA2
Series
SA5R
Type
ROBO Cylinder, Slider Type, Actuator Width 50mm, Servo Motor, Side-mounted Motor
I
20
Motor type
Encoder type
20: 20W Servo
I: Incremental
* The Simple absolute motor
encoder is also
considered type "I".
Controllers
Integrated
Lead
Stroke
12 : 12mm
6: 6mm
3: 3mm
50: 50mm
Applicable controller
A1:ACON
ASEL
A3:AMEC
ASEP
MSEP
800: 800mm
(50mm pitch
increments)
* See page Pre-47 for details on the model descriptions.
Options
Cable length
N:None
See Options below.
P: 1m
*Be sure to specify
S: 3m
which side the
M: 5m
motor is to be
X:Custom length mounted (ML/MR).
Rod
Type
Mini
Standard
Controllers
Integrated
Table/
Arm/
Flat Type
Mini
Photo above shows specification with motor side-mounted to the left (ML Option).
Standard
Appendix
P.5
Gripper/
Rotary
Type
(1) The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.3G
(0.2G for 3mm-lead model and when using vertically). These
values are the upper limits for the acceleration.
(2) See page A-71 for details on push motion.
Linear
Servo
Type
Cleanroom
Type
SplashProof
Type
Actuator Specifications
„„Leads and Payloads
Model number
„„Stroke and Maximum Speed
Motor
output (W)
RCA2-SA5R-I-20-12- ➀ - ➁ - ➂ - ➃
RCA2-SA5R-I-20-6- ➀ - ➁ - ➂ - ➃
RCA2-SA5R-I-20-3- ➀ - ➁ - ➂ - ➃
Lead
Max. Load Capacity
(mm) Horizontal (kg) Vertical (kg)
12
20
3
1
Rated
thrust (N)
6
6
1.5
34
3
9
3
68
Stroke
Servo
Motor
(200V)
Linear
Servo
Motor
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
550
600
650
700
750
800
Standard price
With cover (standard)
Without cover (option)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(every 50mm)
600 650 700 750 800
600
570 490 425 370 330
6
300
285 245 210 185 165
3
150
140 120 105 90
80
(Unit: mm/s)
*See page A-71 for details on push motion.
Type
Standard
(Robot Cables)
Special length
Cable symbol
P (1m)
S (3m)
M (5m)
X06 (6m) ~ X10 (10m)
X11 (11m) ~ X15 (15m)
X16 (16m) ~ X20 (20m)
Standard price
—
—
—
—
—
—
* The standard cable is the motor-encoder integrated robot cable.
* See page A-59 for cables for maintenance.
Actuator Specifications
 Options
Name
Option code See page Standard price
Brake
B
—
➝ A-42
Optional cable exit direction (top)
CJT
—
➝ A-42
Optional cable exit direction (outside)
CJO
—
➝ A-42
Optional cable exit direction (bottom)
CJB
—
➝ A-42
Power-saving
LA
—
➝ A-52
Left-mounted motor (standard)
ML
—
➝ A-52
Right-mounted motor
MR
—
➝ A-52
No cover
NCO
—
➝ A-52
Non-motor end specification
NM
—
➝ A-52
83
12
50~800
50~550
(every 50mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
Cable Length
Stroke (mm)
Servo
Motor
(24V)
Stroke
Lead
17
Code explanation ➀ Stroke ➁ Applicable Controller ➂ Cable length ➃ Options
Pulse
Motor
Stroke
(mm)
Item
Description
Drive System
Positioning repeatability
Lost Motion
Base
Allowable static moment
Allowable dynamic moment (*)
Allowable overhang
Ambient operating temperature, humidity
Ball screw, ø10mm, rolled C10
±0.02mm
0.1mm
Material: Aluminum, special alumite treated
Ma: 10.2 N·m, Mb: 14.6 N·m, Mc: 22.4 N·m
Ma: 3.92 N·m, Mb: 5.58 N·m, Mc: 8.53 N·m
130mm or less in Ma, Mb and Mc directions
0 to 40oC, 85% RH or less (Non-condensing)
(*) Based on 5,000km of traveling life
Directions of Allowable Load Moment
Ma
Mb
Mc
Overhang Load Length
Ma
L
Mc
L
RCA2-SA5R
RCA2
ROBO Cylinder
Dimensional Drawings
2-ø2.5H7 depth 5
P.15
14 ±0.02
With Brake
Standard
Controllers
Integrated
164.2 (with brake)
139.7 (without brake)
Rod
Type
(Without Cover)
L
ME
st
SE
28
50.5
3
Home
ME (*2)
Standard
Controllers
Integrated
52.5
43.5
4.5
6.5
47
50
5
45
(With Cover)
57
6.5
Mini
26.5
A
24.5
3
10
33
Ma moment
offset reference position (*3)
(8.5)
58.5
Motor-encoder cable
connector (*1)
Table/
Arm/
Flat Type
43.5
117
(Without Cover)
Slider
Type
Mini
26 ±0.02
(With Cover)
Connect the motor-encoder integrated cable here.
See page A-59 for details on cables.
After homing, the slider moves to the ME, therefore,
please watch for any interference with
surrounding objects.
ME : Mechanical end
SE : Stroke end
Reference position for calculating the Ma moment
Appendix
4-M4 depth 8
(117)
2D
CAD
(*1)
(*2)
(*3)
70
22
www.intelligentactuator.com
45
CAD drawings can be downloaded
from the website.
Mini
Ma moment
offset reference position (*3)
Standard
2.5H7 depth from the
bottom of the base 5
[Cable Exit Direction] (Optional)
(Top: CJT)
26
Secure at
least 100
F
32
10.5
15
C×100
B
15
53
ø2.5H7 depth from the bottom of the base 5
(Out: CJO)
32
„„Dimensions and Mass by Stroke
(Bottom: CJB)
Stroke
L
A
B
C
D
Weight With cover
(kg) Without cover
50
189.5
163
96
0
4
1.5
1.4
100
239.5
213
46
1
6
1.7
1.6
Linear
Servo
Type
Details of F
D-M4 depth 7
25
Gripper/
Rotary
Type
3.5
150
289.5
263
96
1
6
1.8
1.7
200
339.5
313
46
2
8
1.9
1.8
250
389.5
363
96
2
8
2.1
1.9
* Brake-equipped models are heavier by 0.4kg.
300
439.5
413
46
3
10
2.2
2.0
350
489.5
463
96
3
10
2.3
2.1
400
539.5
513
46
4
12
2.5
2.2
450
589.5
563
96
4
12
2.6
2.3
500
639.5
613
46
5
14
2.7
2.4
550
689.5
663
96
5
14
2.9
2.5
600
739.5
713
46
6
16
3.0
2.6
650
789.5
763
96
6
16
3.1
2.7
700
839.5
813
46
7
18
3.3
2.8
750
889.5
863
96
7
18
3.4
2.9
800
939.5
913
46
8
20
3.5
3.0
Cleanroom
Type
SplashProof
Type
Applicable Controllers
RCA2 series actuators can be operated with the controllers indicated below. Select the type according to your intended application.
Name
External
view
Model number
AMEC-C-20I
Features
- -2-1
Solenoid Valve Type
Solenoid valve multi-axis type
Network specification
Positioner type
Safety-Compliant
Positioner Type
Pulse Train Input Type
(Differential Line Driver)
MSEP-CMSEP-C-
Simple controller operable with the
same signal as a solenoid valve
-~-
-2-0
Positioner type based on PIO control,
allowing up to 8 axes to be connected
-~- -0-0
Field network-ready positioner type,
allowing up to 8 axes to be connected
256 points
Positioning is possible for up to 512
points
512 points
ACON-C-20I
- -2-0
ACON-CG-20I -
-2-0
ACON-PL-20I
-2-0
-
Serial Communication Type
ACON-SE-20I
-N-0-0
ASEL-CS-1-20I
-
DC24V
Pulse train input type with
differential line driver support
2.4A rated
(Standard)
1.3A rated
4.4A max.
(Power-saving)
1.3A rated
2.5A max.
—
➝ P537
—
➝ P547
—
➝ P563
—
—
—
➝ P631
—
64 points
—
1,500 points
—
* This is for the single-axis ASEL.
* Enter the code "LA" in when the power-saving specification is specified.
* indicates number of axes (1 to 8). * indicates field network specification symbol.
*
➝ P675
indicates I/O type (NP/PN).
RCA2-SA5R
Pulse
Motor
Servo
Motor
(24V)
(—)
Dedicated Serial Communication
Programmed operation is possible.
-2-0
Can operate up to 2 axes
Power-supply Standard Reference
capacity
price
page
3 points
Pulse train input type with open
-2-0
collector support
ACON-PO-20I
Input
power
AC100V
-2-0
Pulse Train Input Type
(Open Collector)
Program
Control Type
Easy-to-use controller, even for
beginners
-
ASEP-C-20I
Solenoid valve multi-axis type
PIO specification
Maximum number of
positioning points
84
Servo
Motor
(200V)
Linear
Servo
Motor
RCA2
Slider
Type
Mini
Standard
ROBO Cylinder
RCA2-SA6R
Model
Specification
Items
RCA2
Series
SA6R
Type
ROBO Cylinder, Slider Type, Actuator Width 60mm, Servo Motor, Side-mounted Motor
I
30
Motor type
Encoder type
30: 30W Servo
I: Incremental
* The Simple absolute motor
encoder is also
considered type "I".
Controllers
Integrated
Lead
Stroke
2 : 12mm
1
6: 6mm
3: 3mm
50: 50mm
Applicable controller
800: 800mm
(50mm pitch
increments)
* See page Pre-47 for details on the model descriptions.
A1:ACON
ASEL
A3:AMEC
ASEP
MSEP
Options
Cable length
N:None
See Options below.
P: 1m
*Be sure to specify
S: 3m
which side the
M: 5m
motor is to be
X:Custom length mounted (ML/MR).
Rod
Type
Mini
Standard
Controllers
Integrated
Table/
Arm/
Flat Type
Mini
Photo above shows specification with motor side-mounted to the left (ML Option).
Standard
Appendix
P.5
Gripper/
Rotary
Type
(1) When the stroke increases, the maximum will drop to prevent the ball screw from reaching
the critical rotational speed. Use the actuator specification table below to check the
maximum speed at the stroke you desire.
(2) The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.3G (0.2G for the 3mm-lead
model, or when used vertically). These values are the upper limits for the acceleration.
(3) See page A-71 for details on push motion.
Linear
Servo
Type
Cleanroom
Type
SplashProof
Type
Actuator Specifications
„„Leads and Payloads
Model number
„„Stroke and Maximum Speed
Motor
output (W)
RCA2-SA6R-I-30-12- ➀ - ➁ - ➂ - ➃
RCA2-SA6R-I-30-6- ➀ - ➁ - ➂ - ➃
RCA2-SA6R-I-30-3- ➀ - ➁ - ➂ - ➃
Lead
Max. Load Capacity
(mm) Horizontal (kg) Vertical (kg)
12
30
4
1.5
Rated
thrust (N)
6
7
2
53
3
10
4
105
Stroke
Servo
Motor
(200V)
Linear
Servo
Motor
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
550
600
650
700
750
800
Standard price
With cover (standard)
Without cover (option)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(every 50mm)
600 650 700 750 800
600
570 490 425 370 330
6
300
285 245 210 185 165
3
150
140 120 105 90
80
(Unit: mm/s)
*See page A-71 for details on push motion.
Type
Standard
(Robot Cables)
Special length
Cable symbol
P (1m)
S (3m)
M (5m)
X06 (6m) ~ X10 (10m)
X11 (11m) ~ X15 (15m)
X16 (16m) ~ X20 (20m)
Standard price
—
—
—
—
—
—
* The standard cable is the motor-encoder integrated robot cable.
* See page A-59 for cables for maintenance.
Actuator Specifications
 Options
Name
Option code See page Standard price
Brake
B
—
➝ A-42
Optional cable exit direction (top)
CJT
—
➝ A-42
Optional cable exit direction (outside)
CJO
—
➝ A-42
Optional cable exit direction (bottom)
CJB
—
➝ A-42
Power-saving
LA
—
➝ A-52
Left-mounted motor (standard)
ML
—
➝ A-52
Right-mounted motor
MR
—
➝ A-52
No cover
NCO
—
➝ A-52
Non-motor end specification
NM
—
➝ A-52
85
12
50~800
50~550
(every 50mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
Cable Length
Stroke (mm)
Servo
Motor
(24V)
Stroke
Lead
26
Code explanation ➀ Stroke ➁ Applicable Controller ➂ Cable length ➃ Options
Pulse
Motor
Stroke
(mm)
Item
Description
Drive System
Positioning repeatability
Lost Motion
Base
Allowable static moment
Allowable dynamic moment (*)
Allowable overhang
Ambient operating temperature, humidity
Ball screw, ø10mm, rolled C10
±0.02mm
0.1mm
Material: Aluminum, special alumite treated
Ma: 17.6 N·m, Mb: 25.2 N·m, Mc: 44.5 N·m
Ma: 4.31 N·m, Mb: 6.17 N·m, Mc: 10.98 N·m
150mm or less in Ma, Mb and Mc directions
0 to 40oC, 85% RH or less (Non-condensing)
(*) Based on 5,000km of traveling life
Directions of Allowable Load Moment
Ma
Mb
Mc
Overhang Load Length
Ma
L
Mc
L
RCA2-SA6R
RCA2
ROBO Cylinder
Dimensional Drawings
www.intelligentactuator.com
CAD drawings can be downloaded
from the website.
P.15
2-ø3H7 depth 5
75
25
Mini
Standard
52
(With Cover)
117
(122)
Connect the motor-encoder integrated cable here.
See page A-59 for details on cables.
After homing, the slider moves to the ME, therefore,
please watch for any interference with
surrounding objects.
ME : Mechanical end
SE : Stroke end
Reference position for calculating the Ma moment
4-M5 depth 10
15±0.02
Slider
Type
5
31±0.02
2D
CAD
(*1)
(*2)
(*3)
Appendix
With Brake
Controllers
Integrated
154.7 (without brake)
Rod
Type
179.2 (with brake)
(Without Cover)
Mini
L
26.5
A
10
40
st
32
Standard
51
3
ME
SE
Home
ME (*2)
Controllers
Integrated
49
55
47
7.5
8.5
Ma moment
offset reference position (*3)
Table/
Arm/
Flat Type
Motor-encoder cable
connector (*1)
(3.5)
58.5
57
60
5
(With Cover)
62.5
8.5
25
3
122
47
Mini
(Without Cover)
Standard
Ma moment
offset reference position (*3)
D-M5 depth 8
F
[Cable Exit Direction] (Optional)
Gripper/
Rotary
Type
Secure at
least 100
31
(Top: CJT)
15
10.5
3H7 depth from the
bottom of the bass 5
32
(Out: CJO)
25
32
(Bottom: CJB)
C×100
B
15
Linear
Servo
Type
53
ø3H7 depth from the bottom of the base 5
„„Dimensions and Mass by Stroke
4
Details of F
Stroke
L
A
B
C
D
Weight With cover
(kg) Without cover
50
194.5
168
101
0
4
1.9
1.8
100
244.5
218
51
1
6
2.0
1.9
150
294.5
268
101
1
6
2.2
2.1
200
344.5
318
51
2
8
2.4
2.2
250
394.5
368
101
2
8
2.6
2.4
* Brake-equipped models are heavier by 0.4kg.
300
444.5
418
51
3
10
2.7
2.5
350
494.5
468
101
3
10
2.9
2.6
400
544.5
518
51
4
12
3.1
2.8
450
594.5
568
101
4
12
3.2
2.9
500
644.5
618
51
5
14
3.4
3.1
550
694.5
668
101
5
14
3.6
3.2
600
744.5
718
51
6
16
3.8
3.4
650
794.5
768
101
6
16
3.9
3.5
700
844.5
818
51
7
18
4.1
3.7
750
894.5
868
101
7
18
4.3
3.8
800
944.5
918
51
8
20
4.5
3.9
Cleanroom
Type
SplashProof
Type
Applicable Controllers
RCA2 series actuators can be operated with the controllers indicated below. Select the type according to your intended application.
Name
External
view
Model number
AMEC-C-30I
Features
- -2-1
Solenoid Valve Type
Solenoid valve multi-axis type
Network specification
Positioner type
Safety-Compliant
Positioner Type
Pulse Train Input Type
(Differential Line Driver)
MSEP-CMSEP-C-
Simple controller operable with the
same signal as a solenoid valve
-~-
-2-0
Positioner type based on PIO control,
allowing up to 8 axes to be connected
-~- -0-0
Field network-ready positioner type,
allowing up to 8 axes to be connected
256 points
Positioning is possible for up to 512
points
512 points
ACON-C-30I
- -2-0
ACON-CG-30I -
-2-0
ACON-PL-30I
-2-0
-
Serial Communication Type
ACON-SE-30I
-N-0-0
ASEL-CS-1-30I
-
DC24V
Pulse train input type with
differential line driver support
2.4A rated
(Standard)
1.3A rated
4.4A max.
(Power-saving)
1.3A rated
2.2A max.
—
➝ P537
—
➝ P547
—
➝ P563
—
—
—
➝ P631
—
64 points
—
1,500 points
—
* This is for the single-axis ASEL.
* Enter the code "LA" in when the power-saving specification is specified.
* indicates number of axes (1 to 8). * indicates field network specification symbol.
*
➝ P675
indicates I/O type (NP/PN).
RCA2-SA6R
Pulse
Motor
Servo
Motor
(24V)
(—)
Dedicated Serial Communication
Programmed operation is possible.
-2-0
Can operate up to 2 axes
Power-supply Standard Reference
capacity
price
page
3 points
Pulse train input type with open
-2-0
collector support
ACON-PO-30I
Input
power
AC100V
-2-0
Pulse Train Input Type
(Open Collector)
Program
Control Type
Easy-to-use controller, even for
beginners
-
ASEP-C-30I
Solenoid valve multi-axis type
PIO specification
Maximum number of
positioning points
86
Servo
Motor
(200V)
Linear
Servo
Motor
RCA
Slider
Type
Mini
Standard
ROBO Cylinder
RCA-SA4C
Model
Specification
Items
RCA
SA4C
Series
Type
ROBO Cylinder, Slider Type, Actuator Width 40mm, 24V Servo Motor, Coupled
20
Encoder type
I: Incremental
A: Absolute
Controllers
Integrated
* See page Pre-47 for details on the model descriptions.
*Absolute encoder models can
only use ASEL. When the actuator
is used with the simple absolute
encoder, the model is considered
an incremental model.
Motor type
Lead
Stroke
20: 20W Servo
motor
0 : 10mm
1
5: 5mm
2.5: 2.5mm
50: 50mm
Applicable controller
A1:ACON
ASEL
A3:AMEC
ASEP
MSEP
400: 400mm
(50mm pitch
increments)
Options
Cable length
N:None
See Options below.
P: 1m
S: 3m
M: 5m
X:Custom length
R: Robot cable
Rod
Type
(excluding the 2.5-mm lead model)
Mini
Standard
Controllers
Integrated
Table/
Arm/
Flat Type
Mini
Appendix
Standard
P.5
Gripper/
Rotary
Type
Linear
Servo
Type
Cleanroom
Type
SplashProof
Type
(1) When the stroke increases, the maximum will drop to prevent the ball screw from reaching the critical rotational
speed. Use the actuator specification table below to check the maximum speed at the stroke you desire.
(2) The load capacity is based on operating the standard and power-saving models at 0.3G (0.2G for 2.5mm-lead),
and the high acceleration/deceleration model at 1G (excluding the 2.5mm-lead model).
(Even when the acceleration/deceleration is dropped, the maximum load capacity values shown in the table
below are the upper limits.)
(3) See page A-71 for details on push motion.
A
*This product is equipped with a position adjusting screw at the
A area shown above. (See dimensional drawing on the page to the right.)
Actuator Specifications
„„Leads and Payloads
„„Stroke and Maximum Speed
Motor
output (W)
Model number
Lead
Max. Load Capacity
(mm) Horizontal (kg) Vertical (kg)
RCA-SA4C- ➀ -20-10- ➁ - ➂ - ➃ - ➄
RCA-SA4C- ➀ -20-5- ➁ - ➂ - ➃ - ➄
10
20
RCA-SA4C- ➀ -20-2.5- ➁ - ➂ - ➃ - ➄
4
1
Rated
thrust (N)
Stroke
(mm)
19.6
5
6
2.5
39.2
2.5
8
4.5
78.4
50~400
(every 50mm)
Code explanation ➀ Encoder ➁ Stroke ➂ Applicable Controller ➃ Cable length ➄ Options
Encoder type/Stroke
Stroke (mm)
Pulse
Motor
I
A
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
665
5
330
2.5
165
(Unit: mm/s)
Standard
(Robot Cables)
Special length
Robot Cable
Cable symbol
Standard Price
P (1m)
S (3m)
M (5m)
X06 (6m) ~ X10 (10m)
X11 (11m) ~ X15 (15m)
X16 (16m) ~ X20 (20m)
R01 (1m) ~ R03 (3m)
R04 (4m) ~ R05 (5m)
R06 (6m) ~ R10 (10m)
R11 (11m) ~ R15 (15m)
R16 (16m) ~ R20 (20m)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
* See page A-59 for cables for maintenance.
Actuator Specifications
 Options
Linear
Servo
Motor
10
*See page A-71 for details on push motion.
Type
Servo
Motor
(24V)
Servo
Motor
(200V)
50~400
(every 50mm)
 Cable Length
Standard price
Encoder Type
Incremental
Absolute
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
Stroke
Lead
Name
Brake
Foot bracket
For high acceleration/deceleration
Home sensor
Power-saving
Non-motor end specification
Slider roller specification
Slider spacer
Option code See page Standard price
B
—
➝ A-42
FT
—
➝ A-47
HA
—
➝ A-50
HS
—
➝ A-50
LA
—
➝ A-52
NM
—
➝ A-52
SR
—
➝ A-55
SS
—
➝ A-55
* The high-acceleration/deceleration option and the slider roller option cannot be used together.
* The high-acceleration/deceleration option cannot be used on the 2.5mm-lead model.
* The high-acceleration/deceleration option and the power saving option cannot be used together.
87
Item
Description
Drive System
Positioning repeatability
Lost Motion
Base
Allowable static moment
Allowable dynamic moment (*)
Allowable overhang
Ambient operating temperature, humidity
Ball screw, ø8mm, rolled C10
±0.02mm
0.1mm or less
Material: Aluminum, white alumite treated
Ma: 6.9 N·m, Mb: 9.9 N·m, Mc: 17.0 N·m
Ma: 2.7 N·m, Mb: 3.9 N·m, Mc: 6.8 N·m
120mm or less in Ma, Mb and Mc directions
0 to 40oC, 85% RH or less (Non-condensing)
(*) Based on 5,000km of traveling life
Overhang Load Length
Directions of Allowable Load Moment
Ma
Mb
Mc
Ma
L
Mc
L
RCA-SA4C
RCA
ROBO Cylinder
Dimensional Drawings
www.intelligentactuator.com
(*1)
(*2)
4-ø3.6
ø6.5 counterbore,
Depth 3.7 (for mounting actuator) *4
Fo
n
itio
os
20
2-ø3H7 depth 5
21
ø8 hole
slot
P.15
(*3)
(*4)
Connect the motor and encoder cables here. See page A-59 for details on cables.
After homing, the slider moves to the ME, therefore, please watch for any interference
with surrounding objects.
ME : Mechanical end
SE : Stroke end
10.2
11.8
djusting p
ra
M
23
st
Secure at
least 100
Base end-face
12.8
70
3
Standard
Incremental 108.2 (147.2 if brake-equipped)
Absolute
123.2 (162.2 if brake-equipped)
Controllers
Integrated
3
Home
SE
ME*2
31.2
ition
os
sting
p
1
dju
32
22.5
1
Mini
(240)
11.8
a
A
Bottom
of the base
37
3
3
Actuator width: 40
Base
end-face
Rod
Type
Cable joint
connector *1
Base end-face
ME
For
Slider height: 40
5
36.5
25
15
Standard
4-M3 depth 7
L
Ma moment
offset
reference
position *3
Mini
Controllers
Integrated
32
24
16±0.02
9
Base end-face
Details of the slotted area
for adjusting slider position
Reference position for calculating the Ma moment
If the actuator is secured using only the mounting holes provided on the top surface of
the base, the base may twist to cause abnormal sliding of the slider, or may produce
abnormal noise. Therefore, when using the mounting holes on the top surface of the
base, keep the stroke at 200mm or less.
11.8
50 (when stroke is 50)
U×100P (All strokes except 50)
R
Motor section W: 46
Base end-face
50
Motor section H: 45
2D
CAD
Slider
Type
Appendix
(Reamer hole
tolerance ±0.02)
CAD drawings can be downloaded
from the website.
Table/
Arm/
Flat Type
Mini
11.8
21
3.2
Standard
(40)
Details of section A
(Actuator's reference side)
m-M3 depth 5
3
(37)
+0.010
0
4
Reference
surface
Details of
oblong hole
P (pitch for ø3 hole and oblong hole)
Oblong hole depth 5
from the bottom of the base
Gripper/
Rotary
Type
2-ø3H7 depth 5 from the bottom of the base
N (ø3 hole pitch)
„„Dimensions and Mass by Stroke
Stroke
Without brake
Incremental
With brake
L
Without brake
Absolute
With brake
M
N
P
R
U
m
Weight (kg)
50
264
303
279
318
122
50
35
22
—
4
0.7
* Brake-equipped models are heavier by 0.3kg.
100 150 200 250 300 350 400
314 364 414 464 514 564 614
353 403 453 503 553 603 653
329 379 429 479 529 579 629
368 418 468 518 568 618 668
172 222 272 322 372 422 472
100 100 200 200 300 300 400
85
85 185 185 285 285 385
22
72
22
72
22
72
22
1
1
2
2
3
3
4
4
4
6
6
8
8
10
0.8 0.9
1
1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4
Linear
Servo
Type
Cleanroom
Type
SplashProof
Type
Applicable Controllers
RCA series actuators can be operated with the controllers indicated below. Select the type according to your intended application.
Name
External
view
Model number
AMEC-C-20I
- -2-1
Solenoid Valve Type
ASEP-C-20I
Solenoid valve multi-axis type
PIO specification
Solenoid valve multi-axis type
Network specification
Positioner type
- -2-0
Features
Easy-to-use controller, even for
beginners
Simple controller operable with the
same signal as a solenoid valve
MSEP-C- -~- -0-0
Field network-ready positioner type,
allowing up to 8 axes to be connected
256 points
Positioning is possible for up to 512
points
512 points
- -2-0
ACON-CG-20I
- -2-0
Pulse Train Input Type
(Differential Line Driver)
ACON-PL-20I
- -2-0
Pulse train input type with
differential line driver support
Pulse Train Input Type
(Open Collector)
ACON-PO-20I
- -2-0
Pulse train input type with open
collector support
Serial Communication Type
ACON-SE-20I
-N-0-0
Dedicated Serial Communication
ASEL-CS-1-20
- -2-0
Programmed operation is possible.
Can operate up to 2 axes
Power-supply Standard Reference
capacity
price
page
2.4A rated
3 points
Positioner type based on PIO control,
allowing up to 8 axes to be connected
ACON-C-20I
Input
power
AC100V
-2-0
MSEP-C- -~-
Safety-Compliant
Positioner Type
Program
Control Type
Maximum number of
positioning points
DC24V
(Standard)
1.3A rated
4.4A max.
(Power-saving)
1.3A rated
2.5A max.
—
➝ P537
—
➝ P547
—
➝ P563
—
Servo
Motor
(24V)
—
—
➝ P631
(—)
—
64 points
—
1,500 points
—
➝ P675
* This is for the single-axis ASEL. * indicates encoder type (I: incremental, A: absolute) * Enter the code "HA" or "LA" in when the high-acceleration/deceleration option or the power-saving option is specified. * indicates I/O type (NP/PN). * indicates number of axes (1 to 8). * indicates field network specification symbol.
RCA-SA4C
Pulse
Motor
88
Servo
Motor
(200V)
Linear
Servo
Motor
RCA
Slider
Type
Mini
Standard
ROBO Cylinder
RCA-SA5C
Model
Specification
Items
RCA
SA5C
Series
Type
ROBO Cylinder, Slider Type, Actuator Width 52mm, 24V Servo Motor, Coupled
20
Encoder type
I: Incremental
A: Absolute
Controllers
Integrated
* See page Pre-47 for details on the model descriptions.
*Absolute encoder models can
only use ASEL. When the actuator
is used with the simple absolute
encoder, the model is considered
an incremental model.
Motor type
Lead
Stroke
Applicable controller
20: 20W Servo
motor
20 :20mm
12 :12mm
6: 6mm
3: 3mm
50: 50mm
A1:ACON
ASEL
A3:AMEC
ASEP
MSEP
500: 500mm
(50mm pitch
increments)
Cable length
Options
N:None
See Options below.
P: 1m
S: 3m
M: 5m
X:Custom length
R: Robot cable
Rod
Type
(excluding the 3-mm lead model)
Mini
Standard
Controllers
Integrated
Table/
Arm/
Flat Type
Mini
Appendix
P.5
Standard
(1) When the stroke increases, the maximum will drop to prevent the ball screw from reaching the critical rotational
speed. Use the actuator specification table below to check the maximum speed at the stroke you desire.
(2) The load capacity is based on operating the standard and power-saving models at 0.3G (0.2G for 3mm-lead),
and the high acceleration/deceleration model at 0.8G (excluding the 3mm-lead model).
(Even when the acceleration/deceleration is dropped, the maximum load capacity values shown in the table
below are the upper limits.)
(3) See page A-71 for details on push motion.
A
Gripper/
Rotary
Type
Linear
Servo
Type
*This product is equipped with a position adjusting screw at the
A area shown above. (See dimensional drawing on the page to the right.)
Actuator Specifications
„„Leads and Payloads
Cleanroom
Type
SplashProof
Type
„„Stroke and Maximum Speed
Motor
output (W)
Model number
RCA-SA5C- ➀ -20-20- ➁ - ➂ - ➃ - ➄
RCA-SA5C- ➀ -20-12- ➁ - ➂ - ➃ - ➄
RCA-SA5C- ➀ -20-6- ➁ - ➂ - ➃ - ➄
RCA-SA5C- ➀ -20-3- ➁ - ➂ - ➃ - ➄
20
Lead
Max. Load Capacity
(mm) Horizontal (kg) Vertical (kg)
Rated
thrust (N)
20
2
0.5
10.7
12
4
1
16.7
6
8
2
33.3
3
12
4
65.7
Stroke
(mm)
50~500
(every 50mm)
Code explanation ➀ Encoder ➁ Stroke ➂ Applicable Controller ➃ Cable length ➄ Options
Encoder type/Stroke
Stroke (mm)
Pulse
Motor
Servo
Motor
(24V)
Servo
Motor
(200V)
Linear
Servo
Motor
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
Stroke
Lead
50~450
(Unit: mm/s)
500
(every 50mm)
(mm)
20
1300
<800>
1300
<800>
12
800
760
6
400
380
3
200
190
*The values enclosed in < >
apply to vertical settings.
*See page A-71 for details on push motion.
 Cable Length
Standard price
Encoder Type
Incremental
Absolute
I
A
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Type
Standard
Special length
Robot Cable
Cable symbol
Standard Price
P (1m)
S (3m)
M (5m)
X06 (6m) ~ X10 (10m)
X11 (11m) ~ X15 (15m)
X16 (16m) ~ X20 (20m)
R01 (1m) ~ R03 (3m)
R04 (4m) ~ R05 (5m)
R06 (6m) ~ R10 (10m)
R11 (11m) ~ R15 (15m)
R16 (16m) ~ R20 (20m)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
* See page A-59 for cables for maintenance.
Actuator Specifications
 Options
Name
Brake
Foot bracket
For high acceleration/deceleration
Home sensor
Power-saving
Non-motor end specification
Slider roller specification
Option code See page Standard price
B
—
➝ A-42
FT
—
➝ A-47
HA
—
➝ A-50
HS
—
➝ A-50
LA
—
➝ A-52
NM
—
➝ A-52
SR
—
➝ A-55
* The high-acceleration/deceleration option and the slider roller option cannot be used together.
* The high-acceleration/deceleration option cannot be used on the 3mm-lead model.
* The high-acceleration/deceleration option and the power saving option cannot be used together.
89
Item
Description
Drive System
Positioning repeatability
Lost Motion
Base
Allowable static moment
Allowable dynamic moment (*)
Allowable overhang
Ambient operating temperature, humidity
Ball screw, ø10mm, rolled C10
±0.02mm [±0.03mm]
0.1mm or less
Material: Aluminum, white alumite treated
Ma: 18.6 N·m, Mb: 26.6 N·m, Mc: 47.5 N·m
Ma: 4.9 N·m, Mb: 6.8 N·m, Mc: 11.7 N·m
150mm or less in Ma, Mb and Mc directions
0 to 40oC, 85% RH or less (Non-condensing)
(*1) The specification in [ ] applies when the lead is 20mm.
(*2) Based on 5,000km of traveling life.
Overhang Load Length
Directions of Allowable Load Moment
Ma
Mb
Mc
Ma
L
Mc
L
RCA-SA5C
RCA
ROBO Cylinder
Dimensional Drawings
2D
CAD
www.intelligentactuator.com
4-ø4.5
ø8 counterbore, depth 4.5
(for mounting actuator) *4
26
4-M4 depth 9
Standard
Cable joint
connector *1
Controllers
Integrated
M
14.5
Secure at
least 100
st
94
Home
SE
Incremental 84.2 (123.2 if brake-equipped)
99.2 (138.2 if brake-equipped)
13.5 Absolute
3
ME *2
Mini
39
23.7
3
ME
Rod
Type
(240)
Base end-face
justing po
justing po
ad
1
1
26
Fo
r
n
tio
si
14.5
L
Ma moment
offset
reference
position *3
48
32
20
40
10.2
Base end-face
A
Bottom of the base
50
Actuator width: 52
Base
end-face
14.5
Motor section H: 48
ad
n
tio
si
Mini
40
30
19±0.02
9
Fo
r
Details of the slotted area
for adjusting slider position
Slider height: 50
P.15
2-ø4H7 depth 6
26
ø8 hole
slot
Slider
Type
Appendix
(Reamer hole
tolerance ±0.02)
CAD drawings can be downloaded
from the website.
R
50
Controllers
Integrated
Table/
Arm/
Flat Type
Motor section W: 52
Base end-face
50 (when stroke is 50)
U×100P (All strokes except 50)
Standard
14.5
Mini
5
26
Standard
4
(50)
(52)
+0.012
0
5
Reference
surface
Details of section A
(Actuator's reference side)
Details of
oblong hole
m-M4 depth 7
Oblong hole depth 5
from the bottom of the base
P (pitch of ø4 hole and oblong hole)
N (ø4 hole pitch)
2-ø4H7 depth 5 from the bottom of the base
„„Dimensions and Mass by Stroke
(*1)
(*2)
(*3)
(*4)
Connect the motor and encoder cables here. See page A-59 for details on cables.
After homing, the slider moves to the ME, therefore, please watch for any interference
with surrounding objects.
ME : Mechanical end
SE : Stroke end
Reference position for calculating the Ma moment
If the actuator is secured using only the mounting holes provided on the top surface of
the base, the base may twist to cause abnormal sliding of the slider, or may produce
abnormal noise. Therefore, when using the mounting holes on the top surface of the
base, keep the stroke at 300mm or less.
Stroke
Without brake
Incremental
With brake
L
Without brake
Absolute
With brake
M
N
P
R
U
m
Weight (kg)
50
265.4
304.4
280.4
319.4
142
50
35
42
—
4
1.3
100
315.4
354.4
330.4
369.4
192
100
85
42
1
4
1.4
Gripper/
Rotary
Type
* Brake-equipped models are heavier by 0.3kg.
150
365.4
404.4
380.4
419.4
242
100
85
92
1
4
1.5
200
415.4
454.4
430.4
469.4
292
200
185
42
2
6
1.6
250
465.4
504.4
480.4
519.4
342
200
185
92
2
6
1.7
300
515.4
554.4
530.4
569.4
392
300
285
42
3
8
1.8
350
565.4
604.4
580.4
619.4
442
300
285
92
3
8
1.9
400
615.4
654.4
630.4
669.4
492
400
385
42
4
10
2
450
665.4
704.4
680.4
719.4
542
400
385
92
4
10
2.1
500
715.4
754.4
730.4
769.4
592
500
485
42
5
12
2.2
Linear
Servo
Type
Cleanroom
Type
SplashProof
Type
Applicable Controllers
RCA series actuators can be operated with the controllers indicated below. Select the type according to your intended application.
Name
External
view
Model number
AMEC-C-20I
- -2-1
Solenoid Valve Type
ASEP-C-20I
Solenoid valve multi-axis type
PIO specification
Solenoid valve multi-axis type
Network specification
Positioner type
Safety-Compliant
Positioner Type
Pulse Train Input Type
(Differential Line Driver)
- -2-0
Features
Easy-to-use controller, even for
beginners
Simple controller operable with the
same signal as a solenoid valve
MSEP-C- -~- -0-0
Field network-ready positioner type,
allowing up to 8 axes to be connected
256 points
Positioning is possible for up to 512
points
512 points
- -2-0
ACON-CG-20I - -2-0
ACON-PL-20I
- -2-0
Pulse train input type with
differential line driver support
ACON-PO-20I
- -2-0
Pulse train input type with open
collector support
Serial Communication Type
ACON-SE-20I
-N-0-0
Dedicated Serial Communication
ASEL-CS-1-20
- -2-0
Programmed operation is possible.
Can operate up to 2 axes
Power-supply Standard Reference
capacity
price
page
2.4A rated
3 points
Positioner type based on PIO control,
allowing up to 8 axes to be connected
ACON-C-20I
Input
power
AC100V
-2-0
MSEP-C- -~-
Pulse Train Input Type
(Open Collector)
Program
Control Type
Maximum number of
positioning points
DC24V
(Standard)
1.3A rated
4.4A max.
(Power-saving)
1.3A rated
2.5A max.
—
➝ P537
—
➝ P547
—
➝ P563
—
Servo
Motor
(24V)
—
—
➝ P631
(—)
—
64 points
—
1,500 points
—
➝ P675
* This is for the single-axis ASEL. * indicates encoder type (I: incremental, A: absolute) * Enter the code "HA" or "LA" in when the high-acceleration/deceleration option or the power-saving option is specified. * indicates I/O type (NP/PN). * indicates number of axes (1 to 8). * indicates field network specification symbol.
RCA-SA5C
Pulse
Motor
90
Servo
Motor
(200V)
Linear
Servo
Motor
RCA
Slider
Type
Mini
Standard
ROBO Cylinder
RCA-SA6C
Model
Specification
Items
RCA
SA6C
Series
Type
ROBO Cylinder, Slider Type, Actuator Width 58mm, 24V Servo Motor, Coupled
30
Encoder type
I: Incremental
A: Absolute
Controllers
Integrated
* See page Pre-47 for details on the model descriptions.
*Absolute encoder models can
only use ASEL. When the actuator
is used with the simple absolute
encoder, the model is considered
an incremental model.
Motor type
Lead
Stroke
Applicable controller
30: 30W Servo
motor
20 :20mm
12 :12mm
6: 6mm
3: 3mm
50: 50mm
A1:ACON
ASEL
A3:AMEC
ASEP
MSEP
600: 600mm
(50mm pitch
increments)
Cable length
Options
N:None
See Options below.
P: 1m
S: 3m
M: 5m
X:Custom length
R: Robot cable
Rod
Type
(excluding the 3-mm lead model)
Mini
Standard
Controllers
Integrated
Table/
Arm/
Flat Type
Mini
Appendix
P.5
Standard
Gripper/
Rotary
Type
Linear
Servo
Type
(1) When the stroke increases, the maximum will drop to prevent the ball screw from reaching the critical rotational
speed. Use the actuator specification table below to check the maximum speed at the stroke you desire.
(2) The load capacity is based on operating the standard and power-saving models at 0.3G (0.2G for 3mm-lead),
and the high acceleration/deceleration model at 1G (excluding the 3mm-lead model).
(Even when the acceleration/deceleration is dropped, the maximum load capacity values shown in the table
below are the upper limits.)
(3) See page A-71 for details on push motion.
A
*This product is equipped with a position adjusting screw at the
A area shown above. (See dimensional drawing on the page to the right.)
Actuator Specifications
„„Leads and Payloads
Cleanroom
Type
SplashProof
Type
„„Stroke and Maximum Speed
Motor
output (W)
Model number
RCA-SA6C- ➀ -30-20- ➁ - ➂ - ➃ - ➄
RCA-SA6C- ➀ -30-12- ➁ - ➂ - ➃ - ➄
RCA-SA6C- ➀ -30-6- ➁ - ➂ - ➃ - ➄
RCA-SA6C- ➀ -30-3- ➁ - ➂ - ➃ - ➄
30
Lead
Max. Load Capacity
(mm) Horizontal (kg) Vertical (kg)
Rated
thrust (N)
20
3
0.5
15.8
12
6
1.5
24.2
6
12
3
48.4
3
18
6
96.8
Stroke
(mm)
50~600
(every 50mm)
Stroke (mm)
Pulse
Motor
Servo
Motor
(24V)
Servo
Motor
(200V)
Linear
Servo
Motor
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
550
600
(mm)
(Unit: mm/s)
550
600
(mm)
(mm)
1160
<800>
990
<800>
12
800
760
640
540
6
400
380
320
270
3
200
190
160
135
*See page A-71 for details on push motion.
*The values enclosed in < >
apply to vertical settings.
Cable Length
Standard price
Encoder Type
Incremental
Absolute
I
A
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Type
Standard
Special length
Robot Cable
Cable symbol
Standard Price
P (1m)
S (3m)
M (5m)
X06 (6m) ~ X10 (10m)
X11 (11m) ~ X15 (15m)
X16 (16m) ~ X20 (20m)
R01 (1m) ~ R03 (3m)
R04 (4m) ~ R05 (5m)
R06 (6m) ~ R10 (10m)
R11 (11m) ~ R15 (15m)
R16 (16m) ~ R20 (20m)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
* See page A-59 for cables for maintenance.
Actuator Specifications
 Options
Name
Brake
Foot bracket
For high acceleration/deceleration
Home sensor
Power-saving
Non-motor end specification
Slider roller specification
Option code See page Standard price
B
—
➝ A-42
FT
—
➝ A-47
HA
—
➝ A-50
HS
—
➝ A-50
LA
—
➝ A-52
NM
—
➝ A-52
SR
—
➝ A-55
* The high-acceleration/deceleration option and the slider roller option cannot be used together.
* The high-acceleration/deceleration option cannot be used on the 3mm-lead model.
* The high-acceleration/deceleration option and the power saving option cannot be used together.
91
500
1300
<800>
20
Code explanation ➀ Encoder ➁ Stroke ➂ Applicable Controller ➃ Cable length ➄ Options
Encoder type/Stroke
Stroke 50~450
(every 50mm)
Lead
Item
Description
Drive System
Positioning repeatability
Lost Motion
Base
Allowable static moment
Allowable dynamic moment (*)
Allowable overhang
Ambient operating temperature, humidity
Ball screw, ø10mm, rolled C10
±0.02mm [±0.03mm]
0.1mm or less
Material: Aluminum, white alumite treated
Ma: 38.3 N·m, Mb: 54.7 N·m, Mc: 81.0 N·m
Ma: 8.9 N·m, Mb: 12.7 N·m, Mc: 18.6 N·m
220mm or less in Ma, Mb and Mc directions
0 to 40oC, 85% RH or less (Non-condensing)
(*1) The specification in [ ] applies when the lead is 20mm.
(*2) Based on 5,000km of traveling life.
Overhang Load Length
Directions of Allowable Load Moment
Ma
Mb
Mc
Ma
L
Mc
L
RCA-SA6C
RCA
ROBO Cylinder
Dimensional Drawings
www.intelligentactuator.com
2D
CAD
(*1)
(*2)
(*3)
Appendix
P.15
Connect the motor and encoder cables here. See page A-59 for details on cables.
After homing, the slider moves to the ME, therefore, please watch for any interference
with surrounding objects.
ME : Mechanical end
SE : Stroke end
Reference position for calculating the Ma moment
2-ø5H7 depth 6
n
For
a
dju
tio
Controllers
Integrated
4-M5 depth 9
31
(Reamer hole
tolerance ±0.02)
ø8 hole
slot
Standard
60
50
32±0.02
21
Cable joint
connector *1
sting pos
i
Details of the slot area
for adjusting slider position
sting pos
i
40
1
dju
n
tio
Home
SE
Standard
Incremental 99.2 (138.2 if brake-equipped)
Absolute
114.2 (153.2 if brake-equipped)
18.5
3
ME *2
115
a
A
st
Mini
Secure at
least 100
Base end-face
L
23.7
3
ME
For
Slider height: 53
43
28
1
52
39
23
Rod
Type
(240)
Ma moment
offset reference
position *3
56
Actuator width: 58
Bottom of the base
Base
end-face
10.2
8
R
Slider
Type
Mini
Motor section H: 51
CAD drawings can be downloaded
from the website.
Table/
Arm/
Flat Type
Motor section W: 58
Base end-face
U×100 p
Controllers
Integrated
Mini
8
(56)
(58)
4+00.012
5
5
31
Standard
Reference
surface
Details of
Details of section A
(Actuator's reference side) oblong hole
Oblong hole depth 5
from the bottom of the base
P (pitch for ø4 hole and oblong hole)
N (ø4 hole pitch)
Gripper/
Rotary
Type
100 (ø4 hole pitch)
3-ø4H7 depth 5 from the
bottom of the base
m-M5 depth 8
„„Dimensions and Mass by Stroke
Stroke
Without brake
Incremental
With brake
L
Without brake
Absolute
With brake
N
P
R
U
m
Weight (kg)
50
306.4
345.4
321.4
360.4
81
66
81
1
6
1.4
* Brake-equipped models are heavier by 0.3kg.
100
356.4
395.4
371.4
410.4
131
116
31
2
8
1.6
150
406.4
445.4
421.4
460.4
181
166
81
2
8
1.8
200
456.4
495.4
471.4
510.4
231
216
31
3
10
2
250
506.4
545.4
521.4
560.4
281
266
81
3
10
2.2
300
556.4
595.4
571.4
610.4
331
316
31
4
12
2.4
350
606.4
645.4
621.4
660.4
381
366
81
4
12
2.6
400
656.4
695.4
671.4
710.4
431
416
31
5
14
2.8
450
706.4
745.4
721.4
760.4
481
466
81
5
14
3
500
756.4
795.4
771.4
810.4
531
516
31
6
16
3.2
550
806.4
845.4
821.4
860.4
581
566
81
6
16
3.4
600
856.4
895.4
871.4
910.4
631
616
31
7
18
3.6
Linear
Servo
Type
Cleanroom
Type
SplashProof
Type
Applicable Controllers
RCA series actuators can be operated with the controllers indicated below. Select the type according to your intended application.
Name
External
view
Model number
AMEC-C-30I
- -2-1
Solenoid Valve Type
ASEP-C-30I
- -2-0
Features
Maximum number of
positioning points
Easy-to-use controller, even for
beginners
Simple controller operable with the
same signal as a solenoid valve
AC100V
MSEP-C- -~-
-2-0
Positioner type based on PIO control,
allowing up to 8 axes to be connected
Solenoid valve multi-axis type
Network specification
MSEP-C- -~- -0-0
Field network-ready positioner type,
allowing up to 8 axes to be connected
256 points
Positioning is possible for up to 512
points
512 points
Safety-Compliant
Positioner Type
Pulse Train Input Type
(Differential Line Driver)
ACON-C-30I
- -2-0
ACON-CG-30I - -2-0
ACON-PL-30I
- -2-0
Pulse train input type with
differential line driver support
Pulse Train Input Type
(Open Collector)
ACON-PO-30I
- -2-0
Pulse train input type with open
collector support
Serial Communication Type
ACON-SE-30I
-N-0-0
Dedicated Serial Communication
Program
Control Type
ASEL-CS-1-30
- -2-0
Programmed operation is possible.
Can operate up to 2 axes
Power-supply Standard Reference
capacity
price
page
2.4A rated
3 points
Solenoid valve multi-axis type
PIO specification
Positioner type
Input
power
DC24V
(Standard)
1.3A rated
4.4A max.
(Power-saving)
1.3A rated
2.2A max.
—
➝ P537
—
➝ P547
—
➝ P563
—
Servo
Motor
(24V)
—
—
➝ P631
(—)
—
64 points
—
1,500 points
—
➝ P675
* This is for the single-axis ASEL. * indicates encoder type (I: incremental, A: absolute) * Enter the code "HA" or "LA" in when the high-acceleration/deceleration option or the power-saving option is specified. * indicates I/O type (NP/PN). * indicates number of axes (1 to 8). * indicates field network specification symbol.
RCA-SA6C
Pulse
Motor
92
Servo
Motor
(200V)
Linear
Servo
Motor
RCA
Slider
Type
Mini
Standard
ROBO Cylinder
RCA-SA4D
Model
Specification
Items
RCA
SA4D
Series
Type
ROBO Cylinder, Slider Type, Actuator Width 40mm, 24V Servo Motor, Motor Build-in (Direct Coupled)
20
Encoder type
I: Incremental
A: Absolute
Controllers
Integrated
* See page Pre-47 for details on the model descriptions.
*Absolute encoder models can
only use ASEL. When the actuator
is used with the simple absolute
encoder, the model is considered
an incremental model.
Motor type
Lead
Stroke
Applicable controller
20: 20W Servo
motor
10: 10mm
5: 5mm
2.5:2.5mm
50: 50mm
A1:ACON
ASEL
A3:AMEC
ASEP
MSEP
300: 300mm
(50mm pitch
increments)
Cable length
Options
N:None
See Options below.
P: 1m
S: 3m
M: 5m
X:Custom length
R: Robot cable
Rod
Type
Mini
Standard
Controllers
Integrated
Table/
Arm/
Flat Type
Mini
Standard
Appendix
P.5
Gripper/
Rotary
Type
(1) When the stroke increases, the maximum will drop to prevent the ball screw from reaching
the critical rotational speed. Use the actuator specification table below to check the
maximum speed at the stroke you desire.
(2) The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.3G (0.2G for the 2.5mm-lead
model.) These values are the upper limits for the acceleration.
(3) See page A-71 for details on push motion.
Linear
Servo
Type
Cleanroom
Type
SplashProof
Type
Actuator Specifications
„„Leads and Payloads
„„Stroke and Maximum Speed
Motor
output (W)
Model number
RCA2-SA4D- ➀ -20-10- ➁ - ➂ - ➃ - ➄
RCA2-SA4D- ➀ -20-5- ➁ - ➂ - ➃ - ➄
Lead
Max. Load Capacity
(mm) Horizontal (kg) Vertical (kg)
10
20
RCA2-SA4D- ➀ -20-2.5- ➁ - ➂ - ➃ - ➄
4
1
Rated
thrust (N)
Stroke
(mm)
19.6
5
6
2.5
39.2
2.5
8
4.5
78.4
50~300
(every 50mm)
Code explanation ➀ Encoder ➁ Stroke ➂ Applicable Controller ➃ Cable length ➄ Options
Encoder type/Stroke
Stroke (mm)
Pulse
Motor
50
100
150
200
250
300
Servo
Motor
(200V)
Linear
Servo
Motor
50~300
(every 50mm)
10
665
5
330
2.5
165
(Unit: mm/s)
*See page A-71 for details on push motion.
Cable Length
Standard price
Encoder Type
Incremental
Absolute
I
A
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Type
Standard
Special length
Robot Cable
Servo
Motor
(24V)
Stroke
Lead
Cable symbol
Standard Price
P (1m)
S (3m)
M (5m)
X06 (6m) ~ X10 (10m)
X11 (11m) ~ X15 (15m)
X16 (16m) ~ X20 (20m)
R01 (1m) ~ R03 (3m)
R04 (4m) ~ R05 (5m)
R06 (6m) ~ R10 (10m)
R11 (11m) ~ R15 (15m)
R16 (16m) ~ R20 (20m)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
* See page A-59 for cables for maintenance.
Actuator Specifications
 Options
Name
Brake (cable exiting end)
Brake (cable exiting left)
Brake (cable exiting right)
Foot bracket
Power-saving
Non-motor end specification
Option code
BE
BL
BR
FT
LA
NM
See page
➝ A-42
➝ A-42
➝ A-42
➝ A-47
➝ A-52
➝ A-52
Standard price
—
—
—
—
—
—
Item
Description
Drive System
Positioning repeatability
Lost Motion
Base
Allowable static moment
Allowable dynamic moment (*)
Allowable overhang
Ambient operating temperature, humidity
Ball screw, ø8mm, rolled C10
±0.02mm
0.1mm or less
Material: Aluminum, white alumite treated
Ma: 6.9 N·m, Mb: 9.9 N·m, Mc: 17.0 N·m
Ma: 2.7 N·m, Mb: 3.9 N·m, Mc: 6.8 N·m
120mm or less in Ma, Mb and Mc directions
0 to 40oC, 85% RH or less (Non-condensing)
(*) Based on 5,000km of traveling life
Overhang Load Length
Directions of Allowable Load Moment
93
Ma
Mb
Mc
Ma
L
Mc
L
RCA-SA4D
RCA
ROBO Cylinder
Dimensional Drawings
www.intelligentactuator.com
CAD drawings can be downloaded
from the website.
2D
CAD
Appendix
P.15
28
Incremental
Absolute
M
Mini
92.5
98.5
70
Cable joint
connector *1
24
16±0.02
11.5
9
11.5
Standard
Controllers
Integrated
21
20
Details of A
(Reamer hole
tolerance ±0.02)
0.5
5
1
*Note that in order to change the orientation of the home,
arrangements must be made to send in the product to IAI.
*In the Non-motor end model (NM), the new home is set 2.2mm in from the ME opposite of the motor-side.
Slider
Type
4-ø3.6
ø6.5 counterbore depth 3.5 (for mounting) *4
4-M3 depth 7
2-ø3H7 effective depth 5
Rod
Type
L
16
13
Ma moment offset
reference position *3
A
80.5
86.5
2.2
SE
Standard
ME*2
Home
31.2
32
37
40
B
Mini
13
70
53.5
7
40
46.5
Stroke
2
ME
Base
end-face
Base
face
11.8
50 (when stroke is 50)
U×100P (All strokes except 50)
R
Controllers
Integrated
Incremental
Absolute
Base end-face
50
11.8
41.5
43
4
37
40
Details of section B
21
+0.010
3 0
1.5
Reference
surface
Incremental
Absolute
A
Details of oblong hole
m-M3 depth 5
Dimensions of the Brake Section
(*1)
(*2)
(*3)
(*4)
5.1
R: Brake cable
exiting from right
E: Brake cable
exiting from rear
Mini
2-ø3H7 depth 5 from the bottom of the base
P (pitch for ø3 hole and oblong hole)
N (ø3 hole pitch)
Oblong hole depth 5
from the bottom of the base
13.3
13.3
44
13
13.5
38
* Adding a brake increases the actuator's overall
length (L) by 28mm (41.3mm with the cable
coming out its end), and is heavier by 0.2kg.
3.5
31.5
13.5
53.5
46.5
41.5
1.5
40
Gripper/
Rotary
Type
„„Dimensions and Mass by Stroke
L
13.3
Standard
Connect the motor and encoder cables here. See page A-59 for details on cables.
After homing, the slider moves to the ME, therefore, please watch for any interference with surrounding objects.
ME : Mechanical end SE : Stroke end
Reference position for calculating the Ma moment
If the actuator is secured using only the mounting holes provided on the top surface of the base, the base may twist
to cause abnormal sliding of the slider, or may produce abnormal noise. Therefore, when using the mounting holes on
the top surface of the base, keep the stroke at 200mm or less.
L: Brake cable
exiting from left
Table/
Arm/
Flat Type
Stroke
50 100 150
Incremental 242.5 292.5 342.5
Absolute
248.5 298.5 348.5
A
146 196 246
M
122 172 222
N
50 100 100
P
35
85
85
R
22
22
72
U
—
1
1
m
4
4
4
Weight (kg)
0.6 0.7 0.8
200
392.5
398.5
296
272
200
185
22
2
6
0.9
250
442.5
448.5
346
322
200
185
72
2
6
1.0
300
492.5
498.5
396
372
300
285
22
3
8
1.1
Linear
Servo
Type
Cleanroom
Type
SplashProof
Type
Applicable Controllers
RCA series actuators can be operated with the controllers indicated below. Select the type according to your intended application.
Name
External
view
Model number
AMEC-C-20I
-
Features
-2-1
Solenoid Valve Type
MSEP-C-
Solenoid valve multi-axis type
Network specification
MSEP-C-
Simple controller operable with the
same signal as a solenoid valve
-~-
-2-0
Positioner type based on PIO control,
allowing up to 8 axes to be connected
-~- -0-0
Field network-ready positioner type,
allowing up to 8 axes to be connected
256 points
Positioning is possible for up to 512
points
512 points
-
-2-0
Safety-Compliant
Positioner Type
ACON-CG-20I
-
-2-0
Pulse Train Input Type
(Differential Line Driver)
ACON-PL-20I
-
-2-0
Pulse Train Input Type
(Open Collector)
ACON-PO-20I
-
Serial Communication Type
ACON-SE-20I
-N-0-0
Program
Control Type
*This is for the single-axis ASEL. * indicates I/O type (NP/PN). ASEL-CS-1-20
*
*
-2-0
-
Pulse train input type with
differential line driver support
Pulse train input type with open
collector support
Dedicated Serial Communication
Programmed operation is possible.
-2-0
Can operate up to 2 axes
indicates encoder type (I: incremental, A: absolute)
indicates number of axes (1 to 8).
Input
power
AC100V
-2-0
ACON-C-20I
Positioner type
Easy-to-use controller, even for
beginners
-
ASEP-C-20I
Solenoid valve multi-axis type
PIO specification
Maximum number of
positioning points
Power-supply Standard Reference
capacity
price
page
2.4A rated
3 points
DC24V
(Standard)
1.3A rated
4.4A max.
(Power-saving)
1.3A rated
2.5A max.
—
➝ P537
—
➝ P547
—
➝ P563
—
Servo
Motor
(24V)
—
—
➝ P631
(—)
—
64 points
—
1,500 points
—
➝ P675
* Enter the code "LA" in when the power-saving option is specified.
* indicates field network specification symbol.
RCA-SA4D
Pulse
Motor
94
Servo
Motor
(200V)
Linear
Servo
Motor
RCA
Slider
Type
Mini
Standard
ROBO Cylinder
RCA-SA5D
Model
Specification
Items
RCA
SA5D
Series
Type
ROBO Cylinder, Slider Type, Actuator Width 52mm, 24V Servo Motor, Motor Built-in (Direct-Coupled)
Encoder type
I: Incremental
A: Absolute
Controllers
Integrated
* See page Pre-47 for details on the model descriptions.
*Absolute encoder models can
only use ASEL. When the actuator
is used with the simple absolute
encoder, the model is considered
an incremental model.
20
Motor type
20: 20W Servo
motor
Lead
12 :12mm
6: 6mm
3: 3mm
Stroke
Applicable controller
50: 50mm
A1:ACON
ASEL
A3:AMEC
ASEP
MSEP
500: 500mm
(50mm pitch
increments)
Cable length
Options
N:None
See Options below.
P: 1m
S: 3m
M: 5m
X:Custom length
R: Robot cable
Rod
Type
Mini
Standard
Controllers
Integrated
Table/
Arm/
Flat Type
Mini
Standard
Appendix
P.5
Gripper/
Rotary
Type
(1) When the stroke increases, the maximum will drop to prevent the ball screw from reaching
the critical rotational speed. Use the actuator specification table below to check the
maximum speed at the stroke you desire.
(2) The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.3G (0.2G for the 3mm-lead
model.) These values are the upper limits for the acceleration.
(3) See page A-71 for details on push motion.
Linear
Servo
Type
Cleanroom
Type
SplashProof
Type
Actuator Specifications
„„Leads and Payloads
„„Stroke and Maximum Speed
Model number
Motor
output (W)
RCA-SA5D- ➀ -20-12- ➁ - ➂ - ➃ - ➄
RCA-SA5D- ➀ -20-6- ➁ - ➂ - ➃ - ➄
Lead
Max. Load Capacity
(mm) Horizontal (kg) Vertical (kg)
12
20
RCA-SA5D- ➀ -20-3- ➁ - ➂ - ➃ - ➄
4
1
Rated
thrust (N)
Stroke
(mm)
16.7
6
8
2
33.3
3
12
4
78.4
50~500
(every 50mm)
Code explanation ➀ Encoder ➁ Stroke ➂ Applicable Controller ➃ Cable length ➄ Options
Encoder type/Stroke
Stroke (mm)
Pulse
Motor
Servo
Motor
(24V)
Servo
Motor
(200V)
Linear
Servo
Motor
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
Stroke
(every 50mm)
50~450
500
(mm)
12
800
760
6
400
380
3
200
190
Lead
(Unit: mm/s)
*See page A-71 for details on push motion.
Cable Length
Standard price
Encoder Type
Incremental
Absolute
I
A
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Type
Standard
Special length
Robot Cable
Cable symbol
Standard Price
P (1m)
S (3m)
M (5m)
X06 (6m) ~ X10 (10m)
X11 (11m) ~ X15 (15m)
X16 (16m) ~ X20 (20m)
R01 (1m) ~ R03 (3m)
R04 (4m) ~ R05 (5m)
R06 (6m) ~ R10 (10m)
R11 (11m) ~ R15 (15m)
R16 (16m) ~ R20 (20m)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
* See page A-59 for cables for maintenance.
Actuator Specifications
 Options
Name
Brake (cable exiting end)
Brake (cable exiting left)
Brake (cable exiting right)
Foot bracket
Power-saving
Non-motor end specification
Slider roller specification
Option code
BE
BL
BR
FT
LA
NM
SR
See page
➝ A-42
➝ A-42
➝ A-42
➝ A-47
➝ A-52
➝ A-52
➝ A-55
Standard price
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Item
Description
Drive System
Positioning repeatability
Lost Motion
Base
Allowable static moment
Allowable dynamic moment (*)
Allowable overhang
Ambient operating temperature, humidity
Ball screw, ø10mm, rolled C10
±0.02mm
0.1mm or less
Material: Aluminum, white alumite treated
Ma: 18.6 N·m, Mb: 26.6 N·m, Mc: 47.5 N·m
Ma: 4.9 N·m, Mb: 6.8 N·m, Mc: 11.7 N·m
150mm or less in Ma, Mb and Mc directions
0 to 40oC, 85% RH or less (Non-condensing)
(*) Based on 5,000km of traveling life
Overhang Load Length
Directions of Allowable Load Moment
95
Ma
Mb
Mc
Ma
L
Mc
L
RCA-SA5D
RCA
ROBO Cylinder
Dimensional Drawings
www.intelligentactuator.com
(*1)
(*2)
2D
CAD
Connect the motor and encoder cables here.
See page A-59 for details on cables.
After homing, the slider moves to the ME, therefore,
please watch for any interference with surrounding objects.
ME : Mechanical end SE : Stroke end
Appendix
P.15
(*3)
(*4)
Reference position for calculating the Ma moment
If the actuator is secured using only the mounting holes provided on the top surface of the base, the base may twist to cause abnormal sliding of the slider, or may produce abnormal noise. Therefore, when using the mounting holes on the top surface of the base, keep the stroke at 300mm or less.
30
M
9
4-M4 depth 9
Controllers
Integrated
15.5
26
26
4-ø4.5 through,
ø8 counterbore,
depth 4.5 ( *4)
Standard
Incremental 75.5
Absolute
78
6 20 6
15.5
19±0.02
Slider
Type
Mini
(Reamer hole
tolerance ±0.02)
CAD drawings can be downloaded
from the website.
Cable joint
connector *1
Rod
Type
2-ø4H7 effective depth 6
30
Mini
L
15
Stroke
94
Standard
Home
SE
ME
60.5
14
3
2.7
Ma moment offset
reference position *3
ME*2
Controllers
Integrated
50
40
39
1
Incremental
A
14
50
52
A
Base
end-face
14.5
50 (when stroke is 50)
U×100P (All strokes except 50)
R
50
14.5
Table/
Arm/
Flat Type
Secure at
Base end-face least 100
Mini
4
50
52
Details of A
Reference
surface
26
+0.012
0
4
5
Details of
Oblong hole
m-M4 depth 7
2-ø4H7 depth 5 from the bottom of the base
P (ø4 hole and oblong hole pitch)
N (ø4 hole pitch)
Oblong hole depth 5
from the bottom of the base
Standard
14 Absolute 63
(3)
Dimensions of the Brake Section
Home
R: Brake cable exiting from right
Gripper/
Rotary
Type
ME*2
L: Brake cable exiting from left
13.3
E: Brake cable exiting from rear
1
13.3
41.5
14
L
35
50
46.5
17
50
52
* Adding a brake increases the actuator's overall
length (L) by 26.5mm (39.8mm with the cable coming
out its end), and is heavier by 0.3kg.
17
5.5
Secure at least 100
„„Dimensions and Mass by Stroke
5.1
Stroke
Incremental
Absolute
A
M
N
P
R
U
m
Weight (kg)
50
247.5
250
172
142
50
35
42
—
4
1.2
100
297.5
300
222
192
100
85
42
1
4
1.3
150
347.5
350
272
242
100
85
92
1
4
1.4
200
397.5
400
322
292
200
185
42
2
6
1.5
250
447.5
450
372
342
200
185
92
2
6
1.6
300
497.5
500
422
392
300
285
42
3
8
1.7
350
547.5
550
472
442
300
285
22
3
8
1.8
400
597.5
600
522
492
400
385
42
4
10
1.9
450
647.5
650
572
542
400
385
92
4
10
2.0
500
697.5
700
622
592
500
485
42
5
12
2.1
Linear
Servo
Type
Cleanroom
Type
SplashProof
Type
Applicable Controllers
RCA series actuators can be operated with the controllers indicated below. Select the type according to your intended application.
Name
External
view
Model number
AMEC-C-20I
-
Features
-2-1
Solenoid Valve Type
MSEP-C-
Solenoid valve multi-axis type
Network specification
MSEP-C-
Simple controller operable with the
same signal as a solenoid valve
-~-
-2-0
Positioner type based on PIO control,
allowing up to 8 axes to be connected
-~- -0-0
Field network-ready positioner type,
allowing up to 8 axes to be connected
256 points
Positioning is possible for up to 512
points
512 points
-
-2-0
Safety-Compliant
Positioner Type
ACON-CG-20I
-
-2-0
Pulse Train Input Type
(Differential Line Driver)
ACON-PL-20I
-
-2-0
Pulse Train Input Type
(Open Collector)
ACON-PO-20I
-
Serial Communication Type
ACON-SE-20I
-N-0-0
Program
Control Type
*This is for the single-axis ASEL. * indicates I/O type (NP/PN). ASEL-CS-1-20
*
*
-2-0
-
Pulse train input type with
differential line driver support
Pulse train input type with open
collector support
Dedicated Serial Communication
Programmed operation is possible.
-2-0
Can operate up to 2 axes
indicates encoder type (I: incremental, A: absolute)
indicates number of axes (1 to 8).
Input
power
AC100V
-2-0
ACON-C-20I
Positioner type
Easy-to-use controller, even for
beginners
-
ASEP-C-20I
Solenoid valve multi-axis type
PIO specification
Maximum number of
positioning points
Power-supply Standard Reference
capacity
price
page
2.4A rated
3 points
DC24V
(Standard)
1.3A rated
4.4A max.
(Power-saving)
1.3A rated
2.5A max.
—
➝ P537
—
➝ P547
—
➝ P563
—
Servo
Motor
(24V)
—
—
➝ P631
(—)
—
64 points
—
1,500 points
—
➝ P675
* Enter the code "LA" in when the power-saving option is specified.
* indicates field network specification symbol.
RCA-SA5D
Pulse
Motor
96
Servo
Motor
(200V)
Linear
Servo
Motor
RCA
Slider
Type
Mini
Standard
ROBO Cylinder
RCA-SA6D
Model
Specification
Items
RCA
SA6D
Series
Type
ROBO Cylinder, Slider Type, Actuator Width 58mm, 24V Servo Motor, Motor Built-in (Direct-Coupled)
Encoder type
I: Incremental
A: Absolute
Controllers
Integrated
* See page Pre-47 for details on the model descriptions.
*Absolute encoder models can
only use ASEL. When the actuator
is used with the simple absolute
encoder, the model is considered
an incremental model.
30
Motor type
30: 30W Servo
motor
Lead
12 :12mm
6: 6mm
3: 3mm
Stroke
Applicable controller
50: 50mm
A1:ACON
ASEL
A3:AMEC
ASEP
MSEP
600: 600mm
(50mm pitch
increments)
Cable length
Options
N:None
See Options below.
P: 1m
S: 3m
M: 5m
X:Custom length
R: Robot cable
Rod
Type
Mini
Standard
Controllers
Integrated
Table/
Arm/
Flat Type
Mini
Standard
Appendix
P.5
Gripper/
Rotary
Type
(1) When the stroke increases, the maximum will drop to prevent the ball screw from reaching
the critical rotational speed. Use the actuator specification table below to check the
maximum speed at the stroke you desire.
(2) The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.3G (0.2G for the 3mm-lead
model.) These values are the upper limits for the acceleration.
(3) See page A-71 for details on push motion.
Linear
Servo
Type
Cleanroom
Type
SplashProof
Type
Actuator Specifications
„„Leads and Payloads
„„Stroke and Maximum Speed
Model number
Motor
output (W)
RCA-SA6D- ➀ -30-12- ➁ - ➂ - ➃ - ➄
RCA-SA6D- ➀ -30-6- ➁ - ➂ - ➃ - ➄
Lead
Max. Load Capacity
(mm) Horizontal (kg) Vertical (kg)
12
30
RCA-SA6D- ➀ -30-3- ➁ - ➂ - ➃ - ➄
6
1.5
Rated
thrust (N)
Stroke
(mm)
24.2
6
12
3
48.4
3
18
6
96.8
50~600
(every 50mm)
Code explanation ➀ Encoder ➁ Stroke ➂ Applicable Controller ➃ Cable length ➄ Options
Encoder type/Stroke
Stroke (mm)
Pulse
Motor
Servo
Motor
(24V)
Servo
Motor
(200V)
Linear
Servo
Motor
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
550
600
Stroke
(every 50mm)
50~450
500
(mm)
550
(mm)
600
(mm)
12
800
760
640
540
6
400
380
320
270
3
200
190
160
*See page A-71 for details on push motion.
Type
Standard
Special length
Robot Cable
Cable symbol
Standard Price
P (1m)
S (3m)
M (5m)
X06 (6m) ~ X10 (10m)
X11 (11m) ~ X15 (15m)
X16 (16m) ~ X20 (20m)
R01 (1m) ~ R03 (3m)
R04 (4m) ~ R05 (5m)
R06 (6m) ~ R10 (10m)
R11 (11m) ~ R15 (15m)
R16 (16m) ~ R20 (20m)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
* See page A-59 for cables for maintenance.
Actuator Specifications
 Options
See page
➝ A-42
➝ A-42
➝ A-42
➝ A-47
➝ A-52
➝ A-52
➝ A-55
Standard price
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Item
Description
Drive System
Positioning repeatability
Lost Motion
Base
Allowable static moment
Allowable dynamic moment (*)
Allowable overhang
Ambient operating temperature, humidity
Ball screw, ø10mm, rolled C10
±0.02mm
0.1mm or less
Material: Aluminum, white alumite treated
Ma: 38.3 N·m, Mb: 54.7 N·m, Mc: 81.0 N·m
Ma: 8.9 N·m, Mb: 12.7 N·m, Mc: 18.6 N·m
220mm or less in Ma, Mb and Mc directions
0 to 40oC, 85% RH or less (Non-condensing)
(*) Based on 5,000km of traveling life
Overhang Load Length
Directions of Allowable Load Moment
97
Ma
Mb
Mc
Ma
L
Mc
L
RCA-SA6D
135
(Unit: mm/s)
Cable Length
Standard price
Encoder Type
Incremental
Absolute
I
A
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Name
Option code
Brake (cable exiting end)
BE
Brake (cable exiting left)
BL
Brake (cable exiting right)
BR
Foot bracket
FT
Power-saving
LA
Non-motor end specificationw
NM
Slider roller specification
SR
Lead
RCA
ROBO Cylinder
Dimensional Drawings
www.intelligentactuator.com
2D
CAD
Appendix
P.15
21
19.5
*Note that in order to change the
orientation of the home,
arrangements must be made to
send in the product to IAI.
*In the Non-motoe end model (NM),
the new home is set 3mm in
from the ME opposite of the
motor-side.
4-M5 depth 9
32±0.02
50
Cable joint
connector *1
Standard
Controllers
Integrated
2-ø5H7 effective depth 6
L
15
Rod
Type
Incremental 75.5
A
14
Ma moment offset
reference position *3
Slider
Type
Mini
31
8 23 8
19.5
(Reamer hole
tolerance ±0.02)
CAD drawings can be downloaded
from the website.
115
Stroke
19
3
1
3
SE
Home
ME*2
43
40
Mini
Standard
56
58
A
Base
end-face
15.5
8
U×100 p
R
8
Base end-face
76
Controllers
Integrated
Secure at
least 100
(*1)
(*2)
m-M5 depth 8
100 (ø4 hole pitch)
3-ø4H7 depth 5 from the bottom of the base
19 Absolute 79.5
(3)
(*3)
Home
ME *2
31
+0.012
4 0
5
Details of oblong hole
P (ø4 hole and oblong hole pitch)
N (ø4 hole pitch)
Oblong hole depth 5 from the bottom of the base
Dimensions of the Brake Section
4
R: Brake cable
exiting from right
E: Brake cable
exiting from rear
Connect the motor and
encoder cables here.
See page A-59 for details
on cables.
After homing, the slider moves
to the ME, therefore, please
watch for any interference with
surrounding objects.
ME : Mechanical end
SE : Stroke end
Reference position for
calculating the Ma moment
58
Details of A
14
1
41.5
L
19
19
6
37
50
„„Dimensions and Mass by Stroke
55
Mini
Standard
Secure at
least 100
5.1
13.3
Table/
Arm/
Flat Type
Gripper/
Rotary
Type
56
Reference
surface
13.3
L: Brake cable
exiting from left
53
53
ME
58
* Adding a brake increases the actuator's overall
length (L) by 26.5mm (39.8mm with the cable coming
out its end), and is heavier by 0.3kg.
Stroke
Incremental
Absolute
A
N
P
R
U
m
Weight (kg)
50
288.5
292.5
198
81
66
81
1
6
1.3
100
338.5
342.5
248
131
116
31
2
8
1.5
150
388.5
392.5
298
181
166
81
2
8
1.7
200
438.5
442.5
348
231
216
31
3
10
1.9
250
488.5
492.5
398
281
266
81
3
10
2.1
300
538.5
542.5
448
331
316
31
4
12
2.3
350
588.5
592.5
498
381
366
81
4
12
2.5
400
638.5
642.5
548
431
416
31
5
14
2.7
450
688.5
692.5
598
481
466
81
5
14
2.9
500
738.5
742.5
648
531
516
31
6
16
3.1
550
788.5
792.5
698
581
566
81
6
16
3.3
600
838.5
842.5
748
631
616
31
7
18
3.5
Linear
Servo
Type
Cleanroom
Type
SplashProof
Type
Applicable Controllers
RCA series actuators can be operated with the controllers indicated below. Select the type according to your intended application.
Name
External
view
Model number
AMEC-C-30I
-
Features
-2-1
Solenoid Valve Type
MSEP-C-
Solenoid valve multi-axis type
Network specification
MSEP-C-
Simple controller operable with the
same signal as a solenoid valve
-~-
-2-0
Positioner type based on PIO control,
allowing up to 8 axes to be connected
-~- -0-0
Field network-ready positioner type,
allowing up to 8 axes to be connected
256 points
Positioning is possible for up to 512
points
512 points
-
-2-0
Safety-Compliant
Positioner Type
ACON-CG-30I
-
-2-0
Pulse Train Input Type
(Differential Line Driver)
ACON-PL-30I
-
-2-0
Pulse Train Input Type
(Open Collector)
ACON-PO-30I
-
Serial Communication Type
ACON-SE-30I
-N-0-0
Program
Control Type
*This is for the single-axis ASEL. * indicates I/O type (NP/PN). ASEL-CS-1-30
*
*
-2-0
-
Pulse train input type with
differential line driver support
Pulse train input type with open
collector support
Dedicated Serial Communication
Programmed operation is possible.
-2-0
Can operate up to 2 axes
indicates encoder type (I: incremental, A: absolute)
indicates number of axes (1 to 8).
Input
power
AC100V
-2-0
ACON-C-30I
Positioner type
Easy-to-use controller, even for
beginners
-
ASEP-C-30I
Solenoid valve multi-axis type
PIO specification
Maximum number of
positioning points
Power-supply Standard Reference
capacity
price
page
2.4A rated
3 points
DC24V
(Standard)
1.3A rated
4.4A max.
(Power-saving)
1.3A rated
2.2A max.
—
➝ P537
—
➝ P547
—
➝ P563
—
Servo
Motor
(24V)
—
—
➝ P631
(—)
—
64 points
—
1,500 points
—
➝ P675
* Enter the code "LA" in when the power-saving option is specified.
* indicates field network specification symbol.
RCA-SA6D
Pulse
Motor
98
Servo
Motor
(200V)
Linear
Servo
Motor
RCA
Slider
Type
Mini
Standard
ROBO Cylinder
RCA-SS4D
Model
Specification
Items
RCA
SS4D
Series
Type
ROBO Cylinder, Slider Type, Actuator Width 40mm, 24V Servo Motor, Motor Built-in (Direct-Coupled), Steel Base
I
Encoder type
20
Motor type
20: 20W Servo
I: Incremental
* The Simple absolute motor
encoder is also
considered type "I".
Controllers
Integrated
Lead
Stroke
10: 10mm
5: 5mm
2.5:2.5mm
50: 50mm
Applicable controller
300: 300mm
(50mm pitch
increments)
* See page Pre-47 for details on the model descriptions.
A1:ACON
ASEL
A3:AMEC
ASEP
MSEP
Cable length
Options
N:None
See Options below.
P: 1m
S: 3m
M: 5m
X:Custom length
R: Robot cable
Rod
Type
Mini
Standard
Controllers
Integrated
Table/
Arm/
Flat Type
Mini
Standard
Appendix
P.5
Gripper/
Rotary
Type
(1) When the stroke increases, the maximum will drop to prevent the ball screw from reaching
the critical rotational speed. Use the actuator specification table below to check the
maximum speed at the stroke you desire.
(2) The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.3G (0.2G for the 2.5mm-lead
model.) These values are the upper limits for the acceleration.
(3) See page A-71 for details on push motion.
Linear
Servo
Type
Cleanroom
Type
SplashProof
Type
Actuator Specifications
„„Leads and Payloads
„„Stroke and Maximum Speed
Motor
output (W)
Model number
RCA-SS4D-I-20-10- ➀ - ➁ - ➂ - ➃
Lead
Max. Load Capacity
(mm) Horizontal (kg) Vertical (kg)
10
RCA-SS4D-I-20-5- ➀ - ➁ - ➂ - ➃
20
RCA-SS4D-I-20-2.5- ➀ - ➁ - ➂ - ➃
4
1
Rated
thrust (N)
5
6
2.5
39.2
2.5
8
4.5
78.4
Stroke
50~300
(every 50mm)
Servo
Motor
(200V)
Linear
Servo
Motor
50~300
(every 50mm)
10
665
5
330
2.5
165
(Unit: mm/s)
*See page A-71 for details on push motion.
Cable Length
Stroke
(mm)
Standard price
50
100
150
200
250
300
—
—
—
—
—
—
Type
Standard
Special length
Robot Cable
Servo
Motor
(24V)
Stroke
Lead
19.6
Code explanation ➀ Stroke ➁ Applicable Controller ➂ Cable length ➃ Options
Pulse
Motor
Stroke
(mm)
Cable symbol
Standard Price
P (1m)
S (3m)
M (5m)
X06 (6m) ~ X10 (10m)
X11 (11m) ~ X15 (15m)
X16 (16m) ~ X20 (20m)
R01 (1m) ~ R03 (3m)
R04 (4m) ~ R05 (5m)
R06 (6m) ~ R10 (10m)
R11 (11m) ~ R15 (15m)
R16 (16m) ~ R20 (20m)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
* See page A-59 for cables for maintenance.
Actuator Specifications
 Options
Name
Brake (cable exiting end)
Brake (cable exiting left)
Brake (cable exiting right)
Power-saving
Non-motor end specification
Option code
BE
BL
BR
LA
NM
See page
➝ A-42
➝ A-42
➝ A-42
➝ A-52
➝ A-52
Standard price
—
—
—
—
—
Item
Description
Drive System
Positioning repeatability
Lost Motion
Base
Allowable static moment
Allowable dynamic moment (*)
Allowable overhang
Ambient operating temperature, humidity
Ball screw, ø8mm, rolled C10
±0.02mm
0.1mm or less
Material: Special alloy steel
Ma: 6.9 N·m, Mb: 9.9 N·m, Mc: 17.0 N·m
Ma: 2.7 N·m, Mb: 3.9 N·m, Mc: 6.8 N·m
120mm or less in Ma, Mb and Mc directions
0 to 40oC, 85% RH or less (Non-condensing)
(*) Based on 5,000km of traveling life
Overhang Load Length
Directions of Allowable Load Moment
99
Ma
Mb
Mc
Ma
L
Mc
L
RCA-SS4D
RCA
ROBO Cylinder
Dimensional Drawings
www.intelligentactuator.com
CAD drawings can be downloaded
from the website.
P.15
Connect the motor and encoder cables here. See page A-59 for details on cables.
After homing, the slider moves to the ME, therefore, please watch for any interference with surrounding objects.
ME : Mechanical end
SE : Stroke end
Reference position for calculating the Ma moment
Standard
M
70
33
*Note that in order to change the
orientation of the home,
arrangements must be made to
send in the product to IAI.
*In the Non-motoe end model (NM),
the new home is set 2.2mm in
from the ME opposite of the
motor-side.
105
Cable joint
connector *1
24
21
4-3.6 drilled,
ø6.5 counterbore
11.5
9
Slider
Type
Mini
Controllers
Integrated
Rod
Type
20
(*1)
(*2)
(*3)
2D
CAD
Appendix
4-M3 depth 7
11.5
Mini
L
A
16
18
2
ME
Standard
2.2
Home
SE
Controllers
Integrated
ME *2
31.2
32
40
46.5
7
Ma moment offset
reference position *3
88
18
70
Stroke
Reference
surface
Table/
Arm/
Flat Type
41.5
33
40
50
21
Mini
Dimensions of the Brake Section
Standard
2-M3 depth 5
8.5
Gripper/
Rotary
Type
R: Brake cable
exiting from right
E: Brake cable
exiting from rear
L: Brake cable
exiting from left
40
13.3
13.3
48
18
40
12.5
* Adding a brake increases the actuator's overall
length (L) by 32mm (45.3mm with the cable coming
out its end), and is heavier by 0.2kg.
„„Dimensions and Mass by Stroke
1.5
30.5
12.5
53.5
46.5
41.5
1.5
13.3
Linear
Servo
Type
Stroke
L
A
M
Weight (kg)
50
260
156
122
1.1
100 150 200 250 300
310 360 410 460 510
206 256 306 356 406
172 222 272 322 372
1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6
Cleanroom
Type
SplashProof
Type
Applicable Controllers
RCA series actuators can be operated with the controllers indicated below. Select the type according to your intended application.
Name
External
view
Model number
AMEC-C-20I
Features
- -2-1
Solenoid Valve Type
ASEP-C-20I
Maximum number of
positioning points
Easy-to-use controller, even for
beginners
-
-2-0
Simple controller operable with the
same signal as a solenoid valve
AC100V
MSEP-C-
-~-
-2-0
Positioner type based on PIO control,
allowing up to 8 axes to be connected
Solenoid valve multi-axis type
Network specification
MSEP-C-
-~- -0-0
Field network-ready positioner type,
allowing up to 8 axes to be connected
256 points
Positioning is possible for up to 512
points
512 points
Safety-Compliant
Positioner Type
Pulse Train Input Type
(Differential Line Driver)
ACON-C-20I
- -2-0
ACON-CG-20I -
-2-0
ACON-PL-20I
-2-0
-
ACON-PO-20I
-
Serial Communication Type
ACON-SE-20I
-N-0-0
Program
Control Type
ASEL-CS-1-20I
-
DC24V
Pulse train input type with
differential line driver support
(Standard)
1.3A rated
4.4A max.
(Power-saving)
1.3A rated
2.5A max.
—
➝ P537
—
➝ P547
—
➝ P563
—
—
—
64 points
—
1,500 points
—
* This is for the single-axis ASEL.
* Enter the code "LA" in when the power-saving specification is specified.
* indicates number of axes (1 to 8). * indicates field network specification symbol.
*
➝ P631
➝ P675
indicates I/O type (NP/PN).
RCA-SS4D
Pulse
Motor
Servo
Motor
(24V)
—
Dedicated Serial Communication
Programmed operation is possible.
-2-0
Can operate up to 2 axes
2.4A rated
(—)
Pulse train input type with open
-2-0
collector support
Pulse Train Input Type
(Open Collector)
Power-supply Standard Reference
capacity
price
page
3 points
Solenoid valve multi-axis type
PIO specification
Positioner type
Input
power
100
Servo
Motor
(200V)
Linear
Servo
Motor
RCA
Slider
Type
Mini
Standard
ROBO Cylinder
RCA-SS5D
RCA
Model
Specification
Items
SS5D
Series
Type
ROBO Cylinder, Slider Type, Actuator Width 52mm, 24V Servo Motor, Motor Built-in (Direct-Coupled), Steel Base
I
Encoder type
20
Motor type
20: 20W Servo
I: Incremental
* The Simple absolute motor
encoder is also
considered type "I".
Controllers
Integrated
Lead
Stroke
12:12mm
6: 6mm
3: 3mm
50: 50mm
Applicable controller
500: 500mm
(50mm pitch
increments)
* See page Pre-47 for details on the model descriptions.
A1:ACON
ASEL
A3:AMEC
ASEP
MSEP
Cable length
Options
N:None
See Options below.
P: 1m
S: 3m
M: 5m
X:Custom length
R: Robot cable
Rod
Type
Mini
Controllers
Integrated
Table/
Arm/
Flat Type
Mini
Standard
Appendix
P.5
Gripper/
Rotary
Type
(1) When the stroke increases, the maximum will drop to prevent the ball screw from reaching
the critical rotational speed. Use the actuator specification table below to check the
maximum speed at the stroke you desire.
(2) The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.3G (0.2G for the 3mm-lead
model.) These values are the upper limits for the acceleration.
(3) See page A-71 for details on push motion.
Linear
Servo
Type
Cleanroom
Type
SplashProof
Type
Actuator Specifications
„„Leads and Payloads
„„Stroke and Maximum Speed
Motor
output (W)
Model number
RCA-SS5D-I-20-12- ➀ - ➁ - ➂ - ➃
Lead
Max. Load Capacity
(mm) Horizontal (kg) Vertical (kg)
12
RCA-SS5D-I-20-6- ➀ - ➁ - ➂ - ➃
20
RCA-SS5D-I-20-3- ➀ - ➁ - ➂ - ➃
4
1
Rated
thrust (N)
6
8
2
33.3
3
12
4
65.7
Stroke
Servo
Motor
(24V)
Servo
Motor
(200V)
Linear
Servo
Motor
Stroke
(every 50mm)
50~450
500
(mm)
12
800
760
6
400
380
3
200
190
Lead
16.7
Code explanation ➀ Stroke ➁ Applicable Controller ➂ Cable length ➃ Options
Pulse
Motor
Stroke
(mm)
50~500
(every 50mm)
(Unit: mm/s)
*See page A-71 for details on push motion.
Cable Length
Stroke
(mm)
Standard price
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Type
Standard
Special length
Robot Cable
Cable symbol
Standard Price
P (1m)
S (3m)
M (5m)
X06 (6m) ~ X10 (10m)
X11 (11m) ~ X15 (15m)
X16 (16m) ~ X20 (20m)
R01 (1m) ~ R03 (3m)
R04 (4m) ~ R05 (5m)
R06 (6m) ~ R10 (10m)
R11 (11m) ~ R15 (15m)
R16 (16m) ~ R20 (20m)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
* See page A-59 for cables for maintenance.
Actuator Specifications
 Options
Name
Brake (cable exiting end)
Brake (cable exiting left)
Brake (cable exiting right)
Power-saving
Non-motor end specification
Slider roller specification
Option code
BE
BL
BR
LA
NM
SR
See page
➝ A-42
➝ A-42
➝ A-42
➝ A-52
➝ A-52
➝ A-55
Standard price
—
—
—
—
—
—
Item
Description
Drive System
Positioning repeatability
Lost Motion
Base
Allowable static moment
Allowable dynamic moment (*)
Allowable overhang
Ambient operating temperature, humidity
Ball screw, ø10mm, rolled C10
±0.02mm
0.1mm or less
Material: Special alloy steel
Ma: 18.6 N·m, Mb: 26.6 N·m, Mc: 47.5 N·m
Ma: 4.9 N·m, Mb: 6.8 N·m, Mc: 11.7 N·m
150mm or less in Ma, Mb and Mc directions
0 to 40oC, 85% RH or less (Non-condensing)
(*) Based on 5,000km of traveling life
Overhang Load Length
Directions of Allowable Load Moment
101
Ma
Mb
Mc
Ma
L
Mc
L
RCA-SS5D
RCA
ROBO Cylinder
Dimensional Drawings
CAD drawings can be downloaded
from the website.
(*1)
(*2)
(*3)
2D
CAD
www.intelligentactuator.com
Appendix
P.15
Connect the motor and encoder cables here. See page A-59 for details on cables.
After homing, the slider moves to the ME, therefore, please watch for any interference with surrounding objects.
ME : Mechanical end
SE : Stroke end
Reference position for calculating the Ma moment
Mini
Standard
4-M4 depth 9
40
M
94
30
Controllers
Integrated
80.5
32
Cable joint
connector *1
6
26
26
32
4-4.5 drilled,
8 deep counterbore, depth 4.5
Slider
Type
15.5 9 15.5
Rod
Type
Mini
L
20
Ma moment offset
reference position *3
94
Standard
19
Stroke
3
2.7
ME
SE
Home
Controllers
Integrated
ME*2
39
1
40
50
60.5
A
19
Reference
surface
42
52
C
50
Table/
Arm/
Flat Type
Secure at
least 100
26
Mini
Standard
64
2-M4 depth 5
R: Brake cable
exiting from right
Gripper/
Rotary
Type
26
E: Brake cable
exiting from rear
4-4.5 drilled, 8 deep counterbore, depth 4.5
L: Brake cable
exiting from left
44
19
1
13.3
13.3
4
42
52
2.7
SE
33.5
50
45
15.5
ME
Linear
Servo
Type
„„Dimensions and Mass by Stroke
Stroke
L
A
M
C
Weight (kg)
13.3
*Adding a brake will increase the actuator's overall length (L) by
24mm (37.3mm with the cable coming out from the end), and is heavier by 0.3kg.
50
262.5
182
142
92
1.4
100
312.5
232
192
142
1.5
150
362.5
282
242
192
1.6
200
412.5
332
292
242
1.7
250
462.5
382
342
292
1.8
300
512.5
432
392
342
1.9
350
562.5
482
442
392
2.0
400
612.5
532
492
442
2.1
450
662.5
582
542
492
2.2
500
712.5
632
592
542
2.3
Cleanroom
Type
SplashProof
Type
Applicable Controllers
RCA series actuators can be operated with the controllers indicated below. Select the type according to your intended application.
Name
External
view
Model number
AMEC-C-20I
Features
- -2-1
Solenoid Valve Type
Solenoid valve multi-axis type
Network specification
Positioner type
Safety-Compliant
Positioner Type
Pulse Train Input Type
(Differential Line Driver)
MSEP-CMSEP-C-
Simple controller operable with the
same signal as a solenoid valve
-~-
-2-0
Positioner type based on PIO control,
allowing up to 8 axes to be connected
-~- -0-0
Field network-ready positioner type,
allowing up to 8 axes to be connected
256 points
Positioning is possible for up to 512
points
512 points
ACON-C-20I
- -2-0
ACON-CG-20I -
-2-0
ACON-PL-20I
-2-0
-
Serial Communication Type
ACON-SE-20I
-N-0-0
ASEL-CS-1-20I
-
DC24V
Pulse train input type with
differential line driver support
2.4A rated
(Standard)
1.3A rated
4.4A max.
(Power-saving)
1.3A rated
2.5A max.
—
➝ P537
—
➝ P547
—
➝ P563
—
—
—
➝ P631
—
64 points
—
1,500 points
—
* This is for the single-axis ASEL.
* Enter the code "LA" in when the power-saving specification is specified.
* indicates number of axes (1 to 8). * indicates field network specification symbol.
*
➝ P675
indicates I/O type (NP/PN).
RCA-SS5D
Pulse
Motor
Servo
Motor
(24V)
(—)
Dedicated Serial Communication
Programmed operation is possible.
-2-0
Can operate up to 2 axes
Power-supply Standard Reference
capacity
price
page
3 points
Pulse train input type with open
-2-0
collector support
ACON-PO-20I
Input
power
AC100V
-2-0
Pulse Train Input Type
(Open Collector)
Program
Control Type
Easy-to-use controller, even for
beginners
-
ASEP-C-20I
Solenoid valve multi-axis type
PIO specification
Maximum number of
positioning points
102
Servo
Motor
(200V)
Linear
Servo
Motor
RCA
Slider
Type
Mini
Standard
ROBO Cylinder
RCA-SS6D
RCA
Model
Specification
Items
SS6D
Series
Type
ROBO Cylinder, Slider Type, 5 Actuator Width 8mm, 24V Servo Motor, Motor Built-in (Direct-Coupled), Steel Base
I
Encoder type
30
Motor type
30: 30W Servo
I: Incremental
* The Simple absolute motor
encoder is also
considered type "I".
Controllers
Integrated
Lead
Stroke
12:12mm
6: 6mm
3: 3mm
50: 50mm
Applicable controller
600: 600mm
(50mm pitch
increments)
* See page Pre-47 for details on the model descriptions.
A1:ACON
ASEL
A3:AMEC
ASEP
MSEP
Cable length
Options
N:None
See Options below.
P: 1m
S: 3m
M: 5m
X:Custom length
R: Robot cable
Rod
Type
Mini
Controllers
Integrated
Table/
Arm/
Flat Type
Mini
Standard
Appendix
P.5
Gripper/
Rotary
Type
(1) When the stroke increases, the maximum will drop to prevent the ball screw from reaching
the critical rotational speed. Use the actuator specification table below to check the
maximum speed at the stroke you desire.
(2) The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.3G (0.2G for the 3mm-lead
model.) These values are the upper limits for the acceleration.
(3) See page A-71 for details on push motion.
Linear
Servo
Type
Cleanroom
Type
SplashProof
Type
Actuator Specifications
„„Leads and Payloads
„„Stroke and Maximum Speed
Motor
output (W)
Model number
RCA-SS6D-I-30-12- ➀ - ➁ - ➂ - ➃
Lead
Max. Load Capacity
(mm) Horizontal (kg) Vertical (kg)
12
RCA-SS6D-I-30-6- ➀ - ➁ - ➂ - ➃
30
RCA-SS6D-I-30-3- ➀ - ➁ - ➂ - ➃
6
1.5
Rated
thrust (N)
6
12
3
48.4
3
18
6
96.8
Stroke
Servo
Motor
(24V)
Servo
Motor
(200V)
Linear
Servo
Motor
Lead
24.2
Code explanation ➀ Stroke ➁ Applicable Controller ➂ Cable length ➃ Options
Pulse
Motor
Stroke
(mm)
50~600
(every 50mm)
Stroke
(every 50mm)
50~450
500
(mm)
550
(mm)
600
(mm)
12
800
760
640
540
6
400
380
320
270
3
200
190
160
*See page A-71 for details on push motion.
Cable Length
Stroke
(mm)
Standard price
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
550
600
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Type
Standard
Special length
Robot Cable
Cable symbol
Standard Price
P (1m)
S (3m)
M (5m)
X06 (6m) ~ X10 (10m)
X11 (11m) ~ X15 (15m)
X16 (16m) ~ X20 (20m)
R01 (1m) ~ R03 (3m)
R04 (4m) ~ R05 (5m)
R06 (6m) ~ R10 (10m)
R11 (11m) ~ R15 (15m)
R16 (16m) ~ R20 (20m)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
* See page A-59 for cables for maintenance.
Actuator Specifications
 Options
Name
Brake (cable exiting end)
Brake (cable exiting left)
Brake (cable exiting right)
Power-saving
Non-motor end specification
Slider roller specification
Option code
BE
BL
BR
LA
NM
SR
See page
➝ A-42
➝ A-42
➝ A-42
➝ A-52
➝ A-52
➝ A-55
Standard price
—
—
—
—
—
—
Item
Description
Drive System
Positioning repeatability
Lost Motion
Base
Allowable static moment
Allowable dynamic moment (*)
Allowable overhang
Ambient operating temperature, humidity
Ball screw, ø10mm, rolled C10
±0.02mm
0.1mm or less
Material: Special alloy steel
Ma: 38.3 N·m, Mb: 54.7 N·m, Mc: 81.0 N·m
Ma: 8.9 N·m, Mb: 12.7 N·m, Mc: 18.6 N·m
220mm or less in Ma, Mb and Mc directions
0 to 40oC, 85% RH or less (Non-condensing)
(*) Based on 5,000km of traveling life
Overhang Load Length
Directions of Allowable Load Moment
103
135
(Unit: mm/s)
Ma
Mb
Mc
Ma
L
Mc
L
RCA-SS6D
RCA
ROBO Cylinder
Dimensional Drawings
CAD drawings can be downloaded
from the website.
(*1)
(*2)
(*3)
2D
CAD
www.intelligentactuator.com
Appendix
P.15
Connect the motor and encoder cables here. See page A-59 for details on cables.
After homing, the slider moves to the ME, therefore, please watch for any interference with surrounding objects.
ME : Mechanical end
SE : Stroke end
Reference position for calculating the Ma moment
50
Slider
Type
Mini
Standard
32
Cable joint
connector *1
8
31
23
8
Controllers
Integrated
4-M5 depth 9
19.5
Rod
Type
2-ø5H7 effective depth 6
21 19.5
L
Ma moment offset
reference position *3
A
19
115
Mini
24
Home
SE
3
ME *2
Standard
40
1
ME
3
75.5
Stroke
Controllers
Integrated
43
53
20
Reference
surface
49
13.5
Secure at
least 100
13.5
Table/
Arm/
Flat Type
+0.012
0
31
5
E×100 P
B
56
SE: Stroke end
ME: Mechanical end
4
D-M5 depth
(for mounting) 6
Details of oblong hole
C
3-ø4H7 depth 4
100
Standard
R: Brake cable
exiting from right
E: Brake cable
exiting from rear
Gripper/
Rotary
Type
L: Brake cable
exiting from left
13.3
44
SE
„„Dimensions and Mass by Stroke
5
18
36
53
49
1
ME
56
Linear
Servo
Type
19
3
49
12.8
Mini
12.8
*Adding a brake will increase the actuator's overall length (L) by
24mm (37.3mm with the cable coming out from the end), and is heavier by 0.3kg.
Stroke
L
A
B
C
D
E
P
Weight (kg)
50
303.5
208
81
81
6
1
66
2.4
100
353.5
258
131
131
6
1
116
2.6
150
403.5
308
81
181
8
2
166
2.8
200
453.5
358
131
231
8
2
216
3.0
250
503.5
408
81
281
10
3
266
3.2
300
553.5
458
131
331
10
3
316
3.4
350
603.5
508
81
381
12
4
366
3.6
400
653.5
558
131
431
12
4
416
3.8
450
703.5
608
81
481
14
5
466
4.0
500
753.5
658
131
531
14
5
516
4.2
550
803.5
708
81
581
16
6
566
4.4
600
853.5
758
131
631
16
6
616
4.7
Cleanroom
Type
SplashProof
Type
Applicable Controllers
RCA series actuators can be operated with the controllers indicated below. Select the type according to your intended application.
Name
External
view
Model number
AMEC-C-30I
Features
- -2-1
Solenoid Valve Type
ASEP-C-30I
Maximum number of
positioning points
Easy-to-use controller, even for
beginners
-
-2-0
Simple controller operable with the
same signal as a solenoid valve
AC100V
MSEP-C-
-~-
-2-0
Positioner type based on PIO control,
allowing up to 8 axes to be connected
Solenoid valve multi-axis type
Network specification
MSEP-C-
-~- -0-0
Field network-ready positioner type,
allowing up to 8 axes to be connected
256 points
Positioning is possible for up to 512
points
512 points
Safety-Compliant
Positioner Type
Pulse Train Input Type
(Differential Line Driver)
ACON-C-30I
- -2-0
ACON-CG-30I -
-2-0
ACON-PL-30I
-2-0
-
ACON-PO-30I
-
Serial Communication Type
ACON-SE-30I
-N-0-0
Program
Control Type
ASEL-CS-1-30I
-
DC24V
Pulse train input type with
differential line driver support
(Standard)
1.3A rated
4.4A max.
(Power-saving)
1.3A rated
2.2A max.
—
➝ P537
—
➝ P547
—
➝ P563
—
—
—
64 points
—
1,500 points
—
* This is for the single-axis ASEL.
* Enter the code "LA" in when the power-saving specification is specified.
* indicates number of axes (1 to 8). * indicates field network specification symbol.
*
➝ P631
➝ P675
indicates I/O type (NP/PN).
RCA-SS6D
Pulse
Motor
Servo
Motor
(24V)
—
Dedicated Serial Communication
Programmed operation is possible.
-2-0
Can operate up to 2 axes
2.4A rated
(—)
Pulse train input type with open
-2-0
collector support
Pulse Train Input Type
(Open Collector)
Power-supply Standard Reference
capacity
price
page
3 points
Solenoid valve multi-axis type
PIO specification
Positioner type
Input
power
104
Servo
Motor
(200V)
Linear
Servo
Motor
RCA
Slider
Type
Mini
Standard
ROBO Cylinder
RCA-SA4R
RCA
Model
Specification
Items
SA4R
Series
Type
ROBO Cylinder, Slider Type, Actuator Width 40mm, 24V Servo Motor, Side-mounted Motor
Encoder type
I: Incremental
A: Absolute
Controllers
Integrated
* See page Pre-47 for details on the model descriptions.
*Absolute encoder models can
only use ASEL. When the actuator
is used with the simple absolute
encoder, the model is considered
an incremental model.
20
Motor type
Lead
Stroke
20: 20W Servo
motor
10: 10mm
5: 5mm
2.5:2.5mm
50: 50mm
Applicable controller
A1:ACON
ASEL
A3:AMEC
ASEP
MSEP
400: 400mm
(50mm pitch
increments)
Cable length
Options
See Options below.
N:None
*Be sure to specify
P: 1m
which side the
S: 3m
motor is to be
M: 5m
X:Custom length mounted (ML/MR).
R: Robot cable
Rod
Type
Mini
Controllers
Integrated
Table/
Arm/
Flat Type
Mini
Standard
Appendix
P.5
Gripper/
Rotary
Type
Linear
Servo
Type
Cleanroom
Type
SplashProof
Type
Pictured: Left-mounted motor model (ML).
A
(1) When the stroke increases, the maximum will drop to prevent the ball screw from reaching
the critical rotational speed. Use the actuator specification table below to check the
maximum speed at the stroke you desire.
(2) The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.3G (0.2G for the 2.5mm-lead
model.) These values are the upper limits for the acceleration.
(3) See page A-71 for details on push motion.
*This product is equipped with a position adjusting screw at the
A area shown above. (See dimensional drawing on the page to the right.)
Actuator Specifications
„„Leads and Payloads
„„Stroke and Maximum Speed
Motor
output (W)
Model number
RCA-SA4R- ➀ -20-10- ➁ - ➂ - ➃ - ➄
RCA-SA4R- ➀ -20-5- ➁ - ➂ - ➃ - ➄
Lead
Max. Load Capacity
(mm) Horizontal (kg) Vertical (kg)
10
20
RCA-SA4R- ➀ -20-2.5- ➁ - ➂ - ➃ - ➄
4
1
Rated
thrust (N)
Stroke
(mm)
19.6
5
6
2.5
39.2
2.5
8
4.5
78.4
50~400
(every 50mm)
Code explanation ➀ Encoder ➁ Stroke ➂ Applicable Controller ➃ Cable length ➄ Options
Encoder type/Stroke
Stroke (mm)
Pulse
Motor
Servo
Motor
(24V)
Servo
Motor
(200V)
Linear
Servo
Motor
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
Stroke
Lead
50~400
(every 50mm)
10
665
5
330
2.5
165
(Unit: mm/s)
*See page A-71 for details on push motion.
 Cable Length
Standard price
Encoder Type
Incremental
Absolute
I
A
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Type
Standard
Special length
Robot Cable
Cable symbol
Standard Price
P (1m)
S (3m)
M (5m)
X06 (6m) ~ X10 (10m)
X11 (11m) ~ X15 (15m)
X16 (16m) ~ X20 (20m)
R01 (1m) ~ R03 (3m)
R04 (4m) ~ R05 (5m)
R06 (6m) ~ R10 (10m)
R11 (11m) ~ R15 (15m)
R16 (16m) ~ R20 (20m)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
* See page A-59 for cables for maintenance.
Actuator Specifications
 Options
Name
Brake
Home sensor
Power-saving
Non-motor end specification
Left-mounted motor (standard)
Right-mounted motor
Slider roller specification
Slider spacer
Option code
B
HS
LA
NM
ML
MR
SR
SS
See page
➝ A-42
➝ A-50
➝ A-52
➝ A-52
➝ A-52
➝ A-52
➝ A-55
➝ A-55
Standard price
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Item
Description
Drive System
Positioning repeatability
Lost Motion
Base
Allowable static moment
Allowable dynamic moment (*)
Allowable overhang
Ambient operating temperature, humidity
Ball screw, ø8mm, rolled C10
±0.02mm
0.1mm or less
Material: Aluminum, white alumite treated
Ma: 6.9 N·m, Mb: 9.9 N·m, Mc: 17.0 N·m
Ma: 2.7 N·m, Mb: 3.9 N·m, Mc: 6.8 N·m
120mm or less in Ma, Mb and Mc directions
0 to 40oC, 85% RH or less (Non-condensing)
(*) Based on 5,000km of traveling life
Overhang Load Length
Directions of Allowable Load Moment
105
Ma
Mb
Mc
Ma
L
Mc
L
RCA-SA4R
RCA
ROBO Cylinder
Dimensional Drawings
CAD drawings can be downloaded
from the website.
www.intelligentactuator.com
P.15
2D
CAD
Mini
L
23
45
4-ø3.6
ø6.5 counterbore,
Depth 3.7
(for mounting actuator) *4
31.2
For
a
7
70
13
SE
Standard
Controllers
Integrated
32
24
16±0.02
9
2-ø3H7 depth 5
53.7
3
ME *2
Home
4-M3 depth 7
Rod
Type
20
21
15
25
36.5
ion
dju
37
sting pos
it
32
22.5
1
A
Bottom of base
st
3
ME
(Reamer hole
tolerance ±0.02)
Slider height: 40 5
93
Ma moment offset
reference position *3
93
Actuator
width: 40
Slider
Type
Appendix
46
Cable joint
connector *1
Controllers
Integrated
Base end-face
10.2
11.8
M
11.8
n
io
53.9
98 (137 if brake-equipped)
23
Secure at
least 100
ad
ing pos
just
it
Standard
Base end-face
slot
For
ø8 hole
Table/
Arm/
Flat Type
Details of the slotted area
for adjusting slider position
3.2
Mini
+0.010
0
4
(40)
(37)
3
Reference
surface
Mini
Base end-face
11.8
Details of oblong hole
R
Standard
Base end-face
50 (when stroke is 50)
U×100P (All strokes except 50)
11.8
50
Gripper/
Rotary
Type
21
Details of section A
(Actuator's reference side)
m-M3 depth 5
Oblong hole depth 5
from the bottom of the base
P (pitch for ø3 hole and oblong hole)
2-ø3H7 depth 5 from the bottom of the base
N (ø3 hole pitch)
„„Dimensions and Mass by Stroke
(*1)
(*2)
(*3)
(*4)
Connect the motor and encoder cables here. See page A-59 for details on cables.
After homing, the slider moves to the ME, therefore, please watch for any interference with surrounding objects.
ME : Mechanical end
SE : Stroke end
Reference position for calculating the Ma moment
If the actuator is secured using only the mounting holes provided on the top surface of the base, the base may
twist to cause abnormal sliding of the slider, or may produce abnormal noise. Therefore, when using the
mounting holes on the top surface of the base, keep the stroke at 200mm or less.
Stroke
L
M
N
P
R
U
m
Weight (kg)
50
209.7
122
50
35
22
–
4
0.8
100
259.7
172
100
85
22
1
4
0.9
150
309.7
222
100
85
72
1
4
1.0
200
359.7
272
200
185
22
2
6
1.1
*Brake-equipped models
are heavier by 0.3kg.
250
409.7
322
200
185
72
2
6
1.2
300
459.7
372
300
285
22
3
8
1.3
350
509.7
422
300
285
72
3
8
1.4
400
559.7
472
400
385
22
4
10
1.5
Linear
Servo
Type
Cleanroom
Type
SplashProof
Type
Applicable Controllers
RCA series actuators can be operated with the controllers indicated below. Select the type according to your intended application.
Name
External
view
Model number
AMEC-C-20I
-
Features
-2-1
Solenoid Valve Type
MSEP-C-
Solenoid valve multi-axis type
Network specification
MSEP-C-
Simple controller operable with the
same signal as a solenoid valve
-~-
-2-0
Positioner type based on PIO control,
allowing up to 8 axes to be connected
-~- -0-0
Field network-ready positioner type,
allowing up to 8 axes to be connected
256 points
Positioning is possible for up to 512
points
512 points
-
-2-0
Safety-Compliant
Positioner Type
ACON-CG-20I
-
-2-0
Pulse Train Input Type
(Differential Line Driver)
ACON-PL-20I
-
-2-0
Pulse Train Input Type
(Open Collector)
ACON-PO-20I
-
Serial Communication Type
ACON-SE-20I
-N-0-0
Program
Control Type
*This is for the single-axis ASEL. * indicates I/O type (NP/PN). ASEL-CS-1-20
*
*
-2-0
-
Pulse train input type with
differential line driver support
Pulse train input type with open
collector support
Dedicated Serial Communication
Programmed operation is possible.
-2-0
Can operate up to 2 axes
indicates encoder type (I: incremental, A: absolute)
indicates number of axes (1 to 8).
Input
power
AC100V
-2-0
ACON-C-20I
Positioner type
Easy-to-use controller, even for
beginners
-
ASEP-C-20I
Solenoid valve multi-axis type
PIO specification
Maximum number of
positioning points
Power-supply Standard Reference
capacity
price
page
2.4A rated
3 points
DC24V
(Standard)
1.3A rated
4.4A max.
(Power-saving)
1.3A rated
2.5A max.
—
➝ P537
—
➝ P547
—
➝ P563
—
Servo
Motor
(24V)
—
—
➝ P631
(—)
—
64 points
—
1,500 points
—
➝ P675
* Enter the code "LA" in when the power-saving option is specified.
* indicates field network specification symbol.
RCA-SA4R
Pulse
Motor
106
Servo
Motor
(200V)
Linear
Servo
Motor
RCA
Slider
Type
Mini
Standard
ROBO Cylinder
RCA-SA5R
RCA
Model
Specification
Items
SA5R
Series
Type
ROBO Cylinder, Slider Type, Actuator Width 52mm, 24V Servo Motor, Side-mounted Motor
Encoder type
I: Incremental
A: Absolute
Controllers
Integrated
* See page Pre-47 for details on the model descriptions.
*Absolute encoder models can
only use ASEL. When the actuator
is used with the simple absolute
encoder, the model is considered
an incremental model.
20
Motor type
Lead
Stroke
20: 20W Servo
motor
12:12mm
6: 6mm
3: 3mm
50: 50mm
Applicable controller
A1:ACON
ASEL
A3:AMEC
ASEP
MSEP
500: 500mm
(50mm pitch
increments)
Cable length
Options
See Options below.
N:None
*Be sure to specify
P: 1m
which side the
S: 3m
motor is to be
M: 5m
X:Custom length mounted (ML/MR).
R: Robot cable
Rod
Type
Mini
Controllers
Integrated
Table/
Arm/
Flat Type
Mini
Standard
Appendix
P.5
Gripper/
Rotary
Type
Linear
Servo
Type
Cleanroom
Type
SplashProof
Type
Pictured: Left-mounted motor model (ML).
A
(1) When the stroke increases, the maximum will drop to prevent the ball screw from reaching
the critical rotational speed. Use the actuator specification table below to check the
maximum speed at the stroke you desire.
(2) The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.3G (0.2G for the 3mm-lead
model.) These values are the upper limits for the acceleration.
(3) See page A-71 for details on push motion.
*This product is equipped with a position adjusting screw at the
A area shown above. (See dimensional drawing on the page to the right.)
Actuator Specifications
„„Leads and Payloads
„„Stroke and Maximum Speed
Motor
output (W)
Model number
RCA-SA5R- ➀ -20-12- ➁ - ➂ - ➃ - ➄
RCA-SA5R- ➀ -20-6- ➁ - ➂ - ➃ - ➄
Lead
Max. Load Capacity
(mm) Horizontal (kg) Vertical (kg)
12
20
RCA-SA5R- ➀ -20-3- ➁ - ➂ - ➃ - ➄
4
1
Rated
thrust (N)
Stroke
(mm)
16.7
6
8
2
33.3
3
12
4
65.7
50~500
(every 50mm)
Code explanation ➀ Encoder ➁ Stroke ➂ Applicable Controller ➃ Cable length ➄ Options
Encoder type/Stroke
Stroke (mm)
Pulse
Motor
Servo
Motor
(24V)
Servo
Motor
(200V)
Linear
Servo
Motor
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
Stroke
(every 50mm)
50~450
500
(mm)
12
800
760
6
400
380
3
200
190
Lead
(Unit: mm/s)
*See page A-71 for details on push motion.
 Cable Length
Standard price
Encoder Type
Incremental
Absolute
I
A
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Type
Standard
Special length
Robot Cable
Cable symbol
Standard Price
P (1m)
S (3m)
M (5m)
X06 (6m) ~ X10 (10m)
X11 (11m) ~ X15 (15m)
X16 (16m) ~ X20 (20m)
R01 (1m) ~ R03 (3m)
R04 (4m) ~ R05 (5m)
R06 (6m) ~ R10 (10m)
R11 (11m) ~ R15 (15m)
R16 (16m) ~ R20 (20m)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
* See page A-59 for cables for maintenance.
Actuator Specifications
 Options
Name
Brake
Home sensor
Power-saving
Non-motor end specification
Left-mounted motor (standard)
Right-mounted motor
Slider roller specification
Option code
B
HS
LA
NM
ML
MR
SR
See page
➝ A-42
➝ A-50
➝ A-52
➝ A-52
➝ A-52
➝ A-52
➝ A-55
Standard price
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Item
Description
Drive System
Positioning repeatability
Lost Motion
Base
Allowable static moment
Allowable dynamic moment (*)
Allowable overhang
Ambient operating temperature, humidity
Ball screw, ø10mm, rolled C10
±0.02mm
0.1mm or less
Material: Aluminum, white alumite treated
Ma: 18.6 N·m, Mb: 26.6 N·m, Mc: 47.5 N·m
Ma: 4.9 N·m, Mb: 6.8 N·m, Mc:11.7 N·m
150mm or less in Ma, Mb and Mc directions
0 to 40oC, 85% RH or less (Non-condensing)
(*) Based on 5,000km of traveling life
Overhang Load Length
Directions of Allowable Load Moment
107
Ma
Mb
Mc
Ma
L
Mc
L
RCA-SA5R
RCA
ROBO Cylinder
Dimensional Drawings
CAD drawings can be downloaded
from the website.
www.intelligentactuator.com
P.15
2D
CAD
4-ø4.5
ø8 counterbore,
depth 4.5
(for mounting actuator) *4
40
26
94
st
40
30
19±0.02
9
SE
ion
26
dju
Home
4-M4
depth 9
13.7
34.5
3
ME *2
Standard
Controllers
Integrated
26
(Reamer hole
tolerance ±0.02)
39
Rod
Type
112
sting pos
it
8 Actuator width: 52
50
1
20
32
48
A
23.7
3
ME
For
a
112
Mini
L
Slider height: 50
Bottom
of base
Slider
Type
Appendix
Ma moment offset
reference position *3
Mini
52
Cable joint
connector *1
Standard
47
10.2
14.5
slot
14.5
M
Base end-face
Controllers
Integrated
34.7
Secure at Incremental 77 (116 if brake-equipped) Base end-face
least 100 Absolute
92 (131 if brake-equipped)
23
Table/
Arm/
Flat Type
dju
sting pos
i
n
tio
For
a
Details of the slot area
for adjusting slider position
Mini
+0.012
4 0
5
(52)
(50)
Reference
surface
ø8 hole
Base end-face
14.5
R
50 (when stroke is 50)
U×100P (All strokes except 50)
Base end-face
50
Standard
14.5
Details of oblong hole
Gripper/
Rotary
Type
26
Details of section A
(Actuator's reference side)
5
m-M4 depth 7
P (pitch of ø4 hole and oblong hole)
Oblong hole depth 5 from the bottom of the base
2-ø4H7 depth 5 from the bottom of the base
N (ø4 hole pitch)
„„Dimensions and Mass by Stroke
(*1)
(*2)
(*3)
(*4)
Connect the motor and encoder cables here. See page A-59 for details on cables.
After homing, the slider moves to the ME, therefore, please watch for any interference with surrounding objects.
ME : Mechanical end
SE : Stroke end
Reference position for calculating the Ma moment
If the actuator is secured using only the mounting holes provided on the top surface of the base, the base may
twist to cause abnormal sliding of the slider, or may produce abnormal noise. Therefore, when using the
mounting holes on the top surface of the base, keep the stroke at 300mm or less.
Stroke
L
M
N
P
R
U
m
Weight (kg)
50
215.9
142
50
35
42
–
4
1.5
100
265.9
192
100
85
42
1
4
1.6
150
315.9
242
100
85
92
1
4
1.7
* Brake-equipped models are heavier by 0.3kg.
200
365.9
292
200
185
42
2
6
1.8
250
415.9
342
200
185
92
2
6
1.9
300
465.9
392
300
285
42
3
8
2.0
350
515.9
442
300
285
92
3
8
2.1
400
565.9
492
400
385
42
4
10
2.2
450
615.9
542
400
385
92
4
10
2.3
500
665.9
592
500
485
42
5
12
2.4
Linear
Servo
Type
Cleanroom
Type
SplashProof
Type
Applicable Controllers
RCA series actuators can be operated with the controllers indicated below. Select the type according to your intended application.
Name
External
view
Model number
AMEC-C-20I
-
Features
-2-1
Solenoid Valve Type
MSEP-C-
Solenoid valve multi-axis type
Network specification
MSEP-C-
Simple controller operable with the
same signal as a solenoid valve
-~-
-2-0
Positioner type based on PIO control,
allowing up to 8 axes to be connected
-~- -0-0
Field network-ready positioner type,
allowing up to 8 axes to be connected
256 points
Positioning is possible for up to 512
points
512 points
-
-2-0
Safety-Compliant
Positioner Type
ACON-CG-20I
-
-2-0
Pulse Train Input Type
(Differential Line Driver)
ACON-PL-20I
-
-2-0
Pulse Train Input Type
(Open Collector)
ACON-PO-20I
-
Serial Communication Type
ACON-SE-20I
-N-0-0
Program
Control Type
*This is for the single-axis ASEL. * indicates I/O type (NP/PN). ASEL-CS-1-20
*
*
-2-0
-
Pulse train input type with
differential line driver support
Pulse train input type with open
collector support
Dedicated Serial Communication
Programmed operation is possible.
-2-0
Can operate up to 2 axes
indicates encoder type (I: incremental, A: absolute)
indicates number of axes (1 to 8).
Input
power
AC100V
-2-0
ACON-C-20I
Positioner type
Easy-to-use controller, even for
beginners
-
ASEP-C-20I
Solenoid valve multi-axis type
PIO specification
Maximum number of
positioning points
Power-supply Standard Reference
capacity
price
page
2.4A rated
3 points
DC24V
(Standard)
1.3A rated
4.4A max.
(Power-saving)
1.3A rated
2.5A max.
—
➝ P537
—
➝ P547
—
➝ P563
—
Servo
Motor
(24V)
—
—
➝ P631
(—)
—
64 points
—
1,500 points
—
➝ P675
* Enter the code "LA" in when the power-saving option is specified.
* indicates field network specification symbol.
RCA-SA5R
Pulse
Motor
108
Servo
Motor
(200V)
Linear
Servo
Motor
RCA
Slider
Type
Mini
Standard
ROBO Cylinder
RCA-SA6R
RCA
Model
Specification
Items
SA6R
Series
Type
ROBO Cylinder, Slider Type, Actuator Width 58mm, 24V Servo Motor, Side-mounted Motor
Encoder type
I: Incremental
A: Absolute
Controllers
Integrated
* See page Pre-47 for details on the model descriptions.
*Absolute encoder models can
only use ASEL. When the actuator
is used with the simple absolute
encoder, the model is considered
an incremental model.
30
Motor type
Lead
Stroke
30: 30W Servo
motor
12:12mm
6: 6mm
3: 3mm
50: 50mm
Applicable controller
A1:ACON
ASEL
A3:AMEC
ASEP
MSEP
600: 600mm
(50mm pitch
increments)
Cable length
Options
See Options below.
N:None
*Be sure to specify
P: 1m
which side the
S: 3m
motor is to be
M: 5m
X:Custom length mounted (ML/MR).
R: Robot cable
Rod
Type
Mini
Controllers
Integrated
Table/
Arm/
Flat Type
Mini
Standard
Appendix
P.5
Gripper/
Rotary
Type
Linear
Servo
Type
Cleanroom
Type
SplashProof
Type
Pictured: Left-mounted motor model (ML).
A
(1) When the stroke increases, the maximum will drop to prevent the ball screw from reaching
the critical rotational speed. Use the actuator specification table below to check the
maximum speed at the stroke you desire.
(2) The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.3G (0.2G for the 3mm-lead
model.) These values are the upper limits for the acceleration.
(3) See page A-71 for details on push motion.
*This product is equipped with a position adjusting screw at the
A area shown above. (See dimensional drawing on the page to the right.)
Actuator Specifications
„„Leads and Payloads
„„Stroke and Maximum Speed
Motor
output (W)
Model number
RCA-SA6R- ➀ -30-12- ➁ - ➂ - ➃ - ➄
RCA-SA6R- ➀ -30-6- ➁ - ➂ - ➃ - ➄
Lead
Max. Load Capacity
(mm) Horizontal (kg) Vertical (kg)
12
30
RCA-SA6R- ➀ -30-3- ➁ - ➂ - ➃ - ➄
6
1.5
Rated
thrust (N)
Stroke
(mm)
24.2
6
12
3
48.4
3
18
6
96.8
50~600
(every 50mm)
Code explanation ➀ Encoder ➁ Stroke ➂ Applicable Controller ➃ Cable length ➄ Options
Encoder type/Stroke
Stroke (mm)
Pulse
Motor
Servo
Motor
(24V)
Servo
Motor
(200V)
Linear
Servo
Motor
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
550
600
Lead
Stroke
(every 50mm)
50~450
500
(mm)
550
(mm)
600
(mm)
12
800
760
640
540
6
400
380
320
270
3
200
190
160
*See page A-71 for details on push motion.
Cable Length
Standard price
Encoder Type
Incremental
Absolute
I
A
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Type
Standard
Special length
Robot Cable
Cable symbol
Standard Price
P (1m)
S (3m)
M (5m)
X06 (6m) ~ X10 (10m)
X11 (11m) ~ X15 (15m)
X16 (16m) ~ X20 (20m)
R01 (1m) ~ R03 (3m)
R04 (4m) ~ R05 (5m)
R06 (6m) ~ R10 (10m)
R11 (11m) ~ R15 (15m)
R16 (16m) ~ R20 (20m)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
* See page A-59 for cables for maintenance.
Actuator Specifications
 Options
Name
Brake
Home sensor
Power-saving
Non-motor end specification
Left-mounted motor (standard)
Right-mounted motor
Slider roller specification
Option code
B
HS
LA
NM
ML
MR
SR
See page
➝ A-42
➝ A-50
➝ A-52
➝ A-52
➝ A-52
➝ A-52
➝ A-55
Standard price
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Item
Description
Drive System
Positioning repeatability
Lost Motion
Base
Allowable static moment
Allowable dynamic moment (*)
Allowable overhang
Ambient operating temperature, humidity
Ball screw, ø10mm, rolled C10
±0.02mm
0.1mm or less
Material: Aluminum, white alumite treated
Ma: 38.3 N·m, Mb: 54.7 N·m, Mc: 81.0 N·m
Ma: 8.9 N·m, Mb: 12.7 N·m, Mc: 18.6 N·m
220mm or less in Ma, Mb and Mc directions
0 to 40oC, 85% RH or less (Non-condensing)
(*) Based on 5,000km of traveling life
Overhang Load Length
Directions of Allowable Load Moment
109
135
(Unit: mm/s)
Ma
Mb
Mc
Ma
L
Mc
L
RCA-SA6R
RCA
ROBO Cylinder
Dimensional Drawings
CAD drawings can be downloaded
from the website.
www.intelligentactuator.com
2D
CAD
P.15
L
23.7
ME
115
SE
Home
3
Mini
34
ME *2
Standard
4-M5
depth 9
Controllers
Integrated
31
(Reamer hole
tolerance ±0.02)
52
39
23
ion
18.7
60
50
32±0.02
21
2-ø5H7 depth 6
dju
Rod
Type
123
sting pos
it
Actuator width: 58
56
Slider height: 53
43
28
1
40
st
3
For
A
Bottom of base
a
Ma moment offset
reference position *3
7
123
Slider
Type
Appendix
Mini
58
Cable joint
connector *1
Standard
Secure at Incremental 92 (131 if brake-equipped)
107 (146 if brake-equipped)
least 100 Absolute
50
Controllers
Integrated
23
Table/
Arm/
Flat Type
slot
5
(58)
(56)
ng
usti posi
dj
5
ø8 hole
Mini
Details of the Base end-face
slot area for
10.2
8
adjusting
slider position
R
Base end-face
34.2
8
U×100 P
Standard
Gripper/
Rotary
Type
31
Details of
Details of
section A
oblong hole
(Actuator's reference side)
a
4+0.012
0
n
tio
For
Reference
surface
Oblong hole depth 5
from bottom of base
P (pitch for ø4 hole and oblong hole)
N (ø4 hole pitch)
100 (ø4 hole pitch)
3-ø4H7 depth 5 from
bottom of base
„„Dimensions and Mass by Stroke
(*1)
(*2)
(*3)
Stroke
L
N
P
R
U
m
Mass (kg)
Connect the motor and encoder cables here. See page A-59 for details on cables.
After homing, the slider moves to the ME, therefore, please watch for any interference with
surrounding objects.
ME : Mechanical end
SE : Stroke end
Reference position for calculating the Ma moment
50
241.4
81
66
81
1
6
1.7
100
291.4
131
116
31
2
8
1.9
150
341.4
181
166
81
2
8
2.1
200
391.4
231
216
31
3
10
2.3
Linear
Servo
Type
m-M5 depth 8
* Brake-equipped models are heavier by 0.3kg.
250
441.4
281
266
81
3
10
2.5
300
491.4
331
316
31
4
12
2.7
350
541.4
381
366
81
4
12
2.9
400
591.4
431
416
31
5
14
3.1
450
641.4
481
466
81
5
14
3.3
500
691.4
531
516
31
6
16
3.5
550
741.4
581
566
81
6
16
3.7
600
791.4
631
616
31
7
18
3.9
Cleanroom
Type
SplashProof
Type
Applicable Controllers
RCA series actuators can be operated with the controllers indicated below. Select the type according to your intended application.
Name
External
view
Model number
AMEC-C-30I
-
Easy-to-use controller, even for
beginners
-2-1
Solenoid Valve Type
MSEP-C-
Solenoid valve multi-axis type
Network specification
MSEP-C-
-2-0
Simple controller operable with the
same signal as a solenoid valve
-~-
-2-0
Positioner type based on PIO control,
allowing up to 8 axes to be connected
-~- -0-0
Field network-ready positioner type,
allowing up to 8 axes to be connected
256 points
Positioning is possible for up to 512
points
512 points
ACON-C-30I
Positioner type
-
-2-0
Safety-Compliant
Positioner Type
ACON-CG-30I
-
-2-0
Pulse Train Input Type
(Differential Line Driver)
ACON-PL-30I
-
-2-0
Pulse Train Input Type
(Open Collector)
ACON-PO-30I
-
Serial Communication Type
ACON-SE-30I
-N-0-0
Program
Control Type
*This is for the single-axis ASEL. * indicates I/O type (NP/PN). ASEL-CS-1-30
*
*
-2-0
-
Pulse train input type with
differential line driver support
Pulse train input type with open
collector support
Dedicated Serial Communication
Programmed operation is possible.
-2-0
Can operate up to 2 axes
indicates encoder type (I: incremental, A: absolute)
indicates number of axes (1 to 8).
Input
power
AC100V
-
ASEP-C-30I
Solenoid valve multi-axis type
PIO specification
Maximum number of
positioning points
Features
Power-supply Standard Reference
capacity
price
page
2.4A rated
3 points
DC24V
(Standard)
1.3A rated
4.4A max.
(Power-saving)
1.3A rated
2.2A max.
—
➝ P537
—
➝ P547
—
➝ P563
—
Servo
Motor
(24V)
—
—
➝ P631
(—)
—
64 points
—
1,500 points
—
➝ P675
* Enter the code "LA" in when the power-saving option is specified.
* indicates field network specification symbol.
RCA-SA6R
Pulse
Motor
110
Servo
Motor
(200V)
Linear
Servo
Motor
Slider
Type
Mini
Standard
Controllers
Integrated
Rod
Type
Mini
RCS3
ROBO Cylinder
RCS3-SA8C
RCS3P-SA8C
ROBO Cylinder, Slider Type, Actuator Width 80mm, 200-V Servo Motor, Aluminum Base, Coupled
Model
Specification
Items
SA8C
Series
ROBO Cylinder, Slider Type, Actuator Width 80mm, 200-V Servo Motor, Aluminum Base, Coupled
High-precision specification
Type
Encoder type
Motor type
Lead
Stroke
Applicable controller
RCS3: Standard specification
RCS3P:High-precision
specification
I: Incremental
A: Absolute
100:Servo motor,
100W
150:Servo motor,
150W
30: 30mm
20: 20mm
10: 10mm
5: 5mm
50: 50mm
T1:XSEL-J/K
T2:SCON
MSCON
SSEL
XSEL-P/Q
XSEL-R/S
1100: 1100mm
(50mm pitch
increments)
* See page Pre-47 for details on the model descriptions.
Cable length
Options
N:None
See Options below.
P: 1m
*Be sure to specify a S: 3m
code indicating your M: 5m
desired cable exit X: Custom length direction.
R: Robot cable
Standard
Controllers
Integrated
*CE compliance is optional.
Appendix
P.5
Table/
Arm/
Flat Type
(1) When the stroke is increased, the maximum speed will drop to prevent reaching
dangerous speeds of ball screws. Confirm the maximum speed at the desired
stroke by referring to the table of strokes and maximum speeds below.
(2) The payload represents a value when the actuator is operated at a horizontal
acceleration of 0.3 G (lead 5: 0.2 G) and vertical acceleration of 0.2 G.
(3) The payload drops when the acceleration is raised. For details, refer to the list
of payloads by acceleration provided on page A-108.
(4) See page A-71 for details on push motion.
Mini
Standard
Gripper/
Rotary
Type
Linear
Servo
Type
Cleanroom
Type
Actuator Specifications
■ Leads and Payloads
■ Stroke and Maximum Speed
Motor Lead
output (W) (mm)
Model number
Horizontal (kg) Vertical (kg)
Rated Stroke
thrust (N) (mm)
RCS3[RCS3P]-SA8C- ➀ -100-30- ➁ - ➂ - ➃ - ➄
30
8
2
56.6
RCS3[RCS3P]-SA8C- ➀ -100-20- ➁ - ➂ - ➃ - ➄
20
20
4
84.9
RCS3[RCS3P]-SA8C- ➀ -100-10- ➁ - ➂ - ➃ - ➄
100
40
8
1200 1070 940 840 750 670 610 550 500 460
16
169.8 50 to
1100
339.7
20
80
RCS3[RCS3P]-SA8C- ➀ -150-30- ➁ - ➂ - ➃ - ➄
30
12
3
85.1
10
600 530 470 410 370 340 310 270 250 230
5
300 260 230 200 180 170 150 135 120 110
150
RCS3[RCS3P]-SA8C- ➀ -150-10- ➁ - ➂ - ➃ - ➄
20
30
6
127.6
10
60
12
255.3
(every
50mm)
Code explanation ➀ Encoder type ➁ Stroke ➂ Applicable Controller ➃ Cable length ➄ Options
50/100
150/200
250/300
350/400
450/500
550/600
650/700
750/800
850/900
950/1000
1050/1100
Standard Prices
➀ Encoder Type
Incremental
Motor wattage
100W
150W
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(Unit: mm/s)
*See page A-71 for details on push motion.
Cable Length
RCS3-SA8C
Servo
Motor
(200V)
1800 1610 1420 1260 1120 1010 910 830 760 690
5
➁Stroke
(mm)
Servo
Motor
(24V)
30
10
➀Encoder Type / ➁ Stroke
Pulse
Motor
Stroke 50 to 650
(every 50mm) 700 750 800 850 900 950 1000 1050 1100
Lead
RCS3[RCS3P]-SA8C- ➀ -100-5- ➁ - ➂ - ➃ - ➄
RCS3[RCS3P]-SA8C- ➀ -150-20- ➁ - ➂ - ➃ - ➄
SplashProof
Type
Maximum payload
Absolute
Motor wattage
100W
150W
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Type
RCS3P-SA8C
➀ Encoder Type
Incremental
Absolute
Motor wattage
100W
150W
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Standard type
Motor wattage
100W
150W
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Special length
Robot cable
Cable symbol
Standard price
P (1m)
S (3m)
M(5m)
X06(6m)~X10(10m)
X11(11m)~X15(15m)
X16(16m)~ X20(20m)
R01(1m)~R03(3m)
R04(4m)~R05(5m)
R06(6m)~R10(10m)
R11(11m)~R15(15m)
R16(16m)~ R20(20m)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
* See page A-59 for cables for maintenance.
Actuator Specifications RCS3P specifications are shown in [ ]. (Other items are the same.)
➄Options
Name
Option code
Page
Standard Price
Item
Description
Cables exit from back left
Cables exit from left side
Cables exit from back right
Cables exit from right side
Brake
CE compliance
Non-motor end specification
A1E
A1S
A3E
A3S
B
CE
NM
➝ A-41
➝ A-41
➝ A-41
➝ A-41
➝ A-42
➝ A-42
➝ A-52
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Drive method
Positioning repeatability
Lost motion
Base
Allowable static moment
Allowable dynamic moment (*)
Overhang load length
Ambient operating temperature/humidity
Ball screw, ø16mm, rolled C10 [rolled C5]
±0.02mm [±0.01mm]
0.1mm [0.05mm] or less
Material: Aluminum, white alumite treatment
Ma: 113.5 N•m, Mb: 117 N•m, Mc: 266 N•m
Ma: 23.1 N•m, Mb: 32.9 N•m, Mc: 54.1 N•m
390mm max. in Ma direction, 390mm max. in Mb/Mc directions
0 to 40°C, 85% RH max. (Non-condensing)
Linear
Servo
Motor
111
(*) When the traveling life is assumed as 10,000km.
Direction of allowable load moment.
Ma
Mb
Mc
Overhang load length
Ma
L
Mc
L
RCS3/RCS3P-SA8C
RCS3
ROBO Cylinder
Dimensional Drawings
www.intelligentactuator.com
CAD drawings can be downloaded
from the website.
Appendix
P.15
(*1) Connect the motor and encoder cables here. See page A-59 for details on cables.
(*2) After homing, the slider moves to the ME, therefore, please watch for any interference with surrounding objects.
ME : Mechanical end
78
SE : Stroke end
11.5
55
11.5
98.5 (100W)
(*3) Reference position for calculating the Ma moment
2D
CAD
141 (100W)
159 (150W)
116.5 (150W)
27.5
Controllers
Integrated
Rod
Type
2-ø6 H7, reamed, depth 10 (without brake)
(tolerance for reamed hole pitch ±0.02 )
4-M6, depth12
L
36
Stroke
78
Mini
SE
Home
Standard
Cable joint
connector *1
3
ME*2
Controllers
Integrated
6
63
33
33
65
63
44
ME
(with brake)
(300)
98.5 (100W)
116.5 (150W)
73
3
Offset reference position for
Ma moment (*3)
A
78
The bottom of the base
80
10
Oblong hole, depth 6 from the bottom of the base
A
50
F
129.5 (100W)
147.5 (150W)
N×100P
50
For mounting ground
terminals (M3)
At least 100
or more
60
0.5
(Detailed view of A)
5 0
+0.012
6
31
3-ø5 H7,
depth 6 from the bottom of the base
B
(Pitch of oblong hole and reamed hole)
C
(Pitch of reamed holes)
Table/
Arm/
Flat Type
(27)
80
31
5.5
31
Reference
surface
Mini
Standard
80
70
60
27.5
Slider
Type
31
50
(reamed holes)
D-M5, depth10
Mini
Model number: A3S
(exit from right side)
Model number:
A3E (exit from
back right)
Model number:
A1E (exit from
back left)
Model number: A1S
(exit from left side)
(Cable exit direction)
* Top view
Standard
Gripper/
Rotary
Type
■ Dimensions and Weights by Stroke
Stroke
50
without brake 335.5
with brake
378
without brake 353.5
150W
with brake
396
100W
L
A
B
C
D
F
N
Weight
(kg)
without brake
100W with brake
150W
without brake
with brake
196
34
84
8
34
0
2.9
3.3
3.0
3.5
100
385.5
428
403.5
446
246
84
134
8
84
0
3.2
3.6
3.3
3.8
150
435.5
478
453.5
496
296
134
184
10
34
1
3.5
3.9
3.6
4.1
200
485.5
528
503.5
546
346
184
234
10
84
1
3.8
4.2
3.9
4.4
250
535.5
578
553.5
596
396
234
284
12
34
2
4.1
4.5
4.2
4.7
300
585.5
628
603.5
646
446
284
334
12
84
2
4.4
4.8
4.5
5.0
350
635.5
678
653.5
696
496
334
384
14
34
3
4.7
5.1
4.8
5.3
400
685.5
728
703.5
746
546
384
434
14
84
3
5.0
5.4
5.1
5.6
450
735.5
778
753.5
796
596
434
484
16
34
4
5.3
5.7
5.4
5.9
500
785.5
828
803.5
846
646
484
534
16
84
4
5.6
6.0
5.7
6.2
550
835.5
878
853.5
896
696
534
584
18
34
5
5.9
6.3
6.0
6.5
600
885.5
928
903.5
946
746
584
634
18
84
5
6.2
6.6
6.3
6.8
650
700
750
935.5 985.5 1035.5
978 1028 1078
953.5 1003.5 1053.5
996 1046 1096
796
846
896
634
684
734
684
734
784
20
20
22
34
84
34
6
6
7
6.5
6.8
7.1
6.9
7.2
7.5
6.6
6.9
7.2
7.1
7.4
7.7
800
1085.5
1128
1103.5
1146
946
784
834
22
84
7
7.4
7.8
7.5
8.0
850
1135.5
1178
1153.5
1196
996
834
884
24
34
8
7.7
8.1
7.8
8.3
900
1185.5
1228
1203.5
1246
1046
884
934
24
84
8
8.0
8.4
8.1
8.6
950
1235.5
1278
1253.5
1296
1096
934
984
26
34
9
8.3
8.7
8.4
8.9
1000
1285.5
1328
1303.5
1346
1146
984
1034
26
84
9
8.6
9.0
8.7
9.2
1050
1335.5
1378
1353.5
1396
1196
1034
1084
28
34
10
8.9
9.3
9.0
9.5
1100
1385.5
1428
1403.5
1446
1246
1084
1134
28
84
10
9.2
9.6
9.3
9.8
Linear
Servo
Type
Cleanroom
Type
SplashProof
Type
➂Applicable Controllers
RCS3-series actuators can be operated with the following controllers. Select an appropriate controller type according to your application.
Name
External
view
Model number
Field network
type
SCON-CA-100 -NP-2SCON-CA-150 -NP-2-
Pulse-train
input control
type
Dedicated pulse-train input
type
(—)
256 points
Program
control type,
1 to 2 axes
SSEL-CS-1-100 -NP-2SSEL-CS-1-150 -NP-2-
Program operation is supported.
Up to 2 axes can be operated.
XSEL- -1-100 -N1-EEE-2XSEL- -1-150 -N1-EEE-2-
Standard
price
Reference
page
7 points
768 points
Up to 6 axes can be operated.
Movement by numerical
specification is supported.
Power supply
capacity
—
Movement by numerical
specification is supported.
MSCON-C-1-100 - -0MSCON-C-1-150 - -0-
Input
power
512 points
Actuators can be operated
through the same control used
for solenoid valves.
Positioner
multi-axis,
network type
Program
control type,
1 to 8 axes
Maximum number of
positioning points
Up to 512
positioning points are
supported.
Positioner
mode
Solenoid
valve mode
Features
Single-phase
100VAC
➝ P643
388 VA max.
Single-phase
* 1-axis
200VAC
3-phase
200VAC
(XSEL-P/Q/R/S
ONLY)
specification
operated at
150W
—
Pulse
Motor
—
—
➝ P655
20,000 points
—
➝ P685
Varies depending
Program operation is supported.
on the number of
Up to 8 axes can be operated.
axes connected
—
➝ P695
* This is for the single-axis MSCON, SSEL, and XSEL.
*
*
* indicates the power-supply voltage type (1: 100V / 2: Single-phase 200V).
* indicates the power-supply voltage type (1: 100V / 2: Single-phase 200V / 3: Three-phase 200V). *
indicates the encoder type (I: Incremental / A: Absolute).
indicates the XSEL type (J / K / P / Q / R / S).
indicates field network specification symbol.
RCS3/RCS3P-SA8C
112
Servo
Motor
(24V)
Servo
Motor
(200V)
Linear
Servo
Motor
Slider
Type
Mini
Standard
Controllers
Integrated
Rod
Type
Mini
RCS3
ROBO Cylinder
RCS3-SS8C
RCS3P-SS8C
ROBO Cylinder, Slider Type, Actuator Width 80mm, 200-V Servo Motor, Iron Base, Coupled
Model
Specification
Items
SS8C
Series
ROBO Cylinder, Slider Type, Actuator Width 80mm, 200-V Servo Motor, Iron Base, Coupled
High-precision specification
Type
Encoder type
Motor type
Lead
Stroke
Applicable controller
RCS3: Standard specification
RCS3P:High-precision
specification
I: Incremental
A: Absolute
100:Servo motor,
100W
150:Servo motor,
150W
30:30mm
20:20mm
10:10mm
5: 5mm
50: 50mm
T1:XSEL-J/K
T2:SCON
MSCON
SSEL
XSEL-P/Q
XSEL-R/S
1000: 1000mm
(50mm pitch
increments)
* See page Pre-47 for details on the model descriptions.
Cable length
Options
N:None
See Options below.
P: 1m
*Be sure to specify a S: 3m
code indicating your M: 5m
desired cable exit X: Custom length direction.
R: Robot cable
Standard
Controllers
Integrated
*CE compliance is optional.
Appendix
P.5
Table/
Arm/
Flat Type
(1) When the stroke is increased, the maximum speed will drop to prevent reaching
dangerous speeds of ball screws. Confirm the maximum speed at the desired stroke
by referring to the table of strokes and maximum speeds below.
(2) The payload represents a value when the actuator is operated at a horizontal
acceleration of 0.3 G (lead 5: 0.2 G) and vertical acceleration of 0.2 G.
(3) The payload drops when the acceleration is raised. For details, refer to the list
of payloads by acceleration provided on page A-108.
(4) See page A-71 for details on push motion.
Mini
Standard
Gripper/
Rotary
Type
Linear
Servo
Type
Cleanroom
Type
Actuator Specifications
■ Leads and Payloads
Motor Lead
output (W) (mm)
Model number
Horizontal (kg)
Vertical (kg)
■ Stroke and Maximum Speed
Rated Stroke
thrust (N) (mm)
RCS3[RCS3P]-SS8C- ➀ -100-30- ➁ - ➂ - ➃ - ➄
30
8
2
56.6
RCS3[RCS3P]-SS8C- ➀ -100-20- ➁ - ➂ - ➃ - ➄
20
20
4
84.9
RCS3[RCS3P]-SS8C- ➀ -100-10- ➁ - ➂ - ➃ - ➄
100
Servo
Motor
(200V)
Linear
Servo
Motor
30
1800 1660 1460 1296 1155 1035 935 850 775
40
8
1200 1105 970 860 770 690 625 565 515
80
16
169.8 50 to
339.7 1000
20
5
RCS3[RCS3P]-SS8C- ➀ -150-30- ➁ - ➂ - ➃ - ➄
30
12
3
85.1 50mm)
10
600 550 485 430 385 345 310 280 255
5
300 275 240 215 190 170 150 140 125
150
RCS3[RCS3P]-SS8C- ➀ -150-10- ➁ - ➂ - ➃ - ➄
(every
20
30
6
127.6
10
60
12
255.3
Code explanation ➀ Encoder type ➁ Stroke ➂ Applicable Controller ➃ Cable length ➄ Options
➁Stroke
(mm)
Servo
Motor
(24V)
600 700 750 800 850 900 950 1000
10
50/100
150/200
250/300
350/400
450/500
550/600
650/700
750/800
850/900
950/1000
(Unit: mm/s)
*See page A-71 for details on push motion.
Cable Length
➀Encoder Type / ➁ Stroke
Pulse
Motor
Stroke 50 to 650
(every 50mm)
Lead
RCS3[RCS3P]-SS8C- ➀ -100-5- ➁ - ➂ - ➃ - ➄
RCS3[RCS3P]-SS8C- ➀ -150-20- ➁ - ➂ - ➃ - ➄
SplashProof
Type
Maximum payload
RCS3-SS8C
➀ Encoder Type
Incremental
Motor wattage
100W
150W
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Standard Prices
Absolute
Motor wattage
100W
150W
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Type
RCS3P-SS8C
➀ Encoder Type
Incremental
Absolute
Motor wattage
100W
150W
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Standard type
Motor wattage
100W
150W
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Special length
Robot cable
Cable symbol
Standard price
P (1m)
S (3m)
M(5m)
X06(6m)~X10(10m)
X11(11m)~X15(15m)
X16(16m)~ X20(20m)
R01(1m)~R03(3m)
R04(4m)~R05(5m)
R06(6m)~R10(10m)
R11(11m)~R15(15m)
R16(16m)~ R20(20m)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
* See page A-59 for cables for maintenance.
Actuator Specifications RCS3P specifications are shown in [ ]. (Other items are the same.)
➄Options
Name
Option code
Page
Standard Price
Item
Description
Cables exit from back left
Cables exit from left side
Cables exit from back right
Cables exit from right side
Brake
CE compliance
Non-motor end specification
Slider roller specification
A1E
A1S
A3E
A3S
B
CE
NM
SR
➝ A-41
➝ A-41
➝ A-41
➝ A-41
➝ A-42
➝ A-42
➝ A-52
➝ A-55
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Drive method
Positioning repeatability
Lost motion
Base
Allowable static moment
Allowable dynamic moment (*)
Overhang load length
Ambient operating temperature/humidity
Ball screw, ø16mm, rolled C10 [rolled C5]
±0.02mm [±0.01mm]
0.1mm [0.05mm] or less
Material: Dedicated alloy steel
Ma: 198.9 N•m, Mb: 198.9 N•m, Mc: 416.7 N•m
Ma: 36.3 N•m, Mb: 36.3 N•m, Mc: 77.4 N•m
450mm max. in Ma direction, 450mm max. in Mb/Mc directions
0 to 40°C, 85% RH max. (Non-condensing)
113
(*) When the traveling life is assumed as 10,000km.
Direction of allowable load moment.
Ma
Mb
Mc
Overhang load length
Ma
L
Mc
L
RCS3/RCS3P-SS8C
RCS3
ROBO Cylinder
Dimensional Drawings
CAD drawings can be downloaded
from the website.
www.intelligentactuator.com
Appendix
P.15
(*1) Connect the motor and encoder cables here. See page A-59 for details on cables.
(*2) After homing, the slider moves to the ME, therefore, please watch for any interference with surrounding objects.
ME : Mechanical end
90
SE : Stroke end
75
98.5 (100W)
(*3) Reference position for calculating the Ma moment
45
116.5 (150W)
2D
CAD
56
45
34
Controllers
Integrated
Rod
Type
4-M8, depth10
(without brake)
2-ø8 H7, reamed, depth 10
(tolerance for reamed hole pitch ±0.02 )
Stroke
170
Mini
98.5 (100W)
116.5 (150W)
35
ME SE
3
Home ME*2
3
Standard
Cable joint
connector *1
Controllers
Integrated
34
64
70
55
34
6
48
73
(with brake)
(300)
L
20.5
Mini
Standard
141 (100W)
159 (150W)
20
Offset reference position
for Ma moment (*3)
Slider
Type
Bottom of the base
(1)
D-M8, depth10
3-ø5 H7,
Oblong hole, depth 6 from the bottom of the base depth 6 from the bottom of the base
14
A
41.5
50
N×100P
F
N×100P
50
31.5
74
80
For mounting ground terminals (M3)
137 (100W)
155 (150W)
0.012
0
5
6
41.5
B
(Pitch of oblong hole and reamed hole)
C
(Pitch of reamed holes)
Table/
Arm/
Flat Type
(27)
80
At least 100
or more
Model number: A3S
(exit from right side)
Model number:
A3E (exit from
back right)
Model number:
A1E (exit from
back left)
Model number: A1S
(exit from left side)
(Cable exit direction)
* Top view
45
Reference
surface
50
31.5
(reamed holes)
Mini
Standard
Gripper/
Rotary
Type
■ Dimensions and Weights by Stroke
Stroke
50
374
416.5
392
434.5
223
50
100
8
50
0
without brake
5.1
with brake
5.5
without brake
5.1
with brake
5.5
without brake
with brake
without brake
150W
with brake
100W
L
A
B
C
D
F
N
Weight
(kg)
100W
150W
100
424
466.5
442
484.5
273
100
150
8
100
0
5.6
6.0
5.7
6.1
150
474
516.5
492
534.5
323
150
200
8
150
0
6.2
6.6
6.2
6.7
200
524
566.5
542
584.5
373
200
250
10
0
1
6.7
7.1
6.8
7.2
250
574
616.5
592
634.5
423
250
300
12
50
1
7.3
7.7
7.3
7.8
300
624
666.5
642
684.5
473
300
350
12
100
1
7.8
8.2
7.9
8.3
350
674
716.5
692
734.5
523
350
400
12
150
1
8.4
8.8
8.4
8.9
400
724
766.5
742
784.5
573
400
450
14
0
2
8.9
9.3
9.0
9.4
450
774
816.5
792
834.5
623
450
500
16
50
2
9.5
9.9
9.5
10.0
500
824
866.5
842
884.5
673
500
550
16
100
2
10.0
10.4
10.1
10.5
550
874
916.5
892
934.5
723
550
600
16
150
2
10.6
11.0
10.6
11.1
600
924
966.5
942
984.5
773
600
650
18
0
3
11.1
11.5
11.2
11.6
650
700
750
800
850
900
950
1000
974
1024
1074
1124
1174
1224
1274
1324
1016.5 1066.5 1116.5 1166.5 1216.5 1266.5 1316.5 1366.5
992
1042
1092
1142
1192
1242
1292
1342
1034.5 1084.5 1134.5 1184.5 1234.5 1284.5 1334.5 1384.5
823
873
923
973
1023
1073
1123
1173
650
700
750
800
850
900
950
1000
700
750
800
850
900
950
1000 1050
20
20
20
22
24
24
24
26
50
100
150
0
50
100
150
0
3
3
3
4
4
4
4
5
11.7
12.2
12.8
13.3
13.9
14.4
15.0
15.5
12.1
12.6
13.2
13.7
14.3
14.8
15.4
15.9
11.7
12.3
12.8
13.4
13.9
14.5
15.0
15.6
12.2
12.7
13.3
13.8
14.4
14.9
15.5
16.0
Linear
Servo
Type
Cleanroom
Type
SplashProof
Type
➂Applicable Controllers
RCS3-series actuators can be operated with the following controllers. Select an appropriate controller type according to your application.
Name
External
view
Model number
Field network
type
SCON-CA-100 -NP-2SCON-CA-150 -NP-2-
Pulse-train
input control
type
Dedicated pulse-train input
type
(—)
Program
control type,
1 to 2 axes
SSEL-CS-1-100 -NP-2SSEL-CS-1-150 -NP-2-
Program operation is supported.
Up to 2 axes can be operated.
XSEL- -1-100 -N1-EEE-2XSEL- -1-150 -N1-EEE-2-
Standard
price
Reference
page
—
768 points
Up to 6 axes can be operated.
Movement by numerical
specification is supported.
Power supply
capacity
7 points
Movement by numerical
specification is supported.
MSCON-C-1-100 - -0MSCON-C-1-150 - -0-
Input
power
512 points
Actuators can be operated
through the same control used
for solenoid valves.
Positioner
multi-axis,
network type
Program
control type,
1 to 8 axes
Maximum number of
positioning points
Up to 512
positioning points are
supported.
Positioner
mode
Solenoid
valve mode
Features
Single-phase
100VAC
➝ P643
388 VA max.
Single-phase
* 1-axis
200VAC
3-phase
200VAC
(XSEL-P/Q/R/S
ONLY)
specification
operated at
150W
—
Pulse
Motor
—
—
➝ P655
20,000 points
—
➝ P685
Varies depending
Program operation is supported.
on the number of
Up to 8 axes can be operated.
axes connected
—
➝ P695
256 points
* This is for the single-axis MSCON, SSEL, and XSEL.
*
*
* indicates the power-supply voltage type (1: 100V / 2: Single-phase 200V).
* indicates the power-supply voltage type (1: 100V / 2: Single-phase 200V / 3: Three-phase 200V). *
indicates the encoder type (I: Incremental / A: Absolute).
indicates the XSEL type (J / K / P / Q / R / S).
indicates field network specification symbol.
RCS3/RCS3P-SS8C
114
Servo
Motor
(24V)
Servo
Motor
(200V)
Linear
Servo
Motor
Slider
Type
Mini
Standard
Controllers
Integrated
Rod
Type
Mini
RCS3
ROBO Cylinder
RCS3-SA8R
RCS3P-SA8R
ROBO Cylinder, Slider Type, Actuator Width 80mm, 200-V Servo Motor, Aluminum Base,
Side-mounted Motor
Model
Specification
Items
SA8R
Series
Type
Encoder type
RCS3: Standard specification
RCS3P:High-precision
specification
I: Incremental
A: Absolute
ROBO Cylinder, Slider Type, Actuator Width 80mm, 200-V Servo Motor, Aluminum Base,
Side-mounted Motor High-precision specification
Motor type
Lead
Stroke
Applicable controller
100:Servo motor,
100W
150:Servo motor,
150W
30:30mm
20:20mm
10:10mm
5: 5mm
50: 50mm
T1:XSEL-J/K
T2:SCON
MSCON
SSEL
XSEL-P/Q
XSEL-R/S
1100: 1100mm
(50mm pitch
increments)
* See page Pre-47 for details on the model descriptions.
Cable length
Options
N:None
See Options below.
P: 1m
*Be sure to specify a S: 3m
code indicating your M: 5m
desired cable exit X: Custom length direction.
R: Robot cable
Standard
Controllers
Integrated
*CE compliance is optional.
Appendix
P.5
Table/
Arm/
Flat Type
(1) When the stroke is increased, the maximum speed will drop to prevent reaching
dangerous speeds of ball screws. Confirm the maximum speed at the desired
stroke by referring to the table of strokes and maximum speeds below.
(2) The payload represents a value when the actuator is operated at a horizontal
acceleration of 0.3 G (lead 5: 0.2 G) and vertical acceleration of 0.2 G.
(3) The payload drops when the acceleration is raised. For details, refer to the list
of payloads by acceleration provided on page A-108.
(4) See page A-71 for details on push motion.
Mini
Standard
Gripper/
Rotary
Type
Linear
Servo
Type
Cleanroom
Type
Actuator Specifications
■ Leads and Payloads
■ Stroke and Maximum Speed
Motor Lead
output (W) (mm)
Model number
Rated Stroke
thrust (N) (mm)
Horizontal (kg)
Vertical (kg)
RCS3[RCS3P]-SA8R- ➀ -100-30- ➁ - ➂ - ➃ - ➄
30
8
2
56.6
RCS3[RCS3P]-SA8R- ➀ -100-20- ➁ - ➂ - ➃ - ➄
20
20
4
84.9
RCS3[RCS3P]-SA8R- ➀ -100-10- ➁ - ➂ - ➃ - ➄
100
40
8
1200 1070 940 840 750 670 610 550 500 460
16
169.8 50 to
1100
339.7
20
80
RCS3[RCS3P]-SA8R- ➀ -150-30- ➁ - ➂ - ➃ - ➄
30
12
3
85.1
10
600 530 470 410 370 340 310 270 250 230
5
300 260 230 200 180 170 150 135 120 110
150
RCS3[RCS3P]-SA8R- ➀ -150-10- ➁ - ➂ - ➃ - ➄
20
30
6
127.6
10
60
12
255.3
(every
50mm)
Code explanation ➀ Encoder type ➁ Stroke ➂ Applicable Controller ➃ Cable length ➄ Options
50/100
150/200
250/300
350/400
450/500
550/600
650/700
750/800
850/900
950/1000
1050/1100
➀ Encoder Type
Incremental
Motor wattage
100W
150W
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(Unit: mm/s)
*See page A-71 for details on push motion.
Cable Length
Standard Prices
RCS3-SA8R
Servo
Motor
(200V)
1800 1610 1420 1260 1120 1010 910 830 760 690
5
➁Stroke
(mm)
Servo
Motor
(24V)
30
10
➀Encoder Type / ➁ Stroke
Pulse
Motor
(Unit: mm/s)
Stroke 50 to 650
(every 50mm) 700 750 800 850 900 950 1000 1050 1100
Lead
RCS3[RCS3P]-SA8R- ➀ -100-5- ➁ - ➂ - ➃ - ➄
RCS3[RCS3P]-SA8R- ➀ -150-20- ➁ - ➂ - ➃ - ➄
SplashProof
Type
Maximum payload
Absolute
Motor wattage
100W
150W
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Type
RCS3P-SA8R
➀ Encoder Type
Incremental
Absolute
Motor wattage
100W
150W
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Standard type
Motor wattage
100W
150W
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Special length
Robot cable
Cable symbol
Standard price
P (1m)
S (3m)
M(5m)
X06(6m)~X10(10m)
X11(11m)~X15(15m)
X16(16m)~ X20(20m)
R01(1m)~R03(3m)
R04(4m)~R05(5m)
R06(6m)~R10(10m)
R11(11m)~R15(15m)
R16(16m)~ R20(20m)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
* See page A-59 for cables for maintenance.
Actuator Specifications RCS3P specifications are shown in [ ]. (Other items are the same.)
➄Options
Name
Option code
Page
Standard Price
Brake
CE compliance
Motor mounted on left, cables exit from back
Motor mounted on left, cables exit from side
Motor mounted on right, cables exit from back
Motor mounted on right, cables exit from side
Non-motor end specification
B
CE
MLE
MLS
MRE
MRS
NM
➝ A-42
➝ A-42
➝ A-52
➝ A-52
➝ A-52
➝ A-52
➝ A-52
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Linear
Servo
Motor
115
Item
Drive method
Positioning repeatability
Lost motion
Base
Allowable static moment
Allowable dynamic moment (*)
Overhang load length
Ambient operating temperature/humidity
Description
Ball screw, ø16mm, rolled C10 [rolled C5]
±0.02mm [±0.01mm]
0.1mm [0.05mm] or less
Material: Aluminum, white alumite treatment
Ma: 113.5 N•m, Mb: 117 N•m, Mc: 266 N•m
Ma: 23.1 N•m, Mb: 32.9 N•m, Mc: 54.1 N•m
390mm max. in Ma direction, 390mm max. in Mb/Mc directions
0 to 40°C, 85% RH max. (Non-condensing)
(*) When the traveling life is assumed as 10,000km.
Direction of allowable load moment.
Ma
RCS3/RCS3P-SA8R
Mb
Mc
Overhang load length
Ma
L
Mc
L
RCS3
ROBO Cylinder
Dimensional Drawings
CAD drawings can be downloaded
from the website.
Appendix
www.intelligentactuator.com
P.15
(*1) Connect the motor and encoder cables here. See page A-59 for details on cables.
(*2) After homing, the slider moves to the ME, therefore, please watch for any interference with surrounding objects.
ME : Mechanical end
78
SE : Stroke end
11.5
11.5 +0.012
55
27.5
27.5 0
*Offset reference position for Ma moment is same as that of SA8C type.
2-ø6 H7, reamed, depth 10
(Refer to page 112.)
(tolerance for reamed hole pitch ±0.02 )
4-M6, depth 12
Controllers
Integrated
Rod
Type
Mini
Cable joint
connector*1
At lease 100
or more
300
Cable exit from the side
L
257.5
(with brake)
Stroke
78
Home
Standard
Controllers
Integrated
106.5
ME*2
3
Table/
Arm/
Flat Type
62
SE
3
33
6
59
65
63
36
ME
222.5
(without brake)
1
At lease 100
or more
(145.5)
(3)
145.5
62
(2)
10
31
50
For mounting
ground terminals (M3)
Oblong hole, depth 6 from the bottom of the base
A
F
NX100P
50
2
78
80
31
8.5
137
64.5
Model number: MRS
(motor side mounted on
right, cable exit from side)
Model number: MRE
(motor side mounted on
right, cable exit from back)
Mini
Standard
Reference surface
(78)
(80)
6
+0.012
0.5
60
5.5
P
Bottom of the base
Mini
Standard
80
70
60
2D
CAD
Slider
Type
5 0
Detailed view of P
31
+0.012
0
B
(Pitch of oblong hole and reamed hole)
C
(Pitch of reamed holes)
31
50
(reamed holes)
3-ø5 H7, depth 6
from the bottom
of the base
D-M5, depth 10
■ Dimensions and Weights by Stroke
Stroke
L
A
B
C
D
F
N
50
270.5
196
34
84
8
34
0
without brake 3.6
100W with brake
Weight
4.0
without brake 3.8
(kg)
150W
with brake
4.1
100
320.5
246
84
134
8
84
0
3.9
4.3
4.1
4.4
150
370.5
296
134
184
10
34
1
4.2
4.6
4.4
4.7
200
420.5
346
184
234
10
84
1
4.5
4.9
4.7
5.0
250
470.5
396
234
284
12
34
2
4.8
5.2
5.0
5.3
300
520.5
446
284
334
12
84
2
5.1
5.5
5.3
5.6
350
570.5
496
334
384
14
34
3
5.4
5.8
5.6
5.9
400
620.5
546
384
434
14
84
3
5.7
6.1
5.9
6.2
450
670.5
596
434
484
16
34
4
6.0
6.4
6.2
6.5
500
720.5
646
484
534
16
84
4
6.3
6.7
6.5
6.8
550
770.5
696
534
584
18
34
5
6.6
7.0
6.8
7.1
600
820.5
746
584
634
18
84
5
6.9
7.3
7.1
7.4
650
870.5
796
634
684
20
34
6
7.2
7.6
7.4
7.7
700
920.5
846
684
734
20
84
6
7.5
7.9
7.7
8.0
Gripper/
Rotary
Type
Model number: MLE
(motor side mounted on
left, cable exit from back)
(Cable exit direction)
* Top view
Model number: MLS
(motor side mounted on
left, cable exit from side)
750
800
850
900
950 1000
970.5 1020.5 1070.5 1120.5 1170.5 1220.5
896
946
996 1046 1096 1146
734
784
834
884
934
984
784
834
884
934
984 1034
22
22
24
24
26
26
34
84
34
84
34
84
7
7
8
8
9
9
7.8
8.1
8.4
8.7
9.0
9.3
8.2
8.5
8.8
9.1
9.4
9.7
8.0
8.3
8.6
8.9
9.2
9.5
8.3
8.6
8.9
9.2
9.5
9.8
1050
1270.5
1196
1034
1084
28
34
10
9.6
10.0
9.8
10.1
1100
1320.5
1246
1084
1134
28
84
10
9.9
10.3
10.1
10.4
Linear
Servo
Type
Cleanroom
Type
SplashProof
Type
➂Applicable Controllers
RCS3-series actuators can be operated with the following controllers. Select an appropriate controller type according to your application.
Name
External
view
Model number
Field network
type
SCON-CA-100 -NP-2SCON-CA-150 -NP-2-
Pulse-train
input control
type
Dedicated pulse-train input
type
(—)
Program
control type,
1 to 2 axes
SSEL-CS-1-100 -NP-2SSEL-CS-1-150 -NP-2-
Program operation is supported.
Up to 2 axes can be operated.
XSEL- -1-100 -N1-EEE-2XSEL- -1-150 -N1-EEE-2-
Standard
price
Reference
page
7 points
768 points
Up to 6 axes can be operated.
Movement by numerical
specification is supported.
Power supply
capacity
—
Movement by numerical
specification is supported.
MSCON-C-1-100 - -0MSCON-C-1-150 - -0-
Input
power
512 points
Actuators can be operated
through the same control used
for solenoid valves.
Positioner
multi-axis,
network type
Program
control type,
1 to 8 axes
Maximum number of
positioning points
Up to 512
positioning points are
supported.
Positioner
mode
Solenoid
valve mode
Features
Single-phase
100VAC
➝ P643
388 VA max.
Single-phase
* 1-axis
200VAC
3-phase
200VAC
(XSEL-P/Q/R/S
ONLY)
specification
operated at
150W
—
Pulse
Motor
—
—
➝ P655
20,000 points
—
➝ P685
Varies depending
Program operation is supported.
on the number of
Up to 8 axes can be operated.
axes connected
—
➝ P695
256 points
* This is for the single-axis MSCON, SSEL, and XSEL.
*
*
* indicates the power-supply voltage type (1: 100V / 2: Single-phase 200V).
* indicates the power-supply voltage type (1: 100V / 2: Single-phase 200V / 3: Three-phase 200V). *
indicates the encoder type (I: Incremental / A: Absolute).
indicates the XSEL type (J / K / P / Q / R / S).
indicates field network specification symbol.
RCS3/RCS3P-SA8R
116
Servo
Motor
(24V)
Servo
Motor
(200V)
Linear
Servo
Motor
Slider
Type
Mini
Standard
Controllers
Integrated
Rod
Type
Mini
RCS3
ROBO Cylinder
RCS3-SS8R
RCS3P-SS8R
ROBO Cylinder, Slider Type, Actuator Width 80mm, 200-V Servo Motor, Iron Base, Side-mounted Motor
ROBO Cylinder, Slider Type, Actuator Width 80mm, 200-V Servo Motor, Iron Base, Side-mounted Motor
Model
Specification
Items
SS8R
Series
High-precision specification
Type
Encoder type
Motor type
Lead
Stroke
Applicable controller
RCS3: Standard specification
RCS3P:High-precision
specification
I: Incremental
A: Absolute
100:Servo motor,
100W
150:Servo motor,
150W
30:30mm
20:20mm
10:10mm
5: 5mm
50: 50mm
T1:XSEL-J/K
T2:SCON
MSCON
SSEL
XSEL-P/Q
XSEL-R/S
1000: 1000mm
(50mm pitch
increments)
* See page Pre-47 for details on the model descriptions.
Cable length
Options
N:None
See Options below.
P: 1m
*Be sure to specify a S: 3m
code indicating your M: 5m
desired cable exit X: Custom length direction.
R: Robot cable
Standard
Controllers
Integrated
*CE compliance is optional.
Appendix
P.5
Table/
Arm/
Flat Type
(1) When the stroke is increased, the maximum speed will drop to prevent reaching
dangerous speeds of ball screws. Confirm the maximum speed at the desired
stroke by referring to the table of strokes and maximum speeds below.
(2) The payload represents a value when the actuator is operated at a horizontal
acceleration of 0.3 G (lead 5: 0.2 G) and vertical acceleration of 0.2 G.
(3) The payload drops when the acceleration is raised. For details, refer to the list
of payloads by acceleration provided on page A-108.
(4) See page A-71 for details on push motion.
Mini
Standard
Gripper/
Rotary
Type
Linear
Servo
Type
Cleanroom
Type
Actuator Specifications
■ Leads and Payloads
■ Stroke and Maximum Speed
Motor Lead
output (W) (mm)
Model number
Horizontal (kg)
Vertical (kg)
Rated Stroke
thrust (N) (mm)
RCS3[RCS3P]-SS8R- ➀ -100-30- ➁ - ➂ - ➃ - ➄
30
8
2
56.6
RCS3[RCS3P]-SS8R- ➀ -100-20- ➁ - ➂ - ➃ - ➄
20
20
4
84.9
RCS3[RCS3P]-SS8R- ➀ -100-10- ➁ - ➂ - ➃ - ➄
100
Linear
Servo
Motor
1800 1660 1460 1296 1155 1035 935 850 775
40
8
1200 1105 970 860 770 690 625 565 515
16
169.8 50 to
1000
339.7
20
80
RCS3[RCS3P]-SS8R- ➀ -150-30- ➁ - ➂ - ➃ - ➄
30
12
3
85.1
10
600 550 485 430 385 345 310 280 255
5
300
150
RCS3[RCS3P]-SS8R- ➀ -150-10- ➁ - ➂ - ➃ - ➄
20
30
6
127.6
10
60
12
255.3
(every
50mm)
Code explanation ➀ Encoder type ➁ Stroke ➂ Applicable Controller ➃ Cable length ➄ Options
50/100
150/200
250/300
350/400
450/500
550/600
650/700
750/800
850/900
950/1000
➀ Encoder Type
Incremental
Motor wattage
100W
150W
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
275 240 215 190 170 150 140 125
(Unit: mm/s)
*See page A-71 for details on push motion.
Cable Length
Standard Prices
RCS3-SS8R
Servo
Motor
(200V)
30
5
➁Stroke
(mm)
Servo
Motor
(24V)
700 750 800 850 900 950 1000
10
➀Encoder Type / ➁ Stroke
Pulse
Motor
Stroke 50 to 650
(every 50mm) 600
Lead
RCS3[RCS3P]-SS8R- ➀ -100-5- ➁ - ➂ - ➃ - ➄
RCS3[RCS3P]-SS8R- ➀ -150-20- ➁ - ➂ - ➃ - ➄
SplashProof
Type
Maximum payload
Absolute
Motor wattage
100W
150W
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Type
RCS3P-SS8R
➀ Encoder Type
Incremental
Absolute
Motor wattage
100W
150W
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Standard type
Motor wattage
100W
150W
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Special length
Robot cable
Cable symbol
Standard price
P (1m)
S (3m)
M(5m)
X06(6m)~X10(10m)
X11(11m)~X15(15m)
X16(16m)~ X20(20m)
R01(1m)~R03(3m)
R04(4m)~R05(5m)
R06(6m)~R10(10m)
R11(11m)~R15(15m)
R16(16m)~ R20(20m)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
* See page A-59 for cables for maintenance.
Actuator Specifications RCS3P specifications are shown in [ ]. (Other items are the same.)
➄Options
Name
Option code
Page
Standard Price
Item
Description
Brake
CE compliance
Motor mounted on left, cables exit from back
Motor mounted on left, cables exit from side
Motor mounted on right, cables exit from back
Motor mounted on right, cables exit from side
Non-motor end specification
Slider roller specification
B
CE
MLE
MLS
MRE
MRS
NM
SR
➝ A-42
➝ A-42
➝ A-52
➝ A-52
➝ A-52
➝ A-52
➝ A-52
➝ A-55
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Drive method
Positioning repeatability
Lost motion
Base
Allowable static moment
Allowable dynamic moment (*)
Overhang load length
Ambient operating temperature/humidity
Ball screw, ø16mm, rolled C10 [rolled C5]
±0.02mm [±0.01mm]
0.1mm [0.05mm] or less
Material: Dedicated alloy steel
Ma: 198.9 N•m, Mb: 198.9 N•m, Mc: 416.7 N•m
Ma: 36.3 N•m, Mb: 36.3 N•m, Mc: 77.4 N•m
450mm max. in Ma direction, 450mm max. in Mb/Mc directions
0 to 40°C, 85% RH max. (Non-condensing)
117
(*) When the traveling life is assumed as 10,000km.
Direction of allowable load moment.
Ma
RCS3/RCS3P-SS8R
Mb
Mc
Overhang load length
Ma
L
Mc
L
RCS3
ROBO Cylinder
Dimensional Drawings
www.intelligentactuator.com
CAD drawings can be downloaded
from the website.
Appendix
P.15
(*1) Connect the motor and encoder cables here. See page A-59 for details on cables.
(*2) After homing, the slider moves to the ME, therefore, please watch for any interference with surrounding objects.
ME : Mechanical end
+0.015
90
0
SE : Stroke end
2-ø8 H7, reamed, depth 10
(tolerance for reamed hole pitch ±0.02 )
* Offset reference position for Ma moment is same
as that of SS8C type. (Refer to page 114.)
4-M8, depth 10
Controllers
Integrated
17±0.1
17±0.1
56
45
34
(300)
3
L
20.5
ME SE
3 ST
9
ME
170
28
61
ME*2
3
73.5
Home
28
2
ME*2
Home
SE
(with brake)
(without brake)
60
34
6
Controllers
Integrated
27
26
Oblong hole, depth 6 from the bottom of the base
(2)
14
50
NX100P
B
A
F
50
NX100P
15
3
Model number: MRE
(motor side mounted on
right, cable exit from back)
45
(74)
(80)
Detailed view of P
41.5
6
+0.012
0
3-ø5 H7, depth 10
from the bottom
of the base
B
(Pitch of oblong hole and reamed hole)
C
2-ø3H7 depth 3
(Pitch of reamed holes) (from the bottom of the base)
50
31.5
(reamed holes)
D-M8, depth 10
Details of Z
■ Dimensions and Weights by Stroke
Stroke
L
A
B
C
D
F
N
50
301.5
223
50
100
8
50
0
without brake
6.0
100W with brake
Weight
6.3
without brake
(kg)
6.1
150W
with brake
6.4
100
351.5
273
100
150
8
100
0
6.5
6.8
6.6
6.9
150
401.5
323
150
200
8
150
0
7.1
7.4
7.2
7.5
200
451.5
373
200
250
10
0
1
7.6
7.9
7.7
8.0
250
501.5
423
250
300
12
50
1
8.2
8.5
8.3
8.6
300
551.5
473
300
350
12
100
1
8.7
9.0
8.8
9.1
350
601.5
523
350
400
12
150
1
9.3
9.6
9.4
9.7
400
651.5
573
400
450
14
0
2
9.8
10.1
9.9
10.2
450
701.5
623
450
500
16
50
2
10.4
10.7
10.5
10.8
500
751.5
673
500
550
16
100
2
10.9
11.2
11.0
11.3
8.5
Model number: MRS
(motor side mounted on
right, cable exit from side)
Secure at least 100
D-M3 depth 4
Z
137
64.5
31.5
C
+0.012
0
4
41.5
10
5
1
Reference surface
For mounting
ground terminals (M3)
1
62
28
10
3H7 depth 3
(from the bottom of the base)
22
(3)
145.5
5
74
80
12.5
P
Bottom of
the base
Standard
62
5
70
55
5
2
257.5
222.5
3
L
Stroke
A
Mini
Cable joint
connector*1
or more
5
(145.5)
Rod
Type
2-ø2H7 At
depth
lease 1003
17±0.02
Cable joint
Cable exit from the side
(200)
8±0.02
4-M3 depth
5.5
connector*1
At lease 100
or more
Mini
Standard
75
45
20
24.5
2D
CAD
Slider
Type
550
801.5
723
550
600
16
150
2
11.5
11.8
11.6
11.9
600
851.5
773
600
650
18
0
3
12.0
12.3
12.1
12.4
650
901.5
823
650
700
20
50
3
12.6
12.9
12.7
13.0
700
951.5
873
700
750
20
100
3
13.1
13.4
13.2
13.5
850
1101.5
1023
850
900
24
50
4
14.8
15.1
14.9
15.2
Mini
Standard
Model number: MLE
(motor side mounted on left,ST: Stroke
cable exit from back)
number: MLS
ME:Model
Mechanical
end
sideend
mounted on
(Cable exit direction) SE: (motor
Stroke
left, cable exit from side)
* Top view
750
800
1001.5 1051.5
923
973
750
800
800
850
20
22
150
0
3
4
13.7
14.2
14.0
14.5
13.8
14.3
14.1
14.6
Table/
Arm/
Flat Type
900
1151.5
1073
900
950
24
100
4
15.3
15.6
15.4
15.7
950
1000
1201.5 1251.5
1123
1173
950
1000
1000
1050
24
26
150
0
4
5
15.9
16.4
16.2
16.7
16.0
16.5
16.3
16.8
Gripper/
Rotary
Type
Linear
Servo
Type
Cleanroom
Type
SplashProof
Type
➂Applicable Controllers
RCS3-series actuators can be operated with the following controllers. Select an appropriate controller type according to your application.
Name
External
view
Model number
Field network
type
SCON-CA-100 -NP-2SCON-CA-150 -NP-2-
Pulse-train
input control
type
Dedicated pulse-train input
type
(—)
Program
control type,
1 to 2 axes
SSEL-CS-1-100 -NP-2SSEL-CS-1-150 -NP-2-
Program operation is supported.
Up to 2 axes can be operated.
XSEL- -1-100 -N1-EEE-2XSEL- -1-150 -N1-EEE-2-
Standard
price
Reference
page
7 points
768 points
Up to 6 axes can be operated.
Movement by numerical
specification is supported.
Power supply
capacity
—
Movement by numerical
specification is supported.
MSCON-C-1-100 - -0MSCON-C-1-150 - -0-
Input
power
512 points
Actuators can be operated
through the same control used
for solenoid valves.
Positioner
multi-axis,
network type
Program
control type,
1 to 8 axes
Maximum number of
positioning points
Up to 512
positioning points are
supported.
Positioner
mode
Solenoid
valve mode
Features
Single-phase
100VAC
➝ P643
388 VA max.
Single-phase
* 1-axis
200VAC
3-phase
200VAC
(XSEL-P/Q/R/S
ONLY)
specification
operated at
150W
—
Pulse
Motor
—
—
➝ P655
20,000 points
—
➝ P685
Varies depending
Program operation is supported.
on the number of
Up to 8 axes can be operated.
axes connected
—
➝ P695
256 points
* This is for the single-axis MSCON, SSEL, and XSEL.
*
*
* indicates the power-supply voltage type (1: 100V / 2: Single-phase 200V).
* indicates the power-supply voltage type (1: 100V / 2: Single-phase 200V / 3: Three-phase 200V). *
indicates the encoder type (I: Incremental / A: Absolute).
indicates the XSEL type (J / K / P / Q / R / S).
indicates field network specification symbol.
RCS3/RCS3P-SS8R
118
Servo
Motor
(24V)
Servo
Motor
(200V)
Linear
Servo
Motor
Slider
Type
RCS2
RCS2-SA4C
Mini
Standard
Model
Specification
Items
Controllers
Integrated
Rod
Type
Mini
ROBO Cylinder
RCS2
Series
SA4C
ROBO Cylinder, Slider Type, Actuator Width 40mm, 200-V Servo Motor, Coupled
20
Encoder type
Motor type
Lead
Stroke
Applicable controller
I: Incremental
A: Absolute
20: Servo motor,
20W
16: 16mm
10: 10mm
5: 5mm
2.5: 2.5mm
50: 50mm
T1:XSEL-J/K
T2:SCON
MSCON
SSEL
XSEL-P/Q
XSEL-R/S
Type
400: 400 mm
(50mm pitch
increments)
* See page Pre-47 for details on the model descriptions.
Cable length
Options
N:None
P: 1m
S: 3m
M: 5m
X: Custom length
R: Robot cable
See Options below.
(excluding the 2.5-mm lead model)
*CE compliance is optional.
Standard
Controllers
Integrated
Table/
Arm/
Flat Type
Appendix
P.5
(1) When the stroke increases, the maximum speed will drop to prevent the ball screw from reaching
the critical rotational speed. Use the actuator specification table below to check the maximum
speed at the stroke you desire.
(2) The load capacity is based on operation of the standard model at 0.3G (0.2G for
2.5mm-lead), and the high acceleration/deceleration model at 1G (excluding the
2.5mm-lead model). (Even when the acceleration/deceleration is dropped, the maximum
load capacity values shown in the table below are the upper limits.)
(3) See page A-71 for details on push motion.
Mini
Standard
Gripper/
Rotary
Type
Linear
Servo
Type
Cleanroom
Type
A
*This product is equipped with a position adjusting screw at the A area
shown above. (See dimensional drawing on the page to the right.)
Actuator Specifications
■ Leads and Payloads
■ Stroke and Maximum Speed
Motor
output (W)
Model number
Maximum payload
Lead
RCS2-SA4C- ➀ -20-16- ➁ - ➂ - ➃ - ➄
RCS2-SA4C- ➀ -20-10- ➁ - ➂ - ➃ - ➄
Horizontal (kg) Vertical (kg)
(mm)
Rated
thrust (N)
RCS2-SA4C- ➀ -20-5- ➁ - ➂ - ➃ - ➄
RCS2-SA4C- ➀ -20-2.5- ➁ - ➂ - ➃ - ➄
(mm)
16
2.5
0.6
12.25
10
4
1
19.6
50 to
400
5
6
2.5
39.2
(every
50mm)
2.5
8
4.5
78.4
20
SplashProof
Type
Stroke
Stroke
Lead
16
1060
10
665
5
330
2.5
165
Code explanation ➀ Encoder type ➁ Stroke ➂ Applicable Controller ➃ Cable length ➄ Options
Standard price
➀Encorder type
Pulse
Motor
Servo
Motor
(24V)
Servo
Motor
(200V)
Linear
Servo
Motor
Incremental
I
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
(Unit: mm/s)
*See page A-71 for details on push motion.
Cable Length
➀Encoder Type / ➁ Stroke
➁Stroke (mm)
50~400
(every 50mm)
Type
Absolute
A
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Standard type
Special length
Robot cable
Cable symbol
Standard price
P (1m)
S (3m)
M(5m)
X06(6m)~X10(10m)
X11(11m)~X15(15m)
X16(16m)~ X20(20m)
R01(1m)~R03(3m)
R04(4m)~R05(5m)
R06(6m)~R10(10m)
R11(11m)~R15(15m)
R16(16m)~ R20(20m)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
* See page A-59 for cables for maintenance.
Actuator Specifications RCS3P specifications are shown in [ ]. (Other items are the same.)
➄Options
Name
Brake
CE compliance
Foot bracket
For High Acceleration/Deceleration
Home sensor
Non-motor end specification
Slider Roller specification
Slider spacer
Option code
Page
Standard Price
Item
Description
B
CE
FT
HA
HS
NM
SR
SS
➝ A-42
➝ A-42
➝ A-47
➝ A-50
➝ A-50
➝ A-52
➝ A-55
➝ A-55
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Drive method
Positioning repeatability
Lost motion
Base
Allowable static moment
Allowable dynamic moment (*)
Overhang load length
Ambient operating temperature/humidity
Ball screw, ø8mm, rolled C10
±0.02mm
0.1mm or less
Material: Aluminum, white alumite treatment
Ma: 6.9 N•m, Mb: 9.9 N•m, Mc: 17.0 N•m
Ma: 2.7 N•m, Mb: 3.9 N•m, Mc: 6.8 N•m
Ma direction: 120mm or less Mb/Mc directions: 120mm or less
0 to 40°C, 85% RH max. (Non-condensing)
* The high-acceleration/deceleration option and the slider roller option cannot be used together.
* The high-acceleration/deceleration option cannot be used on the 2.5mm-lead model.
119
(*) When the traveling life is assumed as 5,000km.
Direction of allowable load moment.
Ma
Mb
Mc
Overhang load length
Ma
L
Mc
L
RCS2-SA4C
RCS2
ROBO Cylinder
Dimensional Drawings
www.intelligentactuator.com
Appendix
4-ø3.6
ø6.5 counterbore,
Depth 3.7 (for mounting actuator) *4
10.2
20
21
ø8 hole
slot
2-ø3H7 depth 5
11.8
Ma moment
offset
reference
position *3
4-M3 depth 7
Standard
M
(240)
11.8
Controllers
Integrated
Base end-face
Base end-face
L
23
st
123.2 (162.2 for brake-equipped)
12.8
70
3
3
Home
SE
ME
Secure at
least 100
ME *2
1
32
22.5
1
A
37
3
11.8
R
50 (when stroke is 50)
U×100P (All strokes except 50)
4
+0.010
0
(37)
(40)
m-M3 depth 5
Details of
Oblong hole depth
oblong hole 5 from the bottom of the base
3
Reference
surface
Details of section A
(Actuator's reference side)
50
11.8
P (pitch for ø3 hole and oblong hole)
Table/
Arm/
Flat Type
Mini
Standard
Motor section W: 46
Base end-face
Gripper/
Rotary
Type
21
3.2
Actuator
width: 40
Bottom
of the base
Base
3 end-face
Mini
Cable joint
connector *1
31.2
5
36.5
25
15
Controllers
Integrated
Rod
Type
32
24
16±0.02
9
Base end-face
Details of the slot area
for adjusting slider position
Mini
Standard
(Reamer hole
tolerance ±0.02)
2D
CAD
Slider height: 40
P.15
(*1) Connect the motor and encoder cables here. See page A-59 for details on cables.
(*2) After homing, the slider moves to the ME, therefore, please watch for any interference with surrounding objects.
ME : Mechanical end
SE : Stroke end
(*3) Reference position for calculating the Ma moment
(*4)If the actuator is secured using only the mounting holes provided on the top surface of the base, the base may twist
to cause abnormal sliding of the slider, or may produce abnormal noise. Therefore, when using the mounting holes
on the top surface of the base, keep the stroke at 200mm or less.
Motor section H: 45
CAD drawings can be downloaded
from the website.
Slider
Type
2-ø3H7 depth 5 from the bottom of the base
N (ø3 hole pitch)
■ Dimensions and Weights by Stroke
Stroke
L
without brake
with brake
M
N
P
R
U
m
Weight (kg)
50
279
318
122
35
22
8
—
4
0.7
100
329
368
172
100
134
8
1
4
0.8
150
379
418
222
150
184
10
1
4
0.9
* Brake-equipped models are heavier by 0.3kg.
200
429
468
272
200
234
10
2
6
1
250
479
518
322
250
284
12
2
6
1.1
300
529
568
372
300
334
12
3
8
1.2
350
579
618
422
350
384
14
3
8
1.3
400
629
668
472
400
434
14
4
10
1.4
Linear
Servo
Type
Cleanroom
Type
SplashProof
Type
➂Applicable Controllers
RCS2-series actuators can be operated with the following controllers. Select an appropriate controller type according to your application.
Name
External
view
Model number
Up to 512
positioning points are
supported.
Positioner
mode
Solenoid
valve mode
Features
SCON-CA-20
-NP-2-
Actuators can be operated
through the same control used
for solenoid valves.
Maximum number of
positioning points
106 VA max.
Pulse-train
input control
type
Dedicated pulse-train input
type
(—)
Up to 6 axes can be operated.
Movement by numerical
specification is supported.
256 points
Program
control type,
1 to 2 axes
SSEL-CS-1-20
Program
control type,
1 to 8 axes
XSEL- -1-20
Reference
page
7 points
768 points
- -0-
Standard
price
—
Movement by numerical
specification is supported.
MSCON-C-1-20
Power supply
capacity
512 points
Field network
type
Positioner
multi-axis,
network type
Input
power
Single-phase
*Power supply
100VAC
capacity
Single-phase will vary
depending on
200VAC
the controller,
so please refer
3-phase
to the
200VAC
instruction
(XSEL-P/Q/R/S
manual for
ONLY)
details.
➝ P643
—
Pulse
Motor
—
—
➝ P655
-NP-2-
Program operation is supported.
Up to 2 axes can be operated.
20,000 points
—
➝ P685
-N1-EEE-2-
Varies depending
Program operation is supported.
on the number of
Up to 8 axes can be operated.
axes connected
—
➝ P695
* This is for the single-axis MSCON, SSEL, and XSEL. * indicates the encoder type (I: Incremental / A: Absolute). * Enter the code "HA" in when the high-acceleration/deceleration option is specified.
* indicates the XSEL type (J / K / P / Q / R / S).
* indicates the power-supply voltage type (1: 100V / 2: Single-phase 200V).
* indicates field network specification symbol.
* indicates the power-supply voltage type (1: 100V / 2: Single-phase 200V / 3: Three-phase 200V).
RCS2-SA4C
120
Servo
Motor
(24V)
Servo
Motor
(200V)
Linear
Servo
Motor
Slider
Type
Mini
RCS2
RCS2-SA5C
Standard
Model
Specification
Items
Controllers
Integrated
Rod
Type
Mini
ROBO Cylinder
RCS2
Series
SA5C
Type
ROBO Cylinder, Slider Type, Actuator Width 52mm, 200-V Servo Motor, Coupled
20
Encoder type
Motor type
Lead
Stroke
Applicable controller
I: Incremental
A: Absolute
20: Servo motor,
20W
20:20mm
12:12mm
6: 6mm
3: 3mm
50: 50mm
T1:XSEL-J/K
T2:SCON
MSCON
SSEL
XSEL-P/Q
XSEL-R/S
500: 500mm
(50mm pitch
increments)
* See page Pre-47 for details on the model descriptions.
Cable length
N:None
P: 1m
S: 3m
M: 5m
X: Custom length
R: Robot cable
Options
See Options below.
(excluding the 3-mm lead model)
*CE compliance is optional.
Standard
Controllers
Integrated
Table/
Arm/
Flat Type
Appendix
P.5
(1) When the stroke increases, the maximum speed will drop to prevent the ball screw from
reaching the critical rotational speed. Use the actuator specification table below to check
the maximum speed at the stroke you desire.
(2) The load capacity is based on operation of standard model at 0.3G (0.2G for 3mm-lead),
and operation of the high acceleration/deceleration model at 0.8G (excluding the
3mm-lead model). (Even when the acceleration/deceleration is dropped, the maximum
load capacity values shown in the table below are the upper limits.)
(3) See page A-71 for details on push motion.
Mini
Standard
Gripper/
Rotary
Type
Linear
Servo
Type
Cleanroom
Type
A
*This product is equipped with a position adjusting screw at the A area
shown above. (See dimensional drawing on the page to the right.)
Actuator Specifications
■ Leads and Payloads
■ Stroke and Maximum Speed
Motor
output (W)
Model number
RCS2-SA5C- ➀ -20-20- ➁ - ➂ - ➃ - ➄
Lead
(mm)
Maximum payload
Horizontal (kg) Vertical (kg)
Rated
thrust (N)
20
1300
<800>
10.7
12
4
1
16.7
50 to
500
12
800
760
RCS2-SA5C- ➀ -20-6- ➁ - ➂ - ➃ - ➄
6
8
2
33.3
(every
50mm)
6
400
380
RCS2-SA5C- ➀ -20-3- ➁ - ➂ - ➃ - ➄
3
12
4
65.7
3
200
190
RCS2-SA5C- ➀ -20-12- ➁ - ➂ - ➃ - ➄
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
Type
Standard type
Special length
Robot cable
* The values enclosed in < >
apply to vertical settings.
Option code
Brake
CE compliance
Foot bracket
For High Acceleration/Deceleration
Home sensor
Non-motor end specification
Slider roller specification
B
CE
FT
HA
HS
NM
SR
Page
➝ A-42
➝ A-42
➝ A-47
➝ A-50
➝ A-50
➝ A-52
➝ A-55
Standard Price
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
* The high-acceleration/deceleration option and the slider roller option cannot be used together.
* The high-acceleration/deceleration option cannot be used on the 3mm-lead model.
Cable symbol
Standard price
P (1m)
S (3m)
M(5m)
X06(6m)~X10(10m)
X11(11m)~X15(15m)
X16(16m)~ X20(20m)
R01(1m)~R03(3m)
R04(4m)~R05(5m)
R06(6m)~R10(10m)
R11(11m)~R15(15m)
R16(16m)~ R20(20m)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
* See page A-59 for cables for maintenance.
Actuator Specifications
➄Options
121
*See page A-71 for details on push motion.
Cable Length
Standard price
➀Encorder type
Incremental
Absolute
I
A
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Name
Linear
Servo
Motor
(mm)
1300
<800>
0.5
➁ Stroke (mm)
Servo
Motor
(200V)
500
2
➀Encoder Type / ➁ Stroke
Servo
Motor
(24V)
(Unit: mm/s)
50~450
(every 50mm)
Lead
(mm)
Code explanation ➀ Encoder type ➁ Stroke ➂ Applicable Controller ➃ Cable length ➄ Options
Pulse
Motor
Stroke
20
20
SplashProof
Type
Stroke
Item
Description
Drive method
Positioning repeatability
Lost motion
Base
Allowable static moment
Allowable dynamic moment (*)
Overhang load length
Ambient operating temperature/humidity
Ball screw, ø10mm, rolled C10
±0.02mm
0.1mm or less
Material: Aluminum, white alumite treatment
Ma: 18.6 N•m, Mb: 26.6 N•m, Mc: 47.5 N•m
Ma: 4.9 N•m, Mb: 6.8 N•m, Mc: 11.7 N•m
Ma direction: 150mm or less, Mb/Mc directions: 150mm or less
0 to 40°C, 85% RH max. (Non-condensing)
(*) When the traveling life is assumed as 5,000km.
Direction of allowable load moment.
Ma
Mb
Mc
Overhang load length
Ma
L
Mc
L
RCS2-SA5C
RCS2
ROBO Cylinder
Dimensional Drawings
P.15
(*1) Connect the motor and encoder cables here. See page A-59 for details on cables.
(*2) After homing, the slider moves to the ME, therefore, please watch for any interference with surrounding objects. (*4)If the actuator is secured using only the mounting holes provided on
ME : Mechanical end
the top surface of the base, the base may twist to cause abnormal
SE : Stroke end
sliding of the slider, or may produce abnormal noise. Therefore, when
(*3) Reference position for calculating the Ma moment
using the mounting holes on the top surface of the base, keep the
stroke at 300mm or less.
2D
CAD
4-ø4.5
ø8 counterbore,
depth 4.5
(for mounting actuator) *4
2-ø4H7 depth 6
Cable joint
connector *1
14.5
M
14.5
Secure at
least 100
st
94
Home
SE
Controllers
Integrated
13.5 99.2 (138.2 if brake-equipped)
3
ME *2
ra
djus
ting p
os
on
iti
djus
ting p
os
1
1
ra
26
Fo
40
39
23.7
3
ME
Standard
(240)
Base end-face
L
Bottom of the base
50
Actuator width: 52
Base end-face
R
Base end-face
50 (when stroke is 50)
U×100P (All strokes except 50)
50
Mini
Standard
14.5
Gripper/
Rotary
Type
26
4
+0.012
0
5
Table/
Arm/
Flat Type
Motor section W: 52
14.5
5
(50)
(52)
Controllers
Integrated
Mini
Motor section H: 48
Ma moment
offset
reference
position *3
48
32
20
Reference
surface
Standard
Rod
Type
4-M4 depth 9
26
26
10.2
Base end-face
Details of the slot area
for adjusting slider position
A
Mini
Fo
on
iti
ø8 hole
40
30
19 ±0.02
9
(Reamer hole
tolerance ±0.02)
slot
Slider height: 50
Appendix
www.intelligentactuator.com
CAD drawings can be downloaded
from the website.
Slider
Type
Details of
Details of section A
(Actuator's reference side) oblong hole
m-M4 depth 7
Oblong hole depth 5
from the bottom of the base
P (pitch of ø4 hole and oblong hole)
2-ø4H7 depth 5 from the bottom of the base
N (ø4 hole pitch)
■ Dimensions and Weights by Stroke
Stroke
50
M
N
P
R
U
m
Weight (kg)
142
50
35
42
—
4
1.3
without brake 280.4
L
with brake 319.4
100
340.4
369.4
192
100
85
42
1
4
1.4
150
380.4
419.4
242
100
85
92
1
4
1.5
200
440.4
469.4
292
200
185
42
2
6
1.6
* Brake-equipped models are heavier by 0.3kg.
250
480.4
519.4
342
200
185
92
2
6
1.7
300
540.4
569.4
392
300
285
42
3
8
1.8
350
580.4
619.4
442
300
285
92
3
8
1.9
400
640.4
679.4
492
400
385
42
4
10
2
450
680.4
719.4
542
400
385
92
4
10
2.1
500
740.4
769.4
592
500
485
42
5
12
2.2
Linear
Servo
Type
Cleanroom
Type
SplashProof
Type
➂Applicable Controllers
RCS2-series actuators can be operated with the following controllers. Select an appropriate controller type according to your application.
Name
External
view
Model number
Up to 512
positioning points are
supported.
Positioner
mode
Solenoid
valve mode
Features
SCON-CA-20
-NP-2-
Actuators can be operated
through the same control used
for solenoid valves.
Maximum number of
positioning points
106 VA max.
Pulse-train
input control
type
Dedicated pulse-train input
type
(—)
Up to 6 axes can be operated.
Movement by numerical
specification is supported.
256 points
Program
control type,
1 to 2 axes
SSEL-CS-1-20
Program
control type,
1 to 8 axes
XSEL- -1-20
Reference
page
7 points
768 points
- -0-
Standard
price
—
Movement by numerical
specification is supported.
MSCON-C-1-20
Power supply
capacity
512 points
Field network
type
Positioner
multi-axis,
network type
Input
power
Single-phase
*Power supply
100VAC
capacity
Single-phase will vary
depending on
200VAC
the controller,
so please refer
3-phase
to the
200VAC
instruction
(XSEL-P/Q/R/S
manual for
ONLY)
details.
➝ P643
—
Pulse
Motor
—
—
➝ P655
-NP-2-
Program operation is supported.
Up to 2 axes can be operated.
20,000 points
—
➝ P685
-N1-EEE-2-
Varies depending
Program operation is supported.
on the number of
Up to 8 axes can be operated.
axes connected
—
➝ P695
* This is for the single-axis MSCON, SSEL, and XSEL. * indicates the encoder type (I: Incremental / A: Absolute). * Enter the code "HA" in when the high-acceleration/deceleration option is specified.
* indicates the XSEL type (J / K / P / Q / R / S).
* indicates the power-supply voltage type (1: 100V / 2: Single-phase 200V).
* indicates field network specification symbol.
* indicates the power-supply voltage type (1: 100V / 2: Single-phase 200V / 3: Three-phase 200V).
RCS2-SA4C
122
Servo
Motor
(24V)
Servo
Motor
(200V)
Linear
Servo
Motor
Slider
Type
RCS2
RCS2-SA6C
Mini
Standard
Model
Specification
Items
Controllers
Integrated
RCS2
Series
SA6C
Type
Encoder type
I: Incremental
A: Absolute
Rod
Type
Mini
ROBO Cylinder
ROBO Cylinder, Slider Type, Actuator Width 58mm, 200-V Servo Motor, Coupled
30
Motor type
Lead
Stroke
Applicable controller
30: Servo motor,
30W
20: 20mm
12: 12mm
6: 6mm
3: 3mm
50: 50mm
T1:XSEL-J/K
T2:SCON
MSCON
SSEL
XSEL-P/Q
XSEL-R/S
600: 600mm
(50mm pitch
increments)
* See page Pre-47 for details on the model descriptions.
Cable length
N:None
P: 1m
S: 3m
M: 5m
X: Custom length
R: Robot cable
Options
See Options below.
For High Acceleration/Deceleration
(excluding the 3-mm lead model)
*CE compliance is optional.
Standard
Controllers
Integrated
Table/
Arm/
Flat Type
Appendix
P.5
(1) When the stroke increases, the maximum speed will drop to prevent the ball screw from
reaching the critical rotational speed. Use the actuator specification table below to check
the maximum speed at the stroke you desire.
(2) The load capacity is based on operation of standard model at 0.3G (0.2G for 3mm-lead),
and operation of the high acceleration/deceleration model at 1G (excluding the 3mm-lead
model). (Even when the acceleration/deceleration is dropped, the maximum load capacity
values shown in the table below are the upper limits.)
(3) See page A-71 for details on push motion.
Mini
Standard
A
*This product is equipped with a position adjusting screw
at the A area shown above. (See dimensional drawing
on the page to the right.)
Gripper/
Rotary
Type
Actuator Specifications
Linear
Servo
Type
■ Leads and Payloads
■ Stroke and Maximum Speed
Motor
output (W)
Model number
RCS2-SA6C- ➀ -30-20- ➁ - ➂ - ➃ - ➄
Cleanroom
Type
SplashProof
Type
Lead
(mm)
Maximum payload
Horizontal (kg) Vertical (kg)
Rated
thrust (N)
Stroke
(mm)
Lead
(mm)
1300
<800>
20
600
(mm)
(mm)
1160
<800>
890
<800>
15.8
12
6
1.5
24.2
50 to
600
12
800
760
640
540
RCS2-SA6C- ➀ -30-6- ➁ - ➂ - ➃ - ➄
6
12
3
48.4
(every
50mm)
6
400
380
320
270
RCS2-SA6C- ➀ -30-3- ➁ - ➂ - ➃ - ➄
3
18
6
96.8
3
200
190
160
135
RCS2-SA6C- ➀ -30-12- ➁ - ➂ - ➃ - ➄
30
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
550
600
➄Options
Option code
Brake
CE compliance
Foot bracket
For High Acceleration/Deceleration
Home sensor
Non-motor end specification
Slider roller specification
B
CE
FT
HA
HS
NM
SR
Page
➝ A- 42
➝ A- 42
➝ A- 47
➝ A-50
➝ A-50
➝ A-52
➝ A-55
Standard Price
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
* The high-acceleration/deceleration option and the slider roller option cannot be used together.
* The high-acceleration/deceleration option cannot be used on the 3mm-lead model.
123
* The values enclosed in < >
*See page A-71 for details on push motion. apply to vertical settings.
Cable Length
Standard price
➀Encorder type
Incremental
Absolute
I
A
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Name
Linear
Servo
Motor
(every 50mm)
(Unit: mm/s)
550
0.5
➁ Stroke (mm)
Servo
Motor
(200V)
500
3
➀Encoder Type / ➁ Stroke
Servo
Motor
(24V)
50~450
20
Code explanation ➀ Encoder type ➁ Stroke ➂ Applicable Controller ➃ Cable length ➄ Options
Pulse
Motor
Stroke
Type
Standard type
Special length
Robot cable
Standard price
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
* See page A-59 for cables for maintenance.
Actuator Specifications
Item
Description
Drive method
Positioning repeatability
Lost motion
Base
Allowable static moment
Allowable dynamic moment (*)
Overhang load length
Ambient operating temperature/humidity
Ball screw, ø10mm, rolled C10
±0.02mm
0.1mm or less
Material: Aluminum, white alumite treatment
Ma: 38.3 N•m,, Mb: 54.7 N•m, Mc: 81.0 N•m
Ma: 8.9 N•m, Mb: 12.7 N•m, Mc: 18.6 N•m
Ma direction: 220mm or less, Mb/Mc directions: 120mm or less
0 to 40°C, 85% RH max. (Non-condensing)
Overhang load length
Direction of allowable load moment.
Ma
Mb
Mc
(*) When the traveling life is assumed as 5,000km.
RCS2-SA6C
Cable symbol
P (1m)
S (3m)
M(5m)
X06(6m)~X10(10m)
X11(11m)~X15(15m)
X16(16m)~ X20(20m)
R01(1m)~R03(3m)
R04(4m)~R05(5m)
R06(6m)~R10(10m)
R11(11m)~R15(15m)
R16(16m)~ R20(20m)
Ma
L
Mc
L
RCS2
ROBO Cylinder
Dimensional Drawings
www.intelligentactuator.com
CAD drawings can be downloaded
from the website.
Appendix
P.15
(*1) Connect the motor and encoder cables here. See page A-59 for details on cables.
(*2) After homing, the slider moves to the ME, therefore, please watch for any interference with surrounding objects.
ME : Mechanical end
SE : Stroke end
(*3) Reference position for calculating the Ma moment
2D
CAD
60
50
32±0.02
21
2-ø5H7 depth 6
Controllers
Integrated
4-M5 depth 9
Rod
Type
(Reamer hole
tolerance ±0.02)
Fo
Mini
(240)
djus
ting p
os
Ma moment
offset reference
position *3
st
115
Home
SE
Controllers
Integrated
114.2 (153.2 if brake-equipped)
18.5
3
ME
ition
os
40
23.7
3
ME
adjusting
p
1
r
Fo
Slider height: 53
43
28
1
52
39
23
L
Standard
Secure at
least 100
Base end-face
56
Actuator width: 58
U×100 P
8
Motor section W: 58
Base end-face
Standard
5
31
Gripper/
Rotary
Type
4
+0.012
0
Reference
surface
Table/
Arm/
Flat Type
Mini
Bottom of the base
Base
end-face
10.2
8
R
5
(56)
(58)
Details of section A
Details of
(Actuator's reference side) oblong hole
Motor section H: 51
ra
on
iti
31
Cable joint
connector *1
Details of the slot area
for adjusting slider position
A
Mini
Standard
ø8 hole
slot
Slider
Type
Oblong hole depth 5
from the bottom of the base
P (pitch for ø4 hole and oblong hole)
N (ø4 hole pitch)
100 (ø4 hole pitch)
3-ø4H7 depth 5
from the bottom of the base
Linear
Servo
Type
m-M5 depth 8
■ Dimensions and Weights by Stroke
Stroke
50
without brake 321.4
L
with brake 360.4
N
81
P
66
R
81
U
1
m
6
Weight (kg)
1.4
100
371.4
410.4
131
116
31
2
8
1.6
150
421.4
460.4
181
166
81
2
8
1.8
200
471.4
510.4
231
216
31
3
10
2
250
521.4
560.4
281
266
81
3
10
2.2
* Brake-equipped models are heavier by 0.3kg.
300
571.4
610.4
331
316
31
4
12
2.4
350
621.4
660.4
381
366
81
4
12
2.6
400
671.4
710.4
431
416
31
5
14
2.8
450
721.4
760.4
481
466
81
5
14
3
500
771.4
810.4
531
516
31
6
16
3.2
550
821.4
860.4
481
566
81
6
16
3.4
600
871.4
910.4
631
616
31
7
18
3.6
Cleanroom
Type
SplashProof
Type
➂Applicable Controllers
RCS2-series actuators can be operated with the following controllers. Select an appropriate controller type according to your application.
Name
External
view
Model number
Up to 512
positioning points are
supported.
Positioner
mode
Solenoid
valve mode
Features
SCON-CA-30D
-NP-2-
Actuators can be operated
through the same control used
for solenoid valves.
Maximum number of
positioning points
126 VA max.
Pulse-train
input control
type
Dedicated pulse-train input
type
(—)
Up to 6 axes can be operated.
Movement by numerical
specification is supported.
256 points
Program
control type,
1 to 2 axes
SSEL-CS-1-30D
Program
control type,
1 to 8 axes
XSEL- -1-30D
Reference
page
7 points
768 points
- -0-
Standard
price
—
Movement by numerical
specification is supported.
MSCON-C-1-30D
Power supply
capacity
512 points
Field network
type
Positioner
multi-axis,
network type
Input
power
Single-phase
*Power supply
100VAC
capacity
Single-phase will vary
depending on
200VAC
the controller,
so please refer
3-phase
to the
200VAC
instruction
(XSEL-P/Q/R/S
manual for
ONLY)
details.
➝ P643
—
Pulse
Motor
—
—
➝ P655
-NP-2-
Program operation is supported.
Up to 2 axes can be operated.
20,000 points
—
➝ P685
-N1-EEE-2-
Varies depending
Program operation is supported.
on the number of
Up to 8 axes can be operated.
axes connected
—
➝ P695
* This is for the single-axis MSCON, SSEL, and XSEL. * indicates the encoder type (I: Incremental / A: Absolute). * Enter the code "HA" in when the high-acceleration/deceleration option is specified.
* indicates the XSEL type (J / K / P / Q / R / S).
* indicates the power-supply voltage type (1: 100V / 2: Single-phase 200V).
* indicates field network specification symbol.
* indicates the power-supply voltage type (1: 100V / 2: Single-phase 200V / 3: Three-phase 200V).
RCS2-SA6C 
124
Servo
Motor
(24V)
Servo
Motor
(200V)
Linear
Servo
Motor
Slider
Type
Mini
Standard
Controllers
Integrated
Rod
Type
RCS2
ROBO Cylinder
RCS2-SA7C
RCS2
Model
Specification
Items
Series
SA7C
Type
ROBO Cylinder, Slider Type, Actuator Width 73mm, 200-V Servo Motor, Coupled
60
Encoder type
Motor type
Lead
Stroke
Applicable controller
I: Incremental
A: Absolute
60:Servo motor,
60W
24: 24mm
16: 16mm
8: 8mm
4: 4mm
50: 50mm
T1:XSEL-J/K
T2:SCON
MSCON
SSEL
XSEL-P/Q
XSEL-R/S
800: 800mm
(50mm pitch
increments)
* See page Pre-47 for details on the model descriptions.
Cable length
Options
N:None
P: 1m
S: 3m
M: 5m
X: Custom length
R: Robot cable
Mini
See Options below.
(excluding the 4-mm lead model)
*CE compliance is optional.
Standard
Controllers
Integrated
Table/
Arm/
Flat Type
Appendix
P.5
Mini
Standard
Gripper/
Rotary
Type
Linear
Servo
Type
Cleanroom
Type
(1) When the stroke increases, the maximum speed will drop to prevent the ball screw
from reaching the critical rotational speed. Use the actuator specification table
below to check the maximum speed at the stroke you desire.
(2) For each load capacity, refer to the tables on the left.
(Even when the acceleration/deceleration is dropped, the maximum load capacity
values shown in the table below are the upper limits.)
(3) See page A-71 for details on push motion.
(2) Load Capacity
Standard type
High Acceleration type
Lead
Accel/Decel
Lead
Accel/Decel
24mm
0.3G
24mm
0.8G
16mm
0.3G
16mm
1.0G
8mm
0.3G
8mm
0.8G
4mm
0.2G
(No HA option for the 4mm lead)
Actuator Specifications
■ Leads and Payloads
■ Stroke and Maximum Speed
Motor
output (W)
Model number
RCS2-SA7C- ➀ -60-24- ➁ - ➂ - ➃ - ➄
Lead
(mm)
Maximum payload
Horizontal (kg) Vertical (kg)
Rated
thrust (N)
50 ~ 600
~ 700
~800
24
1200
960
720
(every 50mm)
(mm)
(mm)
8
1.4
42.4
16
12
3
63.8
50 to
800
16
800
640
480
RCS2-SA7C- ➀ -60-8- ➁ - ➂ - ➃ - ➄
8
25
6
127.5
(every
50mm)
8
400
320
240
RCS2-SA7C- ➀ -60-4- ➁ - ➂ - ➃ - ➄
4
40
12
255.0
4
200
160
120
RCS2-SA7C- ➀ -60-16- ➁ - ➂ - ➃ - ➄
Code explanation ➀ Encoder type ➁ Stroke ➂ Applicable Controller ➃ Cable length ➄ Options
Standard price
➀Encorder type
Incremental
Absolute
I
A
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
➁ Stroke (mm)
50/100
150/200
250/300
350/400
450/500
550/600
650/700
750/800
(Unit: mm/s)
*See page A-71 for details on push motion.
Cable Length
➀Encoder Type / ➁ Stroke
Pulse
Motor
Stroke
Lead
(mm)
24
60
SplashProof
Type
Stroke
Type
Standard type
Special length
Robot cable
Cable symbol
Standard price
P (1m)
S (3m)
M(5m)
X06(6m)~X10(10m)
X11(11m)~X15(15m)
X16(16m)~ X20(20m)
R01(1m)~R03(3m)
R04(4m)~R05(5m)
R06(6m)~R10(10m)
R11(11m)~R15(15m)
R16(16m)~ R20(20m)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
* See page A-59 for cables for maintenance.
Servo
Motor
(24V)
Servo
Motor
(200V)
Linear
Servo
Motor
* See page A-59 for cables for maintenance.
Actuator Specifications
➄Options
Name
Brake (Cable exiting end)
Brake (Cable exiting left)
Brake (Cable exiting right)
CE compliance
For High Acceleration/Deceleration
Non-motor end specification
Slider roller specification
Option code
BE
BL
BR
CE
HA
NM
SR
Page
➝ A-42
➝ A-42
➝ A-42
➝ A-42
➝ A-50
➝ A-52
➝ A-55
Standard Price
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
* The high-acceleration/deceleration option and the slider roller option cannot be used together.
* The high-acceleration/deceleration option cannot be used on the 4mm-lead model.
125
Item
Description
Drive method
Positioning repeatability
Lost motion
Base
Allowable static moment
Allowable dynamic moment (*)
Overhang load length
Ambient operating temperature/humidity
Ball screw, ø12mm, rolled C10
±0.02mm
0.1mm or less
Material: Aluminum, white alumite treatment
Ma: 50.4 N•m, Mb: 71.9 N•m, Mc: 138.0 N•m
Ma: 13.9 N•m, Mb: 19.9 N•m, Mc: 38.3 N•m
Ma direction: 230mm or less, Mb/Mc directions: 230mm or less
0 to 40°C, 85% RH max. (Non-condensing)
(*) When the traveling life is assumed as 5,000km.
Direction of allowable load moment.
Ma
Mb
Mc
Overhang load length
Ma
L
Mc
L
RCS2-SA7C
RCS2
ROBO Cylinder
Dimensional Drawings
CAD drawings can be downloaded
from the website.
Appendix
www.intelligentactuator.com
P.15
(*1) Connect the motor and encoder cables here. See page A-59 for details on cables.
(*2) After homing, the slider moves to the ME, therefore, please watch for any interference with surrounding objects.
ME : Mechanical end
SE : Stroke end
20 20 20
(*3) Reference position for calculating the Ma moment
39
9
32±0.02
50
4-M5 depth 10
(300)
Controllers
Integrated
Cable joint
connector *1
Rod
Type
2-ø5H7 depth 10
Mini
L
18
ME
Stroke
126
138.5
3
SE
(4.8)
Home
3
ME*2
(3)
Standard
14
Ma moment offset
reference position *3
E-ø4H7 depth 6 from the bottom of the base
Secure at
least 100
Table/
Arm/
Flat Type
71
73
Mini
6
5.5
ø9.5
B×100P
40
40
73
9.5
64
50
33
43
Controllers
Integrated
F-ø6 through, ø9.5 counterbore,
depth 5.5 (from the opposite site)
71
A
Mini
Standard
(Reamer hole
tolerance ±0.02)
30
9
2D
CAD
Slider
Type
C×100P
100
P (pitch of ø4 hole and oblong hole)
A
D-M5 depth 9
H−oblong hole,
depth 6 from the bottom of the base
6
ø6
71
73
Reference
surface
Details of A
(mounting holes
and reference surface)
5
Standard
30
80
51
18
83.5
Gripper/
Rotary
Type
+0.012
0
Dimensions of the Brake Section
4
* Adding a brake will increase the actuator's overall length by 43mm
(56.3mm with the cable coming out the end), and its weight by 0.6kg.
Details of oblong hole
50 or
more
BR: Brake cable
exiting from right
BE: Brake cable
exiting
from rear
BL: Brake cable
exiting
5.1
from left
13.3
Stroke
50
L
332.5
A
0
B
0
C
0
D
4
E
2
F
4
H
0
P
0
Weight (kg) 2.4
18
18
7 52 5
1 58
48
13.3 44.7 16.3
3
ME
SE
(4.8)
52
73
Linear
Servo
Type
■ Dimensions and Weights by Stroke
100
382.5
100
0
0
6
3
4
1
85
2.6
150
432.5
100
0
1
6
3
6
1
85
2.8
200
482.5
200
1
1
8
3
6
1
185
3.0
250
532.5
200
1
2
8
3
8
1
185
3.3
300
582.5
300
2
2
10
3
8
1
285
3.5
350
632.5
300
2
3
10
3
10
1
285
3.7
400
682.5
400
3
3
12
3
10
1
385
3.9
450
732.5
400
3
4
12
3
12
1
385
4.2
500
782.5
500
4
4
14
3
12
1
485
4.4
550
832.5
500
4
5
14
3
14
1
485
4.6
600
882.5
600
5
5
16
3
14
1
585
4.8
650
932.5
600
5
6
16
3
16
1
585
5.1
700
750
800
982.5 1032.5 1082.5
700
700
800
6
6
7
6
7
7
18
18
20
3
3
3
16
18
18
1
1
1
685
685
785
5.3
5.5
5.7
Cleanroom
Type
SplashProof
Type
➂Applicable Controllers
RCS2-series actuators can be operated with the following controllers. Select an appropriate controller type according to your application.
Name
External
view
Model number
Up to 512
positioning points are
supported.
Positioner
mode
Solenoid
valve mode
Features
SCON-CA-60
-NP-2-
Actuators can be operated
through the same control used
for solenoid valves.
Maximum number of
positioning points
218 VA max.
Pulse-train
input control
type
Dedicated pulse-train input
type
(—)
Up to 6 axes can be operated.
Movement by numerical
specification is supported.
256 points
Program
control type,
1 to 2 axes
SSEL-CS-1-60
Program
control type,
1 to 8 axes
XSEL- -1-60
Reference
page
7 points
768 points
- -0-
Standard
price
—
Movement by numerical
specification is supported.
MSCON-C-1-60
Power supply
capacity
512 points
Field network
type
Positioner
multi-axis,
network type
Input
power
Single-phase
*Power supply
100VAC
capacity
Single-phase will vary
depending on
200VAC
the controller,
so please refer
3-phase
to the
200VAC
instruction
(XSEL-P/Q/R/S
manual for
ONLY)
details.
➝ P643
—
Pulse
Motor
—
—
➝ P655
-NP-2-
Program operation is supported.
Up to 2 axes can be operated.
20,000 points
—
➝ P685
-N1-EEE-2-
Varies depending
Program operation is supported.
on the number of
Up to 8 axes can be operated.
axes connected
—
➝ P695
* This is for the single-axis MSCON, SSEL, and XSEL. * indicates the encoder type (I: Incremental / A: Absolute). * Enter the code "HA" in when the high-acceleration/deceleration option is specified.
* indicates the XSEL type (J / K / P / Q / R / S).
* indicates the power-supply voltage type (1: 100V / 2: Single-phase 200V).
* indicates field network specification symbol.
* indicates the power-supply voltage type (1: 100V / 2: Single-phase 200V / 3: Three-phase 200V).
RCS2-SA7C
126
Servo
Motor
(24V)
Servo
Motor
(200V)
Linear
Servo
Motor
Slider
Type
Mini
Standard
Controllers
Integrated
Rod
Type
Mini
RCS2
ROBO Cylinder
RCS2-SS7C
RCS2
Model
Specification
Items
SS7C
Series
Type
ROBO Cylinder, Slider Type, Actuator Width 60 mm, 200-V Servo Motor, Coupled, Iron Base
60
Encoder type
Motor type
Lead
Stroke
Applicable controller
I: Incremental
A: Absolute
60:Servo motor,
60W
20:20mm
12:12mm
6: 6 mm
50: 50mm
T1:XSEL-J/K
T2:SCON
MSCON
SSEL
XSEL-P/Q
XSEL-R/S
600: 600mm
(50mm pitch
increments)
* See page Pre-47 for details on the model descriptions.
Cable length
Options
N:None
P: 1m
S: 3m
M: 5m
X: Custom length
R: Robot cable
See Options below.
*CE compliance is optional.
Standard
Controllers
Integrated
Table/
Arm/
Flat Type
Appendix
Mini
P.5
Standard
(1)When the stroke increases, the maximum speed will drop to prevent the ball screw
from reaching the critical rotational speed. Use the actuator specification table
below to check the maximum speed at the stroke you desire.
(2)The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.3G. This value is the
upper limit for the acceleration.
(3) See page A-71 for details on push motion.
Gripper/
Rotary
Type
Linear
Servo
Type
Cleanroom
Type
Actuator Specifications
■ Leads and Payloads
■ Stroke and Maximum Speed
Motor
output (W)
Model number
RCS2-SS7C- ➀ -60-20- ➁ - ➂ - ➃ - ➄
RCS2-SS7C- ➀ -60-12- ➁ - ➂ - ➃ - ➄
SplashProof
Type
60
RCS2-SS7C- ➀ -60-6- ➁ - ➂ - ➃ - ➄
Lead
(mm)
Maximum payload
Horizontal (kg) Vertical (kg)
Rated
thrust (N)
20
9
2.4
51
12
15
4
85
6
30
8
170
Stroke
50 to
600
(every
50mm)
Code explanation ➀ Encoder type ➁ Stroke ➂ Applicable Controller ➃ Cable length ➄ Options
Standard price
➀Encorder type
Incremental
Absolute
I
A
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Pulse
Motor
50/100
150/200
250/300
350/400
450/500
550/600
50~500
550
600
(every 50mm)
(mm)
(mm)
20
1000
1000
830
12
600
470
6
300
230
(Unit: mm/s)
*See page A-71 for details on push motion.
Cable Length
➀Encoder Type / ➁ Stroke
➁ Stroke (mm)
Stroke
Lead
(mm)
Type
Standard type
Special length
Robot cable
Cable symbol
Standard price
P (1m)
S (3m)
M(5m)
X06(6m)~X10(10m)
X11(11m)~X15(15m)
X16(16m)~ X20(20m)
R01(1m)~R03(3m)
R04(4m)~R05(5m)
R06(6m)~R10(10m)
R11(11m)~R15(15m)
R16(16m)~ R20(20m)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
* See page A-59 for cables for maintenance.
Servo
Motor
(24V)
Servo
Motor
(200V)
Actuator Specifications
➄Options
Name
Brake
CE compliance
Non-motor end specification
Slider roller specification
Option code
B
CE
NM
SR
Linear
Servo
Motor
Page
➝ A-42
➝ A-42
➝ A-52
➝ A-55
Standard Price
—
—
—
—
Item
Description
Drive method
Positioning repeatability
Lost motion
Base
Allowable static moment
Allowable dynamic moment (*)
Overhang load length
Ambient operating temperature/humidity
Ball screw, ø10mm, rolled C10
±0.02mm
0.1mm or less
Material: Dedicated alloy steel
Ma: 79.4 N•m Mb: 79.4 N•m Mc: 172.9 N•m
Ma: 14.7 N•m Mb: 14.7 N•m Mc: 33.3 N•m
Ma direction: 300mm or less Mb/Mc directions: 300mm or less
0 to 40°C, 85% RH max. (Non-condensing)
(*) When the traveling life is assumed as 10,000km.
Direction of allowable load moment.
127
Ma
Mb
Mc
Overhang load length
Ma
L
Mc
L
RCS2-SS7C
RCS2
ROBO Cylinder
Dimensional Drawings
CAD drawings can be downloaded
from the website.
www.intelligentactuator.com
Appendix
P.15
(*1) Connect the motor and encoder cables here. See page A-59 for details on cables.
(*2) After homing, the slider moves to the ME, therefore, please watch for any interference with surrounding objects.
ME : Mechanical end
SE : Stroke end
(*3) Reference position for calculating the Ma moment
2D
CAD
5
Controllers
Integrated
(300)
4-M5 depth 10
Rod
Type
Cable joint
connector *1
32
40.6
32
23.4
19.5
21
Mini
19.5
Standard
(L)
12
(A)
(126)
5
25 31.5
Home
SE
5
44.5
ME *2
49.5
0.5
55
A
Hole for adjusting coupling
N×100P
100 (reamer hole pitch) (90 when 50st)
50 (reamer and oblong hole pitch)
55
60
Details of A
M×100 P
C
B
18
Mini
D-M5 depth 8
100
Standard
30
1
4.5
18
Table/
Arm/
Flat Type
Secure at
least 100
60
Reference
surface
Controllers
Integrated
36
41.5
27
55
1
ME
126
Stroke
25
Ma moment offset
reference position *3
Mini
Standard
(Reamer hole
tolerance ±0.02)
2-ø5H7 depth 10
126
60
5
50
9 32±0.02 9
Slider
Type
Oblong hole depth
from the bottom of the base 6
4-ø4H7 depth 6 from bottom of base
(When 50st: 3-ø4H7 depth 6 from the bottom of the base)
Gripper/
Rotary
Type
4
+0.012
0
5
Details of oblong hole
Linear
Servo
Type
52
Dimensions of the Brake Section
* Adding a brake increases the actuator's
overall length by 24.5mm and by 0.3kg.
■ Dimensions and Weights by Stroke
36.5
55
53
27
1
Stroke
L
A
B
C
D
M
N
Weight (kg)
60
21.5
50
364
226
0
90
6
1
0
2.9
100
414
276
40
40
8
1
1
3.2
150
464
326
90
90
8
1
1
3.5
200
514
376
140
140
8
1
1
3.8
250
564
426
190
190
8
1
1
4.2
300
614
476
240
40
12
2
2
4.5
350
664
526
290
90
12
2
2
4.8
400
714
576
340
140
12
2
2
5.1
450
764
626
390
190
12
2
2
5.5
500
814
676
440
40
16
3
3
5.8
550
864
726
490
90
16
3
3
6.1
600
914
776
540
140
16
3
3
6.4
Cleanroom
Type
SplashProof
Type
➂Applicable Controllers
RCS2-series actuators can be operated with the following controllers. Select an appropriate controller type according to your application.
Name
External
view
Model number
Maximum number of
positioning points
Up to 512
positioning points are
supported.
Positioner
mode
Solenoid
valve mode
Features
SCON-CA-60
-NP-2-
218 VA max.
Pulse-train
input control
type
Dedicated pulse-train input
type
(—)
Up to 6 axes can be operated.
Movement by numerical
specification is supported.
256 points
Program
control type,
1 to 2 axes
SSEL-CS-1-60
Program
control type,
1 to 8 axes
XSEL- -1-60
-0-
Reference
page
7 points
768 points
-
Standard
price
—
Actuators can be operated
through the same control used
for solenoid valves.
Movement by numerical
specification is supported.
MSCON-C-1-60
Power supply
capacity
512 points
Field network
type
Positioner
multi-axis,
network type
Input
power
Single-phase
*Power supply
100VAC
capacity
Single-phase will vary
depending on
200VAC
the controller,
so please refer
3-phase
to the
200VAC
instruction
(XSEL-P/Q/R/S
manual for
ONLY)
details.
➝ P643
—
Pulse
Motor
—
—
➝ P655
-NP-2-
Program operation is supported.
Up to 2 axes can be operated.
20,000 points
—
➝ P685
-N1-EEE-2-
Varies depending
Program operation is supported.
on the number of
Up to 8 axes can be operated.
axes connected
—
➝ P695
* This is for the single-axis MSCON, SSEL, and XSEL.
*
*
* indicates the power-supply voltage type (1: 100V / 2: Single-phase 200V).
* indicates the power-supply voltage type (1: 100V / 2: Single-phase 200V / 3: Three-phase 200V). *
indicates the encoder type (I: Incremental / A: Absolute).
indicates the XSEL type (J / K / P / Q / R / S).
indicates field network specification symbol.
RCS2-SS7C 
128
Servo
Motor
(24V)
Servo
Motor
(200V)
Linear
Servo
Motor
Slider
Type
Mini
Standard
Controllers
Integrated
Rod
Type
Mini
RCS2
ROBO Cylinder
RCS2-SA4D
ROBO Cylinder, Slider Type, Actuator Width 40mm, 200-V Servo Motor, Motor Built-In (Direct Coupled)
RCS2
Model
Specification
Items
20
SA4D
Series
Type
Encoder type
I: Incremental
A: Absolute
Motor type
Lead
Stroke
Applicable controller
20: Servo motor,
20W
10: 10mm
5: 5mm
2.5 : 2.5mm
50: 50mm
T1:XSEL-J/K
T2:SCON
MSCON
SSEL
XSEL-P/Q
XSEL-R/S
300: 300mm
(50mm pitch
increments)
* See page Pre-47 for details on the model descriptions.
Cable length
Options
N:None
P: 1m
S: 3m
M: 5m
X: Custom length
R: Robot cable
See Options below.
*CE compliance is optional.
Standard
Controllers
Integrated
Table/
Arm/
Flat Type
Appendix
Mini
P.5
Standard
(1)When the stroke increases, the maximum speed will drop to prevent the ball screw
from reaching the critical rotational speed. Use the actuator specification table below
to check the maximum speed at the stroke you desire.
(2) The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.3G (0.2G for
2.5mm-lead model). These values are the upper limits for the acceleration.
(3) See page A-71 for details on push motion.
Gripper/
Rotary
Type
Linear
Servo
Type
Cleanroom
Type
Actuator Specifications
■ Leads and Payloads
■ Stroke and Maximum Speed
Motor
output (W)
Model number
RCS2-SA4D- ➀ -20-10- ➁ - ➂ - ➃ - ➄
RCS2-SA4D- ➀ -20-5- ➁ - ➂ - ➃ - ➄
SplashProof
Type
20
RCS2-SA4D- ➀ -20-2.5- ➁ - ➂ - ➃ - ➄
Lead
(mm)
Maximum payload
Horizontal (kg) Vertical (kg)
Rated
thrust (N)
10
4
1
19.6
5
6
2.5
39.2
2.5
8
4.5
78.4
Stroke
(mm)
Stroke
Lead
10
665
5
330
2.5
165
50 to
300
(every
50mm)
Code explanation ➀ Encoder type ➁ Stroke ➂ Applicable Controller ➃ Cable length ➄ Options
Standard price
➀Encorder type
Incremental
Absolute
I
A
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Pulse
Motor
50
100
150
200
250
300
(Unit: mm/s)
*See page A-71 for details on push motion.
Cable Length
➀Encoder Type / ➁ Stroke
➁ Stroke (mm)
50~300
(every 50mm)
Type
Standard type
Special length
Robot cable
Cable symbol
Standard price
P (1m)
S (3m)
M(5m)
X06(6m)~X10(10m)
X11(11m)~X15(15m)
X16(16m)~ X20(20m)
R01(1m)~R03(3m)
R04(4m)~R05(5m)
R06(6m)~R10(10m)
R11(11m)~R15(15m)
R16(16m)~ R20(20m)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
* See page A-59 for cables for maintenance.
Servo
Motor
(24V)
Servo
Motor
(200V)
Actuator Specifications
➄Options
Name
Brake (Cable exiting end)
Brake (Cable exiting left)
Brake (Cable exiting right)
CE compliance
Non-motor end specification
Option code
Page
Standard Price
Item
Description
BE
BL
BR
CE
NM
➝ A- 42
➝ A- 42
➝ A- 42
➝ A- 42
➝ A-52
—
—
—
—
—
Drive method
Positioning repeatability
Lost motion
Base
Allowable static moment
Allowable dynamic moment (*)
Overhang load length
Ambient operating temperature/humidity
Ball screw, ø8mm, rolled C10
±0.02mm
0.1mm or less
Material: Aluminum, white alumite treatment
Ma: 6.9 N•m, Mb: 9.9 N•m, Mc: 17.0 N•m
Ma: 2.7 N•m, Mb: 3.9 N•m, Mc: 6.8 N•m
Ma direction: 120mm or less Mb/Mc directions: 120mm or less
0 to 40°C, 85% RH max. (Non-condensing)
Linear
Servo
Motor
(*) When the traveling life is assumed as 5,000km.
Direction of allowable load moment.
129
Ma
Mb
Mc
Overhang load length
Ma
L
Mc
L
RCS2-SA4D
RCS2
ROBO Cylinder
Dimensional Drawings
CAD drawings can be downloaded
from the website.
www.intelligentactuator.com
Appendix
P.15
(*1) Connect the motor and encoder cables here. See page A-59 for details on cables.
(*2) After homing, the slider moves to the ME, therefore, please watch for any interference with surrounding objects.
ME : Mechanical end
SE : Stroke end
(*3) Reference position for calculating the Ma moment
1
(300)
9
11.5
Mini
Standard
Controllers
Integrated
Rod
Type
21
20
11.5
111
Cable joint
connector *1
0.5
5
(*4)If the actuator is secured using only the mounting holes provided on the top
surface of the base, the base may twist to cause abnormal sliding of the slider, or
may produce abnormal noise. Therefore, when using the mounting holes on the
top surface of the base, keep the stroke at 200mm or less.
M
70
24
16±0.02
40
28
(Reamer hole
tolerance ±0.02)
2D
CAD
Slider
Type
Mini
4-ø3.6
ø6.5 counterbore depth 3.5 (for mounting) *4
4-M3 depth 7
2-ø3H7 effective depth 5
Details of section A
Standard
L
16
Ma moment offset
reference position
A
A
13
Stroke
70
(2)
SE
ME
13
(2.2)
Home
ME
Controllers
Integrated
Secure at
least 100
99
46.5
40
32
31.2
Table/
Arm/
Flat Type
41.5
37
40
B
Mini
Base face
Base
end-face
11.8
50 (when stroke is 50)
U×100P (All strokes except 50)
R
50
11.8
Base end-face
Standard
21
37
40
Gripper/
Rotary
Type
3
Reference
surface
+0.010
0
1.5
4
Details of section B
Details of
oblong hole
m-M3 depth 5
Oblong hole depth 5
from the bottom of the base
Dimensions of the Brake Section
2-ø3H7 depth 5 from the bottom of the base
P (pitch for ø3 hole and oblong hole)
N (ø3 hole pitch)
5.1
R: Brake cable
exiting from right
E: Brake cable
exiting from rear
■ Dimensions and Weights by Stroke
L: Brake cable
exiting from left
40
13.3
13.3
44
13
13.5
38
* Adding a brake increases the actuator's overall
length (L) by 28mm (41.3mm with the cable coming
out its end), and its weight by 0.2kg.
3.5
31.5
46.5
41.5
13.5
1.5
13.3
Linear
Servo
Type
Stroke
L
A
M
N
P
R
U
m
Weight (kg)
50
261
146
122
50
35
22
—
4
0.8
100
311
196
172
100
85
22
1
4
0.9
150
361
246
222
150
85
72
1
4
1
200
411
296
272
200
185
22
2
6
1.1
250
461
346
322
250
185
72
2
6
1.2
300
511
396
372
300
285
22
3
8
1.3
Cleanroom
Type
SplashProof
Type
➂Applicable Controllers
RCS2-series actuators can be operated with the following controllers. Select an appropriate controller type according to your application.
Name
External
view
Model number
Maximum number of
positioning points
Up to 512
positioning points are
supported.
Positioner
mode
Solenoid
valve mode
Features
SCON-CA-20
-NP-2-
106 VA max.
Pulse-train
input control
type
Dedicated pulse-train input
type
(—)
Up to 6 axes can be operated.
Movement by numerical
specification is supported.
256 points
Program
control type,
1 to 2 axes
SSEL-CS-1-20
Program
control type,
1 to 8 axes
XSEL- -1-20
-0-
Reference
page
7 points
768 points
-
Standard
price
—
Actuators can be operated
through the same control used
for solenoid valves.
Movement by numerical
specification is supported.
MSCON-C-1-20
Power supply
capacity
512 points
Field network
type
Positioner
multi-axis,
network type
Input
power
Single-phase
*Power supply
100VAC
capacity
Single-phase will vary
depending on
200VAC
the controller,
so please refer
3-phase
to the
200VAC
instruction
(XSEL-P/Q/R/S
manual for
ONLY)
details.
➝ P643
—
Pulse
Motor
—
—
➝ P655
-NP-2-
Program operation is supported.
Up to 2 axes can be operated.
20,000 points
—
➝ P685
-N1-EEE-2-
Varies depending
Program operation is supported.
on the number of
Up to 8 axes can be operated.
axes connected
—
➝ P695
* This is for the single-axis MSCON, SSEL, and XSEL.
*
*
* indicates the power-supply voltage type (1: 100V / 2: Single-phase 200V).
* indicates the power-supply voltage type (1: 100V / 2: Single-phase 200V / 3: Three-phase 200V). *
indicates the encoder type (I: Incremental / A: Absolute).
indicates the XSEL type (J / K / P / Q / R / S).
indicates field network specification symbol.
RCS2-SA4D
130
Servo
Motor
(24V)
Servo
Motor
(200V)
Linear
Servo
Motor
Slider
Type
Mini
Standard
Controllers
Integrated
Rod
Type
Mini
RCS2
ROBO Cylinder
RCS2-SA5D
ROBO Cylinder, Slider Type, Actuator Width 52mm, 200-V Servo Motor, Motor Built-In (Direct Coupled)
RCS2
Model
Specification
Items
SA5D
Series
Type
20
Encoder type
Motor type
Lead
Stroke
Applicable controller
I: Incremental
A: Absolute
20: Servo motor,
20W
12:12mm
6: 6mm
3: 3mm
50: 50mm
T1:XSEL-J/K
T2:SCON
MSCON
SSEL
XSEL-P/Q
XSEL-R/S
500: 500mm
(50mm pitch
increments)
* See page Pre-47 for details on the model descriptions.
Cable length
Options
N: None
See Options below.
P: 1m
S: 3m
M: 5m
X: Custom length
R: Robot cable
*CE compliance is optional.
Standard
Controllers
Integrated
Table/
Arm/
Flat Type
Appendix
Mini
P.5
Standard
(1)When the stroke increases, the maximum speed will drop to prevent the ball screw
from reaching the critical rotational speed. Use the actuator specification table
below to check the maximum speed at the stroke you desire.
(2)The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.3G (0.2G for
3mm-lead model). These values are the upper limits for the acceleration.
(3) See page A-71 for details on push motion.
Gripper/
Rotary
Type
Linear
Servo
Type
Actuator Specifications
■ Leads and Payloads
■ Stroke and Maximum Speed
Motor
output (W)
Model number
Cleanroom
Type
RCS2-SA5D- ➀ -20-12- ➁ - ➂ - ➃ - ➄
RCS2-SA5D- ➀ -20-6- ➁ - ➂ - ➃ - ➄
SplashProof
Type
20
RCS2-SA4D- ➀ -20-3- ➁ - ➂ - ➃ - ➄
Lead
(mm)
Maximum payload
Horizontal (kg) Vertical (kg)
Rated
thrust (N)
12
4
1
16.7
6
8
2
33.3
3
12
4
65.7
Stroke
(mm)
Stroke
12
800
760
6
400
380
3
200
190
50 to
500
(every
50mm)
Pulse
Motor
Servo
Motor
(24V)
Standard price
➀Encorder type
Incremental
Absolute
I
A
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Servo
Motor
(200V)
Linear
Servo
Motor
Type
Standard type
Special length
Robot cable
Option code
Brake (Cable exiting end)
Brake (Cable exiting left)
Brake (Cable exiting right)
CE compliance
Non-motor end specification
Slider roller specification
BE
BL
BR
CE
NM
SR
Page
➝ A- 42
➝ A- 42
➝ A- 42
➝ A- 42
➝ A-52
➝ A-55
Standard Price
—
—
—
—
—
—
Cable symbol
Standard price
P (1m)
S (3m)
M(5m)
X06(6m)~X10(10m)
X11(11m)~X15(15m)
X16(16m)~ X20(20m)
R01(1m)~R03(3m)
R04(4m)~R05(5m)
R06(6m)~R10(10m)
R11(11m)~R15(15m)
R16(16m)~ R20(20m)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
* See page A-59 for cables for maintenance.
Actuator Specifications
Item
Description
Drive method
Positioning repeatability
Lost motion
Base
Allowable static moment
Allowable dynamic moment (*)
Overhang load length
Ambient operating temperature/humidity
Ball screw, ø10mm, rolled C10
±0.02mm
0.1mm or less
Material: Aluminum, white alumite treatment
Ma: 18.6 N•m, Mb: 26.6 N•m, Mc: 47.5 N•m
Ma: 4.9 N•m, Mb: 6.8 N•m, Mc: 11.7 N•m
Ma direction: 150mm or less Mb/Mc directions: 150mm or less
0 to 40°C, 85% RH max. (Non-condensing)
➄Options
Name
(*) When the traveling life is assumed as 5,000km.
Direction of allowable load moment.
131
(Unit: mm/s)
*See page A-71 for details on push motion.
Cable Length
➀Encoder Type / ➁ Stroke
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
500
(mm)
Code explanation ➀ Encoder type ➁ Stroke ➂ Applicable Controller ➃ Cable length ➄ Options
➁ Stroke (mm)
50~450
(every 50mm)
Lead
Ma
Mb
Mc
Overhang load length
Ma
L
Mc
L
RCS2-SA5D
RCS2
ROBO Cylinder
Dimensional Drawings
CAD drawings can be downloaded
from the website.
www.intelligentactuator.com
Appendix
(*1) Connect the motor and encoder cables here. See page A-59 for details on cables.
(*2) After homing, the slider moves to the ME, therefore, please watch for any interference with surrounding objects.
ME : Mechanical end
SE : Stroke end
(*3) Reference position for calculating the Ma moment
30
(*4)If the actuator is secured using only the mounting holes provided on the top surface of
the base, the base may twist to cause abnormal sliding of the slider, or may produce
abnormal noise. Therefore, when using the mounting holes on the top surface of the
base, keep the stroke at 300mm or less.
M
6 20 6
4-ø4.5,ø8 counterbore,
depth 4.5 (for mounting) *4
4-M4 depth 9
9
15.5
26
26
15.5
(300)
91.5
19±0.02
30
Ma moment offset
reference position *3
14
Controllers
Integrated
(3)
(2.7)
SE
ME *2
Home
50
40
39
1
94
50
52
A
Table/
Arm/
Flat Type
52
50 (when stroke is 50)
U×100P (All strokes except 50)
Base end-face
14.5
R
Controllers
Integrated
Standard
Secure at
least 100
76.5
Stroke
ME
Standard
Mini
2-ø4H7 effective depth 6
A
14
Mini
Rod
Type
L
15
Cable joint
connector *1
(Reamer hole
tolerance ±0.02)
2D
CAD
P.15
Slider
Type
50
14.5
Base end-face
Mini
26
Standard
4
4
+0.012
0
5
Details of
Oblong hole
50
52
Reference
surface
m-M4 depth 7
Oblong hole depth
5 from the bottom of thebase
Details of A
2-ø4H7 depth 5 from the bottom of the base
P (ø4 hole and oblong hole pitch)
N (ø4 hole pitch)
Gripper/
Rotary
Type
Dimensions of the Brake Section
R: Brake cable exiting from right
Linear
Servo
Type
■ Dimensions and Weights by Stroke
5.1
13.3 41.5 14
Stroke
L
A
M
N
P
R
U
m
Weight (kg)
50
52
17
5.5
35
50
46.5
17
1
L: Brake cable exiting from left
13.3
E: Brake cable exiting from rear
* Adding a brake increases the actuator's overall
length (L) by 26.5mm (39.8mm with the cable coming
out its end), and its weight by 0.3kg.
50
263.5
172
142
50
35
42
—
4
1.4
100
313.5
222
192
100
85
42
1
4
1.5
150
363.5
272
242
150
85
92
1
4
1.6
200
413.5
322
292
200
185
42
2
6
1.7
250
463.5
372
342
250
185
92
2
6
1.8
300
513.5
422
392
300
285
42
3
8
1.9
350
563.5
472
442
350
285
92
3
8
2.0
400
613.5
522
492
400
385
42
4
10
2.1
450
663.5
572
542
450
385
92
4
10
2.2
500
713.5
622
592
500
485
42
5
12
2.3
Cleanroom
Type
SplashProof
Type
➂Applicable Controllers
RCS2-series actuators can be operated with the following controllers. Select an appropriate controller type according to your application.
Name
External
view
Model number
Maximum number of
positioning points
Up to 512
positioning points are
supported.
Positioner
mode
Solenoid
valve mode
Features
SCON-CA-20
-NP-2-
106 VA max.
Pulse-train
input control
type
Dedicated pulse-train input
type
(—)
Up to 6 axes can be operated.
Movement by numerical
specification is supported.
256 points
Program
control type,
1 to 2 axes
SSEL-CS-1-20
Program
control type,
1 to 8 axes
XSEL- -1-20
-0-
Reference
page
7 points
768 points
-
Standard
price
—
Actuators can be operated
through the same control used
for solenoid valves.
Movement by numerical
specification is supported.
MSCON-C-1-20
Power supply
capacity
512 points
Field network
type
Positioner
multi-axis,
network type
Input
power
Single-phase
*Power supply
100VAC
capacity
Single-phase will vary
depending on
200VAC
the controller,
so please refer
3-phase
to the
200VAC
instruction
(XSEL-P/Q/R/S
manual for
ONLY)
details.
➝ P643
—
Pulse
Motor
—
—
➝ P655
-NP-2-
Program operation is supported.
Up to 2 axes can be operated.
20,000 points
—
➝ P685
-N1-EEE-2-
Varies depending
Program operation is supported.
on the number of
Up to 8 axes can be operated.
axes connected
—
➝ P695
* This is for the single-axis MSCON, SSEL, and XSEL.
*
*
* indicates the power-supply voltage type (1: 100V / 2: Single-phase 200V).
* indicates the power-supply voltage type (1: 100V / 2: Single-phase 200V / 3: Three-phase 200V). *
indicates the encoder type (I: Incremental / A: Absolute).
indicates the XSEL type (J / K / P / Q / R / S).
indicates field network specification symbol.
RCS2-SA5D
132
Servo
Motor
(24V)
Servo
Motor
(200V)
Linear
Servo
Motor
Slider
Type
Mini
Standard
Controllers
Integrated
Rod
Type
Mini
RCS2
ROBO Cylinder
RCS2-SA6D
ROBO Cylinder, Slider Type, Actuator Width 58mm, 200-V Servo Motor, Motor Built-In (Direct Coupled)
RCS2
Model
Specification
Items
SA6D
Series
Type
30
Encoder type
Motor type
I: Incremental
A: Absolute
30: Servo motor,
30W
Lead
12:12mm
6: 6mm
3: 3mm
Stroke
Applicable controller
50: 50mm
T1:XSEL-J/K
T2:SCON
MSCON
SSEL
XSEL-P/Q
XSEL-R/S
600: 600mm
(50mm pitch
increments)
* See page Pre-47 for details on the model descriptions.
Cable length
N:None
P: 1m
S: 3m
M: 5m
X: Custom length
R: Robot cable
Options
See Options below.
*CE compliance is optional.
Standard
Controllers
Integrated
Table/
Arm/
Flat Type
Appendix
Mini
P.5
Standard
(1)When the stroke increases, the maximum speed will drop to prevent the ball screw
from reaching the critical rotational speed. Use the actuator specification table
below to check the maximum speed at the stroke you desire.
(2)The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.3G (0.2G for
3mm-lead model). These values are the upper limits for the acceleration.
(3) See page A-71 for details on push motion.
Gripper/
Rotary
Type
Linear
Servo
Type
Cleanroom
Type
Actuator Specifications
■ Leads and Payloads
■ Stroke and Maximum Speed
Motor
output (W)
Model number
RCS2-SA6D- ➀ -30-12- ➁ - ➂ - ➃ - ➄
RCS2-SA6D- ➀ -30-6- ➁ - ➂ - ➃ - ➄
SplashProof
Type
30
RCS2-SA6D- ➀ -30-3- ➁ - ➂ - ➃ - ➄
Lead
(mm)
Maximum payload
Horizontal (kg) Vertical (kg)
Rated
thrust (N)
12
6
1.5
24.2
6
12
3
48.4
3
18
6
96.8
Stroke
(mm)
Stroke
Pulse
Motor
Servo
Motor
(24V)
Linear
Servo
Motor
Name
Brake (Cable exiting end)
Brake (Cable exiting left)
Brake (Cable exiting right)
CE compliance
Non-motor end specification
Slider roller specification
133
600
(mm)
12
800
760
640
540
6
400
380
320
270
3
200
190
160
(every
50mm)
135
(Unit: mm/s)
*See page A-71 for details on push motion.
Cable Length
Standard price
➀Encorder type
Incremental
Absolute
I
A
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
➄Options
Servo
Motor
(200V)
550
(mm)
50 to
600
➀Encoder Type / ➁ Stroke
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
550
600
500
(mm)
Code explanation ➀ Encoder type ➁ Stroke ➂ Applicable Controller ➃ Cable length ➄ Options
➁ Stroke (mm)
50~450
(every 50mm)
Lead
Option code
Page
Standard Price
BE
BL
BR
CE
NM
SR
➝ A- 42
➝ A- 42
➝ A- 42
➝ A- 42
➝ A-52
➝ A-55
—
—
—
—
—
—
Type
Standard type
Special length
Robot cable
Cable symbol
Standard price
P (1m)
S (3m)
M(5m)
X06(6m)~X10(10m)
X11(11m)~X15(15m)
X16(16m)~ X20(20m)
R01(1m)~R03(3m)
R04(4m)~R05(5m)
R06(6m)~R10(10m)
R11(11m)~R15(15m)
R16(16m)~ R20(20m)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
* See page A-59 for cables for maintenance.
Actuator Specifications
Item
Drive method
Positioning repeatability
Lost motion
Base
Allowable static moment
Allowable dynamic moment (*)
Overhang load length
Ambient operating temperature/humidity
Description
Ball screw, ø10mm, rolled C10
±0.02mm
0.1mm or less
Material: Aluminum, white alumite treatment
Ma: 38.3 N•m, Mb: 54.7 N•m, Mc: 81.0 N•m
Ma: 8.9 N•m, Mb: 12.7 N•m, Mc: 18.6 N•m
Ma direction: 220mm or less Mb/Mc directions: 220mm or less
0 to 40°C, 85% RH max. (Non-condensing)
(*) When the traveling life is assumed as 5,000km.
Direction of allowable load moment.
Ma
Mb
Mc
Overhang load length
Ma
L
Mc
L
RCS2-SA6D
RCS2
ROBO Cylinder
Dimensional Drawings
www.intelligentactuator.com
CAD drawings can be downloaded
from the website.
Appendix
P.15
(*1) Connect the motor and encoder cables here. See page A-59 for details on cables.
(*2) After homing, the slider moves to the ME, therefore, please watch for any interference with surrounding objects.
ME : Mechanical end
SE : Stroke end
(*3) Reference position for calculating the Ma moment
19.5 21 19.5
31
23
8
4-M5 depth 9
32
50
115
19
(3)
ME *2
Home
Standard
53
43
40
1
Stroke
Mini
Secure at
least 100
91.5
SE
ME
Controllers
Integrated
1
Base
end-face
56
58
A
15.5
U×100 P
R
Table/
Arm/
Flat Type
58
Base end-face
8
Controllers
Integrated
2-ø5H7 effective depth 6
A
14
(3)
Ma moment offset
reference position
Cable joint
connector *1
Rod
Type
L
15
Mini
Standard
(300)
(Reamer hole
tolerance ±0.02)
8
2D
CAD
Slider
Type
8
Mini
4
31
+0.012
0
5
Details of oblong hole
Oblong hole depth 5
from the bottom of the base
Standard
P (ø4 hole and oblong hole pitch)
N (ø4 hole pitch)
100 (ø4 hole pitch)
m-M5 depth 8
3-ø4H7 depth 5 from the bottom of the base
Gripper/
Rotary
Type
4
Dimensions of the Brake Section
R: Brake cable
exiting from right
56
Reference
surface
58
E: Brake cable
exiting from rear
Linear
Servo
Type
13.3
Details of A
L: Brake cable
exiting from left
■ Dimensions and Weights by Stroke
13.3 41.5 14
37
Stroke
L
A
N
P
R
U
m
Weight (kg)
55
58
19
6
19
53
50
1
5.1
* Adding a brake increases the actuator's overall
length (L) by 26.5mm (39.8mm with the cable coming
out its end), and its weight by 0.3kg.
50
304.5
198
81
66
81
1
6
1.3
100
354.5
248
131
116
31
2
8
1.5
150
404.5
298
181
166
81
2
8
1.7
200
454.5
348
231
216
31
3
10
1.9
250
504.5
398
281
266
81
3
10
2.1
300
554.5
448
331
316
31
4
12
2.3
350
604.5
498
381
366
81
4
12
2.5
400
654.5
548
431
416
31
5
14
2.7
450
704.5
598
481
466
81
5
14
2.9
500
754.5
648
531
516
31
6
16
3.1
550
804.5
698
581
566
81
6
16
3.3
600
854.5
748
631
616
31
7
18
3.5
Cleanroom
Type
SplashProof
Type
➂Applicable Controllers
RCS2-series actuators can be operated with the following controllers. Select an appropriate controller type according to your application.
Name
External
view
Model number
Features
Up to 512
positioning points are
supported.
Positioner
mode
Solenoid
valve mode
Maximum number of
positioning points
SCON-CA-30D
-NP-2-
126 VA max.
Pulse-train
input control
type
Dedicated pulse-train input
type
(—)
Up to 6 axes can be operated.
Movement by numerical
specification is supported.
256 points
Program
control type,
1 to 2 axes
SSEL-CS-1-30D
Program
control type,
1 to 8 axes
XSEL- -1-30D
-0-
Reference
page
7 points
768 points
-
Standard
price
—
Actuators can be operated
through the same control used
for solenoid valves.
Movement by numerical
specification is supported.
MSCON-C-1-30D
Power supply
capacity
512 points
Field network
type
Positioner
multi-axis,
network type
Input
power
Single-phase
*Power supply
100VAC
capacity
Single-phase will vary
depending on
200VAC
the controller,
so please refer
3-phase
to the
200VAC
instruction
(XSEL-P/Q/R/S
manual for
ONLY)
details.
➝ P643
—
Pulse
Motor
—
—
➝ P655
-NP-2-
Program operation is supported.
Up to 2 axes can be operated.
20,000 points
—
➝ P685
-N1-EEE-2-
Varies depending
Program operation is supported.
on the number of
Up to 8 axes can be operated.
axes connected
—
➝ P695
* This is for the single-axis MSCON, SSEL, and XSEL.
*
*
* indicates the power-supply voltage type (1: 100V / 2: Single-phase 200V).
* indicates the power-supply voltage type (1: 100V / 2: Single-phase 200V / 3: Three-phase 200V). *
indicates the encoder type (I: Incremental / A: Absolute).
indicates the XSEL type (J / K / P / Q / R / S).
indicates field network specification symbol.
RCS2-SA6D
134
Servo
Motor
(24V)
Servo
Motor
(200V)
Linear
Servo
Motor
Slider
Type
Mini
Standard
Controllers
Integrated
Rod
Type
Mini
RCS2
ROBO Cylinder
RCS2-SA4R
Model
Specification
Items
RCS2
SA4R
Series
Type
ROBO Cylinder, Slider Type, Actuator Width 40mm, 200-V Servo Motor, Side-mounted Motor
20
Encoder type
Motor type
Lead
Stroke
Applicable controller
I: Incremental
A: Absolute
20:20W
Servo motor
10: 10mm
5: 5mm
2.5 :2.5mm
50: 50mm
T1:XSEL-J/K
T2:SCON
MSCON
SSEL
XSEL-P/Q
XSEL-R/S
400: 400mm
(50mm pitch
increments)
* See page Pre-47 for details on the model descriptions.
Cable length
Options
N: None
P: 1m
S: 3m
M: 5m
X: Custom length
R: Robot cable
See Options below.
* Be sure to specify either
"ML" or "MR" as the
motor side-mounted
direction.
*CE compliance is optional.
Standard
Controllers
Integrated
Table/
Arm/
Flat Type
Appendix
Mini
Standard
Gripper/
Rotary
Type
Linear
Servo
Type
Cleanroom
Type
P.5
Pictured: Left-mounted motor model (ML).
*This product is equipped with a position adjusting screw at the
A area shown above. (See dimensional drawing on the page to the right.)
Actuator Specifications
■ Leads and Payloads
■ Stroke and Maximum Speed
Motor
output (W)
Model number
RCS2-SA4R- ➀ -20-10- ➁ - ➂ - ➃ - ➄
RCS2-SA4R- ➀ -20-5- ➁ - ➂ - ➃ - ➄
SplashProof
Type
(1)When the stroke increases, the maximum speed will drop to prevent the ball screw
from reaching the critical rotational speed. Use the actuator specification table
below to check the maximum speed at the stroke you desire.
(2) The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.3G (0.2G for
2.5mm-lead model). These values are the upper limits for the acceleration.
(3) See page A-71 for details on push motion.
A
20
RCS2-SA4R- ➀ -20-2.5- ➁ - ➂ - ➃ - ➄
Lead
(mm)
Maximum payload
Horizontal (kg) Vertical (kg)
Rated
thrust (N)
10
4
1
19.6
5
6
2.5
39.2
2.5
8
4.5
78.4
Stroke
Stroke
Lead
(mm)
10
665
5
330
2.5
165
50 to
400
(every
50mm)
Code explanation ➀ Encoder type ➁ Stroke ➂ Applicable Controller ➃ Cable length ➄ Options
Standard price
➀Encorder type
Incremental
Absolute
I
A
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Pulse
Motor
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
(Unit: mm/s)
*See page A-71 for details on push motion.
Cable Length
➀Encoder Type / ➁ Stroke
➁Stroke (mm)
50~400
(every 50mm)
Type
Standard type
Special length
Robot cable
Cable symbol
Standard price
P (1m)
S (3m)
M(5m)
X06(6m)~X10(10m)
X11(11m)~X15(15m)
X16(16m)~ X20(20m)
R01(1m)~R03(3m)
R04(4m)~R05(5m)
R06(6m)~R10(10m)
R11(11m)~R15(15m)
R16(16m)~ R20(20m)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
* See page A-59 for cables for maintenance.
Servo
Motor
(24V)
Servo
Motor
(200V)
Linear
Servo
Motor
Actuator Specifications
➄Options
Name
Brake
CE compliance
Home sensor
Non-motor end specification
Lelf-mounted Motor (standard)
Right-mounted Motor
Slider roller specification
Slider spacer
Option code
B
CE
HS
NM
ML
MR
SR
SS
Page
➝ A-42
➝ A-42
➝ A-50
➝ A-52
➝ A-52
➝ A-52
➝ A-55
➝ A-55
Standard Price
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Item
Description
Drive method
Positioning repeatability
Lost motion
Base
Allowable static moment
Allowable dynamic moment (*)
Overhang load length
Ambient operating temperature/humidity
Ball screw, ø8mm, rolled C10
±0.02mm
0.1mm or less
Material: Aluminum, white alumite treated
Ma: 6.9 N•m, Mb: 9.9 N•m, Mc: 17.0 N•m
Ma: 2.7 N•m, Mb: 3.9 N•m, Mc: 6.8 N•m
Ma direction: 120mm or less, Mb/Mc directions: 120mm or less
0 to 40°C, 85% RH max. (No condensation)
(*) When the traveling life is assumed as 5,000km.
Overhang load length
Direction of allowable load moment.
135
Ma
Mb
Mc
Ma
L
Mc
L
RCS2-SA4R
RCS2
ROBO Cylinder
Dimensional Drawings
CAD drawings can be downloaded
from the website.
www.intelligentactuator.com
2D
CAD
P.15
L
23
45
Slider height: 40 5
32
22.5
1
4-ø3.6
ø6.5 counterbore,
Depth 3.7
(for mounting actuator) *4
3
ME
st
70
Controllers
Integrated
4-M3 depth 7
20
21
(Reamer hole
tolerance ±0.02)
Rod
Type
Mini
93
93
Ma moment offset
reference position *3
46
Cable joint
connector *1
Standard
Base end-face
slot
10.2
M
11.8
11.8
23
Secure at
least 100
ø8 hole
Table/
Arm/
Flat Type
+0.010
0
Details of the slot area
for adjusting slider position
4
Mini
(40)
(37)
3
3.2
Controllers
Integrated
Base
end-face
53.9
98 (137 if brake-equipped)
Reference
surface
Details of
oblong hole
Base end-face
11.8
R
Base end-face
50 (when stroke is 50)
U×100P (All strokes except 50)
Standard
11.8
50
Gripper/
Rotary
Type
21
21
Details of section A
(Actuator's reference side)
Mini
Standard
53.7
3
ME *2
Home
32
24
16±0.02
9
2-ø3H7 depth 5
15
25
36.5
7
13
SE
31.2
37
A
The bottom
of the base
Actuator
width: 40
Appendix
Slider
Type
m-M3 depth 5
P (pitch for ø3 hole and oblong hole)
Oblong hole depth 5 from the bottom of the base
2-ø3H7 depth 5 from the bottom of the base
N (ø3 hole pitch)
(*1) Connect the motor and encoder cables here. See page A-59 for details on cables.
(*2) After homing, the slider moves to the ME, therefore, please watch for any interference with
surrounding objects.
ME : Mechanical end
SE : Stroke end
(*3) Reference position for calculating the Ma moment
(*4)If the actuator is secured using only the mounting holes provided on the top surface of the base, the
base may twist to cause abnormal sliding of the slider, or may produce abnormal noise. Therefore,
when using the mounting holes on the top surface of the base, keep the stroke at 200mm or less.
Linear
Servo
Type
■ Dimensions and Weights by Stroke
Stroke
L
M
N
P
R
U
m
Weight (kg)
50
209.7
122
50
35
22
—
4
0.8
100
259.7
172
100
85
22
1
4
0.9
150
309.7
222
100
85
72
1
4
1.0
* Brake-equipped models are heavier by 0.3kg.
200
359.7
272
200
185
22
2
6
1.1
250
409.7
322
200
185
72
2
6
1.2
300
459.7
372
300
285
22
3
8
1.3
350
509.7
422
300
285
72
3
8
1.4
400
559.7
472
400
385
22
4
10
1.5
Cleanroom
Type
SplashProof
Type
➂Applicable Controllers
RCS2-series actuators can be operated with the following controllers. Select an appropriate controller type according to your application.
Name
External
view
Model number
Maximum number of
positioning points
Up to 512
positioning points are
supported.
Positioner
mode
Solenoid
valve mode
Features
SCON-CA-20 -NP-2-
106 VA max.
768 points
Pulse-train
input control
type
Dedicated pulse-train input
type
(—)
256 points
Program
control type,
1 to 2 axes
SSEL-CS-1-20 -NP-2-
Program operation is supported.
Up to 2 axes can be operated.
XSEL- -1-20 -N1-EEE-2-
Program
control type,
1 to 8 axes
Reference
page
—
Movement by numerical
specification is supported.
Up to 6 axes can be operated.
Movement by numerical
specification is supported.
Standard
price
7 points
Field network
type
MSCON-C-1-20 - -0-
Power supply
capacity
512 points
Actuators can be operated
through the same control used
for solenoid valves.
Positioner
multi-axis,
network type
Input
power
Single-phase
*Power supply
100VAC
capacity
Single-phase will vary
depending on
200VAC
the controller,
so please refer
3-phase
to the
200VAC
instruction
(XSEL-P/Q/R/S
manual for
ONLY)
details.
➝ P643
—
Pulse
Motor
—
—
➝ P655
20,000 points
—
➝ P685
Varies depending
Program operation is supported.
on the number of
Up to 8 axes can be operated.
axes connected
—
➝ P695
* This is for the single-axis MSCON, SSEL, and XSEL.
*
*
* indicates the power-supply voltage type (1: 100V / 2: Single-phase 200V).
* indicates the power-supply voltage type (1: 100V / 2: Single-phase 200V / 3: Three-phase 200V). *
indicates the encoder type (I: Incremental / A: Absolute).
indicates the XSEL type (J / K / P / Q / R / S).
indicates field network specification symbol.wwww
RCS2-SA4R
136
Servo
Motor
(24V)
Servo
Motor
(200V)
Linear
Servo
Motor
Slider
Type
Mini
Standard
Controllers
Integrated
Rod
Type
Mini
RCS2
ROBO Cylinder
RCS2-SA5R
Model
Specification
Items
RCS2
SA5R
Series
Type
ROBO Cylinder, Slider Type, Actuator Width 52mm, 200-V Servo Motor, Side-mounted Motor
20
Encoder type
Motor type
Lead
Stroke
Applicable controller
I: Incremental
A: Absolute
20:20W
Servo motor
12: 12mm
6: 6mm
3: 3mm
50: 50mm
T1:XSEL-J/K
T2:SCON
MSCON
SSEL
XSEL-P/Q
XSEL-R/S
500: 500mm
(50mm pitch
increments)
* See page Pre-47 for details on the model descriptions.
Cable length
Options
N:None
P: 1m
S: 3m
M: 5m
X: Custom length
R: Robot cable
See Options below.
* Be sure to specify either
"ML" or "MR" as the
motor side-mounted
direction.
*CE compliance is optional.
Standard
Controllers
Integrated
Table/
Arm/
Flat Type
Appendix
Mini
P.5
Standard
A
Gripper/
Rotary
Type
Linear
Servo
Type
Cleanroom
Type
*This product is equipped with a position adjusting screw at the
A area shown above. (See dimensional drawing on the page to the right.)
Actuator Specifications
■ Leads and Payloads
■ Stroke and Maximum Speed
Motor
output (W)
Model number
RCS2-SA5R- ➀ -20-12- ➁ - ➂ - ➃ - ➄
RCS2-SA5R- ➀ -20-6- ➁ - ➂ - ➃ - ➄
SplashProof
Type
(1)When the stroke increases, the maximum speed will drop to prevent the ball screw
from reaching the critical rotational speed. Use the actuator specification table
below to check the maximum speed at the stroke you desire.
(2) The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.3G (0.2G for
3mm-lead model). These values are the upper limits for the acceleration.
(3) See page A-71 for details on push motion.
Pictured: Left-mounted motor model (ML).
20
RCS2-SA5R- ➀ -20-3- ➁ - ➂ - ➃ - ➄
Lead
(mm)
Maximum payload
Horizontal (kg) Vertical (kg)
Rated
thrust (N)
12
4
1
16.7
6
8
2
33.3
3
12
4
65.7
Stroke
50 to
500
(every
50mm)
Code explanation ➀ Encoder type ➁ Stroke ➂ Applicable Controller ➃ Cable length ➄ Options
Standard price
➀Encorder type
Incremental
Absolute
I
A
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Pulse
Motor
Servo
Motor
(24V)
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
➄Options
Servo
Motor
(200V)
Linear
Servo
Motor
Name
Brake
CE compliance
Home sensor
Non-motor end specification
Lelf-mounted motor (standard)
Right-mounted motor
Slider roller specification
137
50~450
500
(every 50mm)
(50mm)
12
800
760
6
400
380
3
200
190
(Unit: mm/s)
*See page A-71 for details on push motion.
Cable Length
➀Encoder Type / ➁ Stroke
➁Stroke (mm)
Stroke
Lead
(mm)
Option code
B
CE
HS
NM
ML
MR
SR
Page
➝ A-42
➝ A-42
➝ A-50
➝ A-52
➝ A-52
➝ A-52
➝ A-55
Standard Price
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Type
Standard type
Special length
Robot cable
Cable symbol
Standard price
P (1m)
S (3m)
M(5m)
X06(6m)~X10(10m)
X11(11m)~X15(15m)
X16(16m)~ X20(20m)
R01(1m)~R03(3m)
R04(4m)~R05(5m)
R06(6m)~R10(10m)
R11(11m)~R15(15m)
R16(16m)~ R20(20m)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
* See page A-59 for cables for maintenance.
Actuator Specifications
Item
Description
Drive method
Positioning repeatability
Lost motion
Base
Allowable static moment
Allowable dynamic moment (*)
Overhang load length
Ambient operating temperature/humidity
Ball screw, ø10mm, rolled C10
±0.02mm
0.1mm or less
Material: Aluminum, white alumite treated
Ma: 18.6 N•m, Mb: 26.6 N•m, Mc: 47.5 N•m
Ma: 4.9 N•m, Mb: 6.8 N•m, Mc: 11.7 N•m
Ma direction: 150mm or less, Mb/Mc directions: 150mm or less
0 to 40°C, 85% RH max. (No condensation)
(*) When the traveling life is assumed as 5,000km.
Overhang load length
Direction of allowable load moment.
Ma
Mb
Mc
Ma
L
Mc
L
RCS2-SA5R
RCS2
ROBO Cylinder
Dimensional Drawings
www.intelligentactuator.com
CAD drawings can be downloaded
from the website.
2D
CAD
Appendix
P.15
Controllers
Integrated
Rod
Type
26
26
26
20
32
48
dju
50
sting pos
i
n
tio
a
Actuator width: 52
39
40
30
19±0.02
9
SE
For
Ma moment offset
reference position *3
8
112
1
13.7
34.5
3
Home
ME *2
4-M4
depth 9
94
112
40
26
the bottom A
of the base
st
(Reamer hole tolerance ±0.02)
4-ø4.5
ø8 counterbore,
depth 4.5
(for mounting actuator) *4
23.7
3
ME
Cable joint
connector *1
52
Mini
Standard
L
Slider height: 50
Slider
Type
Mini
Standard
Controllers
Integrated
47
10.2
slot
14.5
M
14.5
Base end-face
92 (131 if brake-equipped)
Secure at
least 100
n
Base end-face
23
Table/
Arm/
Flat Type
dju
sting pos
i
tio
34.7
a
ø8 hole
Details of the slot area
for adjusting slider position
5
Mini
(52)
(50)
+0.012
40
5
For
Reference
surface
Details of
oblong hole
Base end-face
14.5
Standard
Base end-face
50 (when stroke is 50)
U×100P (All strokes except 50)
R
50
14.5
Gripper/
Rotary
Type
26
Details of section A
(Actuator's reference side)
m-M4 depth 7
P (pitch of ø4 hole and oblong hole)
Oblong hole depth 5
from the bottom of the base
(*1) Connect the motor and encoder cables here. See page A-59 for details on cables.
(*2) After homing, the slider moves to the ME, therefore, please watch for any interference with
surrounding objects.
ME : Mechanical end
SE : Stroke end
(*3) Reference position for calculating the Ma moment
(*4)If the actuator is secured using only the mounting holes provided on the top surface of the base, the
base may twist to cause abnormal sliding of the slider, or may produce abnormal noise. Therefore,
when using the mounting holes on the top surface of the base, keep the stroke at 300mm or less.
■ Dimensions and Weights by Stroke
Stroke
L
M
N
P
R
U
m
Weight (kg)
Linear
Servo
Type
2-ø4H7 depth 5 from the bottom of the base
N (ø4 hole pitch)
50
215.9
142
50
35
42
—
4
1.5
100
265.9
192
100
85
42
1
4
1.6
150
315.9
242
100
85
92
1
4
1.7
200
365.9
292
200
185
42
2
6
1.8
* Brake-equipped models are heavier by 0.3kg.
250
415.9
342
200
185
92
2
6
1.9
300
465.9
392
300
285
42
3
8
2.0
350
515.9
442
300
285
92
3
8
2.1
400
565.9
492
400
385
42
4
10
2.2
450
615.9
542
400
385
92
4
10
2.3
500
665.9
592
500
485
42
5
12
2.4
Cleanroom
Type
SplashProof
Type
➂Applicable Controllers
RCS2-series actuators can be operated with the following controllers. Select an appropriate controller type according to your application.
Name
External
view
Model number
Maximum number of
positioning points
Up to 512
positioning points are
supported.
Positioner
mode
Solenoid
valve mode
Features
SCON-CA-20 -NP-2-
106 VA max.
768 points
Pulse-train
input control
type
Dedicated pulse-train input
type
(—)
256 points
Program
control type,
1 to 2 axes
SSEL-CS-1-20 -NP-2-
Program operation is supported.
Up to 2 axes can be operated.
XSEL- -1-20 -N1-EEE-2-
Program
control type,
1 to 8 axes
Reference
page
7 points
Movement by numerical
specification is supported.
Up to 6 axes can be operated.
Movement by numerical
specification is supported.
Standard
price
—
Field network
type
MSCON-C-1-20 - -0-
Power supply
capacity
512 points
Actuators can be operated
through the same control used
for solenoid valves.
Positioner
multi-axis,
network type
Input
power
Single-phase
*Power supply
100VAC
capacity
Single-phase will vary
depending on
200VAC
the controller,
so please refer
3-phase
to the
200VAC
instruction
(XSEL-P/Q/R/S
manual for
ONLY)
details.
➝ P643
—
Pulse
Motor
—
—
➝ P655
20,000 points
—
➝ P685
Varies depending
Program operation is supported.
on the number of
Up to 8 axes can be operated.
axes connected
—
➝ P695
* This is for the single-axis MSCON, SSEL, and XSEL.
*
*
* indicates the power-supply voltage type (1: 100V / 2: Single-phase 200V).
* indicates the power-supply voltage type (1: 100V / 2: Single-phase 200V / 3: Three-phase 200V). *
indicates the encoder type (I: Incremental / A: Absolute).
indicates the XSEL type (J / K / P / Q / R / S).
indicates field network specification symbol.
RCS2-SA5R
138
Servo
Motor
(24V)
Servo
Motor
(200V)
Linear
Servo
Motor
Slider
Type
Mini
Standard
Controllers
Integrated
Rod
Type
Mini
RCS2
ROBO Cylinder
RCS2-SA6R
Model
Specification
Items
RCS2
SA6R
Series
Type
ROBO Cylinder, Slider Type, Actuator Width 58mm, 200-V Servo Motor, Side-mounted Motor
30
Encoder type
Motor type
Lead
Stroke
Applicable controller
I: Incremental
A: Absolute
30: 30W
Servo motor
12: 12mm
6: 6mm
3: 3mm
50: 50mm
T1:XSEL-J/K
T2:SCON
MSCON
SSEL
XSEL-P/Q
XSEL-R/S
600: 600mm
(50mm pitch
increments)
* See page Pre-47 for details on the model descriptions.
Cable length
Options
N:None
P: 1m
S: 3m
M: 5m
X: Custom length
R: Robot cable
See Options below.
* Be sure to specify either
"ML" or "MR" as the
motor side-mounted
direction.
*CE compliance is optional.
Standard
Controllers
Integrated
Table/
Arm/
Flat Type
Appendix
Mini
P.5
Standard
Gripper/
Rotary
Type
Linear
Servo
Type
Cleanroom
Type
*This product is equipped with a position adjusting screw at the
A area shown above. (See dimensional drawing on the page to the right.)
Actuator Specifications
■ Leads and Payloads
■ Stroke and Maximum Speed
Motor
output (W)
Model number
RCS2-SA6R- ➀ -30-12- ➁ - ➂ - ➃ - ➄
RCS2-SA6R- ➀ -30-6- ➁ - ➂ - ➃ - ➄
SplashProof
Type
(1)When the stroke increases, the maximum speed will drop to prevent the ball screw
from reaching the critical rotational speed. Use the actuator specification table
below to check the maximum speed at the stroke you desire.
(2) The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.3G (0.2G for
3mm-lead model). These values are the upper limits for the acceleration.
(3) See page A-71 for details on push motion.
Pictured: Left-mounted motor model (ML).
A
30
RCS2-SA6R- ➀ -30-3- ➁ - ➂ - ➃ - ➄
Lead
(mm)
Maximum payload
Horizontal (kg) Vertical (kg)
Rated
thrust (N)
12
6
1.5
24.2
6
12
3
48.4
3
18
6
96.8
Stroke
Stroke
Pulse
Motor
Servo
Motor
(24V)
Linear
Servo
Motor
Name
Brake
CE compliance
Home sensor
Non-motor end specification
Lelf-mounted motor (standard)
Right-mounted motor
Slider roller specification
139
600
(50mm)
12
800
760
640
540
6
400
380
320
270
3
200
190
160
(every
50mm)
135
(Unit: mm/s)
*See page A-71 for details on push motion.
Cable Length
Standard price
➀Encorder type
Incremental
Absolute
I
A
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
➄Options
Servo
Motor
(200V)
550
(50mm)
50 to
600
➀Encoder Type / ➁ Stroke
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
550
600
500
(50mm)
Code explanation ➀ Encoder type ➁ Stroke ➂ Applicable Controller ➃ Cable length ➄ Options
➁Stroke (mm)
50~450
(every 50mm)
Lead
(mm)
Option code
B
CE
HS
NM
ML
MR
SR
Page
➝ A-42
➝ A-42
➝ A-50
➝ A-52
➝ A-52
➝ A-52
➝ A-55
Standard Price
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Type
Standard type
Special length
Robot cable
Cable symbol
Standard price
P (1m)
S (3m)
M(5m)
X06(6m)~X10(10m)
X11(11m)~X15(15m)
X16(16m)~ X20(20m)
R01(1m)~R03(3m)
R04(4m)~R05(5m)
R06(6m)~R10(10m)
R11(11m)~R15(15m)
R16(16m)~ R20(20m)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
* See page A-59 for cables for maintenance.
Actuator Specifications
Item
Description
Drive method
Positioning repeatability
Lost motion
Base
Allowable static moment
Allowable dynamic moment (*)
Overhang load length
Ambient operating temperature/humidity
Ball screw, ø10mm, rolled C10
±0.02mm
0.1mm or less
Material: Aluminum, white alumite treated
Ma: 38.3 N•m, Mb: 54.7 N•m, Mc: 81.0 N•m
Ma: 8.9 N•m, Mb: 12.7 N•m, Mc: 18.6 N•m
Ma direction: 220mm or less Mb/Mc directions: 220mm or less
0 to 40°C, 85% RH max. (No condensation)
(*) When the traveling life is assumed as 5,000km.
Overhang load length
Direction of allowable load moment.
Ma
Mb
Mc
Ma
L
Mc
L
RCS2-SA6R
RCS2
ROBO Cylinder
Dimensional Drawings
www.intelligentactuator.com
CAD drawings can be downloaded
from the website.
2D
CAD
P.15
L
23.7
3
ME
Slider height: 53
43
28
1
40
st
115
SE
31
Home
Controllers
Integrated
4-M5 depth 9
Rod
Type
7
Mini
123
For a
Ma moment offset
reference position *3
Standard
Cable joint
connector *1
58
Mini
Standard
34
3
ME *2
(Reamer hole
tolerance ±0.02)
52
39
23
ition
18.7
60
50
32±0.02
21
2-ø5H7 depth 6
dju
sting pos
Actuator width: 58
56
The bottom A
of the base
123
Appendix
Slider
Type
Controllers
Integrated
Secure at
least 100
50
107 (146 if brake-equipped)
23
Table/
Arm/
Flat Type
+0.012
0
5
Details of the
slot area
for adjusting
slider position
Base
end-face
10.2
8
Base end-face
R
U×100 P
Standard
8
Gripper/
Rotary
Type
31
Details of
Details of section A
(Actuator's reference side) oblong hole
Mini
ø8 hole
4
(58)
(56)
ition
dju
5
For a
Reference
surface
sting pos
slot
Oblong hole depth 5
from the bottom of the base
P (pitch for ø4 hole and oblong hole)
3-ø4H7 depth
5 from the bottom of the base
(*1) Connect the motor and encoder cables here.
See page A-59 for details on cables.
(*2) After homing, the slider moves to the ME, therefore,
please watch for any interference with
surrounding objects.
ME : Mechanical end
SE : Stroke end
(*3) Reference position for calculating the Ma moment
Linear
Servo
Type
100 (ø4 hole pitch)
N (ø4 hole pitch)
m-M5 depth 8
■ Dimensions and Weights by Stroke
Stroke
L
N
P
R
U
m
Weight (kg)
50
241.4
81
66
81
1
6
1.7
100
291.4
131
116
31
2
8
1.9
150
341.4
181
166
81
2
8
2.1
200
391.4
231
216
31
3
10
2.3
250
441.4
281
266
81
3
10
2.5
* Brake-equipped models are heavier by 0.3kg.
300
491.4
331
316
31
4
12
2.7
350
541.4
381
366
81
4
12
2.9
400
591.4
431
416
31
5
14
3.1
450
641.4
481
466
81
5
14
3.3
500
691.4
531
516
31
6
16
3.5
550
741.4
581
566
81
6
16
3.7
600
791.4
631
616
31
7
18
3.9
Cleanroom
Type
SplashProof
Type
➂Applicable Controllers
RCS2-series actuators can be operated with the following controllers. Select an appropriate controller type according to your application.
Name
External
view
Model number
Maximum number of
positioning points
Up to 512
positioning points are
supported.
Positioner
mode
Solenoid
valve mode
Features
SCON-CA-30D -NP-2-
126 VA max.
768 points
Pulse-train
input control
type
Dedicated pulse-train input
type
(—)
256 points
Program
control type,
1 to 2 axes
SSEL-CS-1-30D -NP-2-
Program operation is supported.
Up to 2 axes can be operated.
XSEL- -1-30D -N1-EEE-2-
Program
control type,
1 to 8 axes
Reference
page
7 points
Movement by numerical
specification is supported.
Up to 6 axes can be operated.
Movement by numerical
specification is supported.
Standard
price
—
Field network
type
MSCON-C-1-30D - -0-
Power supply
capacity
512 points
Actuators can be operated
through the same control used
for solenoid valves.
Positioner
multi-axis,
network type
Input
power
Single-phase
*Power supply
100VAC
capacity
Single-phase will vary
depending on
200VAC
the controller,
so please refer
3-phase
to the
200VAC
instruction
(XSEL-P/Q/R/S
manual for
ONLY)
details.
➝ P643
—
Pulse
Motor
—
—
➝ P655
20,000 points
—
➝ P685
Varies depending
Program operation is supported.
on the number of
Up to 8 axes can be operated.
axes connected
—
➝ P695
* This is for the single-axis MSCON, SSEL, and XSEL.
*
*
* indicates the power-supply voltage type (1: 100V / 2: Single-phase 200V).
* indicates the power-supply voltage type (1: 100V / 2: Single-phase 200V / 3: Three-phase 200V). *
indicates the encoder type (I: Incremental / A: Absolute).
indicates the XSEL type (J / K / P / Q / R / S).
indicates field network specification symbol.
RCS2-SA6R
140
Servo
Motor
(24V)
Servo
Motor
(200V)
Linear
Servo
Motor
Slider
Type
Mini
Standard
Controllers
Integrated
Rod
Type
Mini
RCS2
ROBO Cylinder
RCS2-SA7R
Model
Specification
Items
RCS2
SA7R
Series
Type
ROBO Cylinder, Slider Type, Actuator Width 73 mm, 200-V Servo Motor, Side-mounted Motor
60
Encoder type
Motor type
Lead
Stroke
Applicable controller
I: Incremental
A: Absolute
60:60W
Servo motor
16:16mm
8: 8mm
4: 4mm
50: 50mm
T1:XSEL-J/K
T2:SCON
MSCON
SSEL
XSEL-P/Q
XSEL-R/S
800: 800mm
(50mm pitch
increments)
* See page Pre-47 for details on the model descriptions.
Cable length
Options
N: None
P: 1m
S: 3m
M: 5m
X: Custom length
R: Robot cable
See Options below.
* Be sure to specify either
"ML" or "MR" as the
motor side-mounted
direction.
*CE compliance is optional.
Standard
Controllers
Integrated
Table/
Arm/
Flat Type
Appendix
Mini
P.5
Standard
Pictured: Left-mounted motor model (ML).
Gripper/
Rotary
Type
Linear
Servo
Type
Cleanroom
Type
Actuator Specifications
■ Leads and Payloads
■ Stroke and Maximum Speed
Motor
output (W)
Model number
RCS2-SA7R- ➀ -60-16- ➁ - ➂ - ➃ - ➄
RCS2-SA7R- ➀ -60-8- ➁ - ➂ - ➃ - ➄
SplashProof
Type
(1)When the stroke increases, the maximum speed will drop to prevent the ball screw
from reaching the critical rotational speed. Use the actuator specification table
below to check the maximum speed at the stroke you desire.
(2) The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.3G (0.2G for
4mm-lead model). These values are the upper limits for the acceleration.
(3) See page A-71 for details on push motion.
60
RCS2-SA7R- ➀ -60-4- ➁ - ➂ - ➃ - ➄
Lead
(mm)
Maximum payload
Horizontal (kg) Vertical (kg)
Rated
thrust (N)
16
12
3
63.8
8
25
6
127.5
4
40
12
255.0
Stroke
50 to
800
Standard price
➀Encorder type
Incremental
Absolute
I
A
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Pulse
Motor
50/100
150/200
250/300
350/400
450/500
550/600
650/700
750/800
~800
16
800
640
480
8
400
320
240
4
200
160
(every 50mm)
(mm)
(mm)
120
(Unit: mm/s)
*See page A-71 for details on push motion.
Cable Length
➀Encoder Type / ➁ Stroke
➁Stroke (mm)
~700
(every
50mm)
Code explanation ➀ Encoder type ➁ Stroke ➂ Applicable Controller ➃ Cable length ➄ Options
Stroke
50~600
Lead
(mm)
Type
Standard type
Special length
Robot cable
Cable symbol
Standard price
P (1m)
S (3m)
M(5m)
X06(6m)~X10(10m)
X11(11m)~X15(15m)
X16(16m)~ X20(20m)
R01(1m)~R03(3m)
R04(4m)~R05(5m)
R06(6m)~R10(10m)
R11(11m)~R15(15m)
R16(16m)~ R20(20m)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
* See page A-59 for cables for maintenance.
Servo
Motor
(24V)
Servo
Motor
(200V)
Actuator Specifications
➄Options
Name
Brake
CE compliance
Non-motor end specification
Lelf-mounted motor (standard)
Right-mounted motor
Slider roller specification
Option code
Linear
Servo
Motor
B
CE
NM
ML
MR
SR
Page
➝ A-42
➝ A-42
➝ A-52
➝ A-52
➝ A-52
➝ A-55
Standard Price
—
—
—
—
—
—
Item
Description
Drive method
Positioning repeatability
Lost motion
Base
Allowable static moment
Allowable dynamic moment (*)
Overhang load length
Ambient operating temperature/humidity
Ball screw, ø12mm, rolled C10
±0.02mm
0.1mm or less
Material: Dedicated alloy steel
Ma: 50.4 N•m Mb: 71.9 N•m Mc: 138.0 N•m
Ma: 13.9 N•m Mb: 19.9 N•m Mc: 38.3 N•m
Ma direction: 230mm or less Mb/Mc directions: 230mm or less
0 to 40°C, 85% RH max. (No condensation)
(*) When the traveling life is assumed as 5,000km.
Overhang load length
Direction of allowable load moment.
141
Ma
Mb
Mc
Ma
L
Mc
L
RCS2-SA7R
RCS2
ROBO Cylinder
Dimensional Drawings
CAD drawings can be downloaded
from the website.
www.intelligentactuator.com
Appendix
P.15
(*1) Connect the motor and encoder cables here. See page A-59 for details on cables.
(*2) When homing, the slider moves to the ME; therefore, please watch for any interference with the surrounding objects.
ME : Mechanical end
SE : Stroke end
3
Stroke
SE
5
2-ø5H7 depth 10
Controllers
Integrated
Rod
Type
160
30
126
106.2
60
3
50
5 Home
ME (*2)
9 32±0.02 9
(3)
4-M5 depth 10
39
ME
(4.8)
Mini
Standard
(Reamer hole
tolerance ±0.02)
18
0.5
9
14
9
50
33
73
*The reference surface is the same
as the SA7C type. (See page 126)
*The offset reference position for
the Ma moment is the same as
the SA7C type. (See page 126)
161
6
2D
CAD
Slider
Type
74
Mini
Cable joint
connector *1
8
Standard
1
1.5
61
62
1
108.5
10
60
41.2
L
Dimensions of the Brake Section
Controllers
Integrated
* Adding a brake will increase the actuator's overall
length by 43mm and its weight by 0.6kg.
Table/
Arm/
Flat Type
Mounting direction:
symmetrically opposite
48
Mini
52
D-ø4H7
depth 6 from the bottom of the base
18
Standard
40
15.3
B×100 P
5.1
Gripper/
Rotary
Type
44.7
C-M5 depth 9
* For brake cable exiting from the side,
it can only exit from the motor side.
P
80
18
51
Linear
Servo
Type
4
+0.012
0
5
A
H−oblong hole, depth 6
from the bottom of the base
Details of oblong hole
■ Dimensions and Weights by Stroke
Stroke
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
L
300.2 350.2 400.2 450.2 500.2 550.2 600.2 650.2 700.2
A
0
100
100
200
200
300
300
400
400
B
0
0
0
1
1
2
2
3
3
C
4
6
6
8
8
10
10
12
12
D
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
H
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
P
0
85
85
185
185
285
285
385
385
Weight (kg) 4.0
4.2
4.4
4.6
4.9
5.1
5.3
5.5
5.8
500
550
600
650
700
750
800
750.2 800.2 850.2 900.2 950.2 1000.2 1050.2
500
500
600
600
700
700
800
4
4
5
5
6
6
7
14
14
16
16
18
18
20
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
485
485
585
585
685
685
785
6.0
6.2
6.4
6.7
6.9
7.1
7.3
Cleanroom
Type
SplashProof
Type
➂Applicable Controllers
RCS2-series actuators can be operated with the following controllers. Select an appropriate controller type according to your application.
Name
External
view
Model number
Maximum number of
positioning points
Up to 512
positioning points are
supported.
Positioner
mode
Solenoid
valve mode
Features
SCON-CA-60 -NP-2-
218 VA max.
768 points
Pulse-train
input control
type
Dedicated pulse-train input
type
(—)
256 points
Program
control type,
1 to 2 axes
SSEL-CS-1-60 -NP-2-
Program operation is supported.
Up to 2 axes can be operated.
XSEL- -1-60 -N1-EEE-2-
Program
control type,
1 to 8 axes
Reference
page
7 points
Movement by numerical
specification is supported.
Up to 6 axes can be operated.
Movement by numerical
specification is supported.
Standard
price
—
Field network
type
MSCON-C-1-60 - -0-
Power supply
capacity
512 points
Actuators can be operated
through the same control used
for solenoid valves.
Positioner
multi-axis,
network type
Input
power
Single-phase
*Power supply
100VAC
capacity
Single-phase will vary
depending on
200VAC
the controller,
so please refer
3-phase
to the
200VAC
instruction
(XSEL-P/Q/R/S
manual for
ONLY)
details.
➝ P643
—
Pulse
Motor
—
—
➝ P655
20,000 points
—
➝ P685
Varies depending
Program operation is supported.
on the number of
Up to 8 axes can be operated.
axes connected
—
➝ P695
* This is for the single-axis MSCON, SSEL, and XSEL.
*
*
* indicates the power-supply voltage type (1: 100V / 2: Single-phase 200V).
* indicates the power-supply voltage type (1: 100V / 2: Single-phase 200V / 3: Three-phase 200V). *
indicates the encoder type (I: Incremental / A: Absolute).
indicates the XSEL type (J / K / P / Q / R / S).
indicates field network specification symbol.
RCS2-SA7R
142
Servo
Motor
(24V)
Servo
Motor
(200V)
Linear
Servo
Motor
Slider
Type
Mini
Standard
Controllers
Integrated
Rod
Type
Mini
RCS2
ROBO Cylinder
RCS2-SS7R
Model
Specification
Items
RCS2
SS7R
Series
Type
ROBO Cylinder, Slider Type, Actuator Width 60mm, 200-V Servo Motor, Side-mounted Motor, Steel Base
60
Encoder type
Motor type
Lead
Stroke
Applicable controller
I: Incremental
A: Absolute
60:60W
Servo motor
12: 12mm
6: 6mm
50: 50mm
T1:XSEL-J/K
T2:SCON
MSCON
SSEL
XSEL-P/Q
XSEL-R/S
600: 600mm
(50mm pitch
increments)
* See page Pre-47 for details on the model descriptions.
Cable length
Options
N: None
P: 1m
S: 3m
M: 5m
X: Custom length
R: Robot cable
See Options below.
* Be sure to specify either
"ML" or "MR" as the
motor side-mounted
direction.
*CE compliance is optional.
Standard
Controllers
Integrated
Table/
Arm/
Flat Type
Appendix
Mini
P.5
Standard
Gripper/
Rotary
Type
Linear
Servo
Type
Cleanroom
Type
Pictured: Left-mounted motor model (ML).
Actuator Specifications
■ Leads and Payloads
■ Stroke and Maximum Speed
Motor
output (W)
Model number
RCS2-SS7R- ➀ -60-12- ➁ - ➂ - ➃ - ➄
Lead
(mm)
Maximum payload
Horizontal (kg) Vertical (kg)
Rated
thrust (N)
Stroke
85
50 to
600
12
600
470
6
30
8
170
(every
50mm)
6
300
230
(Unit: mm/s)
*See page A-71 for details on push motion.
Cable Length
Standard price
➀Encorder type
Incremental
Absolute
I
A
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
50/100
150/200
250/300
350/400
450/500
550/600
~600
(50mm)
4
Code explanation ➀ Encoder type ➁ Stroke ➂ Applicable Controller ➃ Cable length ➄ Options
➁Stroke (mm)
50~500
(every 50mm)
15
➀Encoder Type / ➁ Stroke
Pulse
Motor
Stroke
Lead
(mm)
12
60
RCS2-SS7R- ➀ -60-6- ➁ - ➂ - ➃ - ➄
SplashProof
Type
(1)When the stroke increases, the maximum speed will drop to prevent the ball screw
from reaching the critical rotational speed. Use the actuator specification table
below to check the maximum speed at the stroke you desire.
(2) The load capacity is based on operation at an acceleration of 0.3G. This value is the
upper limit for the acceleration.
(3) See page A-71 for details on push motion.
Type
Standard type
Special length
Robot cable
Cable symbol
Standard price
P (1m)
S (3m)
M(5m)
X06(6m)~X10(10m)
X11(11m)~X15(15m)
X16(16m)~ X20(20m)
R01(1m)~R03(3m)
R04(4m)~R05(5m)
R06(6m)~R10(10m)
R11(11m)~R15(15m)
R16(16m)~ R20(20m)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
* See page A-59 for cables for maintenance.
Servo
Motor
(24V)
Servo
Motor
(200V)
Actuator Specifications
➄Options
Name
Brake
CE compliance
Non-motor end specification
Lelf-mounted motor (standard)
Right-mounted motor
Slider roller specification
Option code
Linear
Servo
Motor
B
CE
NM
ML
MR
SR
Page
➝ A-42
➝ A-42
➝ A-52
➝ A-52
➝ A-52
➝ A-55
Standard Price
—
—
—
—
—
—
Item
Description
Drive method
Positioning repeatability
Lost motion
Base
Allowable static moment
Allowable dynamic moment (*)
Overhang load length
Ambient operating temperature/humidity
Ball screw, ø10mm, rolled C10
±0.02mm
0.1mm or less
Material: Special alloy steel
Ma: 79.4 N•m, Mb: 79.4 N•m, Mc: 172.9 N•m
Ma: 14.7 N•m, Mb: 14.7 N•m, Mc: 33.3 N•m
Ma direction: 300mm or less, Mb/Mc directions: 300mm or less
0 to 40°C, 85% RH max. (No condensation)
(*) When the traveling life is assumed as 5,000km.
Overhang load length
Direction of allowable load moment.
143
Ma
Mb
Mc
Ma
L
Mc
L
RCS2-SS7R
RCS2
ROBO Cylinder
Dimensional Drawings
www.intelligentactuator.com
CAD drawings can be downloaded
from the website.
Appendix
P.15
(*1) Connect the motor and encoder cables here.
See page A-59 for details on cables.
* The bend radius R of the cable is the same as other models.
(*2) When homing, the slider moves to the ME; therefore, please watch for any interference with the surrounding objects.
ME : Mechanical end
SE : Stroke end
126
*The reference surface is the same as the SS7C type. (See page 128)
*The offset reference position for the Ma moment is the same as the
SS7C type. (See page 128)
2D
CAD
55
54
41.5
27
0.5
128
4.5
60
50
9 32
5
Mini
Standard
Controllers
Integrated
4-M5 depth 10
9
Rod
Type
23.4
32
60
40.6
2
5
Slider
Type
Mini
61
2-ø5H7 depth 10
0.5
Cable joint
connector *1
Standard
(300)
ME
25
*Note that in order to change the home
orientation, arrangements must be made to send
in the product to IAI.
* For the Non-motor end model, the dimensions
(distance from the ME to home) on the motor-side
and that on the opposite side are flipped.
33
Home
SE
ME *2
25
A
12
C
Controllers
Integrated
8 6 27
126
5
5
Table/
Arm/
Flat Type
4-ø4H7 6 from
bottom of base
(When 50st: 3-ø4H7 depth 6
from bottom of base)
Oblong hole
depth 6 from
bottom of base
*Adding a brake increases the actuator's
overall length by 24.5mm and its
weight by 0.3kg.
113
Mini
Standard
+0.012
0
30
5
Gripper/
Rotary
Type
4
50
Details of
oblong hole
100
E
N×100 P
18
F-M5 depth 8
100
M×100 P
D
18
B
Linear
Servo
Type
Dimensions of the Brake Section
■ Dimensions and Weights by Stroke
Stroke
A
B
C
D
E
F
M
N
Weight (kg)
27
55
53
1
36.5
21
15.5
60
50
279
226
50
90
0
6
1
0
3.7
100
329
276
100
40
40
8
1
1
4.0
150
379
326
150
90
90
8
1
8
4.3
200
429
376
200
140
140
8
1
1
4.6
250
479
426
250
190
190
8
1
1
4.9
300
529
476
300
40
240
12
2
2
5.2
350
579
526
350
90
290
12
2
2
5.5
400
629
576
400
140
340
12
2
2
5.8
450
679
626
450
190
390
12
2
2
6.1
500
729
676
500
40
440
16
3
3
6.4
550
779
726
550
90
490
16
3
3
6.7
600
829
776
600
140
540
16
3
3
7.0
Cleanroom
Type
SplashProof
Type
➂Applicable Controllers
RCS2-series actuators can be operated with the following controllers. Select an appropriate controller type according to your application.
Name
External
view
Model number
Maximum number of
positioning points
Up to 512
positioning points are
supported.
Positioner
mode
Solenoid
valve mode
Features
SCON-CA-60
-NP-2-
218 VA max.
Pulse-train
input control
type
Dedicated pulse-train input
type
(—)
Up to 6 axes can be operated.
Movement by numerical
specification is supported.
256 points
Program
control type,
1 to 2 axes
SSEL-CS-1-60
Program
control type,
1 to 8 axes
-NP-2-
XSEL- -1-60 -N1-EEE-2-
Reference
page
7 points
768 points
- -0-
Standard
price
—
Actuators can be operated
through the same control used
for solenoid valves.
Movement by numerical
specification is supported.
MSCON-C-1-60
Power supply
capacity
512 points
Field network
type
Positioner
multi-axis,
network type
Input
power
Single-phase
*Power supply
100VAC
capacity
Single-phase will vary
depending on
200VAC
the controller,
so please refer
3-phase
to the
200VAC
instruction
(XSEL-P/Q/R/S
manual for
ONLY)
details.
➝ P643
—
Pulse
Motor
—
—
➝ P655
20,000 points
—
➝ P685
Varies depending
Program operation is supported.
on the number of
Up to 8 axes can be operated.
axes connected
—
➝ P695
Program operation is supported.
Up to 2 axes can be operated.
* This is for the single-axis MSCON, SSEL, and XSEL.
*
*
* indicates the power-supply voltage type (1: 100V / 2: Single-phase 200V).
* indicates the power-supply voltage type (1: 100V / 2: Single-phase 200V / 3: Three-phase 200V). *
indicates the encoder type (I: Incremental / A: Absolute).
indicates the XSEL type (J / K / P / Q / R / S).
indicates field network specification symbol.
RCS2-SS7R
144
Servo
Motor
(24V)
Servo
Motor
(200V)
Linear
Servo
Motor
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertisement